Home

RealSystem iQ Production Guide - Service & Support

1. Attribute Value Default Function Reference systemAudio on off off Tests for an audio descriptions preference page 372 Desc systemBitrate bits_per_second none Tests for the bit rate page 370 systemCaptions on off off Tests for a captions preference page 372 systemCPU CPU_type none Tests for a CPU type page 373 systemLanguage language_code none Tests for a language preference page 367 systemOperating OS_name none Tests for the operating system page 374 System systemOverdub overdub subtitle none Tests for an overdub or subtitle preference page 369 OrSubtitle systemScreen 1 4 8 24 32 none Tests for the monitor color depth page 376 Depth systemScreen pixel_heightX none Tests for the monitor size page 376 Size pixel_width Examples lt switch gt lt audio src seattle_french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src seattle_german rm systemLanguage de gt lt audio src seattle_english rm gt lt switch gt lt switch gt lt ref src slides1 rp systemBitrate 80000 gt lt ref src slides2 rp systemBitrate 20000 gt lt switch gt 467 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Hyperlink Tags lt a gt lt a gt The lt a gt lt a gt tags turn the enclosed clip source tag into a hyperlink For basic information about these tags see Creating a Simple Link on page 283 The href attribute is required for
2. Attribute Value Function Reference accesskey key_name Defines a key stroke that opens the link page 291 actuate onLoad Opens the link automatically or on request page 293 onRequest alt text Supplies alternate text page 293 href URL Provides the link URL page 290 nohref none Indicates no URL lt area gt tag only page 291 tabindex integer Sets a tabbing order for links page 294 Tip The accesskey alt and tabindex attributes are defined the same in SMIL 2 0 as they are in HTML 4 0 Specifying the Link URL As with an HTML hyperlink the SMIL href attribute specifies the URL to open This should be an HTTP URL for items opened in a browser window whether those items reside on a Web server or RealServer SMIL files or clips opened in RealONE Player should generally have an RTSP URL if they reside CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks on RealServer They must have an HTTP URL if they reside on a Web server however See the following sections for more information For information on URL formats see Writing Clip Source URLs on page 151 Although this section discusses URLs for clip source tags such as lt video gt the basic URL format is the same for hyperlinks To display a link target in a Web browser follow the instructions in Linking to HTML Pages on page 294 When opening a streaming media clip or SMIL file use the additional attributes described in Linking to Streaming Media on pag
3. the lt a gt tag lt a gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference accesskey key none Sets a keystroke that opens the link page 291 actuate onLoad onRequest onRequest Determines whether or not the link page 293 requires user activation alt text none Supplies alternate text for the link page 293 destinationLevel percentage 100 Specifies the audio level of the target page 306 destination pause play play Sets the play state of the target when page 302 Playstate the link opens external true false false Sends the link to the browser if true page 295 href URL none Gives the link URL page 290 show new replace replace Sets the current or a new media page 302 window as the target sourceLevel percentage 100 Sets the audio level of the source page 306 sourcePlaystate pause play stop pause play Sets the play state of the source page 302 tabindex integer 0 Sets the tabbing order for links page 294 target name current Identifies a window or a SMIL region page 299 window page 303 Example lt a href http www real com external true sourcePlaystate pause gt lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt a gt lt area gt An lt area gt tag can define a hot spot hyperlink that can be temporal as well as spatial It fits within a binary media source tag 468 lt video gt lt area gt lt video gt APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference The fo
4. This example sets the region s size and position by specifying only the right and bottom attributes lt region id video_region right 60 bottom 40 gt Because neither the left nor the top attribute is defined the region is placed in the window s upper left corner The region s width and height expand to meet the right and bottom offset values Using Different Offset Values Alternatively you could set the region s left and top attributes instead of right and bottom to place the region at the window s lower right corner lt region id video_region left 60 top 40 gt 211 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 212 Layout Example 5 Single Offsets for Two Regions Typically you ll need to define more that one region within a window to lay out clips that play together To do this you simply define each region with a separate lt region gt tag using any combination of size and position attributes to place each region in its window This example shows two regions laid out so that a small border of the root layout background appears between the regions Because vertical size or offset values top height or bottom are not specified each region is as tall as the root layout area lt region id region_1 right 55 gt lt region id region_2 left 55 gt Layout Example 6 Overlapping Regions Mennes Oooooog This example has two
5. Table Page 2 of 2 Tips for Animating Regions An attribute does not have to be explicitly declared to be animated You can animate the region s right attribute for instance even if that attribute is not defined in the lt region gt tag By animating the left right top or bottom attributes you can move the region around the lt root layout gt or the lt topLayout gt area You can even move part or all of the region out of the display window The region and any clips displaying in it are truncated at the window borders however If the animated region is a subregion a region contained within another region it will not display outside of the containing region So if you move the subregion outside of its containing region the subregion is truncated at the containing region s borders If you move a region over another region the regions z index values determine which region appears in front You can also animate the z index values to change this stacking order Note If region A appears on top of region B you cannot animate a subregion in region B so that it appears on top of region A For more information on subregion z index values see page 219 Aregion s fit attribute affects how a clip displays as a region s height or width changes For more on fit see Defining How Clips Fit Regions on page 227 348 CHAPTER 16 Animations When you animate the size of a clip that includes a hot spot hyperl
6. begin 40s clipBegin 5100ms clipEnd 4 5min fill freeze gt lt audio id audiol src rtsp realserver example com media music rm dur 10 5s repeatCount 5 gt lt img id image1 src http www example com poster jpg region image_region dur 15s gt lt param name bitrate value 5000 gt lt img gt lt brush color blue region region_1 dur 5s gt lt prefetch gt Chapter 18 describes the lt prefetch gt tag which lets you download clip data before the clip plays The lt prefetch gt tag can use many SMIL timing attributes to set limits on prefetching It also has its own attributes that control the data download The id attribute is required lt prefetch gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference bandwidth bits_per_second 100 Sets the bandwidth used to get data page 385 percentage begin time_value Os Delays the prefetch start page 240 clipBegin time_value Os Specifies the clip s internal timing page 242 mark where prefetching begins clipEnd time_value none Specifies the clip s internal timing page 242 mark where prefetching ends dur time_value media media Sets the duration for prefetching page 243 indefinite end time_value none Sets the end time for prefetching page 240 id name none Names prefetching element for page 138 reference by other SMIL elements mediaSize bytes percentage 100 Sets how much dat
7. gt lt video src video2 rm begin button2 activateEvent gt lt video src video3 rm begin button3 activateEvent restart never gt lt excl gt Nested Group Interactions with Restart Values If several levels of nested groups use restart and restartDefault it s important to understand how the groups and their elements interact Because elements inherit a restartDefault value by default the interactions can be difficult to grasp unless you look at all levels of the nested groups Consider the following abstract example 276 CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing lt par id master_group restartDefault whenNotActive gt lt par id group_X restartDefault inherit gt lt ref id clip_A gt lt ref id clip_B restart always gt lt par gt lt par id group_Y restart always gt lt ref id clip_C gt lt ref id clip_D gt lt par gt lt par id group_Z restartDefault always gt lt ref id clip_E gt lt ref id clip_F restart always gt lt par gt lt par gt The master group sets a restartDefault value of whenNotActive The elements within this master group have the following restart values e group_X set to whenNotActive group_X inherits the default value of whenNotActive from master_group and passes that value to the clips it contains one of which overrides the value e clip_A set to whenNotActive e cl
8. lt region id region2 backgroundColor C2EBD7 gt lt region id region3 backgroundColor inherit gt lt layout gt For the color value you can use inherit to make the region use the same color as the window or region that contains it In the example above the third region inherits maroon as its background color To set a color value explicitly use a predefined color name a hexadecimal color value or an RGB value For More Information Appendix D explains the types of color values you can use with SMIL Tip Using SMIL animation you can change a region s background color as the presentation plays See Chapter 16 for more information Setting When Background Colors Appear By default all background colors in all regions display when the presentation starts In some cases though you may not want a region s background color to appear until a clip begins to play in the region To do this add showBackground whenActive to the lt region gt tag lt region id region1 backgroundColor silver showBackground whenActive gt Making a Region Partially Transparent A SMIL region is fully transparent if you do not define its background color or you explicitly set backgroundColor transparent in the lt region gt tag You can also make a region s background color partially transparent with the customized attribute rn opacity n lt region id region1 backgroundColor blue
9. As described in Chapter 11 you can use SMIL to define an overall media window size the root layout You might create a layout that is 400 pixels wide by 300 pixels high for example and define smaller regions within that main area for clips You then embed the entire playback area within your Web page using a single lt EMBED gt tag adding RealONE Player controls around it with separate lt EMBED gt tags All clips then appear within that 400 by 300 pixels area just as they would when played in RealONE Player In fact your SMIL file can play in both your Web page and RealONE Player For More Information See Defining the Layout with SMIL on page 412 Defining a Layout with HTML Alone You can leave layout information out of your SMIL file and use SMIL simply to define your presentation timing and other playback features In your Web page you then create a separate lt EMBED gt tag for each clip placing each clip anywhere on your page In this case all clips do not need to appear within a rectangular root layout area This gives you more layout flexibility than when defining the overall clip layout through SMIL However because your SMIL CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding file lacks layout information it may have unexpected layout results if played directly in presentation For More Information See Defining the Layout with HTML on page 413 RealONE Player Controls In addition to clips you can embed many differ
10. Special Effects Question Answer How do I introduce a new clip with a transition effect page 317 Can I control how long a transition effect takes to complete page 331 How do I keep a clip visible long enough for a transition effect to occur page 336 Can I stop a transition effect before it completes page 332 How do I fade a clip to or from a solid color page 338 How do I fade a video into the next video page 339 Can I fade the volume of an audio clip up or down page 347 How do I select what clip and property I want to animate page 346 How do I make a clip grow or shrink page 349 How do I move a clip around the screen page 359 Table Page 1 of 2 449 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Special Effects continued Question Answer How do I animate colors How do I make an animation flow smoothly Table Page 2 of 2 Advanced Streaming Chapter 17 and Chapter 18 cover switching and prefetching respectively two advanced features that allow you to stream different clips to different viewers and maintain greater control over bandwidth use Advanced Streaming Question Answer How do I deliver different clips to different viewers page 363 Do I always have to use a lt switch gt tag when I present multiple choices page 365 What attributes can RealONE Player evaluate when choosing a clip page 366 Can RealONE Player evaluate more than one attribute at a time page 377 How do I deliver clips
11. The following four event values work with either the begin or the end attribute letting you start or stop an element when another element begins or ends 266 CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing e ID begin time_value This scheduled event occurs when the element with the given ID begins plus or minus any offset time If the element repeats this event does not occur at the start of any repeated cycles e ID beginEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the element with the given ID begins plus or minus any offset time If the element repeats this event occurs at the start of every cycle e ID end time_value This scheduled event occurs when the element with the given ID ends plus or minus any offset time If the element repeats this event occurs at the end of all repeated cycles This event does not occur if for example a user action stops the element before its scheduled end time e ID endEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the element with the given ID ends plus or minus any offset time If the element repeats this event occurs at the end of all repeated cycles This event will not occur if the viewer stops the element by clicking the RealONE Player Stop button Sample Values The following are samples of begin and end values that start or stop an event relative to an element with a certain ID value begin ID end Start the element when the element with the given ID is scheduled to e
12. begin ID activateEvent Start the element when the clip with the given ID is clicked begin ID inBoundsEvent Start the element when the cursor moves over the clip with the given ID end ID outOfBoundsEvent 1s Stop the element one second after the cursor moves off the clip with the given ID CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing Example Suppose that you want to start a video when an image button is clicked You first add an ID to the clip source tag of the image lt img src button1 gif id button dur 5s fill freeze region button_1 gt Next you define the begin and end times for the video using activateEvent and the image clip s ID lt video src videol rm region video_region begin button activateEvent gt Defining a Keyboard Event In addition to mouse events you can use keyboard events to start or stop elements A keyboard event can occur when a viewer presses a key or it can occur when a clip gains or loses the keyboard focus When a clip has the keyboard focus it captures all subsequent keystrokes When a viewer clicks a form created in Flash for example the Flash form receives the focus The following are begin or end event values associated with keyboard activity e accesskey key time_value This interactive event occurs when the viewer presses the designated keyboard key The key designation is case sensitive This value can be used along with activateEvent to provide multip
13. bottomLeft bottomMid Defining Registration Points in Clip Source Tags To define a registration point within a clip source tag you add regPoint and regAlign attributes to the tag Both attributes use an alignment value as described in the preceding section but each value has a different meaning The alignment value used with the regPoint attribute determines where the registration point falls in the region hence the alignment value applies to the region not to the clip The alignment value used with the regAlign attribute specifies which part of the clip aligns to the registration point For example the following values center the clip in its region regardless of the region s size and shape lt ref src regPoint center regAlign center gt These next values select the region s lower right corner and place the clip s lower right corner on that point lt ref src regPoint bottomRight regAlign bottomRight gt Avoiding Problems When Defining Registration Points Because you can use any of the nine predefined values for both regPoint and regAlign there are 81 possible ways to place clips in regions using this method Not all possibilities are useful though Consider this alignment lt ref src regPoint topLeft regAlign bottomRight gt 222 CHAPTER 11 Layout In the preceding example regPoint topLeft puts the registration point at the regi
14. timing is relative to the start of the parallel group gt lt audio timing is relative to the start of the parallel group gt lt par gt lt video timing is relative to the end of the preceding parallel group gt lt seq gt lt body gt Timing Attributes Covered in this Chapter The following are the basic SMIL timing attributes described in this chapter e begin end dur These attributes set the total length of time that an element plays They are the most widely used of the SMIL timing attributes See Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 and Setting Durations on page 243 clipBegin clipEnd These attributes let you play just a portion of a clip such as a certain scene out of a video See Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times on page 242 endsync This attribute ends a parallel or exclusive group when a certain element in the group ends See Ending a Group on a Specific Clip on page 245 repeatCount repeatDur The repeatCount and repeatDur attributes let you repeat an element a specific number of times or for as many repetitions as possible within a certain time See Repeating an Element on page 247 mediaRepeat CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing With mediaRepeat described in Stopping a Clip s Encoded Repetitions on page 249 you can stop the repetitions encoded into a clip such as an animated GIF e fill erase fillDefault These attributes let you keep
15. to make the first clip disappear after the transition completes fill remove to make the first clip disappear before the transition begins For More Information See Using Clip Fills with Transition Effects on page 336 for more information Repeating Transition Effects Horizontally or Vertically When you repeat a transition effect the effect appears multiple times instead of just once For example an expanding star transition effect normally begins in the center of the clip and expands toward the clip s edges By repeating this effect twice horizontally and twice vertically you make a separate star shape expand in each of the clip s quadrants as shown in the following illustration Repeating Star Transition Effect You repeat a transition effect by adding the horzRepeat or vertRepeat attribute to a lt transition gt tag Each attribute takes as a value a positive integer that defines how many times the transition effect repeats horizontally or vertically 333 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 334 respectively For example the following transition effect defines two four point stars that appear side by side lt transition id starHorz type starWipe subtype fourPoint horzRepeat 2 gt To have these stars appear one on top of the other you repeat the effect vertically lt transition id starVert type starWipe subtype fourPoint vertRepeat 2 gt You can combine horzRe
16. 28 8Kbps Modem 8066666000066 TERO 56 Kbps Modem eee 808 eee N 56 ops of Data me Stalled 28 8 Kbps Modem Presentation Buffering For each streaming clip RealONE Player keeps a buffer that acts as a data reservoir Data enters the buffer as it streams to RealONE Player leaving the buffer as RealONE Player plays the clip The buffer helps ensure that lapses of available bandwidth don t stall the presentation If network congestion halts the flow of data for a few seconds for example RealONE Player keeps the clip 31 RealSystem iQ Production Guide playing with the buffered data Your goal is to minimize initial buffering and eliminate rebuffering Initial Buffering Preroll RealONE Player buffers a few seconds of data before a clip plays Also called preroll initial buffering is required for every clip Developing clips that use an appropriate amount of bandwidth keeps preroll to an acceptable level You want preroll to be low less than 15 seconds for each clip RealAudio and RealVideo encoding tools set a low preroll for you With other clips though how you create the clip determines its preroll Rebuffering When clip data has stopped coming in and the clip buffer is empty RealONE Player has to halt clip playback to store data again or rebuffer Sometimes this is unavoidable because the viewer s available bandwidth drops for too long When developing a multiclip presentation thou
17. Because a RealText clip is a simple text file it consumes minimal bandwidth and streams quickly to RealONE Player RealText presentations are therefore easily accessible to viewers with slow network connections When combining RealText with other clips you need to ensure that RealText has approximately 1 Kbps of available bandwidth For More Information For more on bandwidth allocation see Step 3 Develop a Bandwidth Strategy on page 31 RealText ina SMIL Presentation You can easily combine RealText with any other clip through a SMIL file Chapter 7 explains the basics of SMIL The section Playing Clips in Parallel on page 177 explains how to display RealText along with other clips You ll also need to understand SMIL layouts as described in Chapter 11 Tip To see examples of RealText displayed with other clips get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in 93 RealSystem iQ Production Guide How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page S and view the Sample Files page RealText Broadcast Application RealText does not have to be created in a static file A broadcast application can capture live text add RealText markup to it and send it to RealServer A sample broadcast application is included with the RealSystem Authoring Kit which is available for download at this Web address http www realnetworks com products authkit index html You can also build a broadcast application wi
18. Determines when the window page 204 whenNotActive closes height pixels none Sets the window height page 204 open onStart whenActive onStart Controls when the window opens page 204 rn resizeBehavior percentOnly zoom zoom Controls whether regions resize page 206 width pixels none Sets the window width page 204 Example lt layout gt lt root layout gt main media window regions defined lt topLayout width 180 height 120 open whenActive close whenNotActive gt secondary media window regions defined lt topLayout gt lt layout gt lt region gt Following lt root layout gt or between lt topLayout gt and lt topLayout gt lt region gt tags define the size placement relative to the window and properties of each region used to play clips The id 455 RealSystem iQ Production Guide attribute is required for the lt region gt tag For basic information about the lt region gt tag see Defining Playback Regions on page 206 lt region gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference backgroundColor inherit transparent transparent Sets the region background color page 215 color_value bottom auto pixels auto Sets the region offset from the page 208 percentage bottom of the window fit fill hidden meet hidden Controls how clips fit the region page 227 scroll slice height auto pixels auto
19. Manipulating Animation Timing on page 360 is a placeholder for this information e The skip content attribute The lt metadata gt tag The systemComponent and systemRequired attributes for lt switch gt tags e This guide will grow over the next several months to include more information authoring tips and samples Be sure to check for updates frequently Thank you for previewing RealONE Player INTRODUCTION RealSystem gives you the power to stream compelling multimedia presentations over a network It includes RealServer the most advanced streaming media server available along with RealONE Player and RealPlayer the world s most popular applications for playing streaming media clips This production guide will help you produce any multimedia presentation whether it is a simple video on your home page ora multimedia extravaganza Tip To experience the many possibilities of streaming media download RealONE Player from http www real com and then visit http realguide real com What This Guide Covers This production guide tells you how to assemble a RealSystem presentation Although it provides many tips for producing streaming media the more you know about producing audio video and graphics in general the faster you will be able to create a great streaming presentation Topics in this guide fall into four general areas Planning a Presentation Before you launch into streaming media pro
20. RealNetworks REALSYSTEM IQ PRODUCTION GUIDE RealONE Update Last Update 21 September 2001 RealNetworks Inc PO Box 91123 Seattle WA 98111 9223 U S A http www real com http www realnetworks com 2001 RealNetworks Inc All rights reserved Information in this document is subject to change without notice No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of RealNetworks Inc Printed in the United States of America Annabelle Film com The Future is Real Goldpass Musicnet Neuralcast Progressive Networks RBN the Real bubble logo Real Broadcast Network RealArcade RealAudio Real com RealDownload RealJukebox RealMedia RealMP RealNetworks RealPlayer RealONE Player RealPresenter RealProducer RealProducer Plus RealProducer Pro RealProxy RealPublisher RealSites RealSlideshow RealStore com RealSystem RealText RealVideo SureDownload SureStream Surreal FX Design Take5 and WebActive are trademarks or registered trademarks of RealNetworks Inc Other product and corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies SUMMARY OF CONTENTS DOCUMENTATION RELEASE NOTE j cc 0 dsccccssssideseseesedeoveccsegesbetineevaven even todos avevavesbaeds SiS 1 INTRODUCTION crias E a A a O a a a odulpedbesspasausdedede ats 3 PART I GETTING STARTED WITH
21. Table Page 2 of 2 Setting a Transition Effect s Duration By default each transition effect lasts one second but you can change this by adding a dur attribute to the lt transition gt tag As described in Timelines and Transition Effects on page 316 changing a transition effect s duration does not affect the presentation duration In the following example the transition effect takes three seconds to complete lt transition id fade1 type fade subtype crossfade dur 3s gt To use the same transition type but vary the transition speeds define the transition multiple times each time with a different ID and duration For example the following tags define the same transition type and subtype but the first effect lasts two seconds whereas the second effect lasts four seconds lt transition id fan1 type fanWipe subtype top dur 2s gt lt transition id fan2 type fanWipe subtype top dur 4s gt For More Information The dur attribute uses the standard SMIL timing values which are described in Specifying Time Values on page 239 Reversing a Transition Effect s Direction Using direction reverse you can change the direction a transition effect runs For example the following transition effect reveals the clip in a four point star that expands outward lt transition id p1 type starWipe subtype fourPoint gt Reversing the direction creates a four poin
22. slideWipe SAS a ee NE Ne a ee p fromTop The clip slides over the previous clip from top to bottom fromBottom The clip slides over the previous clip from bottom to top For More Information With color fades see See Defining Colors and Border Blends on page 334 for information on color values Modifying Transition Effects 330 The following sections describe optional lt transition gt tag attributes that modify the appearance of the transition effects The following table summarizes these attributes Attributes for Modifying Transition Effects Attribute Value Default Function Reference borderColor blend black Defines the border color page 334 color_value borderWidth pixels 0 Specifies the border size page 334 direction forward forward Sets the direction of movement page 331 reverse dur time_value 1s Specifies effect duration page 331 endProgress 0 0 1 0 1 0 Halts the effect before it finishes page 332 Table Page 1 of 2 CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Attributes for Modifying Transition Effects continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference fadeColor color_value black Sets color for fade transitions page 334 horzRepeat integer 1 Multiplies the effect horizontally page 333 startProgress 0 0 1 0 0 0 Starts the effect at a midway point page 332 vertRepeat _ integer 1 Multiplies the effect vertically page 333
23. 67 production tools 26 recording tips 66 source formats 66 staging shots 66 streaming steps 64 s video 68 24 bit depth 68 Video for Windows 68 lt video gt tag 146 visual quality of RealVideo 60 animating 348 350 clip source tag 220 default value 215 duplicate values 215 negative integers 215 recommended values 215 lt root layout gt tag 215 subregions 219 zoomlevel attribute 307 W wallclocks for broadcasts 274 WAV conversion to RealAudio 54 Web page playback 395 Web server MIME type configuration 418 playback instructions 416 limitations 428 unsecure clips 428 widescreen video display 230 width attribute lt region gt tag 208 lt root layout gt tag 203 lt topLayout gt tag 204 animating 347 348 350 clip source tag 220 context window 297 lt window gt tag 92 wipes see transition effects 514
24. A hyperlink can include an alt attribute that uses short descriptive text as its value It is good practice always to include an alt attribute in hyperlinks When the viewer moves the screen pointer over the link the alt text displays in the status line above the RealONE Player media window indicating what the link will display In the following example the text Introductory Video is used for the alt value lt area href alt Introductory Video gt If the clip that includes the link also has an alt value the link s alt value displays instead of the clip s If the link has no alt value its URL displays in place of the clip s alt value In short a link always overrides the clip s alt value For More Information The section Including an Alternate Clip Description on page 170 covers the alt attribute in clip source tags See Coded Characters on page 167 for information on including special characters in alt text 293 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Setting a Tab Index for Multiple Links When multiple links appear onscreen the viewer can press Tab to cycle between the links then press Enter to open a link Using the tabindex attribute you can specify the tabbing order This attribute which has a default value of 0 takes a positive integer as a value RealONE Player highlights the clip with the lowest tabindex value first It highlights the clip with the next higher tabindex value each time
25. Although not always the case an advanced timing command typically starts or stops a SMIL element when an event occurs So you generally have two elements that you work with the element that triggers the event and the element that the triggered event starts or stops For the element that provides the event trigger you must define an ID lt element_tag1 id ID gt 261 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 262 In the second element s tag you create a begin or end value that refers to the first element s ID specifies the triggering event and optionally adds a timing offset lt element_tag2 begin end ID event time_value gt To make these abstract examples more concrete suppose that your triggering element is a video clip lt video src videol rm id intro region video_region gt Your triggered element might be a graphic image that begins 10 seconds after the video starts lt img src picture jpg begin intro begin 10s region image_region gt In simple cases advanced timing commands may not be needed If the two preceding clips were in the same lt par gt group for example you could achieve the desired 10 second delay with simple timing commands lt par gt lt video src videol rm id intro region video_region gt lt img src picture jpg region img_region begin 10s gt lt par gt The advanced timing commands let you tie eleme
26. Attribute Function Example left Sets the point s offset from region s left border left 120 right Sets the point s offset from region s right border right 5 top Specifies the point s offset from region s top border top 60 bottom Specifies the point s offset from region s bottom border bottom 22 f Assigning a Registration Point to Clips Once you define a registration point in the layout section you assign the point to any number of clips by adding a regPoint attribute to each clip source tag This attribute takes as its value the ID of the lt regPoint gt tag For example if you defined this registration point lt regPoint id above_center left 50 top 25 regAlign topMid gt you use the following regPoint attribute in the clip source tag CHAPTER 11 Layout lt ref src regPoint above_center gt In the clip source tag you can even override the regAlign value defined for the registration point Suppose that for one clip you want to use regAlign center instead of the defined regAlign topMid You can simply add the new regAlign value to the clip tag rather than define a new registration point n lt ref src regPoint above_center regAlign center gt Note You cannot override a registration point s position attributes such as left and top through a clip source tag Using Common Values in lt regPoint gt Tags Usi
27. For More Information As noted in the following sections using some character sets requires you to include a version number in the lt window gt tag For more on version numbers see Adding a Version Number on page 99 us ascii The us ascii character set is the default character set used with most RealText fonts when no version number is specified in the lt window gt tag iso 8859 1 The iso 8859 1 character set is identical to us ascii but includes support for accented characters upper 128 characters used in many European languages This is the default character set used when you specify version 1 2 or higher in the lt window gt tag Use it when writing accented European languages on a 107 108 RealSystem iQ Production Guide mac x sjis Windows or Unix computer The following languages can be represented with the iso 8859 1 character set Afrikaans Basque Catalan Danish Dutch English Faeroese Finnish French Galician German Icelandic Irish Italian Norwegian Portuguese Spanish Swedish Note The ISO 8859 standard specifies several additional character sets such as iso 8859 2 and iso 8859 3 RealText supports only iso 8859 1 however meaning that Cyrillic Arabic Greek Hebrew and several Eastern European languages are not supported in RealText roman Use the mac roman character set when writing in an accented European language on a Macintosh computer Using this character set ensures that marks such
28. However you can create the hyperlink as a very small hot spot such as a one pixel rectangle When you make an entire source clip a link mention the access key ina longdesc attribute in the clip source tag See Using a Long Description on page 170 for more information Your presentation should indicate which access keys the viewer can use You can do this with RealText which is described in Chapter 6 You can also display this information in the context window as described in Opening HTML Pages in the Context Window on page 297 If the same access key is encoded into a clip to perform some function the SMIL access key overrides the encoded key s functionality It is best not to use the same access key when defining multiple links that are active at the same time If multiple active links use the same access key the following criteria determine which link opens when the viewer presses the access key Links for clips not assigned to regions such as audio clips override links for clips assigned to regions When a clip displays on top of other clips because its region has a higher z index value its links override the links associated with the lower clips However if the upper clip uses a value of 1 to 50 for rm mediaOpacity its associated links do not register clicks and the links for lower clips will open For More Information For more on rn mediaOpacity see Adding Transparency to All Opaque Color
29. Setting fillDefault inherit explicitly has the same effect as leaving fillDefault out of the tag altogether e group_Z includes a fill remove attribute which overrides the fillDefault freeze value it receives from the master group This group uses the freeze value passing it to all the elements it contains 260 CHAPTER 13 ADVANCED TIMING Once you have mastered the basic timing attributes described in Chapter 12 you are ready to tackle SMIL s advanced timing features Using these features you can develop interactive presentations that play clips when viewers click icons for example You can also use advanced timing to create effects similar to those found in Web pages such as starting a SMIL animation when the viewer moves the screen pointer over an image Tip Be sure to familiarize yourself with Conventions Used in this Guide on page 9 That section lists the typographical conventions used in this chapter to explain event timing syntax Understanding Advanced Timing Chapter 12 explains the basic timing attributes begin end and dur Although this chapter introduces some new timing attributes it primarily shows you how to expand the power of the begin and end attributes through complex timing values This chapter describes many different ways to start or stop an element besides using basic timing attributes such as begin 5s Advanced Timing Syntax The key to advanced SMIL timing is the event
30. The Flash Stop clip timeline resumes on a Play command With a Flash 3 or 4 clip all other clips play normally With a Flash 2 clip all other clips seek to the same point in the presentation timeline and then pause See also Go To Commands on page 84 Go To and Seeks to the designated frame in the Flash clip buffers the clip preroll Play and begins playback With a Flash 3 or 4 clip all other clips play normally With a Flash 2 clip all other clips seek to the same point in the presentation timeline and then resume playback Get URL Sends the URL to the browser Because the user has to return to the animation manually use this only at the end of a clip Also note that a SMIL file can define clickable hyperlinks that overlay a Flash clip See Chapter 14 beginning on page 279 RealONE Player Commands As noted in the preceding table commands such as Play Stop and Go To in Flash 3 and Flash 4 clips affect only the Flash clip Using Flash s Get URL command though you can play stop or pause all clips playing in RealONE Player You can also launch a URL in a new RealONE Player window You do this by sending RealONE Player a command rather than a URL through Get URL Seeking Into a Presentation The following value for Get URL instructs RealONE Player to seek to the specified time in the presentation timeline command seek time For example the following command instructs RealONE Player to seek to 1 35 4 in the
31. When displaying RealText in a smaller region though you need to be careful to keep the text from scaling down to an unreadable size Setting the Clip Duration The duration attribute specifies how long the RealText clip plays The default is 60 seconds RealText uses only the normal play time timing values of 97 RealSystem iQ Production Guide hh mm ss xy which are described in Using the Normal Play Time Format on page 240 In this timing method only the ss field is required For example the following duration attributes make the clip last 90 seconds lt window duration 90 gt 5 and 1 2 minutes lt window duration 5 30 gt and 1 hour 33 minutes and 15 seconds lt window duration 1 33 15 gt RealText Durations and SMIL Durations When you put RealText in a SMIL presentation SMIL timing values can override the duration defined in the RealText clip Suppose a RealText clip named marquee rt has a duration of three minutes lt window duration 3 00 0 gt If you put this clip into a SMIL presentation with the following SMIL clip source tag the dur 2min attribute tells RealONE Player to stop playing this clip after two minutes regardless of the clip s internal timeline lt textstream src rtsp realserver example com marquee rt dur 2min gt If the SMIL duration is longer than the RealText duration a fill attribute can specify how RealONE Player treats the cl
32. a Web server however A Web server will download the image as quickly as possible which may interfere with other clips displaying at the same time RealPix Presentations Require Clip Size Information RealServer determines when to stream each RealPix image based on the image s place in the presentation timeline Because a Web server cannot do this you must indicate each image s file size in the RealPix markup This enables RealONE Player to calculate when to request an image from the Web server so that all image data has arrived by the time the image displays If the file size information is missing RealONE Player requests all images when the presentation starts causing a high preroll SMIL File Optional When delivering a single clip or a few clips played in sequence you do not need a SMIL file Instead you can simply list the clips in order when writing your Ram file as described in Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 However you can also have your Ram file specify a SMIL file that lists the clip locations creates a layout times the presentation and so on Note RealNetworks does not recommend using long or complex SMIL files when delivering presentations with a Web server Limit your SMIL file to a few clips played in sequence or in parallel SMIL Internal Timing Commands Do Not Work Although you can use SMIL to lay out and time your presentation you should not use the clipBegin and clipEnd attrib
33. bandwidth characteristics 57 codecs lossy nature 59 RealVideo 8 63 RealVideo G2 64 RealVideo G2 with SVT 64 standard 64 compressed input 68 converting to other formats 67 dimensions different sizes for different bit rates 62 recommended sizes 61 switching between 378 encoded information 165 encoding instructions 70 encoding tips 70 error correction 73 filters de interlace 72 inverse telecine 72 noise 72 resize 72 frame rates factors that affect 59 lowering for slow CPUs 64 overview 59 variable nature 59 input formats 70 prefetching data 388 production steps 64 quality guide 61 Scalable Video Technology 64 smooth motion option 60 soundtrack bandwidth ratio 71 RealAudio for 57 streaming rates modifying 71 507 RealSystem iQ Production Guide standard 58 two pass encoding 73 variable bit rate encoding 73 visual clarity factors that affect 61 overview 60 RealProducer option for 60 see also video rebuffering 32 lt ref gt tag 145 regAlign attribute 221 region attribute in clip source tags 213 regionName attribute animating 347 defining 207 regions assigning to clips 213 audio clips 213 audio volume control 218 background colors 215 changing in clip tag 217 inheriting 216 transparency partial 216 until clip plays 216 bottom attribute 208 clip scaling 227 considerations for creating 201 cropped at window boundaries 213 defining 206 examples centerin
34. ccccceccsseeeeeeeeesseeesenseseesssseeseneeeeeenea BasiG COnmtralss ce sects an RA E AE aE A A EO E Individual Controls and Sliders cccceeeecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeees Information Panels cerere saoerceacasteesvachendenhatintadanedesesdubeanatadseactanscuteys Status HETAT ARE E IREE EEE EE E E A E A ole A S Linking Multiple Controls sirsiran naisi iiia Controlling Image Display sssssssssssssssssssssisssesrsrsrsrsssersnseersrsesnsneesnnseersnreenn Setting a Background Colo trei e E AEE e A ERA Centering a Clip earra aye a EEE a oA a A E AAE EE EAEE N Maintaining a Clip s Aspect Ratio ssssssssssssssrssstsrsserirssrrressesssrerrssreesssrees Suppressing the Real LOgO sss ssssssssssssssssssssssssrssssessssrersssrersserensrersssreennnt Setting Automatic Playback eea Meee ole eE ans E EER TE dd Starting a Presentation Automatically Looping a Presentation Continuously Specifying a Number of LOOpS ccccceccccceeeeceeeneeeeecenseeeseeeeeeeenseeeseeeeees Setting SMUT CA aye te eM eS AP N E laste tae A E anata Laying Out SMIL Pr sentations daisies e E A Defining the Layout with SMIL sssssssssssssssssrissrrssrrssirssireriseesreessieseressissne Defining the Layout with HTML ssssssssssssssrsssrsrssssissseessssenssserrsseernseensns 20 PRESENTATION DELIVERY 415 Understanding Linking and URLs sssssssssssssssrsssrirsssersssstrsssrersnsesrsneeersreensnt 415 The Ram Pile RE re E
35. common values in clip source tags 223 in lt regPoint gt tags 225 considerations for creating 202 default positioning 226 defining in layout 224 fit attribute interaction 227 ID values 226 methods of creating 221 misalignment problems 222 226 overview 199 pixels and percentages defining 224 mixing 226 recommendations 226 positioning 224 relationship to regions 226 reusing in clips 226 subregion comparison 202 regPoint attribute 222 224 lt regPoint gt tag 224 see also registration points relative links in Ram file 420 in SMIL 152 reliable transmission 148 repeat n value 268 repeatCount attribute 247 repeatDur attribute 247 repeatEvent value 268 repeating clips see timing repeating clips resize filters 72 resizeBehavior attribute 206 restart attribute 274 restartDefault attribute 275 right attribute 208 lt region gt tag 208 Index lt regPoint gt tag 224 animating 347 349 clip source tag 220 rn prefix 139 rollover events 269 lt root layout gt tag 203 see also regions rpm extension 425 RTSP compared to HTTP 417 in presentation links 417 in SMIL file 153 overview 417 port number 153 sample files 5 sampling rates 45 Scalable Video Technology SVT 64 scaling clips in regions 227 secondary media windows see regions sec ondary media windows secure transactions with Flash 87 sendTo attribute namespace declaration 296 on Linux 296 on Macint
36. each lt meta gt tag For basic information about the lt meta gt tag see Defining Information for the SMIL Presentation on page 169 lt meta gt Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference content text URL Provides the content for the name attribute page 169 name abstract Gives the presentation abstract page 169 author Lists the presentation author s name page 169 base Sets the base URL for the source clips page 152 copyright Supplies the presentation copyright page 169 title Gives the presentation title page 169 Examples lt meta name author content Jane Morales gt lt meta name title content Multimedia My Way gt lt meta name copyright content c 2001 Jane Morales gt lt meta name base content rtsp realserver example com gt lt layout gt lt layout gt The lt layout gt and lt layout gt tags within the SMIL header contain other tags that define the layout of visual clips Within the layout section you define a root layout area and separate regions for clips You can also define secondary media windows lt root layout gt Within the layout section a single lt root layout gt tag sets the overall size of the main media window Clips play in regions created within the root layout area They do not play in the root layout area directly The height and width attributes are required for the lt root layout gt tag For basic inf
37. file into a clip that streams to any target connection with little preroll But if the tool has to squeeze a file down too much to reach a low bandwidth target clip quality may degrade So although the clip will stream well you might not like the results To ensure good quality playback keep your streaming bandwidths in mind when creating source files especially when you plan to reach dial up modem users For More Information See Understanding RealAudio on page 43 and Understanding RealVideo on page 57 Flash Macromedia Flash streams well at low bandwidths making it an attractive alternative to video Low streaming speed doesn t affect Flash s visual quality as it can with video At low bandwidths though you may not be able to include as many items in your animated scenes as when streaming at high bandwidths After you develop a Flash clip for RealONE Player you tune it to stream at a specific bit rate For more on this see Flash Bandwidth Characteristics on page 76 RealText and SMIL Because RealText and SMIL files are plain text they use little bandwidth You generally don t need to be concerned about how they affect a presentation s bandwidth consumption RealPix Slideshows RealPix bandwidth use depends on the image sizes and how soon each image must appear in the clip s timeline At higher bandwidths you can use larger images and display them at shorter intervals By varying image size and th
38. however Examples The following examples show how to target various windows with the command openwindow hyperlink syntax inRealText and Flash clips Targeting the Same Window with Multiple Links The following RealText link opens a URL in a new media window named feature lt a href command openwindow feature rtsp realserver example com comedy rm gt Comedy Hour lt a gt In Flash the Get URL command looks like this command openwindow feature rtsp realserver example com comedy rm When first clicked this link creates a media window named feature If another link also targets the feature window clicking that link starts the new URL in the feature window Clicking the link in the following example starts an animal program in the window running the comedy program lt a href command openwindow feature rtsp realserver example com animals rm gt Sharks lt a gt The Flash Get URL version looks like this command openwindow feature rtsp realserver example com animals rm Opening Separate Windows Each link opens a separate window if the window names are different or you use the predefined name _new or _blank The following RealText links open separate windows lt a href command openwindow _new rtsp realserver example com comedy rm gt Comedy Hour lt a gt lt a href command openwindow _blank rtsp realserver example com animals rm gt Sharks lt a gt In Flash the Get URL commands loo
39. it stays at the root layout size for the duration of the presentation Therefore you need to make sure that the root layout area is large enough to encompass all clips you plan to play Calculate the root layout size based on the sizes of clips that play together as well as any borders you want to add Root Layout Example Suppose you plan to display two clips one 100 pixels wide and the other 200 pixels wide side by side If you want a five pixel border around the clips for example the root layout area needs to be 315 pixels wide 5 pixels from the left edge of the root layout area to the first clip 100 pixels for the first clip 5 pixels from the right edge of the first clip to the left edge of the second clip 200 pixels for the second clip 5 pixels from the right edge of the second clip to the right edge of the root layout area RealONE Player Menus and Controls When choosing a root layout size keep in mind that the RealONE Player menus and controls will appear around the main media window If you define avery large root layout area some parts of the main media window or some RealONE Player controls may not appear on the viewer s screen The smallest computer screen is general use is 640 pixels wide by 480 pixels high Double Screen and Full Screen Modes As described in Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode on page 422 you can make the presentation display at double size or full screen mode when i
40. lt layout gt tags to change layouts depending on whether or not captions are displayed The following layout creates a captions region only when captions are turned on Note that in each layout the video region has a unique ID which is required by SMIL But both video regions have the same name lt switch gt lt layout systemCaptions on gt lt root layout width 320 height 300 backgroundColor black gt lt region id video_region1 regionName video height 240 gt lt region id text_region height 40 top 260 left 10 gt lt layout gt lt layout systemCaptions off gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 backgroundColor black gt lt region id video_region2 regionName video gt lt layout gt lt switch gt Tip Although the preceding example uses systemCaptions in the lt layout gt tag you could use the attribute in lt root layout gt and lt region gt tags instead to display or hide individual regions based on RealONE Player s captions setting In the SMIL body you then assign clips to the regions Note that the following markup assigns the single video clip to a region through the region name instead of the region ID If you didn t use the region name you d need to create two lt video gt tags one assigned to video_region1 the other assigned to video_region2 Each tag would require a systemCaptions attribute to turn the tag on or off depending on the captions preference With the foll
41. lt meta name base content rtsp realserver example com gt ayout information lt head gt lt body gt lt par gt lt audio src song1 rm gt lt textstream src Llyrics words1 rt gt lt img src http www example com images album3 gif gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt Because the third clip in this example uses a full URL the base target is ignored RealONE Player requests the image from the specified Web server using the HTTP protocol For the first two clips however the src values are appended to the base target effectively giving the clips the following URLs rtsp realserver example com song1 rm rtsp realserver example com lyrics words1 rt Using a base target is highly recommended If no target is given RealONE Player assumes that the clip paths are relative to the location of the SMIL file In the preceding example for instance RealONE Player would look for songi rm in the same directory that holds the SMIL file requesting the clip with the same protocol used to request the SMIL file CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags Linking to Clips on RealServer When clips reside on RealServer use an RTSP URL in the base target Or you can specify an RTSP URL in each clip s src attribute An RTSP URL in a clip source tag looks like this lt audio src rtsp realserver example com 554 audio first rm gt The following table explains the URL components Your RealServer adm
42. lt ref gt tag in the main SMIL file lt ref src rtsp realserver example com presentation2 smil dur 5min gt In this case the duration specified in the main SMIL file cuts off the last half of presentation2 smil For More Information Timing attributes are described in Chapter 12 CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags Writing Clip Source URLs Every clip source tag except for a lt brush gt tag requires an src attribute that provides the URL for the clip RealONE Player uses this URL to request the clip from a server The URL you specify varies depending on whether the clip resides on RealServer a Web server or the viewer s local machine Tip As you develop a presentation on your computer use local URLs Then put in a base URL or specify full URLs for each clip when you are ready to stream your presentation Chapter 20 explains how to move clips to a server and write a Ram file to launch RealONE Player Linking to Local Clips As you develop your presentation it is easiest to keep your SMIL file and your clips in the same directory on your local computer Within your SMIL file the src parameter for each clip source tag can simply give the file name lt audio src song1 rm gt Creating Relative Links to Other Directories RealONE Player can also follow the same relative links that you can use ina Web page For example the following src attribute specifies a clip that resides one level below the SMIL file in
43. lt seq gt Clip freezes after playback only for the duration of the subsequent clip s begin value such as begin 5s Bie Sig eEe lt par gt Clip freezes until the entire lt par gt group concludes lt excl gt Clip freezes until another clip in the lt excl gt group plays Table Page 1 of 2 255 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 256 fill Attribute Values for Clips in lt seq gt lt par gt and lt excl gt Groups continued Clip Attributes Group Function lt seq gt Clip freezes until the entire lt seq gt group concludes P q gt group lt par gt Clip freezes until the entire lt par gt group concludes Kald Identical to fill freeze lt excl gt Clip freezes until the entire lt excl gt group concludes lt seq gt Clip displays throughout the presentation fill hold x i lt par gt Clip displays throughout the presentation erase never P P pay 8 P lt excl gt Clip displays throughout the presentation lt seq gt Clip freezes long enough for the transition effect to occur a aes _ lt par gt Clip freezes long enough for the transition effect to occur fill transition eS Ee ee a eee lt excl gt Clip freezes until another clip in the group plays then remains long enough for the transition effect to occur Table Page 2 of 2 For More Information See Using Clip Fills with Transition Effects on page 336 for more in
44. name RRGGBB black Sets a window color page 409 CENTER true false false Centers the clip page 410 MAINTAINASPECT _ true false false Determines clip scaling page 410 NOLOGO true false false Suppresses the Real logo page 410 The following example shows two of these parameters used in an lt EMBED gt tag lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 50 HEIGHT 50 NOJAVA true BACKGROUNDCOLOR gray CENTER true gt Setting a Background Color The BACKGROUNDCOLOR parameter specifies a background color for the image window The specified background color also shows through if a clip includes transparency The background color is black by default You can use an RGB hexadecimal color value 4RRGGBB or the following color names shown here with their corresponding RGB values white FFFFFF silver HCOCOCO gray 808080 black 000000 yellow FFFFOO fuchsia FFOOFF red FF0000 maroon 800000 lime 00FF00 olive 4808000 green 008000 purple 800080 aqua 00FFFF teal 008080 blue 0000FF navy 000080 Note SMIL region background colors override this background color For more on setting SMIL region colors see Adding Background Colors on page 215 Tip Appendix D provides background on hexadecimal color values Note though that the lt EMBED gt tag does not support RGB color values used with SMIL 409 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Centering a Clip The default value for CENTER i
45. not have this capacity To support the widest audience possible follow these recommendations to reduce Flash CPU requirements CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation e Reduce the frame rate Macromedia recommends a Flash frame rate of 12 frames per second fps If you combine a Flash clip with another clip that needs considerable processing power though you may need to lower this frame rate to accommodate slow computers Try 9 fps or 7 fps when combining Flash with RealAudio for example These rates provide acceptably smooth motion without overburdening most processors Optimize tweening The tweening process interpolates the motion between key frames Interpolating multiple objects and color effects at the same time will adversely affect playback Other actions related to tweening that slow down playback include changing large areas of the screen between frames and using gradient fills Decrease the number and size of objects moving simultaneously RealONE Player must redraw areas where action occurs thus consuming CPU power To minimize this localize tweening to a small portion of the screen so that the entire screen does not have to be redrawn This way file size remains the same but only one part of the screen is redrawn Adding Audio to Flash RealONE Player does not support audio embedded in a Flash clip so it will not play event sounds for mouseovers and button clicks for example You can include sound for a Flash clip only by
46. s left edge and 120 pixels down from the clip s top edge The hot spot has a radius of 50 pixels The following figure illustrates this example Circular Hot Spot shape circle coords 100 120 50 Tip The last value which sets the circle s radius should not be more than the smaller of the other two values If the first two values are 40 and 20 for example the third value should not be 287 RealSystem iQ Production Guide more than 20 Otherwise part of the circle extends beyond the clip boundaries and is cut off Making a Polygonal Hot Spot Use shape poly to make a polygonal hot spot with any number of sides You might create a triangle or an octagon for example For every n sides of the polygon you want to create you must specify 2n values in the coords attribute To create a triangle for example you need to specify six coords values Each pair of coordinate values indicates the placement of a corner of the polygon in this order 1 distance of the polygon corner from the clip s left edge corner x 2 distance of the polygon corner from the clip s top edge corner y The following example defines a triangular hot spot lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href shape poly coords 40 150 120 30 200 150 gt lt video gt The following figure illustrates the preceding example The first value pair for the coords attribute defines the triangle s lower left
47. such as a spiral In the following table the first subtype listed for each type is the default Matrix Wipe Transition Effects Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance topLeftHorizontal 301 Tiles move in a horizontal zigzag from the upper left corner topLeftVertical 302 Tiles move in a vertical zigzag from the upper left corner topLeftDiagonal 303 Tiles move in a diagonal zigzag from the upper left corner snakeWipe i topRightDiagonal 304 Tiles move in a diagonal zigzag from the upper right corner bottomRightDiagonal 305 Tiles move in a diagonal zigzag from the lower right corner bottomLeftDiagonal 306 Tiles move in a diagonal zigzag 326 from the lower left corner Table Page 1 of 4 Type spiralWipe CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Matrix Wipe Transition Effects continued Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance topLeftClockwise 310 Tiles spiral clockwise from the upper left corner topRightClockwise 311 Tiles spiral clockwise from the upper right corner bottomRightClockwise 312 Tiles spiral clockwise from the lower right corner bottomLeftClockwise 313 Tiles spiral clockwise from the lower left corner topLeft 314 Tiles spiral counter clockwise from CounterClockwise the upper left corner topRight 315 Tiles spiral counter clockwise from CounterClockwise the upper right corner bottomRight 316 Tiles spiral counter clockwise from CounterClockwise
48. whether rtsp pnm or http Save the Ram file as plain text with a ram extension played in RealONE Player or a rpm extension played in a Web browser Move your Ram file to RealServer or your Web server Even if all your media clips are on RealServer you can place the Ram file on your Web server When the browser receives a Ram file it turns it over to RealONE Player which uses the URLs in the file to request clips Hence the Ram file and the media clips do not need to reside on the same computer For ram files link your Web page to the Ram file by using an HTML hyperlink such as this lt a href http www example com media sample ram gt click for video lt a gt For rpm files incorporate the link URL in the lt EMBED gt tag as described in Using lt EMBED gt Tags on page 398 If the Ram file is on RealServer the URL must not use the ramgen parameter 421 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode In the Ram file you can control how RealONE Player initially displays a clip or SMIL presentation You can play a clip at double its normal size for example or open the RealONE Player in its toolbar mode To set the starting mode add one of the options listed in the following table to the end of the Ram file URL Options for Setting the Initial Playback Mode Option Function screensize double Opens the clip or presentation at double its normal size s
49. you link your Web page to a Ram file with an HTTP URL The Ram file then gives RealONE Player the RTSP URL to your clips or SMIL presentation For More Information See the section The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP on page 417 How a Ram File Works The following are the steps involved when you link a viewer clicks a hypertext link that connects your Web page to a streaming presentation 1 The Web browser requests the Ram file from the Web server 2 The Web server downloads the Ram file to the browser 3 The Ram file extension ram or rpm causes the Web browser to launch RealONE Player 4 RealONE Player receives the Ram file and requests the clip or SMIL file from the Web server or RealServer 5 When a SMIL file is used RealONE Player request the clips based on the URLs in the SMIL file The Ram File for Embedded Presentations For presentations in which RealONE Player pops up as a separate application you use ram as the Ram file extension When you embed a clip or presentation in a Web page as described in Chapter 19 however the Ram file uses the file extension rpm RealONE Player still plays the presentation but it does not launch as a separate application Instead the browser appears to play the clips Aside for the file extension there s no difference between a Ram file for a pop up presentation ram and one for an embedded presentation rpm The Ramgen Alternative to Ram Files When you stream
50. 2 clip 3 lt seq gt clip 4 lt par gt The following illustration shows the difference between these groupings CHAPTER 10 Groups Different Playback Results with Nested Groups Example 1 2 1p gt 4o gt 30 gt Example 2 1 p 2 i i f 3 p gt gt Playing Clips in Sequence A sequence is the simplest type of group to create Simply list the clips in the order you want them to play within lt seq gt and lt seq gt tags The following example shows the entire SMIL markup required to play three audio clips in sequence lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt audio src song1 rm gt lt audio src song2 rm gt lt audio src song3 rm gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt In the preceding example the second clip begins when the first clip finishes and the third clip begins when the second clip finishes A sequence can include any number of clips and the clips can be of any type You could add a RealAudio or Flash clip to the sequence shown above for example When using visual clips however you should also define a layout as described in Chapter 11 When you enclose clips in lt seq gt and lt seq gt tags RealONE Player treats the sequence as a single presentation If each clip in the preceding example is two minutes in length for example the RealONE Player status bar indicates that the presentation is six m
51. 346 begin time_value Os Delays normal playback time page 240 dur time_value indefinite media Sets the total time the animation or one page 243 of its repeating cycles plays end time_value none Sets the end time for the animation page 240 fill auto default freeze auto Determines the fill state when the page 251 hold remove default animation is no longer active id name none Names the animation for reference by page 138 other elements restart always default never always Determines if the animation can restart page 274 whenNotActive targetElement ID none Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute to pixels percentage none Sets the attribute value page 350 color_value Example lt set targetElement video_region attributeName backgroundColor to blue dur 30s gt 474 APPENDIX D SMIL COLOR VALUES SMIL supports the color values defined in the Cascading Style Sheets 2 CSS2 specification For any SMIL color attribute you can use a predefined color name a hexadecimal value or an RGB value letting you specify millions of colors Note Markup other than SMIL may not support all the color designations described in this appendix RealText for example supports color names and hexadecimal values but not RGB values For More Information The CSS2 color specification is located at http www w3 org TR REC CSS2 syndata html value def color Specifying
52. 8 No Chapters on Advertising and Broadcasting This guide no longer contains chapters that cover the RealSystem Advertising Application and broadcasting Information about using SMIL with the Advertising Application is available separately For information about broadcasting media see RealProducer User s Guide and RealServer Administration Guide CHAPTER 2 PRESENTATION PLANNING A streaming presentation can consist of one or many clips No matter how simple or complicated your presentation you ll need to plan your media production so you can work effectively and reach your target audience This chapter explains the basics of how to put streaming media presentations together If you are not yet familiar with RealSystem components see also Appendix A beginning on page 435 Step 1 Decide How to Deliver Clips The first step in creating a streaming presentation is to consider the last step how will you deliver your clips to other people How you plan to stream your clips can greatly affect your media production RealServer Streaming RealServer is the preferred host for RealSystem presentations Designed specifically to stream multimedia over networks RealServer keeps multiple clips synchronized and uses many advanced features to ensure that clips stream smoothly even under adverse network conditions A RealServer administrator sets up and runs each RealServer If you will not be running RealServer yourself check the follow
53. Basic Profile which is designed primarily for smaller devices such as mobile phones and portable disc players The basic profile requires support for only the following modules e BasicContentControl BasicInlineTiming BasicLayout 131 RealSystem iQ Production Guide e BasicLinking e BasicMedia e BasicTimeContainers MinMaxTiming RepeatTiming e SkipContentControl Interoperability Between SMIL Based Players Because SMIL is an standard markup language any media player can adopt SMIL as its means for coordinating media clips Although this allows interoperability between SMIL based media players it does not automatically mean that every presentation created for RealONE Player can play in other SMIL based media players and vice versa The following sections explain differences in SMIL presentations that may prevent them from playing in all SMIL based players SMIL Version SMIL 1 0 and SMIL 2 0 differ significantly Although most media players that support SMIL 2 0 including RealONE Player can also play SMIL 1 0 files media players that support only SMIL 1 0 including RealPlayer G2 RealPlayer 7 and RealPlayer 8 cannot play SMIL 2 0 content Be sure you know whether your target media players support SMIL 1 0 SMIL 2 0 or both SMIL Profile As described in SMIL 2 0 Profiles on page 131 a SMIL based media player can support different SMIL profiles A media player that supports only the smaller module s
54. Be sure to have the documentation for your production tools handy as you develop your clips Ifyou re producing audio video or animation read Chapter 3 Chapter 4 or Chapter 5 respectively For information on SMIL start with Chapter 7 To add clips to a Web page follow the instructions in Chapter 19 When you re ready to move clips to servers read Chapter 20 40 PART PRODUCING REALSYSTEM CLIPS Individual clips are the building blocks of a streaming media presentation In this section Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 take on RealAudio and RealVideo production respectively Read Chapter 5 to learn how to stream Macromedia s Flash animation With RealText which Chapter 6 covers you can create timed text that displays alongside other clips CHAPTER 3 AUDIO PRODUCTION RealNetworks pioneered streaming audio with RealAudio the first streaming media product for the Internet Since its debut in 1995 RealAudio has become the standard for network audio delivering stereo sound over 28 8 Kbps modems and CD quality sound at high connection speeds This chapter gives pointers on how to prepare and encode your sound files for streaming Understanding RealAudio Because RealAudio clips are compressed you typically start with a sound file in a digitized uncompressed format such as WAV or AIFF Using a RealAudio encoding tool you create a RealAudio clip from the source file RealAudio clips use the file extension r
55. Clip in a Secondary Media Window A small change to the preceding example s layout can make one of the three clips display in a secondary pop up window The following example places the stock ticker clip in a secondary media window that automatically opens when the presentation starts The region that holds the stock ticker clip has no size and position information so it automatically assumes the size of the secondary media window The root layout area s height has decreased but within the SMIL body nothing has changed lt smil xmLns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout height 190 width 510 backgroundColor black gt lt region id news_region width 240 height 180 left 5 top 5 gt lt region id video_region width 240 height 180 right 5 top 5 gt lt topLayout width 500 height 30 gt lt region id ticker_region gt lt topLayout gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt par endsync id news gt lt textstream src id news region news_region fill freeze gt lt video src region video_region fill freeze gt 232 CHAPTER 11 Layout lt textstream src lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt region ticker_region fill freeze gt Playing the Same Clip in Multiple Regions You normally assign a clip to a single region based on the region ID Because each region ID must be unique however you cannot
56. Creating Basic Animations on page 345 lt animate gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference accumulate none sum none _ Makes a repeating animation build with page 356 each iteration when set to sum additive replace sum replace Adds the animation value to the page 355 existing attribute value if set to sum attributeName attribute_name none Selects the attribute to animate page 346 begin time_value Os Delays normal playback time page 240 by pixels percentage none Animates the element by a certain page 350 color_value amount Do not use with to calcMode discrete linear linear Controls the flow of an animation page 353 paced dur time_value indefinite media Sets the total time the animation or one page 243 of its repeating cycles plays end time_value none Sets the end time for the animation page 240 Fill auto default freeze auto Determines the fill state when the page 251 hold remove default animation is no longer active Table Page 1 of 2 470 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference lt animate gt Tag Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference from pixels percentage none Sets a starting point for the animation page 350 color_value Use with to or by id name none Names the animation for reference by page 138 other elements repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the anima
57. E OA T R T NEE SMIL Animations c cc ceeeeeeeeeeeees Powerful Content Control Capabilities Additions and Deletions to this Guide 2 PRESENTATION PLANNING 23 Step 1 Decide How to Deliver ClipSersisisestescsiriridisni sirios saet RealServer Streaming esinin tirar vere cosgeneden seh tavap ath seer EEEE Web Server Downloading osese enini p iia a enion nies Local Playback yiscccsssstevcpsagiacap tenir ae ine e EE EE EERE RARE AIE Step 2 Choose Clip Types and Gather Tools Audio and Video RealSystem iQ Production Guide AUCOU Pd ate Feature 2205 ccc ceoect tre eA Ee ae Lora aA os ARERR ARAS EAEEREN Step 3 Develop a Bandwidth Strategy ss sssssssssssisssesssseissssressssisssrrensseessnees Eea t AAAA coc eat ae E baste ca tented goth ects AA EA AAS Audience Bandwidth Targets 0 cccecsceeesseceeesseeseesseeeeseeeeeeseeeseneeeeenges Clip Bandwidth Characteristics ccccccecsceeessesesseeeeesseeeseseeeeeeseeeeseneeees Reaching Multiple AudienceSa d eee iee a E A Step 4 Organize the Presentation Timeline Timeline Considerations mererani a a selene E AEE E E S Timelines for Multiclip Presentations sssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssetssseessserenssees Timeline Managemen teiega eaer E A AEE E AEE St p 5 Create Your Clips iesin iiaea a an en a iaa PART Il PRODUCING REALSYSTEM CLIPS 3 AUDIO PRODUCTION 43 Understanding RealAudio ssssssssssssssssissssissssserssrtrsssissssenrsssetnnsee
58. For more on SMIL timing see Specifying Time Values on page 239 Timelines for Multiclip Presentations For presentations that include multiple clips consider how to group clips without overloading an audience s connection bandwidth The following illustration shows poor timeline planning At various points RealVideo and RealPix clips playing together exceed the connection s maximum streaming speed which is represented below by the dashed line Illustrated by the solid line bandwidth use peaks again when the second RealVideo clip begins to play before the first video clip finishes This presentation requires a high preroll for clips and would likely result in rebuffering at peak points CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning Poor Bandwidth Use in a Multiclip Presentation RealVideo RealText EEE EEE CONRAN Timeline RealVideo Streaming PARA fs Target The next illustration shows better timeline planning and bandwidth management The presentation starts with a low bandwidth RealText clip that does not interfere with the streaming of the images in the RealPix clip A RealVideo clip starts after the RealPix clip has streamed all of its images and does not need any more bandwidth The second RealVideo clip starts after the first RealVideo clip has ended so the two clips do not compete for bandwidth Improved Bandwidth Use in a Multiclip Presentation UTE Timeline Streaming Speed J J Target Timeline Management Whe
59. Frequency Response 5 Kbps Voice 8 kHz 4 kHz 6 5 Kbps Voice 8 kHz 4 kHz 8 5 Kbps Voice 8 kHz 4kHz 16 Kbps Voice 16 kHz 8 kHz 32 Kbps Voice 22 05 kHz 11 kHz 64 Kbps Voice 44 1 kHz 20 kHz Mono Music Codecs As with the voice codecs the lowest speed mono music codec normally used with RealAudio streams data at 16 Kbps The lower speed codecs 6 8 and 11 Kbps are used as duress streams in SureStream clips and to encode soundtracks for low bandwidth RealVideo clips When there are two versions of a codec RealProducer uses the higher response version by default RealAudio Mono Music Codecs RealAudio Codec Sampling Rate Frequency Response 6 Kbps Music 8 kHz 3 kHz 8 Kbps Music 8 kHz 4 kHz 11 Kbps Music 11 025kHz 5 5 kHz 16 Kbps Music 22 05 kHz 8 kHz 20 Kbps Music 22 05 kHz 10 kHz 20 Kbps Music High Response 44 1 kHz 14 5 kHz 32 Kbps Music 44 1 kHz 14 5 kHz 32 Kbps Music High Response 44 1 kHz 16 kHz 44 Kbps Music 44 1 kHz 20 kHz 64 Kbps Music 44 1 kHz 20 kHz Stereo Music Codecs CHAPTER 3 Audio Production RealPlayer G2 or later can play the stereo codecs listed in the following table These stereo codecs do not stream slower than 20 Kbps because if they did they would not have enough frequency response for adequate sound RealAudio Stereo Music Codecs RealAudio Codec Sampling Rate Frequency Response 20 Kbps Stereo Music 11 025
60. HTML Link in the RealONE Player on Windows Attributes Target Reference external true A secondary browsing window that page 295 does not attach to the media and context windows external true The main RealONE browsing window page 296 rn sendTo _rpbrowser which can attach to or detach from the media and context windows external true The viewer s default Web browser page 297 rn sendTo _osdefaultbrowser external true The context window which appears to page 297 rn sendTo _rpcontextwin the right of the media window Note the following important points about using the rn sendTo attribute The rn sendTo attribute works only in SMIL lt area gt tags It does not function with lt a gt tags The rn sendTo attribute works only with RealONE Player on Windows operating systems On Macintosh and Unix computers the rn sendTo attribute is ignored and the links open the viewer s default browser This also occurs in any other SMIL based media player Using the rn sendTo attribute requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions For More Information For background on customized attributes and namespaces see Using Customized SMIL Attributes on page 139 Targeting the Main Browsing Window The RealONE Player s main browsing window can attach to or detach from the media and c
61. Image on page 391 SMIL Timing with Prefetching RealONE Player discards prefetched data after the clip plays the first time even if the clip uses a repeatDur or repeatCount attribute If the clip plays again later in the presentation you need to prefetch its data again Small files though can be cached For an example of this see Prefetching and Caching an Image on page 391 Ifyou plan to use a clipBegin attribute to play a clip from some point other than its normal starting point use the same clipBegin value in the lt prefetch gt tag For more on this attribute see Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times on page 242 389 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealONE Player can prefetch clips from any server including Web servers However clipEnd and clipBegin attributes do not function for clips on Web servers For more information see Limitations on Web Server Playback on page 428 A lt prefetch gt tag can have an ID like any clip source tag This lets you use endsync to end a group when prefetching finishes as explained in the example Displaying an Image Until Prefetching Completes on page 390 For basic information about IDs see SMIL Tag ID Values on page 138 Prefetch Testing Prefetching data is useful only when streaming across a network It has no discernible effect when all clips reside on the viewer s local computer or on a CD for example Although playing the SM
62. Image Display on page 409 Suggested pixel width 176 or greater Suggested pixel height 132 or greater All CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding The CONTROLS ALl parameter displays the basic RealONE Player control panel The control name default also works Functions include play pause stop fast forward and rewind Sliders include a position slider and a volume slider with a mute button that pops up when the speaker button is clicked Below the buttons are a clip information field a status panel a network congestion indicator and a clip timing field Suggested pixel width 375 Suggested pixel height 100 Individual Controls and Sliders ControlPanel ore 2 O A Use CONTROLS ControlPanel to display a compact RealONE Player control panel Functions include play pause stop fast forward and rewind There s also a position slider along with a volume slider and mute button that pops up when the speaker button is clicked Suggested pixel width 350 Suggested pixel height 36 PlayButton also PlayOnlyButton iC The CONTROLS PlayButton parameter displays a play button This turns into a pause button when the presentation plays If your presentation is accessible to RealPlayers earlier than the RealONE Player use CONTROLS PlayOnlyButton instead In earlier RealPlayers the PlayButton control includes both play and pause buttons whereas the PlayOnlyButton control includes just the play button as shown he
63. PRESENTATION Using SMIL you can pull together simple or highly complex presentations Chapter 9 shows how to make presentations accessible to all viewers Chapter 10 explains how to group clips together to set up the basic presentation timeline You ll also need to know how to organize the onscreen layout as described in Chapter 11 CHAPTER 9 PRESENTATION INFORMATION RealONE Player provides several means for delivering information about a presentation such as its title author and copyright This chapter covers these information features and explains the accessibility features available for sight impaired persons Understanding Presentation Information There are several types of presentation information available Some types augment other types some types override other types and some types are available only to viewers who have devices that read accessibility information Information Encoded in Clips Many clips have their own encoded information When you create a RealVideo or RealAudio clip for example you can have RealProducer encode certain types of information into the clip Some of this information is used only by Internet search engines but some is read by RealONE Player The following are the most common types of information encoded into clips for display by RealONE Player e title e author copyright abstract also called description In general it s good practice always to encode inform
64. Player on page 154 explains how to store clips in the RealONE Player cache for later use While caching and prefetching are different activities they can be used together effectively to download and retain small files that are used repeatedly Caching should never be used with large clips however because RealONE Player s cache is only a few Megabytes in size The following SMIL sample which omits layout attributes prefetches a GIF image used as the background for two videos Because the CHTTP protocol is used the image is cached and does not need to be prefetched a second time lt seq gt lt Segment 1 Play introductory section and download background gt lt par endsync id credits gt lt textstream src rtsp realserver example com credits rt id credits gt lt prefetch src chttp realserver example com image1 gif bandwidth 10000 gt lt par gt lt Segment 2 Play video 1 against background gt lt par gt lt video src rtsp realserver example com videol rm gt lt img src chttp realserver example com imagel gif fill freeze gt lt par gt other segments lt Segment 6 Play video 2 against background gt lt par gt lt video src rtsp realserver example com video2 rm gt lt img src chttp realserver example com image1 gif fill freeze gt lt par gt lt seq gt Note Keep in mind that prefetching stores clip data in memor
65. Player If you set a duration of five minutes for instance the RealONE Player status bar lists the clip length as 5 00 0 and the RealONE Player position slider takes five minutes to travel from left to right Text is not erased at the end of a RealText clip s duration The final text remains in the RealText window unless you erase the text with a lt clear gt tag or the text moves out of the window because you have set a scrollrate or a crawlrate For More Information See Clearing Text from the Window on page 104 and Setting a Scroll Rate or a Crawl Rate on page 100 Adding a Version Number The lt window gt tag can include a version number as shown in this example lt window version 1 5 gt You typically do not have to specify a version number when using RealText in English Properly displaying languages other than English may require that you specify a version number explicitly in the lt window gt tag however This chapter tells you when a version number is required to use a specific feature The following paragraphs summarize the features that require you to add version numbers e version 1 2 This RealText version provides support for the mac roman character set and changes the default character set from us ascii to iso 8859 1 This version requires RealPlayer 7 or later so RealPlayer G2 will autoupdate to the latest version of RealONE Player before playing the clip 99 RealSystem iQ Prod
66. Point Alignment Registration Point Registration Point For More Information The section Creating Registration Points on page 221 explains how to specify clip positions Clip Fit The clip fit determines what happens when a clip is larger or smaller than its region When a clip does not fit a region you can keep the clip its normal size scale the clip larger or smaller or even add scroll bars to handle large clips For More Information The section Defining How Clips Fit Regions on page 227 explains how to control clip fit Tips for Laying Out Presentations SMIL provides many options for laying out presentations In many cases you can achieve the same visual layout by different methods but some methods may provide more clip placement options for example or create a layout that s easier to modify Before you lay out a presentation make sure you 199 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 200 understand the options available to you The following sections will help you make choices based on the type of presentation you want to create Tip It may help to sketch the layout on paper or with illustration software In your sketch position the regions subregions and clips noting their sizes and the thickness of any borders that should appear around them How big should make the root layout area Unless the viewer manually resizes the main media window
67. Production Guide 226 Common Registration Point Values in lt regPoint gt Tags continued Clip Placement Registration Point Values Example lower left quadrant left 50 top 50 regAlign topRight lower right left 50 top 50 regAlign topLeft quadrant Table Page 2 of 2 Tips for Defining lt regPoint gt Tags Do not use an alignment value such as topLeft as an ID in a lt regPoint gt tag Any variation such as id alignTopLeft is OK however For information about IDs see SMIL Tag ID Values on page 138 To keep the organization clear in the layout section define all registration points after the lt region gt tags Keep in mind that lt regPoint gt tags are not associated directly with lt region gt tags They affect regions only through the clips that play in those regions In other words you assign registration points to clips and clips to regions If you do not specify any position attributes the registration point is placed in the region s upper left corner You can mix pixel and percentage values in position attributes using left 10 and top 15 for example Because a single registration point can apply to any region of any size it is easier to define position attributes with percentages than with pixels Because you can reuse a registration point defined in a lt regPoint gt tag for any number of clips it s be
68. RGB for some attributes and hexadecimal values for others for example Most color monitors can display all the colors that you can define through SMIL If a monitor cannot display the full range of colors it displays the nearest approximations Keep in mind that some viewers may be color blind especially between greens and reds or may not be able to discriminate between subtle color differences It s a good idea always to use highly contrasting colors such as bright light text on a dark background 478 REALTEXT TAG REFERENCE Use this appendix for reference when writing RealText files For complete APPENDIX E information on RealText see Chapter 6 In the tables throughout this appendix an asterisk denotes a required attribute Ellipses indicate where nonessential information has been left out of examples Window Tag Attributes The lt window gt tag that starts each RealText clip can use the attributes specified in the following table to set the overall clip parameters RealText lt window gt Tag Attributes Attribute Possible Values Default Function Reference bgcolor name RRGGBB black tickertape Sets the window color page 96 transparent white all others crawlrate pixels per second 20 tickertape Sets the horizontal text speed page 100 20 marquee 0 all others duration hh mm ss xy 60 seconds Specifies presentation length page 97 extraspaces use ignore u
69. Ram file supplies RealONE Player with the URL to the SMIL file or to your streaming clip if you re not using SMIL The Ram file is always necessary because its ram extension launches RealONE Player Can I place clips in a Web page Yes Chapter 19 explains how to embed clips and RealONE Player controls in a Web page RealONE Player still plays the clips but it does so behind the scenes as a browser plug in rather than by launching separately Why does RealServer use RTSP rather than HTTP Web servers use HTTP to deliver Web pages and graphics HTTP is designed to download small files quickly and efficiently It is not suited for streaming large 440 APPENDIX A Basic Questions media clips though RTSP which stands for RealTime Streaming Protocol is an industry standard protocol that overcomes the deficiencies of HTTP for streaming media RTSP enables RealServer and RealONE Player to stream long clips and compensate for changing network conditions How do I stream clips with RTSP When a clip resides on RealServer make sure that the URL used to request it starts with rtsp rather than http An RTSP URL must be in a file read by RealONE Player such as a Ram file or a SMIL file It cannot be in an HTML hyperlink because a Web browser does not know how to make an RTSP request For more on this see The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP on page 417 Advertising The RealServer administrator performs m
70. RealONE Player presentation rather than streaming the second clip as part of the initial presentation The Load Movie command works properly only when clips are downloaded with HTTP There are two ways to manage this Stream the first clip with RTSP by using rtsp in the SMIL or Ram file URL for the clip In a Load Movie command use a fully qualified HTTP URL for the clip RealONE Player will then request the clip with the given URL This is the preferred solution because the first clip uses RTSP which is a better protocol for streaming Tip RealServer supports both RTSP and HTTP You can therefore put all clips in the same RealServer directory streaming the first one with RTSP and all of the others with HTTP Just be sure not to include ramgen in the URLs used with the Load Movie command The second solution is to download all clips by using HTTP Use http in the SMIL or Ram file URL to the initial clip In a Load Movie command you can then refer to an imported clip using just its file name RealONE Player requests subsequent clips using the same HTTP URL except for the different file names used to download the first clip Tip If your presentation does not use SMIL use a Ram file instead of Ramgen to list the HTTP URL to the first clip 85 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealServer s Ramgen utility adds ramgen to the first clip s URL When RealONE Player reuses this URL the ramgen component starts a new prese
71. RealVideo codecs and options in depth is at http service real com help library blueprints html CHAPTER 4 Video Production Note RealVideo encoding tools other than RealProducer may not include all the features described in the following sections RealVideo Streaming Speeds For all practical purposes RealVideo s streaming bit rate is infinitely scalable You can encode RealVideo at any speed you want from 20 Kbps to hundreds or thousands of kilobits per second Plus you can encode precisely at any bandwidth you choose such as 89 Kbps 117 Kbps 575 Kbps 1 5 Mbps and so on With RealProducer Plus you do this by adjusting RealVideo s target audience settings If your RealVideo clip will play in parallel with another clip you may need to lower RealVideo s bit rate for each target audience This way the clip does not consume all of a connection s bandwidth For a 56 Kbps modem for example RealProducer standardly encodes the clip to stream at 34 Kbps Using the RealVideo target audience settings you can lower this value to 20 Kbps for example leaving 14 Kbps free for another clip Whenever you lower RealVideo speed the new bit rate includes the rate of the RealAudio codec used for the soundtrack If you use a 32 Kbps RealAudio codec and set a total RealVideo bit rate of 36 Kbps you will not have much bandwidth left for the visuals maybe a frame every few seconds You ll need to select a lower bandwidth RealAudio code
72. SMIL files that you can play in RealONE Player New Clip Tag Attributes Chapter 8 explains the changes to SMIL clip source tags such as lt video gt tags SMIL 2 0 introduces several new clip attributes as the following sections explain Color Attributes As described in Modifying Clip Colors on page 157 RealONE Player supports new color attributes that allow you to make the following transparent or semi transparent any color or range of colors in a clip CHAPTER 1 New Features all colors in a clip aclip s background color Image Streaming Rates SMIL 2 0 provides a new method for setting streaming rates for static clips such as images See Setting a Clip s Streaming Speed on page 146 Descriptive Metatags In addition to title author copyright and abstract attributes clip source tags can have alt longdesc and readIndex attributes These attributes allow assistive devices to read clip information for visually impaired viewers For more information see Adding Accessibility Information on page 169 Colored Objects with the lt brush gt Tag The lt brush gt tag functions just like a clip source tag such as lt video gt It does not link to a media clip however Instead it defines a color that displays in a region For more information see Creating a Brush Object on page 148 Expanded Grouping Possibilities Chapter 10 explains lt seq gt and lt par gt groups which h
73. STREAMING MEDIA 1 NEW EEATURES Min chcun lee acnantarcititinc age A dicules Daw E a A 15 2 PRESENTATION PLANNIN G ea aro kesr oriee a on EEESC EA E E PES 23 PART Il PRODUCING REALSYSTEM CLIPS 3 AUDIO PRODUCTION 4 VIDEO PRODUCTION 5 FLASH ANIMATION paaa E a bes E E T a 6 REAEREXTAMARKUP asaite a o aa E AaS 91 PART Ill LEARNING SMIL 7 SMILIBASIGS ererken teaei OE Ea EE ERTEAN TEENAAN EATE TEESE E 127 8 CLIP SOURCE TAGS raa n ET E E A A EA A A ARE 145 PART IV ORGANIZING A PRESENTATION 9 PRESENTATION INFORMATION aenn duitse cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eect eean rta 165 10 GROUPS wise wit estadiedesnaa tte Meas n evap bin uieg devs ves Colguins Wigcdlaeevesss ven Ceupuan dua eaS 173 11 AYO U O R E a A E E E EA EREE 195 PART V TIMING AND LINKING CLIPS 12 BASIG TIMING raai ean Ee e testbeds a EE A O a A O E 13 ADVANCED TIMING 14 HYPERLINKS PART VI MASTERING ADVANCED SMIL FEATURES 15 TRANSITION EFFECT Sure naea E E AE E E EO AAO 315 16 ANIMATION S rnia n ea ea EE TEn tts ETAETA EAA A EEEE NEET 341 17 SWITCHING bts Tetana tosh sccotuas cosas E EE A EEE chs ceameees eee Crees 363 18 PREFET CHING aas oree eoi eea E a E R E A RAR Ea a 383 RealSystem iQ Production Guide PART VII STREAMING YOUR CLIPS 19 20 WEB PAGE EMBEDDING PRESENTATION DELIVERY PART VIII APPENDIXES A BASIC QUESTIONS ma ia cass ea E a E ee aia EE uses coed vesdd ed edansg eS duvensnedonsdeaseeseotnaye 435 B PRODUCTIONSTASKS i
74. This chapter shows you how to make clips play together or in a sequence Creating groups is the most basic way to set up a SMIL timeline Chapter 11 Layout When clips play in parallel you create a layout as described in this chapter You can even make new clips pop up in new windows Part V Timing and Linking Clips Unlike a static Web page streaming media flows Timing is a key aspect of SMIL and the following chapters explain how to create a timeline as well as how to link to other resources Chapter 12 Basic Timing The SMIL timing commands give you a powerful means to coordinate clip playback Read this chapter to learn the basics of how to use SMIL to modify a presentation s timeline Chapter 13 Advanced Timing Once you ve mastered the basics of SMIL timing as described in Chapter 12 yow re ready to learn about the advanced SMIL timing features described here Chapter 14 Hyperlinks Refer to this chapter to learn how SMIL s hyperlinking capabilities let you launch new clips or presentations Part VI Mastering Advanced SMIL Features SMIL is a powerful language that lets you add special effects to your presentation You can also use SMIL to manage bandwidth and stream different clips to different viewers Chapter 15 Transition Effects SMIL provides over a hundred special effects you can use when a clip starts or stops playback This chapter shows you how to create eye catching transitions Chapter 16 Animat
75. Unless you are short on disk space or your video capture card recommends different dimensions capture video at 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels high You can capture full motion video at the full screen size of 640 by 480 pixels if all of the following are true Your clips will stream at speeds higher than 100 Kbps e Your encoded clips will be larger than 320 by 240 pixels CHAPTER 4 Video Production You have a video workstation capable of digitizing full motion full screen video Standard PCs typically cannot handle this large a load Using your editing software or RealProducer you can reduce the RealVideo clip dimensions if necessary For recommended clip sizes see RealVideo Dimensions on page 61 Computer Speed and Disk Space Because video capture places a large burden on a computer s CPU and hard drive use the fastest computer you have available To avoid dropping frames during video capture use a hard drive specially made for audio and video work On Windows computers you can use any video capture card that supports Video for Windows Use the following formula to calculate the approximate size in megabytes of a digitized video file pixel width x pixel height x color bit depth x fps x duration in seconds 8 000 000 Suppose you want to capture a three minute video at 15 frames per second with 24 bit color in a window that is 320 by 240 pixels As you can see from the following equation your digitized s
76. What is the rn prefix I see in some SMIL attributes page 139 How can I view the SMIL file for a streaming presentation page 141 445 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Clips and URLs Chapter 8 is your primary resource for learning about clip source tags and URLs Chapter 20 contains information about servers and streaming protocols Clips and URLs Question Answer How do I introduce a clip such as a video into a presentation page 145 Should a clip source tag have an ID page 146 How do I set an image clip s streaming speed page 146 Can I treat a SMIL or Ram file like a clip and use it in another SMIL file page 150 What URLs should I use in my SMIL file as I develop it page 151 How do I move my clips from my desktop computer to a server page 419 When I stream my clips do they all need to have individual URLs page 152 What is Real Time Streaming Protocol RTSP page 417 How do I write an RTSP URL page 153 How do I write an HTTP URL page 153 Does RealONE Player cache files like a Web browser page 154 What is the CHTTP protocol page 154 Colors and Transparency SMIL and RealNetworks SMIL customizations give you many ways to add color to your presentation as well as to modify the colors in existing clips to create transparency or partial transparency Colors and Transparency Question Answer What color values does SMIL accept page 475 How do I add a ba
77. Windows NT 2000 and many Unix platforms including Linux For a list of available platforms visit RealNetworks technical support Web site at http service real com 439 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Where do get RealServer RealServer is available on the RealNetworks Web site at http www realnetworks com products index html RealServer Basic is free Can I stream clips from a Web server instead of RealServer Sometimes A Web server can deliver many types of clips including RealAudio and RealVideo There are limits to Web server delivery however If you plan to use a Web server for clip delivery read Limitations on Web Server Playback on page 428 first What is a Ram file A Ram file also called a metafile is a simple text file with the extension ram that typically consists of just one line the URL to a streaming presentation Your Web page does not link directly to your presentation Instead it links to the Ram file which ensures that RealONE Player launches RealONE Player then uses the URL in the Ram file to request the presentation Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 explains how to write a Ram file Tip When you stream clips with RealServer you can eliminate the Ram file by using the Ramgen utility For more information see Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer on page 425 If use SMIL do I need a Ram file Yes The SMIL file lists the URLs for clips The
78. a E N EE deserts Rules for RealText Markup ssssssssssssssssssssssssssrssssersssrtsnseernsserssseerssreerssseersnt Realikext Bandwidth idle feck eerie is e e a A tence RealText in a SMIL Presentation ss sssssssssssserssrsssrrirtssserrrissssssrsrrrerersseerrees RealText Broadcast Application ssssssssssssssssisssrsssrtsrseressserssreerrsreerssseersnt Setting RealText Window Attributes sssssssssssrsssssssesrsssrirssrirsssrirssserenseessset Specifying the Window Type uor rmen neare e a e a a a Setting the Window Size and Color Setting the Clip Duration nossoreniersi iene iei a ai a ES Adding a Version NumMber sssssssssssssssissssssssssissstsssssissssetssssennnseersnrnersnseenn Specifying Hyperlink Appearance ssssssssssssssssssssrsssrissserssssssssserssreersseees Controlling Text FloWsriinren iieis ia i aA Timing and Positioning Text eninsneniii irsidir indkassere Controlling When Text Appears and Disappears cc cccecsseeessseeeeeneees 102 Clearing Text from the Window ccccccecc cess ecesseeeeeneeeeesseeeeneeeeeeneees Positioning Text in a Window 0008 Aligning Text in a Tickertape Window Ensuring Text Delivery cccseeseeccare sevens ierst i A R bina len E Specifying Languages Fonts and Text Colors ccccsceceesseceeeseeesesseeeeenseees 106 Specifying the Character Set pressede ne e E geyetcavestee EA eT i Setting the F nt perendriniy tini aeri iee e es isi it Sett
79. a Specific Clip on page 245 A parallel group and each clip within the group can use a begin attribute to delay playback For more information see Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 A parallel group and each clip within the group can use a dur attribute to control the total playing time For more information see Setting Durations on page 243 You can use the repeatDur and repeatCount attributes to repeat a parallel group See Repeating an Element on page 247 for more information By using readindex attributes you can change the order that assistive reading devices read attributes of clips in parallel groups See Setting the Clip Read Order on page 171 for more information Synchronizing Playback in Parallel Groups Under normal circumstances RealSystem keeps clips within a parallel group synchronized as long as you have authored your presentation so that its timeline runs smoothly and it doesn t consume more bandwidth than its target audience has available The following table summarizes the optional attributes you can add to elements within parallel groups to modify playback behavior especially under adverse conditions Parallel Group Synchronization Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference syncBehavior canSlip default Determines if clips can fall out page 179 independent locked of synchronization syncBehavior canSlip independent Sets default syn
80. a begin value is optional including it can help to manage bandwidth in the segment that includes prefetching Specifying Prefetch Bandwidth as a Percentage Determining a percentage value to use for the bandwidth attribute is more complicated than specifying a specific bandwidth It has useful benefits though Suppose that you use a bandwidth 50 value when prefetching clip data Over a 56 Kbps modem the prefetching uses about 17 Kbps Over a 256 Kbps DSL line though the prefetching uses over 100 Kbps finishing much faster If you used bandwidth 17000 instead the prefetching would take place at the same rate over both connections The value you specify equates to a percentage of the usable bandwidth that RealONE Player detects which may differ from the speeds listed in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 For a 56 Kbps modem for example the detected bandwidth will likely be higher or lower than the maximum streaming speed of 34 Kbps But it will definitely be less than the modem s raw speed of 56 Kbps Because you don t know the exact prefetching speed when you use a percentage value you need to decide upon a value carefully To select a percentage value start with the maximum streaming speed for your slowest target connection If your slowest targets are 56 Kbps modems use a 34 Kbps maximum streaming speed Then determine how much bandwidth is left for prefetching For instance you have 18 Kbps available for
81. a simple exclusive group with basic clip interruption As with a lt seq gt group only one clip from this lt excl gt group will play at a time Unlike a lt seq gt group though the order in which you list the clips does not matter because the timing attributes completely control playback In the following example clips play in the reverse order from which they are listed lt excl gt lt img src number1 png region images begin 6s dur 5s gt lt img src number2 png region images begin 3s dur 5s gt lt img src number3 png region images begin 0s dur 5s gt lt excl gt In the preceding example number3 png plays first Its begin 0s value means that it plays as soon as the lt excl gt group becomes active Its dur 5s value makes it play for five seconds The number2 png clip starts playing three seconds after the group becomes active however Because only one group element can play at a time the begin 3s value for number2 png overrides the dur 5s value for number3 png When number2 png starts to play it stops number3 png Likewise when number1 png starts it stops number2 png For More Information For more on the begin attribute see Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 Durations are explained in Setting Durations on page 243 Modifying Clip Interruption Behavior By defining priority classes you can control how clips in an exclusive group interrupt each
82. aee iaie aaie 129 SMIL 2 0 Modules SMIL 20 Profiles moisir agh cons bl ened a ea aea leer eneee i er ereite Interoperability Between SMIL Based Players Creating a SMIL File ecere aoier nh en wri LEES N E E AE AE Gk The SMIL 2 0 Tag and Namespace sssssssssssssssssssrssssirsrsesrsssrsrsrsiensreesnsnet Header and Body Sections sensie o ee Gn Ea a E E E Tags Attributes and Values iese eaaa a a ai Bi naryand Unay Tagsram nni a n o a a a LEa Baten os SMIL Recommendations SMIL Tag ID VAUS cx cee a AMS i ALE Bn LEa Er EEE aS Using Customized SMIL Attributes ssssssssssrsssrirssstrsssstrsssrtssssesrsreerrsreersst RealNetworks Extensions Namespace sssssssssssssssrrsssrisssstssssrersseerrsssrnsnt A Closer Look at Namespaces s sssssssssssssssesrssssssretrsssrersssetrssserrsreerssseees Tips for Defining Namespaces nesis iiisorir ii snn rna E a E Viewing SMIL Source MarkuDrssis cer sirate irinna E E AE EE EE Playback Differences from SMIL 1 0 s ssssssssssssssssssssssssssessssrerssserssreerssseersset 142 Behavioral Changes 0c cceeseees Updating SMIL 1 0 Files to SMIL 2 0 8 CLIP SOURCE TAGS 145 Creating Clip Source Tags missest ied ioi ie e e E i TE 145 Adding a Clip IDictecics ccconiutetest a e a a a E S S 146 Setting a Clip s Streaming Spe dariseisaseseriiiirsniiia h ii 146 Creating a Brush Object 20si s cctttdteecs acest erie ya A A E aeaa A E 148 Usinga Ra m File asa Source sriin
83. an element visible or remove it when it is no longer active See Setting a Fill on page 251 and Specifying a Default Fill on page 258 Specifying Time Values SMIL provides two methods to specify time values a shorthand method and a normal play time method Both methods provide the same capabilities Although you can use both methods within the same SMIL file using just one method makes authoring SMIL presentations easier Tip RealONE Player displays a presentation s elapsed time in one second increments You can click the time elapsed field to display time values to 1 10th of a second however This can help you decide what SMIL timing values you want to use with a clip Using Shorthand Time Values The shorthand method is best suited for specifying short simple timing values such as five seconds ten minutes or 1 1 2 hour As demonstrated in the following table the shorthand markers of h min s and ms provide an easy way to designate a timing value for a SMIL element Timing Shorthand Markers and Examples Timing Marker Specifies Example Example Value h hours end 2 5h 2 hours 30 minutes min minutes end 2 75min 2 minutes 45 seconds s seconds end 15 55s 15 seconds 550 milliseconds ms milliseconds end 670 2ms 670 2 milliseconds Tip Decimal values are not required You can express two seconds as 2s or 2 0s for example 239 RealSystem i
84. and RealPlayer 8 can play only SMIL 1 0 files though If these older RealPlayers encounter a SMIL 2 0 file they autoupdate to RealONE Player before displaying the presentation Note This production guide describes SMIL 2 0 only For information on SMIL 1 0 see RealSystem iQ Production Guide for Release 8 SMIL 2 0 Modules SMIL defines a number of functional areas such as timing and hyperlinking Each functional area breaks down into one or more modules In turn each module defines certain attributes and values The following table lists all the SMIL 2 0 modules and indicates whether RealONE Player supports them You may find this information useful if you are familiar with the SMIL 2 0 129 RealSystem iQ Production Guide specification You do not need to know this information to create a SMIL 2 0 presentation that plays in RealONE Player however SMIL 2 0 Supported Modules Functional Area Module Supported Reference AccessKeyTiming yes page 271 BasicInlineTiming yes page 240 BasicTimeContainers yes page 175 EventTiming yes page 262 ExclTimeContainers yes page 186 FillDefault yes page 258 MediaMarkerTiming yes page 274 MinMaxTiming yes page 274 MultiArcTiming yes page 266 Timing RepeatTiming yes page 247 RepeatValueTiming yes page 268 RestartDefault yes page 274 RestartTiming yes page 274 SyncbaseTiming yes page 266 SyncBehavior yes page 178 S
85. any other element in the file The animation plays only while its lt par gt group is active however and non interactive timing attributes in the animation tag are relative to the start of the lt par gt group For example a begin 10s attribute in the animation tag starts the animation 10 seconds after the group becomes active In a Sequence Although not as common as the preceding cases an animation can also be part of a sequence as shown here 343 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 344 lt seq gt lt video fill hold gt lt animate animation for the preceding clip gt lt seq gt Although a sequential animation can affect any SMIL element it typically targets the preceding clip Because the animation plays only when the preceding clip finishes that clip typically uses fill hold to keep it from disappearing when it ends playback Non interactive timing attributes in the animation tag are relative to the end of the preceding clip For example a begin 3s attribute in the animation tag starts the animation three seconds after the preceding clip finishes SMIL Timing with Animations Because animations function like clip source tags you can use SMIL timing attributes to control when animations start and how long they last The following are the most common timing attributes used with animations e begin The begin attribute which is described in Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 co
86. are the same height you can create a uniform background by setting the same background color values in each window For the media window you set this color with the backgroundColor attribute of your SMIL presentation s lt root layout gt tag For More Information For more on SMIL background colors see Adding Background Colors on page 215 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks If your context window HTML page is too large to display fully in the defined window space the RealONE Player adds scroll bars to the context window Because of the generally small size of the context window using frames in this window is not recommended The RealONE Player caches the contents of the context window URL the HTML page images and so on for the duration of the presentation The cached contents are removed when a new presentation begins to play in the media window however To keep the presentation playing as links open in the context window use sourcePlaystate play and actuate onLoad in the lt area gt tag in your SMIL file A standard hypertext link in a browsing window cannot open a URL in the context window because the context window requires sizing information Targeting a Frame or Named Window When you use SMIL to open an HTML page the SMIL target attribute works much the same as the HTML target attribute When a hyperlink targets a RealONE Player secondary browsing window using just external true or the 4
87. audio narrations in French German Spanish Japanese Korean and English Each RealONE Player requests the same slideshow but chooses an audio clip based on its language preference and its evaluation of the systemLanguage values lt par gt lt ref src seattle_slides rp gt lt select audio based on RealONE Player language preference setting gt lt switch gt lt audio src seattle_french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src seattle_german rm systemLanguage de gt lt audio src seattle_spanish rm systemLanguage es gt lt audio src seattle_japanese rm systemLanguage ja gt lt audio src seattle_korean rm systemLanguage ko gt lt audio src seattle_english rm gt lt switch gt lt par gt The last audio option in the preceding example is the default Because the last option does not have a test attribute a RealONE Player that does not have French German Spanish Portuguese Japanese or Korean set as its preferred language chooses the English clip Setting Language Codes Appendix G lists the codes used as systemLanguage values In some cases a primary language code has variation codes For instance es is the primary code for Spanish corresponding to Spanish as spoken in Spain This code has several variations such as es mx for Mexican Spanish and es pr for Puerto Rican Spanish When variation codes are used RealONE Player uses the following rules to select a clip
88. begin and end values that start or stop an element relative to a secondary media window event begin ID topLayoutOpenEvent Start the element when the secondary media window opens end ID topLayoutCloseEvent 2s Stop the element two seconds after the secondary media window closes Example The following example defines a secondary media window that opens when the first clip displays in it and closes when all clips assigned to it finish playing lt topLayout width 180 height 120 id popup1 open whenActive close whenNotActive gt The following clip then starts three seconds after the window closes lt video src videol rm region vid begin popup1 topLayoutCloseEvent 3s gt Using Media Markers This section to be added Coordinating Clips to an External Clock This section to be added Setting Minimum and Maximum Times This section to be added Controlling Whether an Element Restarts The restart attribute governs whether an element can play more than once A clip might have multiple begin times that specify when it plays for example or start on an interactive event such as a mouse click The restart attribute can 274 CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing prevent an element from restarting or place restrictions on the restart The ollowing table summarizes the restart values foll g tabl th tart val restart Attribute Values Value Function always Allows the element to restart a
89. browser replaces the current presentation in the RealONE Player media window The source presentation is only paused however so the viewer can return to it by clicking RealONE Player s Play gt Previous Clip command Hence an RTSP link like the following lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm gt is equivalent to the following link in which the show destinationPlaystate and sourcePlaystate attributes are explicitly set to their default values lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm show replace destinationPlaystate play sourcePlaystate pause gt In some cases you may want to set destinationPlaystate pause to keep the new presentation from playing until the viewer clicks the RealONE Player Play button It s not necessary ever to include the sourcePlaystate attribute when 301 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 302 replacing a presentation in RealONE Player Its value of pause is always used with show replace so specifying play or stop for sourcePlaystate has no effect The following table summarizes the possible hyperlink attribute values for replacing a presentation in the existing RealONE Player window The first option listed in the table is the default Hyperlink Attributes for Replacing a Presentation in RealONE Player Source Destination Attributes pause play show replace sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate play pause pause sh
90. by choosing RealONE Player s double size or full size mode By default all regions and clips resize accordingly You can change this behavior though to allow only regions and hence the clips within those regions defined with percentage values to resize In this case clips playing in regions defined with pixel values will not resize To do this add the attribute rm resizeBehavior percentOnly to the lt root layout gt or lt topLayout gt tag lt root layout width 250 height 230 rn resizeBehavior percentOnly gt Using this attribute requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions For More Information Defining Region Sizes and Positions on page 208 explains pixel and percentage values for regions For background on customized attributes and namespaces see Using Customized SMIL Attributes on page 139 Defining Playback Regions 206 For the RealONE Player main media window and each secondary media window you need to define at least one region where clips play For the main media window you define regions after the lt root layout gt tag For secondary media windows you define them between each window s lt topLayout gt and lt topLayout gt tags You create each region using a lt region gt tag lt layout gt lt root layout gt lt region id ID1 defines a playback region within the root lay
91. by side for example When playing a presentation in a Web page you can define the layout in SMIL or in HTML Defining the Layout with SMIL To control the layout by using SMIL you set up the regions and their relative placements in the SMIL file You then create a Web page playback area large enough to accommodate all SMIL regions The SMIL file then produces the same layout when played through the Web page or RealONE Player For example if your SMIL file creates a playback area 400 pixels wide by 300 pixels high you define an image window at least as large as this with the lt EMBED gt tag as shown in the following example lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 400 HEIGHT 300 NOJAVA true CONTROLS ImageWindow CONSOLE one gt You can then use additional lt EMBED gt tags linked to the console named one to provide RealONE Player controls for the presentation Tip Typically your image window is the same size as your SMIL root layout area which is described in the section Root Layout Area on page 195 412 CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding Defining the Layout with HTML The second method omits layout information in the SMIL file defining the layout with HTML instead You could place an image window and individual RealONE Player controls in separate cells of an HTML table for example Each lt EMBED gt tag then uses a REGION parameter to define a region name The region each clip plays in is denoted by the region attribu
92. clip source tag include a user defined ID in the form id ID Clip IDs are not always necessary but you will need to use them when building complex presentations in which other SMIL elements refer to clips Clicking a hyperlink for example can start a clip playing In this case the hyperlink uses the clip s ID to identify which clip to start RealONE Player never displays IDs onscreen Here is an example of a clip ID lt video src videol rm id video1 gt For More Information For information about selecting ID values see SMIL Tag ID Values on page 138 Setting a Clip s Streaming Speed Clips such as audio video and animation have a streaming speed set by the tools used to encode or tune the clips For these clips never use SMIL to set a streaming speed For static clips such as images GIF JPEG or PNG and text static text files and streaming RealText files however you can use SMIL to change the clip s streaming bandwidth from the default of 12 Kilobits per second approximately 12000 bits per second This works only when streaming from RealServer With Web server hosting there is no way to set a static clip s streaming speed Tip Small text files stream so quickly that they rarely interfere with other clips Therefore you generally do not need to set the CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags streaming bandwidth for text files You should set a streaming bandwidth for image files larger than 5 Kilobytes if
93. clips 241 in groups 241 in hyperlinks 284 in repeating clip 248 endEvent value 267 endsync attribute 245 erase attribute 255 error correction 73 example files 5 lt excl gt tag 186 500 exclusive groups begin and end times 241 clip interruption 188 defining 186 durations 245 fill period clip fills 254 group default 258 group fills 256 group inheritance 259 interactive timing 187 priority classes clips with no priority class 193 defining 188 effect on timing 192 higher class interaction 190 lower class interaction 191 nesting 193 peer interaction 189 switching 367 extension list 485 external attribute 295 fade effects 329 fadeColor attribute 334 file extension list 485 fill attribute 251 SMIL 1 0 and 2 0 differences 142 transition value 336 see also timing fill period fillDefault attribute 258 film to video transfer 72 fit attribute 227 affect on clips 227 clip scaling recommendations 229 clip source tag 220 filling the region 229 illustration of effects 228 interaction with registration points 229 maintaining aspect ratio 229 maintaining clip size 229 overriding in clip source tag 229 with RealText 96 Flash advancing scene to scene 84 audio export 88 import 79 bandwidth targets 76 clip caching 84 CPU use 78 data spikes 76 event sounds 79 file size 77 frame rate 79 Get URL command controlling RealONE Player 83 pop up windows 306 sending URL t
94. clips to regions at all because audio does display on the screen Stacking Regions That Overlap When you define multiple regions that overlap you can use a z index attribute in lt region gt tags to specify how regions stack The following layout example creates a video region that overlaps an image region lt layout gt lt root layout width 280 height 220 gt lt region id image top 10 left 10 width 260 height 200 z index 0 gt lt region id video top 20 left 20 width 240 height 180 z index 1 gt lt layout gt In this example the root layout area is 220 pixels high by 280 pixels wide The smaller image region is centered on the root layout area Its z index value of 0 makes it display behind all other regions but not behind the root layout area The video region centered on the image region appears on top of that region because of its higher z index value You could have another region overlap the video region by setting its z index value to 2 5 or 29 for instance The following figure illustrates these regions 214 CHAPTER 11 Layout Regions Overlapping Through z index noooooo CEECEE noonona fE naonnana naonaga l l Boeceen Tips for Defining z index Values The root layout area always appears behind all regions The lt root layout gt tag cannot have a
95. compatibility with RealSystem 3 through 5 URLs using PNA start with pnm port A connection to a server designated by a number such as 8080 RealServer uses different ports for the RTSP HTTP and PNA protocols prefetch To stream clip data to RealONE Player before the clip plays back A clip s preroll can be prefetched minutes before the clip plays for example masking the preroll from the viewer preroll Buffering that occurs just before a clip plays back Preroll should be no more than 15 seconds presentation A group of clips coordinated through SMIL and streamed from RealServer to RealPlayer G2 RDT The proprietary data package protocol RealServer uses along with RTSP when communicating with RealONE Player Contrast to RTP RealAudio A RealSystem clip type for streaming audio over a network RealAudio clips use the rm extension RealONE Player The successor to RealPlayer 8 the RealONE Player combines streaming and digital download technologies It supports the SMIL 2 0 standard RealPix A RealSystem clip type file extension rp for streaming still images over a network RealPix uses a markup language for creating special effects such as fades and zooms RealPlayer G2 The RealNetworks client software that introduced plug ins and the ability to update itself It along with the later RealPlayer 7 and RealPlayer 8 supports the SMIL 1 0 standard RealProducer The primary RealNetworks tool for encoding RealAu
96. corner The coords value pairs then proceed clockwise defining the top corner followed by the lower right corner Polygonal Hot Spot shape poly coords 40 150 120 30 200 150 288 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Tip When defining a polygon you can start with any corner specifying the placement of additional corners by going around the polygon either clockwise or counter clockwise Tips for Defining Hot Spots You can use whole and decimal values for percentages with the coords attribute For example the values 4 and 4 5 are both valid You can mix pixels and percentages in the coords attribute For example the attribute coords 50 50 100 100 places a rectangular hot spot s left and top boundaries in and down 50 pixels from the source clip s upper left corner respectively But the hot spot s right and bottom boundaries extend to the source clip s right and bottom edges respectively no matter the source clip s size Values such as coords 30 30 10 10 for a rectangular hot spot are ignored and the hot spot will not function Here the hot spot s left side is defined as being farther to the right than its right side As well the top is defined to be below the bottom A hot spot defined to extend beyond the source clip is cropped at the clip s edge For example if a rectangular hot spot uses coords 50 50 300 300 but the source clip is 200 by 200 pixels the hot spot s effective coordin
97. default browser using rn sendTo _osdefaultbrowser the target attribute can do one of the following open a new named browsing window target an existing named window select a named frame within an existing window 7 When a link specifies the main browsing window with rn sendTo _rpbrowser r or the context window using rn sendTo _rpcontextwin the target attribute can select an existing frame The following example shows how to open a link in the frame named rightpane within the main browsing window lt area href http www example com external true rm sendTo _rpbrowser target rightpane gt Tip The HTML values _new and _top are not supported in the RealONE Player environment Use actual window names instead 299 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 300 Controlling the Media Playback State By default the RealONE Player presentation pauses while the browser opens the link The viewer can resume the presentation by clicking the RealONE Player Play button RealONE Player typically needs to rebuffer the presentation briefly before continuing playback You can also make RealONE Player stop the presentation completely or continue playing when the link opens with a stop or play value respectively for the sourcePlaystate attribute lt area href http www example com external true sourcePlaystate play gt The preceding link keeps the presentation playing as the brows
98. each other higher pause stop pause Determines how clips with higher page 190 priority interrupt clips in the class lower defer never defer Specifies how interrupting clips page 191 with lower priority affect playback pauseDisplay disable hide show Sets aclip s appearance if the clip is page 192 show paused Controlling How Peers Interact The peers attribute for a priority class determines how clips within that priority class interrupt each other The peers attribute can have one of the values given in the following table peers Attribute Values Value Function defer An interrupting clip does not start until the currently playing clip stops never An interrupting clip does not start at all Table Page 1 of 2 189 RealSystem iQ Production Guide peers Attribute Values continued Value Function pause The interrupting clip pauses the playing clip After the interrupting clip finishes the paused clip resumes playback The pauseDisplay attribute sets the appearance of the paused clip stop The interrupting clip stops the playing clip This is the default if you leave the peers attribute out of the lt priorityClass gt tag or you do not define any priority classes within an lt excl gt group Table Page 2 of 2 For example to have clips within an exclusive group pause each other instead of stop each other during interruptions you can define a single priority class a
99. encoding sound in real time For More Information RealAudio Codecs on page 45 lists the optimum sampling rates for each codec Tip You do not need to capture stereo sound if you plan to use a mono codec However many sound cards simply discard the right input channel in mono mode If you have a mixing desk pan all inputs to the center so that nothing is lost during the conversion to mono Optimizing Audio 52 If you are not broadcasting audio live you work with digitized audio source files in supported formats such as WAV or AIFF You then edit the audio files to optimize them To do this you need to be familiar with the features your editing program offers This section gives you some optimization tips you can try with your editing software Tip Always keep copies of your audio source files You cannot convert RealAudio clips back to their original source formats CHAPTER 3 Audio Production DC Offset DC offset is low frequency inaudible noise that results from equipment grounding problems If you don t remove it it can skew the results of subsequent sound editing Use your sound editor s DC Offset function immediately after recording a digital audio file Tip If your editing program has this option remove DC offset during recording This eliminates an editing step Normalization Set sensible input levels when recording and then use normalization to maximize the levels after recording Your streaming f
100. end 25 gt lt time begin 5 gt This text starts to display at 5 seconds lt time begin 10 gt A new line appears each additional 5 seconds lt time begin 15 gt But all this text disappears lt time begin 20 gt at 25 seconds into the clip You can also combine the begin and end attributes in a single lt time gt tag as shown here lt time begin 23 end 55 5 gt This text displays 23 seconds into the presentation and disappears at 55 5 seconds It s important to note that text following a lt time gt tag has the specified begin or end value until a new value is given Therefore once you specify an end time for a text block you must specify an end time for all following blocks For example the following text would not display properly lt time begin 23 end 55 5 gt Display at 23 seconds in lt time begin 56 gt Display at 56 seconds in 103 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 104 Because the second line in the preceding example does not include an end time the previous end time of 55 5 still applies The second line cannot be displayed however because its begin time is later than its end time Tips for Using lt time gt Tags The lt time gt tags are not necessary in a window with a scrollrate or crawlrate unless you want to delay text have it become visible after it has moved into the window or have it disappear before it moves out of the window See also Looping Text on
101. end scheduled end of element page 266 ID endEvent interactive end of element page 266 ID focusInEvent interactive keyboard focus on element page 271 ID focusOutEvent interactive keyboard focus off element page 271 ID inBoundsEvent interactive pointer moving over element page 269 ID marker name scheduled marker reached for element page 274 ID outOfBoundsEvent interactive pointer moving off element page 269 ID repeat integer scheduled specific iteration of element page 268 ID repeatEvent interactive each iteration of element page 268 ID topLayoutCloseEvent interactive secondary media window page 273 or scheduled closing ID topLayoutOpenEvent interactive secondary media window page 273 or scheduled opening ID wallclock time scheduled external clock value reached page 274 Positive Offset Times Most of the begin and end attribute values described in this chapter can take a positive offset timing value which adds a delay between an event and the action that the event triggers For example a begin attribute might have the following syntax which sets the element to start at five seconds after the event left unspecified here occurs begin ID event 5s 263 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 264 Interactive Events with Positive Offset Times A positive offset is useful when starting a clip based on an interactive event Because it cannot anticipate interactive events RealONE Player does
102. exporting the soundtrack and encoding it as a RealAudio clip that plays in parallel with Flash Therefore audio tracks are beneficial primarily for linear clips such as a cartoons rather than for interactive applications Tip Flash provides different methods for incorporating sound into an animation Use the stream synchronization setting 79 RealSystem iQ Production Guide A Flash Soundtrack Uses a Separate RealAudio Clip Fl sh Clip RealServer RealPlayer K a M 8 ieee Presentation yr Streams RealAudio Clip To create separate animation and audio clips you first synchronize your animation with an imported sound file such as a WAV or AIFF file You then export two files A Flash Player clip that contains no sound A soundtrack that you encode as a RealAudio clip Using SMIL you synchronize both clips for streaming The Flash 5 program can create a SMIL file and export your soundtrack as a RealAudio clip automatically If you use an earlier version of Flash you need to export the soundtrack manually encode it as a RealAudio clip and write the SMIL file Streaming a Flash Clip on page 88 summarizes this exporting process Bandwidth Division Between Flash and RealAudio When you export and encode your Flash soundtrack as a SureStream RealAudio clip all viewers get the same Flash clip but they get different RealAudio streams depending on their network connection speeds For any network connection dete
103. features that are used repeatedly To include a fade to black transition effect in your presentation for example you first define CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics the transition type in the header You can think of the header as defining your presentation s form The header section is optional because it s not needed for very simple SMIL files The following SMIL presentation for example simply plays three audio clips in sequence Although the presentation could have a header section that provides presentation information it doesn t need a layout or any other features that must be defined in the header lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com one rm gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com two rm gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com three rm gt lt body gt lt smil gt Within the required body section you list the clips that you want to play creating your presentation timeline in the process Within the body section you apply the features you defined in the header For instance you apply a fade to black transition defined in the header to clips listed in the body You can think of the body as defining your presentation s content and timeline The header and body may each have their own subsections The header may have a layout section defined between lt layout gt and lt layout gt tags for example while the bod
104. finishes Without this attribute there could be empty playback time if the prefetching does not complete before the RealText clip finishes Because RealONE Player treats a lt prefetch gt clip like other source clips when it determines presentation timing always use a timing CHAPTER 18 Prefetching mechanism such as endsync or dur to ensure that prefetching does not interfere with presentation playback The following table summarizes the lt prefetch gt tag attributes that control how much clip data is downloaded The following sections describe how to use these attributes effectively lt prefetch gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference bandwidth bps 100 Sets the bandwidth used to get data page 385 percentage mediaSize bytes 100 Specifies the amount of data to page 387 percentage prefetch based on the clip s size Overrides mediaTime mediaTime h min s ms 100 Sets the amount of data to prefetch page 388 percentage based on the clip s duration Managing Prefetch Bandwidth The lt prefetch gt tag s bandwidth attribute governs how much bandwidth is assigned to fetching the clip s data If you do not include the bandwidth attribute prefetching uses all of the connection s available bandwidth which is rarely desirable You can specify a specific streaming speed in bits per second bps or indicate a percentage of the available bandwidth Note that you
105. from pixels percentage none Sets a starting point for the animation page 350 color_value Use with to or by id name none Names the animation for reference by page 138 other elements repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the animation the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value indefinite Os Repeats the animation the specified page 247 amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the animation can restart page 274 whenNotActive targetElement ID none Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute to pixels percentage none Sets an end point for the animation Do page 350 color_value not use with by values pixels percentage none Defines a list of values applied to the page 352 color_value animated attribute Table Page 2 of 2 Example lt animateMotion targetElement image_region values 180 180 60 340 125 95 calcMode discrete begin 7s dur 5s fill freeze gt 473 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt set gt The lt set gt tag sets an attribute to a specified value The targetElement attributeName and to attributes are required For more on this tag see Setting an Attribute Value on page 360 lt set gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference attributeName attribute_name none Selects the attribute to animate page
106. group or a region The clip will not register the mouse click if it is rendered more than 50 percent transparent with a value from 0 to 50 for rn mediaOpacity See Adding Transparency to All Opaque Colors on page 158 for more information on this attribute ID inBoundsEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the viewer moves the screen pointer over the clip The in bounds area is the part of the clip that displays in the region Portions of the clip cut off at the region boundaries are not affected The event occurs even if the clip has finished playing and appears frozen onscreen The target ID must be that of a clip not a group ora region ID outOfBoundsEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the viewer moves the screen pointer off of the clip s in bounds area The event occurs even if the clip has finished playing and appears frozen onscreen The target ID must be that of a clip not a group or a region The inBoundsEvent and outOfBoundsEvent values can occur for multiple clips simultaneously if clips are stacked on top of each other The z index value of the clips does not matter and an event can still occur even if the clip is completely obscured by another clip For More Information For details on z index see Stacking Regions That Overlap on page 214 Sample Values The following are samples of begin and end values that start or stop an element relative to a mouse event
107. gt tag for example or use capital letters as in lt P gt and lt P gt Adding Space Between Text Blocks The following tags add space between text blocks If text flows across the screen horizontally however line breaks are not created 113 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt p gt lt p gt The lt p gt lt p gt tags turn the enclosed text into a pargraph In tickertape and marquee windows it causes the text that follows it to display at the window s right edge In all other window types the lt p gt and lt p gt each cause the next text block to display two lines down lt br gt The lt br gt tag adds space between text In tickertape and marquee windows it causes the text that follows it to display at the window s right edge In all other window types this tag causes the text that follows to display on the next line Centering Text The lt center gt lt center gt tags center the enclosed text These tags behave the same as HTML centering tags but they have no effect in windows with horizontal motion such as tickertape and marquee windows The lt center gt tag forces a line break if and only if a line break caused by a tag such as lt br gt lt p gt or lt hr gt does not immediately precede it The lt center gt tag always causes a line break Note RealText does not center text until it has determined the line length In rare instances one streamed packet may contain the first
108. guidelines 431 switching 373 CSS2 standard color values 475 SMIL positioning similarities 209 de interlace filter 72 destinationLevel attribute 306 destinationPlaystate attribute 301 digital rights management 4 digital video formats 66 direction attribute 331 documentation library 10 doubling clip sizes 422 download icon for RealONE Player 432 downloading RealONE Player plug ins 29 versus streaming 417 DSL bandwidth targets 32 dur attribute 243 in repeating clip 248 in transition effects 331 edge wipes 318 lt EMBED tag 398 embedded playback aspect ratio 410 automatic playback 411 background color 409 backwards compatibility 402 basics 398 centering clip 410 consoles 407 image window 402 laying out presentations 412 499 RealSystem iQ Production Guide local file links 398 logo suppression 410 looping playback indefinitely 411 specific number of times 412 nonembedded links 401 parameters AUTOSTART 411 BACKGROUNDCOLOR 409 CENTER 410 CONSOLE 407 CONTROLS 401 HEIGHT 400 LOOP 411 MAINTAINASPECT 410 NOJAVA 400 NOLOGO 410 NUMLOOP 412 REGION 413 SHUFFLE 412 SRC 398 WIDTH 400 RealONE Player controls adding to page 401 linking multiple controls 407 shuffling playback 412 size parameters percentages 400 pixels 400 source parameter 398 supported browsers 395 URL handling 400 using in Web page 395 encoding tools see RealProducer end attribute in
109. header you can have Cache Control max age set the time to live TTL for a cached file overriding the default expiration time Expressed in seconds the maximum age is added to the current time to yield the file s expiration time This value must be between 60 seconds and one year For example Cache Control max age 172800 CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags If you do not use the Cache Control max age field you can have the Expires field determine the file s expiration time The Expires field takes as an attribute a date string that defines when the cached element expires relative to the caching computer s clock The date string is formatted as follows Expires Wdy DD Mon YYYY HH MM SS GMT The weekday is optional In the following two examples the first example includes a weekday designation the second one does not Expires Fri 17 Mar 2000 19 37 09 GMT Expires 17 Mar 2000 19 37 09 GMT The weekday and month abbreviations are as follows Day of week Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Note The entry is not cached if the value in the Expires field predates the current date and time Modifying Clip Colors The clip color attributes summarized in the following table are primarily for images in the GIF JPEG or PNG format They can also be used for dynamic clips though especially those that include transparency such as Flash clips They should not be u
110. height 120 gt lt region id popup_region gt lt topLayout gt lt layout gt For More Information See Defining Playback Regions on page 206 for information on setting region sizes and positions Adding Background Colors on page 215 explains how to define a window color Controlling When Secondary Media Windows Open and Close A lt topLayout gt tag can include open and close attributes that determine when the secondary media window appears and disappears The following table describes the values these attributes can have You can define one open value CHAPTER 11 Layout and one close value or leave these attributes out of the tag to use the default values Attributes for Opening and Closing Secondary Media Windows Attribute and Value Function open onStart Open the window when the presentation begins regardless of when clips play in the window Keep the window open until the presentation ends or the viewer closes the window This is the default open whenActive Open the window when a clip begins to play in a region within the window close onRequest Close the window only when the viewer clicks the close button This is the default close whenNotActive Close the window when clips stop playing in the window or when the viewer clicks the close button With the default values of open onStart and close onRequest the secondary media window opens when the pr
111. hot spot with an lt area gt tag you use the shape attribute to define the hot spot s shape and a coords attribute to define the hot spot s size and placement You define the shape and coords attributes in SMIL just as you do in HTML 4 0 The following example shows two hot spots created for a clip lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href shape rect coords 20 40 80 120 gt lt area href shape circle coords 200 60 30 gt lt video gt How you specify the coordinate values depends on what shape rectangle circle or polygon you want as explained in the following sections Note that in all hot spots the coordinates are measured from the media clip s upper left corner regardless of where you place the clip in a region Choosing Percentages or Pixels for Hot Spots You can use either pixel measurements or percentages to define any hot spot The preceding example uses pixels whereas the following example uses percentages to place a rectangular hot spot in the center of the source clip lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href shape rect coords 25 25 75 75 gt lt video gt When a clip is a different size than its playback region a fit fill fit meet or fit slice attribute in the lt region gt tag automatically resizes the clip In these cases a hot spot defined with percentages scales along with th
112. however because the launched application may not be one of your target media players Tip RealNetworks recommends that even with a single SMIL file that plays in multiple media players you create a separate Web page hyperlink to launch each of your target players Your viewers can then decide which player they want to use For More Information For more starting RealONE Player with a Web page hyperlink refer to Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 Creating a SMIL File This section explains the basics of SMIL markup introducing you to the rules you need to follow when creating a SMIL presentation If you are familiar with other Web based markup languages such as HTML you will pick up SMIL quickly You need to be careful though because SMIL is less forgiving than HTML Lapses that may not matter in HTML markup such as missing quotation marks missing slashes or missing end tags will prevent a SMIL file from working properly Tip You can write a SMIL file with any text editor that can save the file as plain text Save the file with the file extension smil Do not include spaces in the file name 133 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 134 The SMIL 2 0 Tag and Namespace Rule 1 To create SMIL 2 0 files as described in this manual the lt smil gt tag must include the XML namespace for SMIL 2 0 A SMIL file starts with a lt smil gt tag and ends with a lt smil gt tag If the opening tag is jus
113. image_region attributeName backgroundColor to red begin 1s dur 12s fill freeze gt You can also animate an element through several colors with a values list as shown in the following example lt animateColor targetElement image_region attributeName backgroundColor values red blue yellow calcMode discrete gt CHAPTER 16 Animations When you use calcMode discrete only the specified colors display If you use paced or linear as the calcMode value though intermediate colors display The paced and linear modes create subtle differences when used with colors Suppose you specify the following values values FFDD11 FFDD22 FFDDFF With the paced mode the animation flows smoothly from FFDD11 to FFDDFF With the linear mode though the first half of the animation flows from FFDD11 to FFDD22 The second half of the animation flows from FFDD22 to FFDDFF Because the first half covers fewer color values the color changes appear to occur more slowly than in the second half For More Information For more on calcMode see Controlling How an Animation Flows on page 353 Appendix D describes SMIL color values Tip Color animations are not additive or cumulative so do not use the by additive or accumulate attribute when animating a color with lt animateColor gt or lt animate gt Creating Horizontal and Vertical Motion An lt animateMotion gt tag moves an element both horizontally a
114. in Tips for Animating Regions on page 348 apply to these types of clip animations For More Information The section Defining Single Use Subregions on page 220 explains these types of subregions An animated clip cannot display outside of its playback region To move a clip anywhere within the lt root layout gt or lt topLayout gt area animate the main region that contains the clip rather than the clip itself Animating Hot Spot Attributes An animation tag can select the coords attribute of an lt area gt tag to change the shape of a hot spot hypertext link For information on the lt area gt tag and the coords attribute see Using the lt area gt Tag on page 283 Defining Simple Animation Values Three animation attributes to by and from provide a simple means of defining where an animation starts and stops Use either the to or the by attribute but not both to determine the animation end point With either of these attributes you can use the optional from attribute to change the animation s starting point 350 CHAPTER 16 Animations Animating an Attribute to a Certain Point The to attribute defines the animation s end point It takes a value of the type appropriate for the animated attribute When animating a layout attribute for example use a pixel or percentage value either positive or negative When animating a color use a color name or value For example suppose that you have def
115. include earlier Ram file options when using altplay If your Ram file URL for a RealVideo 5 clip specified an end time for example include that option in the Ramgen URL after altplay The following example shows an end time set for old_sample rm lt a href http ramgen media sample smil altplay old_sample rm amp end 7 45 gt 427 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Limitations on Web Server Playback If you do not have access to RealServer you can host your presentation on a Web server Although not as robust as RealServer streaming Web server playback provides a reasonable method for sending simple presentations to a small number of viewers Because Web servers are not designed to manage bandwidth or keep multiple clips synchronized presentations delivered by a Web server are more likely to stall than when streamed by RealServer To ensure that a presentation hosted by a Web server plays as smoothly as possible observe the following points No SureStream Clips Encoded for Multiple Bandwidths A Web server cannot send just one stream from a SureStream clip encoded for several bandwidths Instead it downloads the entire clip causing a very high preroll You must therefore encode each RealAudio or RealVideo clip for just one bandwidth When using RealProducer select the option for Web server playback and choose your target audience To support multiple bandwidths encode separate clips for various bandwidths and use SMIL to let Re
116. kHz 5kHz 32 Kbps Stereo Music 22 05 kHz 8 kHz 44 Kbps Stereo Music 22 05 kHz 11 kHz 64 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 kHz 96 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 kHz RealAudio 8 Stereo Music Codecs RealAudio 8 introduces new stereo music codecs that greatly enhance sound quality especially over high speed connections Only RealPlayer 8 and later can play RealAudio 8 clips Users with RealPlayer G2 and RealPlayer 7 are prompted to upgrade to the latest version of RealONE Player before listening to a RealAudio 8 clip When there are two versions of a codec RealProducer uses the higher response version by default These codecs are also used to encode voice with music clips RealAudio 8 Stereo Music Codecs RealAudio 8 Codec Sampling Rate Frequency Response 16 Kbps Stereo Music 22 05 kHz 4 3 kHz 20 Kbps Stereo Music 22 05 kHz 8 6 kHz 20 Kbps Stereo Music High Response 22 05 kHz 9 9 kHz 32 Kbps Stereo Music 22 05 kHz 10 3 kHz 32 Kbps Stereo Music High Response 44 1 kHz 13 8 kHz 44 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 13 8 kHz 44 Kbps Stereo Music High Response 44 1 kHz 16 0 kHz 64 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 0 kHz 96 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 0 kHz 105 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 13 7 kHz 132 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 5 kHz Table Page 1 of 2 47 48 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealAudio 8 Stereo Music Codecs continued RealAudio 8 Codec Sampling Rat
117. lets you create multiple presentations but still have just one link on your Web page When a viewer clicks that link the viewer s RealONE Player reads the options in the SMIL file and chooses the appropriate presentation Note RealSystem s SureStream technology also lets you support multiple bandwidth connections within a single clip For more information see SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo on page 35 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics Display special effects Using SMIL s transition effects and animations you can create special effects such as fading one clip into another or moving a clip around the screen This lets you duplicate special effects found in advanced video editing programs without making any changes to your streaming clips Put together customized presentations Because a SMIL file is a simple text file you can generate it automatically for each visitor You can therefore create different presentation parts assembling a customized SMIL file for each visitor Include ads in presentations You can use SMIL along with RealServer s advertising extension to insert ads into your presentation RealServer can deliver image banner ads as well as media ads in formats such as RealVideo and Flash SMIL 1 0 and SMIL 2 0 SMIL 1 0 debuted in 1998 SMIL 2 0 introduced in 2001 updates and expands the SMIL 1 0 capabilities RealONE Player can play SMIL 1 0 files and SMIL 2 0 files RealPlayer G2 RealPlayer 7
118. lt a gt lt a href aim goim screenname name gt Send Me an Instant Message lt a gt lt a href command seek 1 35 4 target _player gt Seek lt a gt lt a href command play target _player gt Play lt a gt lt a href command openwindow feature rtsp realserver example com comedy rm zoomlevel double gt Comedy Hour lt a gt 483 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 484 APPENDIX FILE TYPE REFERENCE The following tables provide a quick reference to file types commonly used in RealSystem streaming This is not a definitive list of all file types though Plug in technology allows RealSystem to stream virtually any file type RealSystem Standard Streaming Clip Types Extension File Type Reference rm or ra RealAudio Understanding RealAudio on page 43 rm RealVideo Understanding RealVideo on page 57 rp RealPix streaming image markup Images on page 28 rt RealText streaming text Text on page 29 swf Flash Player file Flash Animation on page 75 RealSystem Information Files Extension File Type Reference fam Ram file to launch RealONE Player Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on rpm Ram file for embedded presentations Page 420 smil smi SMIL file for layout and timing Creating a SMIL File on page 133 Image Files Types Playable Directly in RealONE Player and RealPix Extension File Type Referen
119. lt video src videol rm region video_region gt lt par gt In a lt par gt group fill freeze and fill hold both keep a clip visible until the group completes In the following example the final text block of the RealText clip stays visible when the clip finishes playing Assuming that the video clip has a longer timeline the parallel group ends with the video clip lt par gt lt textstream src titles rt region text_region fill freeze gt lt video src videol rm region video_region gt lt par gt Setting a Fill in Exclusive Groups Use fill remove on a clip in an lt excl gt group to make the clip disappear when it finishes playing In the following example each video clip disappears as soon as it finishes playing If a clip finishes playing before another clip becomes active no clip is visible on the screen lt excl gt lt video src videol rm region video_region begin fill remove gt lt video src video2 rm region video_region begin fill remove gt lt excl gt Use fill freeze to keep a clip in an lt excl gt group visible until another clip in the group plays Use fill hold to keep the clip visible until the entire lt excl gt CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing group concludes In this case each opaque clip needs to display in a separate region to prevent other clips from obscuring it Displaying a Clip Throughout a Presenta
120. not request clips from the server until the interactive event occurs If you do not add a positive offset RealONE Player may need to pause the presentation while it requests and buffers the clip s preroll An offset such as 15s on the other hand enables RealONE Player to request the clip when the event occurs then buffer the clip for up to 15 seconds before playing it Tip Instead of using a timing offset value you can use lt prefetch gt to request a clip s preroll in advance For more information see Chapter 18 How Much of a Positive Offset Do You Need If you plan to start a clip on an interactive event open the clip in RealONE Player and use the View gt Clip Source command to display the clip s required preroll You ll also need to add a few seconds for RealONE Player to request the clip from the server and to begin receiving the streamed data If a clip s preroll is 10 seconds for example you may want to use positive offset of 15 seconds to ensure that the clip s preroll has streamed to RealONE Player by the time the clip begins to play Note Static clips such as images do not have a preroll RealONE Player must receive all the clip data before playing the clip The time required to display the clip is the clip size divided by the available streaming bandwidth Interactive Events that Do Not Require Positive Offsets A positive offset value isn t necessary when starting or stopping elements on interactive ev
121. other In an exclusive group that does not use priority classes an interrupting clip stops the interrupted clip By defining priority classes though you can pause the interrupted clip instead so that its playback resumes once the interrupting clip finishes You define a priority class with lt priorityClass gt and lt priorityClass gt tags Between these tags you list the media clips within that priority class as shown here CHAPTER 10 Groups lt excl gt lt priorityClass gt clips in the higher priority class lt priorityClass gt lt priorityClass gt clips in the lower priority class lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt When you create priority classes the order of clips within the lt excl gt group becomes important The first priority class has the highest priority the last class has the lowest priority All clips within a priority class have the same priority and are called peers Once you define priority classes you can use the attributes summarized in the following table to set the interruption behavior for clips in each class A lt priorityClass gt tag can have an id attribute and any of the following attributes but no others You cannot include timing attributes in a lt priorityClass gt tag for example lt priorityClass gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference peers defer never stop Controls how clips within the same page 189 pause stop class interrupt
122. page 101 for information on how lt time gt tags can affect text looping To freeze text on the screen after the clip s duration has elapsed do not set an end time Or have the end time exceed the window s duration as shown in this example lt window duration 30 gt some text elements lt time begin 25 end 31 gt Text that stays frozen onscreen lt window gt To replace a line of text with a new line every few seconds as in video subtitles do not use end times For each new line of text set the appropriate begin time followed by a lt clear gt tag as described below Clearing Text from the Window The lt clear gt tag removes all text from the window The text that follows this tag then displays at the window s normal starting point which is typically the window s top or right edge unless you position the text elsewhere You can add lt clear gt after lt time begin gt to erase text before displaying new text This is often an easier method of removing text than using lt time end gt tags In the following example each new line erases the preceding line lt time begin 5 gt This line displays at 5 seconds lt time begin 10 gt lt clear gt This line erases the previous line at 10 seconds lt time begin 15 gt lt clear gt This line erases the previous line at 15 seconds lt time begin 20 gt lt clear gt This line erases the previous line at 20 seconds A l
123. parameter RealSystem generally ensures that very little data loss occurs in transmission Warning The reliable parameter is not for use with large clips such as videos These clips are designed to play well even if some data is lost in transmission Using the reliable parameter with these clips may cause your presentation to stall Creating a Brush Object The lt brush gt tag lets you create a colored area that displays in a region It functions just like a clip source tag For example you can control when the brush object appears by using SMIL timing commands and you can change its size and color with SMIL animation tags Because it does not link to an external clip though the lt brush gt tag does not use a src attribute Instead it uses a color attribute to define the color used CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags lt brush color blue region region_1 dur 5s gt Black is the default color for a brush object To specify a different color use a predefined color name a hexadecimal color value or an RGB value Tip Appendix D explains the types of color values that you can use with SMIL color attributes Using a Ram File as a Source A Ram file ram is typically used to launch RealONE Player and give it the URL of the clip or SMIL presentation to play But you can also use a Ram file as a source of content within a SMIL file Because a Ram file can list several clips in sequence you may find it useful to specify a Ra
124. part of the line while another packet received several seconds later contains the end of the line In this case the first part displays flush left and the entire line is centered and redisplayed when the second packet arrives Preformatting Text The lt pre gt lt pre gt tags work the same as in HTML Text tagged with lt pre gt uses the Courier font at the current size To change the font size precede the preformatted block with a lt font size n gt tag Line breaks spaces and tabs are preserved with tabs defaulting to 64 pixels for 16 point text the normal point size Tab spaces are determined by dividing the text height by 2 then multiplying by 8 For More Information For information on text heights see the table Font Sizes on page 112 See also Ignoring Extra Spaces on page 102 CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Using HTML Compatible Tags lt ol gt lt ul gt The following RealText tags are provided for HTML compatibility allowing you to convert HTML to RealText more easily and vice versa These tags do not function the same in RealText as they do in HTML however lt ol gt The lt ol gt lt ol gt tags are for compatibility with HTML lists Text between these tags is indented but not numbered lt ul gt The lt ul gt lt ul gt tags are for compatibility with HTML lists Text between these tags is indented but not bulleted lt li gt lt li gt The lt li gt lt li g
125. playing and appears frozen onscreen For more on linking see Chapter 14 In SMIL 2 0 the fill attribute works slightly differently than it does in earlier versions of RealPlayer that supported SMIL 1 0 For more information see Behavioral Changes on page 142 Specifying a Default Fill You can use the fillDefault attribute in a group tag to set a fill value for that 258 group and its elements whether those elements are clips or other groups All elements within the group receive the default fill value unless they have another fill value explicitly set The following table lists the possible fillDefault values fillDefault Attribute Values Attribute Function Reference auto Makes fill behavior depend on timing attributes page 252 freeze Freezes elements in the group when they finish playing page 253 hold Freezes elements in the group until the group ends page 253 inherit Makes each element inherit the fillDefault setting from the page 259 containing group This is the default value remove Makes elements in the group disappear when finished page 253 transition Freezes clips in the group long enough for a transition effect page 336 to occur Chapter 15 explains the transition value Adding a Default Fill to a Group The following are the general rules for using fillDefault in a group tag Ifa fillDefault value is set in a clip s group tag and no fill value is set for the clip the cl
126. preference page 367 systemOperatingSystem OS_name computer operating system page 374 systemOverdubOrSubtitle overdub overdubbing or subtitle page 369 subtitle preference systemScreenDepth 1 4 8 24 32 monitor color bit depth page 376 systemScreenSize heightXwidth monitor size page 376 Tips for Writing Switch Groups The lt switch gt tag must fall within the lt head gt or lt body gt section of your SMIL file In other words the lt smil gt lt head gt or lt body gt tags cannot fall within a lt switch gt tag 366 CHAPTER 17 Switching You can use a lt switch gt tag in the header section to let RealONE Player choose between alternative layouts See Example 3 Resizing the Media Window for Captions on page 381 for an example of modifying the layout to accommodate system captions You can use a lt switch gt tag to switch between alternative lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt groups In these cases you add the test attributes to the group tags instead of to the clip source tags You can use more than one test attribute in a tag For example you might test for monitor size and color depth at the same time When there are multiple test attributes RealONE Player must satisfy all the attribute values before it chooses the clip Alternatively you can nest lt switch gt tags to achieve the same results See Switching with Multiple Attributes on page 377 for examples of how to use both metho
127. preferring English plays the second clip The original French clip is listed last with no systemLanguage attribute This makes it the default played by RealONE Players that prefer French or another language besides English Note In the preceding example the second clip does not need to specify subtitle explicitly The systemOverdubOrSubtitle attribute uses only overdub or subtitle as its value Because the first clip takes the overdub value only the subtitle value is left for the second clip Switching Between Bandwidth Choices 370 To stream different clips to viewers at different connection speeds use the systemBitrate test attribute to define options each RealONE Player can choose based on the total amount of bandwidth it has available The systemBitrate attribute takes as a value the approximate bits per second required to stream the whole presentation The following sample lt switch gt tag lists two different RealPix presentations The first is for connections that have at least 80 Kbps of bandwidth The second is for slower connections down to 28 8 Kbps modems lt switch gt lt ref src slides1 rp systemBitrate 80000 gt lt ref src slides2 rp systemBitrate 20000 gt lt switch gt As shown above list the bandwidth choices from fastest to slowest RealONE Player evaluates options in order selecting the first option it can play If the 20 000 bps option were first a RealONE Player with a high speed connection
128. presentation timeline command seek 1 35 4 83 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The time format is as follows dd hh mmi ss xyz Here dd is days hh is hours mm is minutes ss is seconds x is tenths of seconds y is hundredths of seconds and z is milliseconds Only the ss field is required When the time value does not include a decimal point RealONE Player reads the last field as the seconds For example 1 30 means 1 minute and 30 seconds whereas 1 30 00 means 1 hour and 30 minutes Note that all of the following commands are equivalent Each seeks to the point 90 minutes into the presentation timeline command seek 1 30 00 0 command seek 90 00 command seek 5400 Playing Pausing or Stopping a Presentation The following values for Get URL cause RealONE Player to play pause or stop the presentation respectively command play command pause command stop Popping Up New Media Windows Using the Get URL command you can open streaming presentations in new RealONE Player media windows You can open as many player windows as the computer s CPU and memory allow For information on opening a new media window see Opening a New Media Window Through RealText or Flash on page 306 Go To Commands Use Go To commands only when adding interactivity to a Flash clip Do not use them to advance from one scene to the next When you export your animation in the Flash Player format scenes are concatenated so that
129. press conference lt p gt lt font gt lt window gt The following figure shows the RealText window at nine seconds into the presentation Seattle February 28 2001 A powerful earthquake of magnitude 6 8 rocked Seattle at 10 55 A M Initial reports list no fatalities and traffic is moving on Interstate 5 Tip Text in a scrolling news window normally starts at the top of the window and scrolls up As this sample shows you can precede the text with lt p gt lt p gt tags to push the first line of text to the bottom of the screen Teleprompter Window The following example demonstrates a TelePrompter window This is the RealText rt source file lt window type teleprompter height 64 duration 25 bgcolor D2F8B4 extraspaces ignore wordwrap false gt lt font face system gt Out out brief candle lt br gt lt time begin 3 5 gt Life s but a walking shadow a poor player lt br gt lt time begin 7 gt That struts lt time begin 8 gt and frets lt time begin 9 gt his hour upon the stage lt br gt lt time begin 12 gt And then is heard no more lt time begin 15 gt it is a tale lt br gt lt time begin 16 gt Told by an idiot CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup lt time begin 17 5 gt full of sound and fury lt br gt lt time begin 20 gt Signifying lt time begin 22 gt lt font color red gt nothing lt font gt lt font gt lt wi
130. printing To read PDF files you need Adobe s Acrobat Reader which is available from Adobe s Web site http www adobe com products acrobat readstep html Where should go for the latest RealSystem information The RealNetworks DevZone is the main information site for content authors and software developers working with RealSystem products You can find it at the following Web address http www realnetworks com devzone APPENDIX B PRODUCTION TASKS Intended for the intermediate user this appendix addresses specific production questions by referring you to the appropriate section in this manual If you have questions about a specific SMIL tag or attribute you may find Appendix C more useful Basic SMIL Issues Chapter 7 explains the basics of using SMIL 2 0 in a RealSystem presentation Basic SMIL 2 0 Issues Question Answer Why should I use SMIL page 127 What versions of RealONE Player can play SMIL 2 0 presentations page 129 Besides more features are there differences between SMIL 1 0 and 2 0 page 142 How do I update my SMIL 1 0 presentation to SMIL 2 0 page 143 Where can I get the SMIL 2 0 specification page 127 Will my presentation work with other SMIL based players page 132 How do I write a SMIL file page 133 Is a closing slash always necessary with a SMIL tag page 137 How do I add comments to a SMIL file page 137 What values can I use for the ID in a SMIL tag page 138
131. region Summary of Transition Effects Tags The following SMIL sample illustrates the functions and relationships of the tags used to create transition effects The remainder of this chapter describes how to use these tags and their attributes to define and apply transition effects lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt transition id ID1 defines a transition type and duration gt lt transition id ID2 defines a transition type and duration gt lt head gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt ref src transIn ID1 assigns a transition for the clip beginning gt lt ref src transOut ID2 assigns a transition for the clip end gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt Defining Transition Types The SMIL file header section defines the transition effects your presentation uses The following example defines three transition effects after the layout lt head gt lt layout gt layout defined here lt layout gt 317 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt transition id fade1 type fade subtype crossfade gt lt transition id wipe1 type pushWipe subtype fromTop gt lt transition id rad1 type radialWipe subtype counterTopBottom gt lt head gt Each transition is defined by a separate lt transition gt tag that typically has at least three attributes which are described in the following tab
132. region s size and the other dimension is within the region s boundaries Fill empty space with the region s background color scroll Place the clip at the region s upper left corner or at the no no no registration point Display the clip as its normal size adding horizontal or vertical scroll bars if the clip extends beyond the region s boundaries RealPlayers earlier than RealPlayer 8 display clips as hidden instead slice Place the clip at the region s upper left corner or at the yes no yes registration point Scale the clip and preserve its height to width ratio until one dimension is equal to the region s size and the other dimension overflows the region s boundaries Crop the overflow Table Page 2 of 2 The following illustration shows the effects that particular fit attribute values have on a source clip played in regions with different sizes and aspect ratios A Clip Played in Different Regions with Different fit Attribute Values fit fill Encoded Clip fit meet fit slice 228 CHAPTER 11 Layout Overriding a Region s fit Attribute You can override a region s fit attribute within a clip source tag Suppose that a certain region uses fit fill but you want to play one clip in that region and use fit hidden instead You can simply add that fit value to the clip source tag to override the region s fit value lt video src r
133. rgb 45 199 132 rn chromaKeyTolerance rgb 5 5 5 Check the results by playing the SMIL file in RealONE Player and adjust the various percentage values through trial and error until you achieve your desired result As explained in the preceding section a color must fall within the full range of the red green and blue tolerances to be rendered transparent If you want to match all values for red green or blue set its respective tolerance to the maximum Consider the following equivalent examples rn chromaKey rgb 128 128 128 rn chromaKeyTolerance rgb 1 255 255 rn chromaKey 808080 rn chromaKeyTolerance 01FFFF 161 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Both of these examples render transparent any color that has a red value in the RGB range of 127 to 129 7F 80 81 regardless of that color s blue and green values Substituting a Color for Transparency For clips that include transparency such as GIF and PNG images you can use bgcolor to substitute a color for the transparency This attribute uses a lt param gt tag requiring the use of binary clip source tags The value must be a hexadecimal color value without a leading pound sign as shown in this example lt img src button gif gt lt param name bgcolor value BB21AA gt lt img gt For More Information For background information on binary tags see Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 162 PART IV ORGANIZING A
134. rn opacity 50 gt This attribute uses a percentage value from 0 fully transparent to 100 fully opaque In the example above the value of 50 makes the region background a partially transparent blue Using this attribute requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions 216 CHAPTER 11 Layout For More Information You can modify transparency in clips too See Modifying Clip Colors on page 157 for details For background on customized attributes and namespaces see Using Customized SMIL Attributes on page 139 Transparency in Regions and Clips If a clip that contains transparency such as a GIF image plays in a transparent or partially transparent region viewers will be able see through the clip s transparent areas to underlying regions and clips The following clip types can include transparent areas e RealVideo e RealPix e RealText e Flash GIF and PNG images RealSystem can stream other types of clips too and some of those clips may include transparency Support for transparency for each clip type has to be built into RealONE Player however Some clips that display transparency when rendered in a Web browser for example may not display transparency when played in RealONE Player Tip To check if RealONE Player recognizes a clip s transparency open the clip in RealONE Player and see if the window
135. service provider ISP hosts your Web pages contact the ISP administrator to check out the RealServer issues described above Also find out how much disk space you will have for streaming media Many ISPs allot you a certain amount of disk space on their servers such as 5 or 10 MB Although this is a generous amount for Web pages it s not much for streaming media A single video clip can easily take up that much space Web Server Downloading Although Web servers can deliver some streaming clips they don t have RealServer s ability to synchronize clips and keep long presentations flowing smoothly When only a Web server is available you can still deliver multimedia presentations but you will not be able to use all of the features that RealSystem offers CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning For More Information If you plan to deliver clips with a Web server read Limitations on Web Server Playback on page 428 Local Playback You can also create presentations that play back from a user s local computer An example of this is a multimedia enhanced book written with HTML and containing links to RealSystem clips Users download the files to their computers playing back the media clips with RealONE Player In this case you produce clips as described in this production guide except that you don t target specific network connection bandwidths In the HTML pages URLs point to clips on the user s computer instead of on RealServ
136. single streaming file Lay outa presentation When your presentation includes multiple clips such as a RealVideo clip playing simultaneously with subtitles written in RealText you use SMIL to arrange the various clips Time and control a presentation SMIL provides powerful timing features that let you easily manage your presentation s timeline You can keep clips rigidly synchronized for example or start an audio clip playing at 2 5 seconds into its internal timeline without changing the encoded clip Layer transparent clips Using RealNetworks extensions to SMIL you can easily add transparency to clips and stack them on top of each other You can turn an opaque graphic into a semi transparent logo that hovers over a video for example Create interactive multimedia experiences Using SMIL s advanced features you can easily create interactive media presentations such as an audio or video jukebox that plays a different clip each time the viewer clicks a button Link to Web pages SMIL s extensive hyperlinking capabilities allow you to link a streaming presentation to other streaming clips or to Web pages Web pages can display automatically at any time during the presentation or may load only when the viewer clicks a link Stream different presentations to different audiences SMIL lets you stream different clips to different audiences based on criteria such as language preference or available bandwidth This
137. speakers It does not change the general sound level setting on the viewer s computer which remains entirely under the viewer s control All sound level adjustments are subject to limitations in the computer hardware For More Information See Turning Down an Audio Clip s Volume on page 231 for an example of how to use this attribute to change the volume of an audio clip Defining Subregions A subregion functions exactly like a main region except that it maintains its position within its containing region if you reposition the containing region To create a subregion you need to modify the containing region to use lt region gt and lt region gt tags instead of a single lt region gt tag You then create the subregion between the containing region s lt region gt and lt region gt tags as shown in the following example in which the subregion displays near the containing region s lower right corner lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 350 height 270 gt lt region id video_region top 15 left 15 width 320 height 240 gt lt region id logo bottom 5 right 5 width 20 height 20 gt lt region gt lt layout gt lt head gt You lay out a subregion within its containing region using the attributes described in Defining Region Sizes and Positions on page 208 When you set these attributes keep in mind that the offset measurements of left right top CHA
138. subregion inside the region When to Use a Registration Point The primary advantage of defining a registration point is that you can easily apply the point to multiple regions To center several clips in several different regions it s much easier to define a single registration point and apply it to the various regions than to create a subregion for each clip When to Use a Subregion Defining a subregion for a smaller clip gives you more options in determining how the clip appears within the region You can set a specific subregion size for example and specify how the clip scales within the subregion If you want multiple clips to overlap you should use subregions because you can set the clips stacking order by using the subregions z index attributes Layout Tag Summary The following SMIL sample illustrates the functions and relationships of the main layout tags Layout markup goes in the SMIL header section between lt layout gt and lt layout gt tags lt smil xmLns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout defines the main media window s overall size gt lt region id ID1 defines a playback region within the main window gt lt region id ID2 defines a playback region that has a subregion gt lt region id ID3 defines a subregion gt lt region gt lt topLayout defines a secondary media window s overall size gt lt regio
139. sweeps clockwise from the nine o clock position twoBladeVertical 205 Two radial hands sweep clockwise from the twelve and six o clock positions pinWheelWipe twoBladeHorizontal 206 _ Two radial hands sweep clockwise from the nine and three o clock positions fourBlade 207 Four radial hands sweep clockwise centerTop 211 A fan unfolds from the top edge the fan axis at the center centerRight 212 A fan unfolds from the right edge the fan axis at the center top 231 A fan unfolds from the bottom the fan axis at the top edge s midpoint fanWipe z right 232 A fan unfolds from the left the fan axis at the right edge s midpoint bottom 233 A fan unfolds from the top the fan axis at the bottom edge s midpoint left 234 A fan unfolds from the right the fan axis at the left edge s midpoint Table Page 1 of 4 323 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Clock Wipe Transition Effects continued Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance fanOutVertical 213 Two fans their axes at the center unfold from the top and bottom fanOutHorizontal 214 Two fans their axes at the center unfold from the left and right doubleFanWipe 5 fanInVertical 235 Two fans their axes at the top and bottom unfold from the center fanInHorizontal 236 Two fans their axes at the left and right unfold from the center clockwiseTop 221 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the top edge s midpoint cl
140. the 12 Kbps default value is too high or too low for your target audience For More Information For background information on streaming speeds see Audience Bandwidth Targets on page 32 and Clip Bandwidth Characteristics on page 33 Using the bitrate Parameter To set a static clip s streaming speed you modify the clip source tag to use binary tags as described in the section Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 Within the binary clip tag you add a lt param gt tag with the name bitrate and specify the speed in bits per second The following example sets an image to stream at approximately 5 Kilobits per second lt img src poster jpg region image_region dur 15s gt lt param name bitrate value 5000 gt lt img gt RealONE Player does not display an image clip until it has received all the clip s data and the clip is scheduled to display according to the SMIL timeline For clips that have no intrinsic duration such as images and text files though not RealText clips you must specify a duration For More Information For more on image durations see Setting Durations on page 243 Example of Streaming Images Slowly Using the bitrate parameter you can set a high streaming speed for a clip to take advantage of available bandwidth and stream the image quickly Or you can set a low bit rate to ensure that streaming the image does not interfere with playing another clip at the same time The
141. the audio folder lt audio src audio song1 rm gt The following example specifies a clip that resides one folder level above the SMIL file lt audio src song1 rm gt The next example creates a link to a clip that resides in an audio folder that is at the same level as the folder that contains the SMIL file lt audio src audio song1 rm gt Tip You can find additional information about relative directory syntax in an HTML reference guide Writing Absolute Links Alternatively you can use local absolute links to specify exact locations The syntax for absolute links is the same as with HTML It varies with operating systems however and you should be familiar with the directory syntax for the 151 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 152 system you are using For example the following absolute link syntax works for Windows computers but not on Unix or the Macintosh src file c audio first rm Creating a Base URL When you are ready to stream your presentation you can add a base URL to your SMIL file This is convenient if all or most of your clips reside on the same server This preserves the local relative syntax you used when developing your presentation readying your presentation for streaming in a single step You add the base URL to the file in the SMIL header section through a lt meta gt tag as shown here lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt
142. the region For other tags IDs are optional depending on whether another SMIL element interacts with that tag The following are rules and suggestions that apply to the IDs of any SMIL tag All IDs for all tags in a SMIL file must be unique If you define several lt region gt tags for example each tag must have a unique ID No lt region gt tag can have the same ID as a lt transition gt tag or a lt video gt tag for instance e As with all SMIL values IDs are case sensitive The attributes id videoregion and id videoRegion are different for example It is a good idea to follow a consistent practice such as always making IDs lowercase 138 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics Do not use words separated by spaces in an ID If you use two or more words for an ID combine the words or separate the words with an underscore or hyphen as in videoregion video region or video_region e The first character for an ID can be a letter a colon or an underscore It cannot be a number or a special character such as an ampersand You can use numbers and special characters after the first character however For example you can use id video3 as an ID but not id 3video e There is no minimum or maximum length for IDs You may find it convenient to adopt a system for specifying IDs You might use the suffix _region for all region IDs for example or a transition_ prefix for all transition effect IDs Using Cus
143. the text face page 109 Roman size 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 0 Sets the font size page 111 or 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Examples lt font color red bgcolor green gt This is red text against a green background lt font gt lt font size 1 gt This text is one size larger than the preceding text lt font gt lt font face Verdana gt This text is in the Verdana font lt font gt lt font charset iso 2022 kr face BatangChe gt Korean text lt font gt Hyperlinking Commands You can use lt a gt and lt a gt tags to create a link out of enclosed text The link can open a URL in RealONE Player or the viewer s browser open an e mail message or issue a RealONE Player command RealText lt a gt Tag Attributes Attribute Possible Values Function Reference href command target _player command seek time Creates hyperlink that issues a page 117 command pause command command play href command openwindow name URL Opens new named media page 306 zoomlevel windows for URL href mailto address email address Opens e mail message page 116 href URL target _player Creates hyperlink to URL page 116 482 APPENDIX E RealText Tag Reference Examples lt a href mailto a b com gt send e mail lt a gt lt a href rtsp realserver example com video2 smil target _player gt Play Next Clip lt a gt lt a href http realguide real com gt Visit RealGuide
144. those with a French or German language preference For instance a RealONE Player with a language preference for French plays the Flash swf clip the French RealAudio clip and the English language clip which has no systemLanguage attribute that ties it to a language preference Hence the viewer hears an incomprehensible blend of French and English 365 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Only a lt switch gt tag causes RealONE Player to evaluate all options as a group and choose only one option The following example illustrates the correct way to add the default English language choice to the parallel group shown above lt par gt lt This is a good example of switching gt lt ref src cartoon swf region playback gt lt switch gt lt audio src french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src german rm systemLanguage de gt lt audio src english rm gt lt switch gt lt par gt Available Test Attributes The following table lists the test attributes available for switching These attributes are described in detail in the remainder of this chapter Switch Attributes Attribute Value Tests For Reference systemAudioDesc on off audio descriptions page 372 preference systemBitrate bits_per_second total available bandwidth page 370 systemCaptions on off captions preference page 372 systemCPU CPU_type computer CPU type page 373 systemLanguage language_code language
145. timing elements are used If the element includes a dur end repeatCount or repeatDur timing attribute the fill auto value is equivalent to fill remove For example a video that uses a dur attribute disappears when the duration expires If the clip does not include any of these timing attributes the fill auto value is equivalent to fill freeze For example the final frame of a video that does not use any SMIL timing values freezes until the group that contains the clip ends For More Information The following sections explain how fill remove and fill freeze attributes affect clips in different types of groups For more on fillDefault see Specifying a Default Fill on page 258 Setting a Fill with Sequential Clips In a sequence of clips a clip automatically disappears when it ends so each clip already behaves as if it has a fill remove attribute The fill freeze value affects a clip in a sequence only if the subsequent clip has a delayed start In the following example the second clip s begin time inserts a five second delay before it plays The fill freeze value keeps the first clip visible during the delay lt seq gt lt video src videol rm region video_region fill freeze gt lt video src video2 rm region video_region begin 5s gt lt seq gt A fill hold value displays a clip until the sequence ends In the following example an image
146. to 200 pixels It then begins to contract reaching 100 pixels at nine seconds So in contrast to the calcMode discrete example in the preceding section the last value in this calcMode linear example is reached at the very end of the animation duration The speed of each segment in this animation increases with the distance between points Notice that the distance from the first to the second point is 25 pixels whereas the distance from the second to the third point is 125 pixels Because each point to point expansion or contraction takes an equal amount of time the speed of movement from the first to the second point is slower than the speed of movement from the second to the third point Flowing at an Even Pace If you use calcMode paced movement flows smoothly over the course of the entire animation When the following animation starts the region width is 50 pixels The region then expands at an even pace to 150 pixels before contracting at the same pace to 100 pixels lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 6s values 50 150 100 calcMode paced gt Because the animation is paced the distance between points in the values list affects how long each phase takes The distance of the expansion phase is 100 CHAPTER 16 Animations pixels 150 50 whereas the distance of the contraction phase is 50 pixels 150 100 The expansion therefore takes twice as long as the contraction B
147. to Your Computer on page 5 and view the Sample Files page Fading to a Color Between Clips One of the simplest transition effects is to fade up from or down to a color The following example shows a sequence of two videos There is a two second fade from blue as each video starts and a two second fade to blue when each video ends Each video is centered within the video region and appears at its normal size A begin 2s value is used with each video to insert a short delay before each transition occurs lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 backgroundColor blue gt lt region id video_region gt lt regPoint id middle left 50 top 50 regAlign center gt lt layout gt lt transition id fromBlue type fade subtype fadeFromColor fadeColor blue dur 2s gt lt transition id toBlue type fade subtype fadeToColor fadeColor blue dur 2s gt lt head gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt video src region video_region regPoint middle transIn fromBlue transOut toBlue begin 2s fill remove gt lt video src region video_region regPoint middle transIn fromBlue transOut toBlue begin 2s fill remove gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt 338 CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Crossfading Videos In a simple variation of the preceding example the first video fades up from
148. to an existing region but the inclusion of height width left and top values defines a single use subregion within that region Unlike a subregion defined in the lt layout gt section this single use subregion does not require an ID value The following table lists all the region attributes that you can include in a clip source tag to set a single use subregion s properties Single Use Subregion Attributes Attribute Function Reference backgroundColor Selects the subregion s background color page 215 bottom Sets the subregion s bottom offset page 208 fit Specifies how the clip fits its allotted space page 227 height Specifies the subregion s height page 208 left Sets the subregion s left offset page 208 regAlign Aligns the clip to the registration point page 221 regPoint Defines the registration point for the subregion page 221 right Sets the subregion s right offset page 208 top Sets the subregion s top offset page 208 width Specifies the subregion s width page 208 z index Sets stacking order relative to other subregions page 214 220 CHAPTER 11 Layout Creating Registration Points When you do not want a clip to align with a region s upper left corner you can create a registration point For example you might define a registration point that is 10 pixels in and 5 pixels down from the region s upper right corner A registration point also includes an alignment t
149. to control the RealONE Player cache and how RealONE Player manages its cache Documentation for most Web servers includes information about how to set fields in HTTP header files Overriding Caching with Cache Control The Cache Control command of an HTTP header file can override caching of a RealONE Player file requested through chttp A file requested through CHTTP is not cached if any of the following are present as meta information in the HTTP header file e Cache Control no cache e Cache Control no store e Cache Control private e Cache Control must revalidate Cache Size and Expiration Rules RealONE Player caches files within its home directory in a folder named cache_db This cache is independent of any Web browser cache The default RealONE Player cache size is 4 MB Unless an HTTP header sets a file lifetime the cached file expires after 4 hours although a subsequent request for a cached item restarts the item s expiration clock As the cache fills RealONE Player begins to delete unexpired items to reclaim needed disk space on a first in first out basis Note RealONE Player users can control some aspects of RealONE Player s cache by disabling the cache setting the amount of disk space available for the cache and emptying the cache Users carry out these actions through the RealONE Player preferences For more information see the RealONE Player online help Changing the Lifetime of a Cached File Within an HTTP
150. to lengthen its active period the transition effect occurs after three minutes Using Clip Fills with Transition Effects The section Setting a Fill on page 251 explains the fill attribute which makes the clip disappear or remain visible when it finishes playing Which values you use for fill can also affect transition effects The following sections explain how best to use the fill attribute with transition effects Defining a Transition Fill for a Sequence of Clips When you apply transition effects to a sequence of clips use fill transition to keep a clip onscreen long enough for a transition to occur The transition value does nothing when a transition is not applied to the clip Suppose you want to use a three second radial wipe like the following to introduce each new video in a sequence lt transition id fan1 type fanWipe subtype top dur 3s gt You could apply this transition effect to the beginning of each clip Ina standard sequence of clips though each clip disappears as soon as it stops playing The transition effect that introduces the next clip therefore operates against the region s background color To keep clips onscreen during transitions add fill transition to each clip s source tag lt seq gt lt video src videol rm transIn fan1 fill transition gt lt video src video2 rm transIn fan1 fill transition gt more clips that use fill transition
151. to the RealONE Player RealNetworks recommends using this codec unless you need faster encoding performance during broadcasts or you need to stream video to earlier versions of RealPlayer Note Most users upgrade their RealPlayers soon after a new version is released so it is generally safe to use the RealVideo 8 codec RealVideo G2 Codecs The RealVideo G2 codecs are older codecs used by RealProducer G2 and RealProducer 7 These codecs encode video clips faster than the RealVideo 8 codec does but their visual quality is poorer For a given streaming speed using an older RealVideo codec rather than RealVideo 8 results in either a reduced frame rate or diminished visual quality at the same frame rate Use one of the following RealVideo G2 codecs for faster encoding during broadcasts or if you need to stream video to versions of RealPlayer that cannot upgrade to Release 8 63 64 RealSystem iQ Production Guide e RealVideo G2 with SVT The RealVideo G2 with SVT codec is compatible with RealPlayer G2 Update 1 version 6 0 6 or later RealPlayers with lower version numbers are prompted to autoupdate to the latest version of RealONE Player before viewing the clip e RealVideo G2 The RealVideo G2 codec without SVT is compatible with RealPlayer G2 and later It is not compatible with RealPlayer 5 or earlier RealVideo Standard Codec In RealProducer you cannot explicitly choose the RealVideo standard codec which was the defaul
152. true false false Opens link in a page 295 browser when true height pixels media Sets context window page 297 height height in lt param gt tag rn sendTo _osdefaultbrowser none Specifies window that page 295 _rpbrowser opens the HTML page page 297 _rpcontextwin sourceLevel percentage 100 Sets audio level page 306 sourcePlaystate pause play stop pause Changes source state page 300 target name current Targets window or page 299 window _ frame width pixels 330 Sets context window page 297 width in lt param gt tag Selecting a Browsing Window For a SMIL hyperlink to open in a Web browser the external attribute must be set to true The external attribute s default value is false however which opens the link in the RealONE Player media window The link must also use an HTTP URL that the browser can request Minimally a SMIL link for content played in a Web browser looks like the following example lt area href http www example com external true gt Using external true is the only requirement for opening an HTML page ina Web browser As described in Links to HTML Pages on page 279 however RealONE Player on Windows operating systems offers several browsing 295 RealSystem iQ Production Guide windows within the RealONE Player environment The following table lists the attributes required to open an HTML URL in one of these windows Attributes for Opening an
153. video plays So even if it lasts 10 minutes the RealText clip ends when the group ends regardless of its syncBehavior independent value lt body gt lt seq gt lt par dur 5min gt lt audio src soundtrack rm gt lt ref src training swf gt lt textstream src translation rt syncBehavior independent gt lt par gt lt video src conclusion rm gt lt seq gt lt body gt The independent value is the only syncBehavior value that has a visible effect on how a parallel group plays under normal circumstances As described in the following sections the other syncBehavior values affect clips in a parallel group only under difficult streaming conditions Setting the Synchronization Behavior RealSystem generally compensates well for changing network conditions to keep a presentation streaming smoothly Under highly adverse conditions 179 RealSystem iQ Production Guide though it may have to suspend playback of a group until more data arrives With the syncBehavior attribute you can influence how RealSystem handles these situations Think of these attributes as defensive measures they don t affect how your presentation plays under normal circumstances just how it handles adverse situations The following table describes the attribute values syncBehavior Attribute Values Value Function canSlip RealONE Player can suspend playing this clip as long as necessary until more clip da
154. with your presentation here secondary browsing window y g RealONE Player can display any number of stand alone secondary browsing windows You can display any HTML pages associated with your presentation in secondary browsing windows instead of the main browsing window Tip Because all of the browsing windows within the RealONE Player environment use the viewer s Internet Explorer browser CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks version 4 0 or higher they can display HTML Javascript and ActiveX content For More Information The section Selecting a Browsing Window on page 295 explains the attributes that target the RealONE Player browser windows Links to Streaming Media A hyperlink can also open in the RealONE Player media window targeting an existing SMIL region replacing the current presentation or popping up a new media window Note though that SMIL offers features that you can use in place of hyperlinking For example you can pop up a new window during the course of a presentation by using SMIL layout tags With advanced timing you can start or end a clip when the viewer clicks another clip Neither of these features requires hyperlinks So before you define hyperlinks be sure that you understand the possibilities offered by SMIL For More Information The section Linking to Streaming Media on page 301 lists the attributes and values specific to streaming media links Linked Pop Up Windows vs Secondary Pop Up W
155. would choose it because it is the first viable option Also ensure that the last option satisfies the slowest connection speed you want to support If the last choice is system Bitrate 60000 for example RealONE Players on modems will not play the presentation because its bandwidth requirement is too high The more complex example below shows three sets of clips Each lt par gt tag has a systemBitrate attribute that lists the approximate bandwidth the clips as a whole consume Note that each group uses the same RealText clip but has different RealAudio and RealPix clips created for its bandwidth CHAPTER 17 Switching lt switch gt lt par systemBitrate 225000 gt lt RealONE Players with 225 Kbps or faster connections choose this group gt lt audio src music1 rm gt lt ref src slides1 rp region images gt lt textstream src narration rt region text gt lt par gt lt par systemBitrate 80000 gt lt RealONE Players with connections between 80 and 225 Kbps get this group gt lt audio src music2 rm gt lt ref src slides2 rp region images gt lt textstream src narration rt region text gt lt par gt lt par systemBitrate 20000 gt lt RealONE Players with connections between 20 and 80 Kbps get this group gt lt audio src music3 rm gt lt ref src slides3 rp region images gt lt textstream src narration rt region text gt lt p
156. you define two overlapping regions and one of these regions has two overlapping subregions lt region id regionA z index 1 gt lt region id regionB z index 2 gt lt region id subregionC z index 1 gt lt region id subregionD z index 2 gt lt region gt In this example the subregion z index values of 1 and 2 have no relationship to the region z index values of 1 and 2 As a result region B appears in front of region A because it has a higher z index value Within region B subregion D appears in front of subregion C 219 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Creating a subregion in the layout section is useful if several clips will play in the subregion But you can also create subregions on the fly within the clip source tag See Defining Single Use Subregions on page 220 for more information Defining Single Use Subregions Defining subregions in the SMIL header section is useful if you plan to reuse the subregion for multiple clips If you want to create a subregion for just one clip though you can define the region in the clip source tag lt layout gt lt root layout backgroundColor maroon width 250 height 230 gt lt region id video_region top 5 left 5 width 240 height 180 gt lt layout gt lt video src video rm region video_region height 120 width 180 left 5 top 10 gt In the preceding example the video clip is assigned
157. you encode the clip using just the 6 Kbps codec RealONE Player will have no duress stream to fall back on To encode a RealAudio clip with exactly the codec you want you may need to change the RealAudio default target audience settings You need RealProducer Plus to do this because RealProducer Basic does not allow changes to the default settings Using Interactive Flash Commands Because RealONE Player supports all Flash 3 and Flash 4 commands you can make your presentations interactive by adding buttons and forms In some cases Flash commands work differently in RealONE Player than in the Flash browser plug in This section provides guidelines for using Flash commands with RealONE Player presentations Flash Clip Timeline Commands Flash has several commands you can use to control the Flash clip s timeline In a Flash 3 or 4 clip these commands affect only the Flash clip The presentation and all other clips playing along with the Flash clip continue 82 CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation through their timelines normally In a Flash 2 clip these commands affect all clips playing in RealONE Player Interactive Flash Commands Command Function Play Begins or resumes Flash clip playback Stop Pauses Flash clip until a Play command is issued With a Flash 3 or 4 clip all other clips play normally With a Flash 2 clip all other clips pause Go To and _ Seeks to the designated frame in the Flash clip and pauses
158. you have multiple lt EMBED gt tags linked by a CONSOLE name set LOOP to true in just one tag If you leave LOOP out the default value of false applies and the presentation stops after the first playback The user can play the presentation again by clicking a play button Note The LOOP or NUMLOOP parameters will make an entire SMIL presentation repeat Within a SMIL file you can use the repeatDur and repeatCount attributes to repeat individual clips or groups For more information see Repeating an Element on page 247 411 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Specifying a Number of Loops If you specify a parameter such as NUMLOOP 2 the presentation plays the specified number of times and then stops If you use both LOOP and NUMLOOP the LOOP parameter is ignored Setting Shuffle Play The SHUFFLE parameter is for use only with Ram or SMIL files that list a single sequence of clips When set to true SHUFFLE causes RealONE Player to play the clips in a random order If you use this parameter with LOOP or NUMLOOP each loop may use a different playback order For More Information For information on SMIL sequences see Playing Clips in Sequence on page 175 For more on Ram file sequences see Writing a Ram File on page 420 Laying Out SMIL Presentations As explained in Chapter 11 you can use a SMIL file to define separate playback regions for different parts of a presentation This lets you lay out two clips side
159. 131 smil extension 133 SMIL file as a clip 150 source file viewing 141 specification 127 syntax errors 137 tag format 135 text display 29 timing see timing title author copyright 169 unary tags 137 viewing SMIL source 141 with Web server playback 429 SMIL animation accumulate attribute 356 additive attribute 355 attributeName attribute 346 audio levels 348 begin times 344 by attribute 351 calcMode attribute 353 clip stacking order 348 clips 349 colors 358 discrete values 353 durations 344 examples 341 flowing from point to point 354 freezing 344 from attribute 351 hyperlinks changing coords values 350 scaling in animated regions 349 in clip tags 343 in parallel groups 343 in sequences 343 incremental 355 jumping from point to point 353 linear values 354 motion 359 multiple animation points 352 overview 341 paced values 354 regions 347 repeating 345 repeating and growing 356 root layout 346 selecting attribute to animate 346 setting values instantly 360 simultaneous 345 start and stop values 350 tags 342 targetElement attribute 346 time manipulations 360 timing attributes 344 to attribute 351 transparency 349 values attribute 352 smil extension 133 SMPTE code 318 SND conversion to RealAudio 54 software development kits SDKs 10 soundLevel attribute animating 348 using 218 sourceLevel attribute 306 sour
160. 2 Earlier versions of RealPlayer cannot upgrade themselves so they cannot play all the clips described in this production guide Generally you don t need to be concerned with backward compatibility because most RealPlayer users upgrade to the latest release The following table summarizes which versions of RealPlayer offer which features RealPlayer 4 0 for example plays only RealAudio and RealVideo Supported Features in RealONE Player and Earlier RealPlayer Versions Feature RealONE 8 7 G2 5 4 3 2 1 RealAudio streaming X im a a n n RealVideo streaming X KE KEE KE ce i Flash 2 0 streaming X XE EA E EE ere EERE Flash 3 0 and 4 0 streaming X X se e II I RealPix streaming X XAXI X ea RENEA RealText streaming X X X xX 4 SMIL 1 0 presentations X mM xs Xe l le SMIL 2 0 presentations X EEE e e Plug ins for additional clip types X XEXE e ae Autoupdate X XX les s s ee This table covers only general clip compatibility not codec compatibility The latest version of RealProducer creates RealAudio and RealVideo clips with codecs that RealPlayer 4 and earlier versions cannot play back RealProducer has a compatibility option for RealPlayer 5 making that the earliest version of RealPlayer you can reach with current production methods Protection of Copyrighted Content Unlike a Web browser RealONE Player does not store clips in a disk cache or allow use
161. 242 The clipBegin and clipEnd attributes specify a clip s internal timing marks where playback begins and ends They allow you to display just part of a clip that has an internal timeline such as an audio video or animation clip They have no effect on groups or static clips such as still images though The following example uses clipBegin and clipEnd with a video clip lt video src videol rm clipBegin 10s clipEnd 50s gt Here the clip starts playing at its internal 10 second mark rather than at its encoded beginning It stops when it reaches its 50 second mark having played for a total of 40 seconds Warning Do not use clipBegin and clipEnd for a live broadcast or when delivering clips with a Web server For more information see Limitations on Web Server Playback on page 428 Combining clipBegin and clipEnd with begin and end You can combine clipBegin and clipEnd attributes with begin and end attributes In the following sample a begin time is added to the preceding example lt video src video1 rm clipBegin 10s clipEnd 50s begin 5s gt CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing The begin time delays the clip s normal starting point by 5 seconds When this time elapses the clip starts at its 10 second internal timeline marker and plays for 40 seconds which takes it to the 50 second mark of its internal timeline In this case the clipEnd attribute determines how long the video is active You could also
162. 327 Tiles move in two horizontal zigzags lines headed opposite directions starting from the upper right and lower left corners diagonalBottomLeft Opposite 328 Two tile zigzags move outward in opposite directions from the diagonal line connecting the lower left and upper right corners diagonalTopLeft Opposite 329 Two tile zigzags move outward in opposite directions from the diagonal line connecting the upper left and lower right corners Table Page 3 of 4 Type boxSnakesWipe CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Matrix Wipe Transition Effects continued Subtype twoBoxTop SMPTE Transition Appearance 340 Two lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the upper corners and moving vertically twoBoxBottom 341 Two lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the lower corners and moving vertically twoBoxLeft 342 Two lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the left corners and moving horizontally twoBoxRight fourBoxVertical 343 344 Two lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the right corners and moving horizontally Four lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the four corners and moving vertically fourBoxHorizontal 345 Four lines of tiles spiral inward starting in the four corners and moving horizontally waterfallWipe Fade Push and Slide Transition Effects verticalLeft 350 Tiles cascade vertically from the left
163. 4 or Linking to Streaming Media on page 301 depending on your intended link target Using the lt area gt Tag The lt area gt tag differs from the lt a gt tag in that you place it within the clip source tag rather than around it This means that you must turn unary clip source tags such as lt video gt into binary tags such as lt video gt lt video gt The lt area gt tag typically ends with a closing slash but in some cases you need to use an lt area gt lt area gt tag pair The following is a basic lt area gt tag that links one video clip to a second video clip lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm gt lt video gt 283 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 284 For More Information For more on tag pairs see Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 For an example of when you must use lt area gt and lt area gt see Setting the Context Window Size on page 297 If the lt area gt tag includes no spatial coordinates the entire clip becomes a link making the lt area gt tag function just like the lt a gt tag A clip source tag can include any number of lt area gt tags When you define multiple lt area gt links for a single clip however you need to do one or both of the following Specify temporal coordinates so that each lt area gt link is active at a different time Define spatial coordinates in eac
164. 5 seconds After preroll the presentation should not rebuffer under normal network conditions For More Information See Buffering on page 31 Verify that video and audio quality is acceptable Fora multiclip presentation verify that clips stay synchronized Ensure that no stalling occurs because of too many clips playing at the same time or asingle clip requiring too much bandwidth Make sure that clips 430 CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery introduced during a presentation in progress do not stall playback by requiring too much buffering when they start Make sure that your presentation works well for an average CPU for your audience For general Web delivery test playback on both Pentium and Power Macintosh computers with clock speeds around 300 MHz Tip If your presentation is CPU intensive because it uses complex Flash animation or high bandwidth video for example note this in your Web page When streaming RealAudio clips ensure that sound quality is acceptable You may need to experiment with RealAudio codecs to find the best balance between clip bandwidth use and sound quality Test all hypertext links and interactive functions When embedding a presentation in a Web page verify that the playback window has the correct location and controls Advertising on RealGuide Every day thousands of people visit RealGuide RealNetworks online guide for streaming media sites and live events htt
165. A OE A A TAA 415 The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP ccccccesesseceeseteeeeseneeeeesneeeeees 417 Web Server MIME TYP S rriei a E EE EENT RER O EA 418 Placing Clips on a Serv rnei enire tiria ea eA leet oc AEE ASEE EVENES 419 Understanding Directory Paths and URLS ssssssssssssssssssssrsssesrsssrersssrrnsseees 419 Copying Clips to a Server ccceeeeeee Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File Writing a Ram File secs sees i oree cues ieed E E E E EE O TS Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode sssssssssisssssrsssrisssssssrsesrsrerrssrersss Adding Comments to a Ram File ccccecccccessceeeeseceeenseeeeeesseeeessseeeseaaes Examples of Linking a Web Page to Clips sssssssssssssssssssssisssssssssrsssreersssersss Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer ccccceccsesessscesesseeeeessseeeesseeeeeeaees Linking Your Web Page to RealServer Using Ramgen c cccsecseesessseesenees Listing Alternative Presentations with Ramgen ccccccesseceeseeesssseeeennees Combining Ramgen OPptions ccccceccsccessceeeeseeeeesseeeeeesseeeeesseeeeeeseeeees Limitations on Web Server Playback cccccccccsecesssceesesseesesseeeeeesseeeseeseeees No SureStream Clips Encoded for Multiple Bandwidths No Secure RealAudio and RealVideo Clips ssssssssssssssssssssrsssrsrsssrrssrersssseees Limited Ability to Keep Parallel Clips Synchronized cccceeecseeeeeeeeeeees No Way to Set Image Streaming
166. A RealONE Player with a preference for a language variation will choose either the variation code or the primary code whichever comes first in the lt switch gt group For example a RealONE Player with a preference for Mexican Spanish plays clips designated with es mx or es If a clip with the value es comes first RealPayer does not continue to evaluate options to determine if the es mx option is present A RealONE Player with a preference for a primary language code will not choose clips that use variation codes For example a RealONE Player with a preference for Spanish as spoken in Spain chooses only clips designated 368 CHAPTER 17 Switching with es If the only choices are es mx and es pr for instance this RealONE Player does not choose either option If you have different clips for different language variations list the clip that corresponds to the primary code as the last option as shown here lt switch gt lt audio src mexico rm systemLanguage es mx gt lt audio src puertorico rm systemLanguage es pr gt lt audio src defaultspanish rm systemLanguage es gt lt switch gt In the preceding example RealONE Players with a preference for Mexican Spanish es mx choose the first clip RealONE Players with a preference for Puerto Rican Spanish es pr choose the second clip All other RealONE Players with a preference for any variation of Spanish choose the last clip For instance a RealONE Pl
167. APTER 20 Presentation Delivery e RealONE Player may not offer full screen mode on all operating systems If RealONE Player for a given operating system does not offer full screen mode it plays the presentation at its normal size If RealONE Player offers full screen mode but has not yet played a clip full screen it may first perform a test of this playback mode The double and full screen modes work best for high speed clips They are not recommended for presentations delivered through modems Always test playback when using double and full screen modes to ensure that the visual quality is acceptable Some types of clips may not scale well In full screen mode the viewer can control RealONE Player through a context menu accessed by right clicking on Windows or holding down the mouse button on Macintosh Do not use these options when embedding a presentation in a Web page through a rpm file Adding Comments to a Ram File You can add a comment to a Ram file by using a pound sign as the first character on a line The following example shows two lines commented out of a Ram file Two videos and a SMIL presentation streamed from RealServer rtsp realserver example com media videol rm rtsp realserver example com media video2 rm rtsp realserver example com media sample2 smil Examples of Linking a Web Page to Clips The following sections provide some examples of linking a Web page to clips or a SMIL p
168. AY OULS a a E A A E A a E S 447 Basic Timing and Groups kieroon oaken a ara ATE E ERE AE E E A RS 448 Advanced Timing Hyperlinks Special Effects Advanced Streming rair T E E E EA EEE E E AEAEE 450 Web Page Embedditigi iisdctescsiscitedsistacunisil ed NEE EREA AA EE 450 SMIL TAG REFERENCE 453 SSN eS SITS aaa a a a e E A A ETS 453 Header Tags perm pine niriy nne edits ENE TA r E EA nar Sarpa aE AAi Saroi 453 lt meta Fonie iea n a a iaa Yawn Mb da ea a Ea T EEE 453 lt layo t n s layout a Ea E e ESE a EAS 454 lt transition gt Clip Source Tags Sprefete l r epa ar ae a E AA A E RAE eE R S Group TraGs oxi sie sexs o a a a E E ttle peed A ee EAN SSE ANSSET pa E E E E E E E ede aaay 462 SDA in DAN ath at ea E E A E AG essa E ES 463 Sexe SiS exea bs sian gets cea Mba a dad Dos aves a e a EE 464 lt Switch gt 33 lt SWItGh gt ccatelinarisitatelinwe Ionia A tal I E acces EE E nets dele 466 Hyperlink Tags RAPES Amtech sel aipua lose E E ae este eevee ete E EA EE veaaaeis 468 ANCA ost cS es AE TE nds esac bene Vania chant edt anes A AA EE aeeaetee 468 AMIMACOR AGS science tk teh deel AA ON tice co et E O alta contre Made tes dun otal Sal 470 SAMIMACE Ps aaa aa e E Aaaa EAT O AEE EAEE EE EEN 470 San timate OOF a er teat EE a E e a a a aa a aa taea ansaan 471 eE E INAKO aT e11 V EAA A E E TES 472 Se a ats merch raters a ec titans a aa an a 474 D SMIL COLOR VALUES Specifying RGB G l r Values sisisi ine e ee e
169. Chapter 7 89 90 RealSystem iQ Production Guide CHAPTER 6 REALTEXT MARKUP With RealText you can create timed text presentations that can stream alone or in combination with other media such as audio or video This makes RealText a handy means for adding text to SMIL presentations Because RealText creates timed text you can use it to add subtitles to a video for example or to provide closed captioning For More Information Appendix E beginning on page 479 provides a quick reference to RealText tags and attributes Understanding RealText Using any text editor you can create a RealText clip in a text file that uses the file extension rt The file includes the text you want to display as well as the RealText markup that describes how to display and time the text Like a RealVideo or Flash clip a RealText clip has a height and width as well as an intrinsic duration from a few seconds to several hours The following are some of the features that RealText provides e Font size and color control The RealText markup lets you create text in many different fonts sizes and colors Timing control RealText timing commands control when each paragraph sentence word or letter appears You might display a new sentence every few seconds as in a video subtitle Or you could make letters appear one at a time as if they were being typed across the screen 91 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Flowing text Wit
170. Cli RealPix Clip Presentation Timeline RealText Clip RealAudio Clip Timeline Considerations When you assemble a streaming media presentation you can manipulate various aspects of clip timelines Clips with Internal Timelines Audio video and animation have internal timelines In a 10 minute video for instance each frame corresponds to a specific point in a 10 minute timeline Each second of audio meshes with each second of the image throughout the 37 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 38 clip s overall timeline Your video audio or animation software is your main tool for manipulating the clip s timeline which is woven into the fabric of the clip Clips with Variable Timelines With RealPix or RealText you use the markup language to control when each image or text block appears and how long it lasts When combining clips it s typically easier to produce audio video or animation first Then set the RealPix and RealText timelines to coordinate with those clips SMIL Timing Commands A SMIL file can include its own timing elements Timing a presentation with SMIL can be as simple as having one clip start as soon as another one stops But you can also use commands to delay playback for 10 seconds for example or to have a clip start playing 30 seconds into its internal timeline SMIL s timing commands are optional but they give you the flexibility you may need for some presentations For More Information
171. Diagonal BottomLeft 246 Two radial hands attached at the lower left and upper right corners sweep down and up saloonDoorWipe top 251 Two radial hands attached at the upper left and upper right corners sweep down left 252 Two radial hands attached at the upper left and lower left corners sweep to the right bottom 253 Two radial hands attached at the lower left and lower right corners sweep up right 254 Two radial hands attached at the upper right and lower right corners sweep to the left Table Page 3 of 4 325 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Type Clock Wipe Transition Effects continued Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance windshieldWipe right 261 Two radial hands attached at the midpoints of the top and bottom halves sweep from right to left up 262 Two radial hands attached at the midpoints of the left and right halves sweep from top to bottom vertical 263 Two sets of radial hands attached at the midpoints of the top and bottom halves sweep from top to bottom and bottom to top horizontal Matrix Wipe Transition Effects 264 Two sets of radial hands attached at the midpoints of the left and right halves sweep from left to right and right to left Table Page 4 of 4 The matrix wipe family includes transition effects in which a clip is revealed by a series of sequential tiles that follow a pattern
172. EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 300 HEIGHT 134 gt To embed a single video for example the rpm file simply contains a local file URL to the clip the file protocol designation is required file video rm 398 CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding Delivering Your Presentation When you are ready to deliver your presentation to your audience move your files to their respective servers and change the URLs in your files Keeping the rpm File and the Web Page Together If you plan to keep the rpm file with the Web page you do not need to change the SRC values in your lt EMBED gt tags You can simply transfer your rpm file and your Web page to the same directory on your Web server Putting the rpm File and the Web Page in Different Locations If you move the rpm file to a different directory than that Web page link each lt EMBED gt tag s SRC parameter to the rpm file with a full HTTP URL SRC http www example com media sample rpm Linking to Streaming Clips No matter where you put your rpm file and your clips modify the rpm file to give the fully qualified URL to the embedded clip or SMIL file If the clip or SMIL file is on a Web server use an HTTP URL If the clip or SMIL file is on RealServer use an RTSP URL Tip Always use a full URL in the rpm file even if all files and clips are in the same directory on a Web server RealONE Player uses the rpm file to locate the clip or presentation Without a fu
173. IL presentation on your local computer will help you catch SMIL syntax errors it does not guarantee that prefetching is achieving the results you desire When you use lt prefetch gt test your presentation by streaming it over a network at your target connection s bandwidth by dialing in on a 56 Kbps modem for example Prefetching Examples The following examples show different ways to use prefetching Displaying an Image Until Prefetching Completes In the following example standby gif is a small image file that asks the viewer to wait while the presentation loads The endsync attribute that targets the lt prefetch gt tag makes the image display until the video prefetching has completed The lt prefetch gt tag s begin time gives 100 of the available bandwidth to the GIF download for five seconds After that the prefetching takes almost all of the usable bandwidth lt seq gt lt Segment 1 Standby gt lt par endsync id fetchvid gt lt img src http www example com standby gif fill freeze region main gt lt prefetch src rtsp realserver example com video rm id fetchvid bandwidth 95 mediaTime 15s begin 5s gt 390 CHAPTER 18 Prefetching lt par gt lt Segment 2 Play video gt lt video src rtsp realserver example com video rm region main gt lt seq gt Prefetching and Caching an Image The section Caching Clips on RealONE
174. MIL file Recording Video Read this section carefully if you intend to shoot a new video rather than use existing video content Because video loses image quality if it s highly compressed always start with the best video source available For More Information For pointers on recording audio see Capturing Audio on page 50 Source Media Quality Whether you shoot a video yourself or digitize existing material start with a high quality video media The following are common video formats listed in order of descending quality 1 Betacam SP also known simply as Beta This format is common among video production professionals 2 DV miniDV DVCam or DVCPro 3 Super VHS S VHS or HI 8mm 4 VHS 8mm Video Staging Consider the video s final frame size before you shoot the first frame Streaming over 28 8 Kbps modems requires a small video window so you need to frame important visual elements well For recommended clip dimensions see RealVideo Frame Rates on page 59 66 CHAPTER 4 Video Production Scene Changes and Movement The fewer things that change from frame to frame the sharper the image will appear in a low bandwidth video You can do the following to cut down on unnecessary movement Use a mounted camera rather than hand held one This greatly reduces the movement you inadvertently introduce into the scene when recording Don t have a rapidly moving object fill the entire frame But
175. NE Player has to reserve memory for that clip data for 15 388 CHAPTER 18 Prefetching minutes and that memory may be more effectively used for rendering the clips that do play during that time span Using constant bit rate encoding CBR or variable bit rate encoding VBR with a RealVideo clip does not affect prefetching other than that VBR clips typically have a longer preroll than CBR clips For more on VBR see Variable Bit Rate Encoding on page 73 as well as your RealProducer documentation e Because of its low bandwidth requirements RealText makes an ideal clip to display as you prefetch data for high bandwidth clips such as RealAudio and RealVideo See Chapter 6 for more information about RealText Flash animation which is described in Chapter 5 can also stream effectively at low bandwidths to mask prefetching Prefetch URLs You can use a lt meta name base content URL gt tag with prefetching to set the base URL for all clips See Creating a Base URL on page 152 for more information e Because RealONE Player matches prefetched data to clips based on URLs you generally should not use prefetching when URLs are dynamically generated and may change An example of this is a banner ad in which the URL changes each time the ad is requested from an ad server Prefetching is compatible with the CHTTP caching protocol For an example that demonstrates these two features see Prefetching and Caching an
176. New Zealand en za English South Africa 487 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Code Language en tt English Trinidad en us English United States et Estonian fo Faeroese fi Finnish fr be French Belgian fr ca French Canadian fr lu French Luxembourg fr French Standard fr ch French Swiss de at German Austrian de li German Liechtenstein de lu German Luxembourg de German Standard de ch German Swiss el Greek he Hebrew hu Hungarian is Icelandic in Indonesian it Italian Standard it ch Italian Swiss ja Japanese ko Korean ko Korean Johab lv Latvian lt Lithuanian no Norwegian pl Polish pt br Portuguese Brazilian pt Portuguese Standard ro Romanian 488 Code Language sr Serbian sk Slovak sl Slovenian es ar Spanish Argentina es bo Spanish Bolivia es cl Spanish Chile es co Spanish Colombia es cr Spanish Costa Rica es do Spanish Dominican Republic es ec Spanish Ecuador es sv Spanish El Salvador es gt Spanish Guatemala es hn Spanish Honduras es mx Spanish Mexican es ni Spanish Nicaragua es pa Spanish Panama es py Spanish Paraguay es pe Spanish Peru es pr Spanish Puerto Rico es Spanish Spain es uy Spanish Uruguay es ve Spanish Venezuela sv Swedish sv fi Swedish Finlan
177. ONE Player from determining how long the entire group lasts For More Information For instructions on using the fill attribute See Setting a Fill on page 251 Ending a Group ona Specific Clip By default a lt par gt or lt excl gt group ends when all elements in the group finish playing You can modify this behavior with the endsync attribute Suppose a long clip of background music plays in parallel with a shorter RealText clip 245 246 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using endsync you can stop the group when the RealText clip finishes cutting off the background music once the text has displayed The endsync attribute has no effect in lt seq gt tags or clip source tags The following table lists the endsync values endsync Attribute Values Value Function Reference Tirst Ends the group when the first clip finishes page 246 id ID Ends the group when a specific clip finishes page 246 last Ends the group when the last clip finishes This is the default page 246 Stopping the Group After the Last Clip Finishes The attribute endsync last is the default value It causes the group to conclude when the last clip in the group stops playback Note that last refers to playback times and not the order that clips are listed in the group Because this is the default value you can omit the endsync attribute from the group tag to achieve this effect Stopping the Group After the First Clip Fini
178. PTER 11 Layout and bottom are measured from the containing region s boundaries The subregion always falls completely within the containing region For More Information See Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 for background information on converting a single lt region gt tag to its binary equivalent Tips for Defining Subregions A region can hold any number of subregions Subregions can be nested A subregion can have a subregion of its own for example All subregions must have unique IDs A subregion cannot have the same ID as another region or subregion A subregion can take any lt region gt tag attribute and it does not automatically inherit any attributes from the containing region For example if you use fit fill in the containing region and do not specify fit in the subregion the subregion uses the default fit hidden rather than fit fill A subregion can have a background color the same as or different from its containing region To keep the subregion the same color as the containing region use backgroundColor inherit See Adding Background Colors on page 215 for more on colors Because subregions always appear in front of their containing region it is not necessary to set subregion z index values unless multiple subregions within the containing region overlap In this case the subregion z index values apply only to the subregions within the containing region For example suppose
179. Playing Clips in Parallel on page 177 for more information exclusive groups In an exclusive group only one clip plays at a time This type of group is typically created for interactive presentations For example a presentation may include several buttons each of which selects a different video Depending on which button the viewer clicks a different clip from the 173 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 174 group is selected An exclusive group is created between lt excl gt and lt excl gt tags The section Creating an Exclusive Group on page 186 explains exclusive groups Groups Within Groups One of the powerful features of SMIL is the ability to nest groups within groups You can combine lt seq gt and lt par gt tags as needed to create any type of presentation for example The organization of these tags greatly affects the presentation playback though and you need to be careful when creating nested groups within a large presentation In the following example clip 1 plays first When it finishes clip 2 and clip 3 play together When both clip 2 and clip 3 have finished playing clip 4 plays lt seq gt clip 1 lt par gt clip 2 clip 3 lt par gt clip 4 lt seq gt You get very different results though if you switch the lt seq gt and lt par gt groupings In the next example clips 1 2 and 4 all begin at the same time When clip 2 finishes clip 3 starts lt par gt clip 1 lt seq gt clip
180. Q Production Guide Using the Normal Play Time Format The normal play time format for SMIL timing is suited for long complex timing values such as specifying one hour fourteen minutes 36 and 1 2 seconds The normal play time format values use the following syntax hh mm ss xy where e hh is hours mm is minutes e ss is seconds x is tenths of seconds e y is hundredths of seconds Only the ss field is required When the time value does not include a decimal point the last field is read as the seconds For example 1 30 means 1 minute and 30 seconds whereas 1 30 00 means 1 hour and 30 minutes Note that all of the following values are equivalent to 90 minutes begin 1 30 00 0 begin 90 00 begin 5400 Setting Begin and End Times 240 The begin and end attributes affect when an element starts or stops respectively This section explains how to use begin and end with the basic SMIL timing values Chapter 13 describes advanced timing values that you can use with begin and end to add interactivity to a presentation Using a Begin Time with a Clip Using the begin attribute you can vary the point at which a clip starts to play back within the presentation timeline lt video src videol rm begin 20 5s gt Were the preceding clip in a lt par gt or lt excl gt group it would start playing at 20 5 seconds after the group became active The begin attribute thereby lets you stagger the starting times of
181. R 6 RealText Markup RealText clips in which text does not scroll or crawl across the screen In these clips RealONE Player displays all text as quickly as it can if you do not time the text with lt time gt tag The lt time gt tag can have two attributes begin and end You can use one or both attributes in each lt time gt tag Each attribute specifies a time when the text appears or disappears respectively As with the lt window gt tag s duration attribute a lt time gt tag specifies a time in the normal play time format lt time begin hh mmiss xy gt lt time end hh mmi ss xy gt In the following sample text block the first phrase appears at the start of the RealText presentation The subsequent text blocks appear at three seconds into the timeline and six seconds into the timeline respectively Mary had a little lamb lt time begin 3 gt little lamb lt time begin 6 gt little lamb For More Information See Using the Normal Play Time Format on page 240 for more on lt begin gt tag timing values Using an End Time Text with an end time is erased when the specified end value is reached Otherwise it stays active until the presentation ends or the entire window is erased with lt clear gt In the following example text blocks begin at different times but all end at the same time Note that just as with a begin time an end time must appear before the text block in the file lt time
182. RGB Color Values Any SMIL color attribute accepts a red green blue RGB value as shown in the following example backgroundColor rgb 128 56 10 Tip Spaces between the color values is OK so rgb 128 56 10 works too Using Standard RGB Color Values In the RGB color scheme there are 256 possible values for each of the red green and blue components of a color pixel on a computer screen In RGB notation each color value ranges from 0 no color to 255 full color A full color value combines a red a green and a blue value Here are a few examples of RGB color values e rgb 0 0 0 is black 475 RealSystem iQ Production Guide rgb 255 0 0 is bright red e rgb 255 255 0 is bright yellow rgb 0 0 255 is bright blue e rgb 255 255 255 is white Specifying RGB Percentages SMIL also supports percentage values for RGB coordinates in which 0 corresponds to the value 0 and 100 corresponds to the value 255 Here is an example that is equivalent to rgb 25 191 103 backgroundColor rgb 10 75 40 5 Tip Decimal values are acceptable for percentages In all cases RealONE Player converts the percentage values to their closest RGB equivalents Defining Hexadecimal Color Values You can specify any RGB color with a hexadecimal base 16 value and a leading pound sign as shown in the following example backgroundColor 34F9A8 Hexadecimal numbering uses the digits 0 through 9 along with the
183. RealText clip based on the other attributes you include in the lt window gt tag e scrollingnews A scrollingnews window scrolls text upward at a specified rate for the entire presentation The text initially appears at the top of the window e teleprompter A teleprompter window fills the display area with text starting at the top of the screen As more timed text displays the new text appears at the bottom of the screen and pushes older text up The text does not scroll smoothly as in a scrollingnews window though e marquee In a marquee window text crawls from right to left and can loop Text is centered vertically within the window e tickertape A tickertape windiw is like a marquee window but text displays at the window s top or bottom edge rather than in the center Window Type Default Values Each window type sets a number of default values for the RealText clip The following table lists the attribute default values that differ based on the choice of window type Keep in mind that you can change any default value for any window type through the lt window gt tag If you want a marquee window to be 320 pixels wide instead of 500 pixels for example you add width 320 to the lt window gt tag to override the window type s default width value Default Values for RealText Window Types Value generic scrollingnews teleprompter marquee tickertape width in pixels page 96 320 320 320 500 500 height in pixel
184. SMIL Requesting a Presentation from RealServer Using Ramgen je Web Browser 1 HTTP 2 HTTP re 3 RTSP 2 4 RTSP E eccecede RealPlayer RealServer 1 Using HTTP the Web browser requests the SMIL file from RealServer The URL includes a parameter that invokes Ramgen 2 RealServer s response causes the Web browser to launch RealONE Player as a helper application and to give it the URL to the SMIL file 3 RealONE Player requests the SMIL file from RealServer using RTSP 4 With the information in the SMIL file RealONE Player requests and receives the streaming media clips 425 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Linking Your Web Page to RealServer Using Ramgen With your clips on RealServer link your Web page to the SMIL file by using an HTML hypertext link that looks like the following lt a href http realserver example com 8080 ramgen media sample smil gt lt a gt If the presentation plays back directly in the Web page the URL occurs within an lt EMBED gt tag and looks like this SRC http realserver example com 8080 ramgen media sample smil embed In these examples the ramgen parameter causes the Web browser to launch RealONE Player without the use of a separate Ram file This parameter designates a virtual directory in RealServer and can be followed in the URL by actual directory listings The following table describes the components of these URLs Contact your RealServer admin
185. Sets the region height page 208 percentage id name none Creates a target ID for assigning clips page 207 to the region left auto pixels auto Sets the offset from the window s left page 208 percentage side rn opacity percentage 100 Reduces background opacity page 216 regionName name none Provides a name for certain features page 207 right auto pixels auto Sets the offset from the window s page 208 percentage right side showBackground always whenActive always Determines when the background page 216 color appears soundLevel percentage 100 Cuts or boosts a clip s audio volume page 218 top auto pixels auto Sets the offset from the top of the page 208 percentage window width auto pixels auto Defines the region width page 208 percentage z index number 0 Sets the stacking order when the page 214 region overlaps another region Example The following example defines both a region and a subregion 456 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference lt layout gt lt root layout gt lt region id video top 5 left 5 width 240 height 180 z index 3 backgroundColor blue showBackground whenActive gt lt region id logo bottom 10 right 15 fit fill gt lt region gt lt layout gt lt regPoint gt Between the lt layout gt and lt layout gt tags lt regPoint gt tags define registration points that determine where and how clips are placed in regions The id attri
186. Some video editing programs save digitized video ina proprietary format that RealProducer cannot read However these programs typically let you export the video to a common format that RealProducer accepts such as AVI QuickTime or MPEG Tip You can purchase hardware and software for capturing and editing audio or video from RealStore at http www realstore com What digitized audio and video formats does RealProducer accept as input RealProducer accepts many common audio and video formats These may vary by operating system though RealProducer on Macintosh accepts the formats widely used on the Macintosh such as QuickTime whereas RealProducer on Windows or Unix supports the formats widely used on those operating systems Check the RealProducer manual for your operating system for a list of accepted formats Information is also available at the following Web page http www realnetworks com products producer freevsplus html 436 APPENDIX A Basic Questions Where can I get RealProducer RealNetworks makes versions of RealProducer for Windows 95 98 NT 2000 Macintosh and Linux You can download the free version or purchase RealProducer Plus at RealNetworks Web site http www realnetworks com products index html How do create a streaming slideshow from still images Using RealSlideshow s graphical interface you can create streaming RealPix presentations from still images You can even add a soundtrack or record
187. Speeds ccccccessceeesseeeeeeseeeeeseeeeenees RealPix Presentations Require Clip Size Information 0 ccececseeseseeeeeees SMILE Oe Oma lt cnet anal tear e a tee lida a E de ha A cated SMIL Internal Timing Commands Do Not Wortk 0 ccccccceeseeesesseeeeeeees No Presentation Seeking No RTSP URLs Contents RealSystem iQ Production Guide No Live Broad Casting pairi oiean soskicen tank eccavaek Sen Ee oteetendeveh cous AEA ES 430 Testing VOUr Presentat OMmisr erene tote detached Eea E E EEEa EEE tendpib uebantnnte ess 430 Advertising ow RealGuide nare e e deh e E E ees 431 Using RealNetworks LOgOS sssssssssssssssssssssrssssitsssrtssrersssenrssrenrnneernsseennnneenn 432 PART VIII APPENDIXES A B C xviii BASIC QUESTIONS Creating Streaming Clips Getting Production Tools Using SUreStrea nites seat uote e e A E E e R A AE Writing SMILE ieSe eser resse in eNi e T E A AE bette AA OR EARE Steaming CUPS as cats Metectec nse dela le Metts ene ticle tanith ies dinate h ait dotdude AVCVEPEISII Soi 2s ceeci 24 cz sees tccspechan A A E cies s Secvecedcsrecsicn Broadcasting San tect ah tec Oe arctica te terest acai We EOE A E ds Ne Getting Technical SUpportssrsdsene riino nE aavecestessneed E NE y 444 PRODUCTION TASKS 445 Basic SMIL lssu S muinin gia g a A A ER S sdveleaseds sens 445 Clipsand URLS asta Miia Miia a a E a a A E E es 446 Colors atid Transparency en aiik eiere aies ae E EEE EET E i 446 L
188. System Production Guide Available at http service real com help library encoders html it explains how to use JavaScript or VBScript to control RealPlayer functions for a presentation embedded in a Web page RealSystem Authoring Kit The authoring kit contains production tools and manuals in a single convenient bundle You can obtain the kit by registering at http www realnetworks com products authkit index html Software Development Kits SDKs RealNetworks offers SDKs for RealServer RealPlayer and RealProducer Designed for programmers SDKs help you integrate applications with RealSystem or create new plug ins for RealServer and RealPlayer You can get SDKs by registering at http www realnetworks com devzone downlds index html Technical Support To reach RealNetworks Technical Support please fill out the form at Introduction http customerrelations real com scripts rnforms contact_tech_service asp The information you provide in this form will help Technical Support personnel respond promptly For general information about RealNetworks Technical Support visit this Web page http service real com help call html 11 12 RealSystem iQ Production Guide PART GETTING STARTED WITH STREAMING MEDIA Whether you are new to streaming media or an old hand this section will get you started with the latest RealSystem technology Chapter 1 describes the many changes in this version of RealSystem whi
189. System iQ Production Guide B backgroundColor attribute animating 347 349 clip source tag 220 regions 215 see also regions backgroundOpacity attribute animating 349 using 158 backward compatibility RealONE Player clip support 29 through Ram file 421 through Ramgen 427 bandwidth clip characteristics Flash 76 images 146 RealAudio 44 RealPix 34 RealText 93 RealVideo 57 SMIL 34 leaving for other processes 33 multiclip presentations 33 negotiation 35 network connection speeds 32 overview 31 preroll 32 rebuffering 32 repeating clips 250 SMIL switching 370 SureStream clips 35 371 switching 371 timeline considerations 38 bandwidth attribute 385 begin attribute in clips 240 in groups 241 in hyperlinks 284 beginEvent value 267 Betacam video 66 bit rate see bandwidth bitrate parameter 147 borderColor attribute 334 borderWidth attribute 334 bottom attribute 498 lt region gt tag 208 lt regPoint gt tag 224 animating 347 349 clip source tag 220 broadcasting audio volumes 52 RealGuide listings 431 RealText 94 stream synchronization 274 lt brush gt tag 148 by attribute 351 cable modem bandwidth targets 32 cable shielding 51 caching authoring example 155 cache directory 156 cache size 156 CHTTP protocol 154 control commands 155 expiration rules 156 overriding 156 requirements 154 calcMode attribute 353 camel case 136 captions filler clip 380 R
190. The simplest but most limited way to specify a color is to use a predefined color name as shown in the following example backgroundColor blue SMIL 2 0 CSS2 and HTML 4 0 all support the same 16 predefined color names which are listed in the following table Each color name s hexadecimal and RGB color value is included as reference but you specify only the name when defining the color white silver gray black FFFFFF COCOCO 808080 000000 rgb 255 255 255 rgb 192 192 192 rgb 128 128 128 rgb 0 0 0 yellow fuchsia red maroon FFFFOO FF00FF FF0000 800000 rgb 255 255 0 rgb 255 0 255 rgb 255 0 0 rgb 128 0 0 lime olive green purple 00FF00 808000 008000 800080 rgb 0 255 0 rgb 128 128 0 rgb 0 128 0 rgb 128 0 128 aqua teal blue navy 00FFFF 008080 0000FF 000080 rgb 0 255 255 rgb 0 128 128 rgb 0 0 255 rgb 0 0 128 477 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Tips for Defining Color Values Both the RGB and hexadecimal color schemes let you define the same colors Use whichever method you prefer Illustration programs typically define colors uisng the RGB scheme while the hexadecimal scheme is common to HTML markup programs Many newer programs support both schemes though and let you convert easily between them Web resources are also available to convert an RGB value to hexadecimal and vice versa e You can mix color names RGB values and hexadecimal values within a SMIL file using
191. Tips for Defining Clip Information ccccccceec cece eeeesseeeeesseeeseeneeeeenaaes 168 Defining Information for the SMIL Presentation cccccceeseeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeees 169 Managing Presentation Information c0cccccccceesseceeseseeeeeeseeeesseeeeeensaees Adding Accessibility Information 0 Including an Alternate Clip Description Using a Long Descriptions rsss leceecssdecceuslotdeclsc teases siete E uae cnee tices Setting th Clip Read Ordetsesccss se eorne teian Gees ie esterase bcos 10 GROUPS 173 Understanding Groups oee aea eA EA apts AN idea Sect asedeseadsenectileseeseates 173 Groups Within Groups asesir oii aieia r eae arenar aenar Sa aani 174 Playing ClipsinSequetteennnennen ivesk i iea Ai a e iE 175 Creating Sequences Without lt seq gt Tags ssssssssssrssrsrsrsrrisssrrrsserrsssrersss 176 Tips for Creating Sequences Playing Clips in P rallelanirnnahin annii arii reint Tips for Creating Parallel Groups ssssssssssssssssssssisssrersssresssresssresrsseesssseensnt Synchronizing Playback in Parallel Group cccceecssceeeseceessseeeeesseeeenneees Creating an Independent Timeline cccccceecccesseeeceseceessseeseesseeeenseees Setting the Synchronization Behavior c cccecceeesseceeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeea Specifying Synchronization Behavior Default Values c0 ceeceeseeeeeeees Loosening the Synchronization for Locked Elements cc ccesseeee
192. U attribute systemCPU Attribute Values Attribute Value Computer Processor Selected alpha Compaq Alpha processor arm Unix based server processor arm32 Unix based server processor hppa1 1 Hewlett Packard Unix based server processor Table Page 1 of 2 373 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 374 systemCPU Attribute Values continued Attribute Value Computer Processor Selected m68k pre PowerPC Macintosh mips Unix based server processor ppc PowerPC Macintosh and Linux rs6000 IBM Unix based server processor unknown unknown processor type vax DEC VAX running VMS or Unix x86 Intel chip set for Windows and Linux PCs and servers Table Page 2 of 2 Note The preceding table lists all systemCPU attribute values defined for SMIL This does not mean however that RealONE Player is available for each hardware platform Switching for Operating System The systemOperatingSystem attribute lets you switch clips based on the operating system running on the RealONE Player computer This attribute does not discriminate between various versions of an operating system however The following table lists the values for systemOperatingSystem The last column indicates if a version of RealONE Player is available for that operating system Note however that RealONE Player availability is subject to change systemOperatingSystem Attribute Values RealONE Attribute Value Ope
193. Using the lt area gt tag for all hyperlinks is recommended but the lt a gt tag is also available to provide basic linking functions For More Information The two sections Creating a Simple Link on page 283 and Using the lt area gt Tag on page 283 provide the basic instructions for using the two link tags Links to HTML Pages Your SMIL file can link to HTML pages that open in the RealONE Player environment Windows only or the viewer s default browser The RealONE Player environment offers three types of browsing windows in addition to the viewer s default browser as illustrated in the following figure 279 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 280 Media and Browsing Windows in the RealONE Player secondary browsing window context window media window main browsing window media window The media window plays clips and SMIL presentations only It does not display HTML page content context window The context window can display HTML pages that supplement media clips with title and copyright information for example This window appears only if you explicitly open an HTML page in it through a specially configured URL main browsing window The main browsing window can attach to or detach from the media and context windows When attached it appears below the media and context windows Detached it functions as a stand alone window You can display any HTML page associated
194. Video Production Read this chapter to learn how to capture high quality video content and optimize it for conversion to streaming RealVideo clips Chapter 5 Flash Animation Using Macromedia s Flash you can produce dazzling animated presentations This chapter explains how to stream Flash clips with RealSystem Chapter 6 RealText Markup With RealText you can create text that displays at different times in your presentation This is a great way to provide video credits and subtitles for example Part Ill Learning SMIL SMIL is the heart of streaming media letting you pull together simple or highly complex presentations Read the following chapters to get started Chapter 7 SMIL Basics After you create your multimedia clips you write a SMIL file that pulls the entire presentation together This chapter explains the basic structure and syntax of a SMIL file Chapter 8 Clip Source Tags This chapter explains how to add clips to a SMIL presentation explaining the various streaming and download protocols such as RTSP and HTTP Part IV Organizing a Presentation When you stream multiple clips you use SMIL to group your clips and lay out the presentation The following chapters explain how to organize your media Chapter 9 Presentation Information This chapter demonstrates how to add presentation information to a SMIL file to enhance the playback experience and aid viewer accessibility Introduction Chapter 10 Groups
195. Video uses RealAudio to encode a video s soundtrack a chunk of the clip s bandwidth first goes toward the audio The visual track is then squeezed into the bandwidth that s left For 28 8 Kbps modems for example RealVideo clips stream at 20 Kbps leaving 8 8 Kbps of modem bandwidth for overhead How much bandwidth the visual track gets depends on how the audio is encoded With a 5 Kbps RealAudio voice codec for the soundtrack the visual track gets 15 Kbps With an 11 Kbps music codec though the visual track gets just 9 Kbps 57 58 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Possible Audio and Visual Tracks in a 20 Kbps RealVideo Clip 28 8 Kbps 8 8 K 8 8 K At low bandwidths how you encode the soundtrack can affect how the visual track looks RealAudio music codecs typically consume more bandwidth than do voice codecs Music s greater frequency range requires more data than does speech so a music soundtrack consumes more bandwidth than a spoken one A video with an audio narration might therefore look better than one accompanied by music as there would be more bandwidth available for the visual track At higher streaming speeds the soundtrack uses proportionally less of the clip s bandwidth so differences in soundtrack encoding affect visual quality less At speeds above 100 Kbps you get high quality sound that uses no more than a quarter of the clip s streaming bandwidth The following table lists the standard RealVideo target
196. You can use a values list to animate colors List either color names or color codes as in values blue green 3FD233 rgb 255 12 192 A list with only two values is equivalent to using the from and to attributes For example values 58 150 functions the same as from 58 and to 150 Controlling How an Animation Flows The calcMode attribute which works with the values to and by attributes controls how the animation flows from point to point It has three possible values as described in the following table calcMode Attribute Values Value Function Reference discrete Makes the animated element jump from value to value page 353 linear Causes the animated element to flow smoothly from value to page 354 value with the movement from each value taking an equal amount of time This is the default value for lt animate gt and lt animateColor gt paced Makes the animated element flow smoothly from value to page 354 value with the movement evenly paced throughout the entire animation With to and by this functions the same as linear This is the default value for lt animateMotion gt Jumping from Value to Value The discrete value for calcMode causes the animation to jump from point to point in the values list For example the following tag animates a region s width to four values over the course of eight seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 8s
197. a narration for each image You can download RealSlideshow from this Web address http www realnetworks com products index html You can also create RealPix presentations by hand with the RealPix markup language which is described in RealPix Authoring Guide available at this Web page http service real com help library encoders html How do create streaming Flash animation You create animation with Macromedia Flash You can develop animations with Flash 2 3 or 4 Chapter 5 provides tips for making Flash animation stream well with RealSystem It doesn t explain how to create Flash animations however You can learn more about Flash at from Macromedia s Web site http www macromedia com software flash What s the RealSystem Authoring Kit The RealSystem Authoring Kit bundles several RealNetworks tools and manuals into one archive that you can download This gives you one source for the basic tools and information you need to create streaming media clips The Authoring Kit is available free at http www realnetworks com products authkit 437 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using SureStream SureStream provides advanced streaming technology for RealSystem For more information about SureStream read SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo on page 35 What is SureStream SureStream is a technology that lets a single RealAudio or RealVideo clip stream at different bit rates It does this by bundling into a
198. a corresponding end tag For example the lt body gt tag has the end tag lt body gt When a tag has no corresponding end tag it is called a unary tag and it must close with a forward slash as shown in this example lt audio src first rm gt Warning Omitting a closing slash where it s needed or adding it where it s not required is one of the easiest ways to create an error in a SMIL file Take care always to include a closing slash with a unary tag and to leave it out of the first tag in a binary pair Changing a Unary Tag to a Binary Tag Several SMIL tags can be either binary or unary depending on how they operate For example a unary lt video gt tag plays a video clip lt video specifies a video to play and closes with a forward slash gt However you can also include a hyperlink with lt video gt tag to link the clip to another clip or a Web page To do this you change the lt video gt tag from unary to binary so that it can enclose an lt area gt tag as shown here lt video specifies a video to play and uses an end tag gt lt area defines an image map and closes with a forward slash gt lt video gt This manual tells you which tags can be both unary and binary and explains the circumstances under which you use the unary or binary version SMIL Recommendations Although not strict rules the following recommendations will help you keep your SMIL markup organized and under
199. a mixing desk a compressor and a sound card For each piece of equipment set levels as close as possible to 0 decibels without going over that level Check for signal distortion at each point in the signal chain Perform several test runs and make sure that there are no peaks above maximum amplitude Adjust the levels on your sound card mixer so that the input approaches but 51 RealSystem iQ Production Guide does not exceed the maximum Be conservative though Levels might suddenly increase if for instance an interviewee suddenly speaks loudly or a crowd at a sports event roars Volume Levels for Live Broadcasts When broadcasting live audio streams it is useful to have a dynamics compressor for gain compression not data compression This piece of audio equipment automatically adjusts the volume level By providing a consistent volume level it allows you to set and forget the input levels to RealProducer Sampling Rates Try to capture sound with a sampling width of 16 bits RealAudio codecs have different sampling rates that produce the best sound however If your sound card allows it capture audio content at the optimum sampling rate for the codec you intend to use The RealAudio encoder will convert the file to the optimum rate if necessary but this is recommended only for static files For live broadcasts use a sound card that supports the optimum rate This avoids the overhead entailed in converting the rate while
200. a playback state 301 named media windows 303 new media windows 302 replacing a clip 301 SMIL id link 304 SMIL regions 303 timeline offsets 305 tabbing order 294 target attribute 299 303 timed links 284 URLs 290 Web page browser pop up location 300 context window 297 see also context window default browser 297 frame targets 299 HTML anchors 300 main browser window 296 named windows 299 opening after a clip plays 310 opening while a clip plays 310 zoomlevel attribute 307 see also clip source tags id attributes case sensitivity 138 clip source tags 146 first characters 139 length 139 K spaces in 139 uniqueness 138 images caching 154 durations 245 257 GIF or PNG transparency override 162 in SMIL 28 reliable transmission 148 slow streaming example 147 streaming speed 146 supported formats 28 see also RealPix lt img gt tag 145 inBoundsEvent value 270 inline switching 365 interlaced video 72 inverse telecine filter 72 iris wipes 321 ISDN bandwidth targets 32 ISPs and RealServer 24 JavaScript with RealONE Player 10 JPEG see images keystroke activation for clip timing 271 for hyperlinks 291 LAN bandwidth use lowering 33 maximum 32 language choices codes 487 setting 367 laying out presentations embedded playback 412 with HTML 413 with SMIL in RealONE Player 195 in Web page 412 see also regions 206 layout examples 229 left attribute lt region
201. a to fetch based on page 387 clip size Overrides mediaTime mediaTime time_value 100 Specifies the amount of data to fetch page 388 percentage based on the clip s duration restart always default never always Determines if prefetching can restart page 274 whenNotActive src URL none Gives the URL to the prefetched clip page 145 syncBehavior canSlip default default Sets how lt prefetch gt synchronizes page 179 independent locked to its group 461 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Group Tags Chapter 10 explains the group tags that you can use to create the superstructure for your presentation s timeline lt seq gt lt seq gt The lt seq gt and lt seq gt tags play the enclosed clips in sequence No attributes are required for a lt seq gt tag which is described in Playing Clips in Sequence on page 175 lt seq gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference begin time_value Os Delays the normal group playback page 241 dur time_value media media Sets the total time the group plays page 243 indefinite end time_value none Sets an end time for the group page 241 fill freeze hold remove remove Determines the fill state when the page 256 group is no longer active fillDefault auto freeze hold inherit Sets a default fill for contained clips page 258 inherit remove transition id name none Names the
202. add an end attribute to modify this behavior as shown in the following example lt video src video1 rm clipBegin 10s clipEnd 50s begin 5s end 50s gt Combined with the begin value the end value of 50 means that the clip s window of activity within the presentation is 45 seconds Because the clip stops playing after 40 seconds there is an extra 5 seconds during which the clip does not play but remains active and frozen onscreen In contrast if you used end 30 the begin and end values would set a playback time of 25 seconds overriding the specified clipEnd time Setting Durations The dur attribute controls how long an element stays active after it starts to play The following example ends the video after 85 seconds regardless of the length of the clip s internal timeline If the video s timeline is shorter than 85 seconds the video s last frame appears frozen onscreen until the duration elapses lt video src videol rm dur 85s gt A common use of dur is to control how long a static clip such as an image appears onscreen Because a static clip has an intrinsic duration of zero seconds using dur is the easiest way to set the clip s playback time The following example displays an image for two minutes lt img src button1 gif dur 2min gt Choosing end or dur In the preceding example end 2min would achieve the same result as dur 2min because no begin time is
203. age 177 lt par gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference abstract text none Provides an abstract for the group page 168 author text none Lists an author for the group page 168 begin time_value Os Delays the normal playback time page 241 copyright text none Lists the copyright for the group page 168 dur time_value media media Sets the total time the group plays page 243 indefinite end time_value none Sets an end time for the group page 241 endsync all first id clip id last Determines when the group ends page 245 last media fill freeze hold remove remove Determines the fill state when the page 256 group is no longer active fillDefault auto freeze hold inherit Sets a default fill for contained clips page 258 inherit remove transition id name none Names the group for reference by page 138 other elements repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the group the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value Os Repeats the group the specified page 247 indefinite amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the group can restart page 274 whenNotActive restartDefault always inherit never inherit Specifies a restart value the group page 275 whenNotActive passes to its elements syncBehavior canSlip default default Determines how the group page 179 independent locke
204. age clip has a fill remove attribute and a 30 second duration The clip begins to fade out at 28 seconds into the parallel group s timeline disappearing much sooner than the video which has a 154 second duration lt par gt lt img src region image transOut toBlack fill remove dur 30s gt lt video src region video transOut toBlack dur 154s gt lt par gt To make the image fade out only after its duration has elapsed you would use fill transition as shown in the following example In this case the image disappears 32 seconds after it begins to play lt par gt lt img src region image transOut toBlack fill transition dur 30s gt lt video src region video transOut toBlack dur 154s gt lt par gt To make the image begin to fade out two seconds before the video finishes playing you would use fill freeze as shown in the following example 337 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt par gt lt img src region image transOut toBlack fill freeze dur 30s gt lt video src region video transOut toBlack dur 154s gt lt par gt Transition Effects Examples The following sections illustrate how to use transition tags and attributes to create various transition effects To see more examples get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide
205. ags like lt par gt But you can also use timing attributes in tags such as lt prefetch gt lt animate gt and lt area gt Groups Create the Timing Superstructure The lt seq gt lt par gt and lt excl gt group tags set the basic timing structure for a presentation To stream a sequence of videos for example you do not need to use SMIL timing attributes You simply arrange the clips in a lt seq gt group as described in Chapter 10 Your presentation timeline then flows automatically from the clip timelines and the group arrangement You need to add timing attributes only if for example you want to add a pause between each clip shorten the time a clip plays or play just one scene from a clip 237 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 238 Timing is Relative to Groups In general timing attributes for an element are relative to the group that contains the element For elements in a lt seq gt group timing attributes are relative to the end of the preceding element For elements in a lt par gt or lt excl gt group they re relative to the start of the group The following example shows a sequence that consists of a parallel group followed by a video clip For the audio clip for example the timing attributes are relative to the start of the lt par gt group lt body gt lt seq timing is relative to the start of the presentation gt lt par timing is relative to the start of the sequence gt lt textstream
206. alONE Player choose which clip to play For More Information For more on using SMIL to list clip choices see Switching Between Bandwidth Choices on page 370 No Secure RealAudio and RealVideo Clips When you encode RealAudio and RealVideo clips with RealProducer you have an option to prevent RealONE Player users from recording the streamed clips to their computers This feature works only when RealServer streams the clips When a Web server delivers the clips users still cannot record the clips through RealONE Player but their Web browsers will cache the clips Additionally any user can click on your Web page hypertext links and use Save as commands to download the clips from the Web server Limited Ability to Keep Parallel Clips Synchronized A Web server does not consider clip timelines when downloading data Nor does it receive feedback from RealONE Player about the presentation s progress Web server playback therefore makes it harder for RealONE Player to 428 CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery keep clips synchronized A presentation that plays large clips in parallel may stall when the RealONE Player connection has little bandwidth to spare No Way to Set Image Streaming Speeds As the section Setting a Clip s Streaming Speed on page 146 explains you can set an image clip s streaming speed with a lt param gt tag when you use RealServer This SMIL attribute has no effect on presentations delivered with
207. alue inherit Creates a tolerance value for locked page 185 inherit elements in the group syncTolerance time_value none Sets a tolerance value inherited by page 185 Default other groups the group contains Table Page 2 of 2 Example lt excl dur indefinite gt lt video src videol rm begin button1 activateEvent region video_region gt lt video src video2 rm begin button2 activateEvent region video_region gt lt video src video3 rm begin button3 activateEvent region video_region gt lt excl gt lt priorityClass gt lt priorityClass gt These tags create a priority class within an exclusive group Each priority class which is described in Modifying Clip Interruption Behavior on page 188 defines the interruption behavior of clips within the exclusive group No attributes are required for a lt priorityClass gt tag lt priorityClass gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference higher pause stop pause Sets class behavior on interruption by clips with page 190 higher priority id name none Names the group for reference by other elements page 138 Table Page 1 of 2 465 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt priorityClass gt Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference lower defer never defer Specifies how interrupting clips with lower priority page 191 behave pauseDisplay disable hide show Sets a clip
208. any times as possible within two minutes It then stops playing though its last frame appears frozen onscreen for another minute lt video src videol rm repeatDur 2min end 3min gt If you set end 1min in the preceding example the end time would override the repeatDur time of 2 minutes There is little need to do this however because it s easier to set the repeatDur value to the total time you want Looping Playback Indefinitely An indefinite value used with a repeatCount or repeatDur attribute causes an element to repeat until another timing attribute or user event stops the loop 248 CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing In the following example the audio clip repeats continuously until the viewer clicks the RealONE Player Stop button lt audio src song rm repeatCount indefinite gt As explained in Specifying the Length of Each Repeating Cycle on page 248 a dur attribute can set the length of each repeating cycle In the following example each loop lasts 30 seconds lt audio src song rm repeatDur indefinite dur 30s gt Using the indefinite value for an element in a sequence prevents the sequence from ending unless the lt seq gt tag itself specifies the end time with a dur or end attribute With a lt par gt group you can use endsync id ID to stop the group when an element other than the looping element finishes In the following example the audio loop stops when the RealPix s
209. ar gt lt switch gt For More Information The table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 gives bandwidth guidelines for various network connections Switching with SureStream Clips With RealAudio or RealVideo clips encoded for multiple bit rates with SureStream technology you may or may not need to use the lt switch gt tag with a systemBitrate attribute The following guidelines will help you to make this decision When the presentation consists solely of a SureStream clip simply link to that clip within the SMIL file The clip then streams at the rate appropriate for RealONE Player s connection speed You do not need to specify bandwidth choices with a lt switch gt tag Use the lt switch gt tag when combining a SureStream clip with other clips encoded for single bandwidths The SureStream clip is always used but the lt switch gt group gives RealONE Player options for other clips The following example illustrates a RealAudio SureStream clip and a choice between two RealPix presentations built for different bandwidths 371 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt par gt lt audio src soundtrack rm gt lt switch gt lt ref src slideshow1 rp systemBitrate 47000 region images gt lt ref src slideshow2 rp systemBitrate 20000 region images gt lt switch gt lt par gt RealONE Players that have at least 47 000 bits per second of available bandwidth choose slideshow1 rp If this sli
210. as images Specify the mediaSize value in bytes or as a percentage of the clip s total size Specifying mediaSize in bytes and bandwidth in bits per second lets you determine exactly how long the prefetching lasts The following example prefetches 10 Kilobytes of clip data at a rate of approximately 6 Kilobits per second The prefetching therefore takes approximately 13 7 seconds to complete lt prefetch src mediaSize 10240 bandwidth 6000 gt Note Remember the bandwidth attribute is in bits per second whereas the mediaSize attribute is in bytes 8 bits 1 byte If you want to prefetch entire clips such as whole GIF files specify mediaSize 100 or leave the attribute out of the lt prefetch gt tag In these cases you ll need to know the size of the prefetched clip to determine how long the prefetching lasts 387 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Prefetching a Specific Length of a Clip s Timeline For clips that have internal timelines such as RealAudio RealVideo or Flash you can use mediaTime instead of mediaSize to prefetch a specific stretch of the clip s timeline This is useful for prefetching the clip s preroll You can specify a percentage value or a timing value as described in Specifying Time Values on page 239 The following example prefetches 10 seconds of clip data lt prefetch src mediaTime 10s bandwidth 4000 gt Keep in mind that mediaTime does not control how lo
211. as umlauts for example display properly when the RealText clip plays on a Windows or Unix computer Use version 1 2 or higher in the lt window gt tag to handle this character set correctly Note You do not need to use the mac roman character set when writing in English When writing in accented languages on a Windows or Unix machine use the iso 8859 1 character set instead The x sjis character set is for Kanji and the Osaka font Use version 1 2 or higher in the lt window gt tag to handle this character set correctly gb2312 bigs The gb2312 character set is for Simplified Chinese The big5 character set is for Traditional Chinese iso 2022 kr The iso 2022 kr character set is for Korean Use version 1 4 or higher in the lt window gt tag to handle Korean text correctly CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Setting the Font This lt font gt tag attribute face font name controls the font use You can use any number of fonts in the same RealText clip When switching fonts be sure to turn off the preceding font with a lt font gt tag as shown in this example lt font face Arial gt Text in the Arial font lt font gt lt font face Garamond gt Text in the Garamond font lt font gt Font faces correspond to character sets as described in the section Specifying the Character Set on page 106 For non Western fonts you must specify the correct character set for th
212. assign the same clip to multiple regions by using region IDs However you can assign the same clip to two or more regions based on the region names In the following example the same video plays in two regions that appear size by side lt smil xmLns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 360 height 120 gt lt region id video_region1 regionName video soundLevel 0 right 50 fit fill gt lt region id video_region2 regionName video left 50 fit fill gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt video src lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt region video gt In the preceding example the two regions share the same region name When it reads the lt video gt source clip tag RealONE Player first looks for a region with id video Because there is no such region RealONE Player looks for a region with regionName video In this example it finds two regions with this name so it plays the same clip in both regions With this strategy RealONE Player requests only one video clip from RealServer If you used two lt video gt source clips instead RealONE Player would request the same video stream twice wasting bandwidth Note too that one region turns off the video s audio track with the soundLevel attribute If two clips have audio tracks RealONE Player blends the tracks In this case that
213. at you target dial up modem audiences Fortunately Flash clips streamed over a 28 8 Kbps modems can have a visual impact comparable to that of a video streaming at a significantly higher bit rate This is because Flash clips transmit vector information rendered by the viewers computers Hence the quality of Flash animation depends more on a computer s CPU and graphics capabilities than on the amount of streamed data Because it is vector based Flash does not consume bandwidth evenly When a scene starts for example its groups and symbols are streamed requiring a lot of data transfer After that only lightweight instructions for manipulating groups and symbols are needed This following illustration shows a Flash clip that targets a streaming speed of 12 Kbps At 5 and 10 seconds into the clip s timeline bandwidth use spikes because the clip needs more than 12 kilobits of data to change scenes or to introduce new objects in a key frame CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation Sample Bit Rate Requirement for a Streaming Flash Clip 35 30 25 20 15 Bit Rate Kb 10 5 ay of th Ue ae WE Time seconds 5 If it encounters spikes RealONE Player buffers the data delaying playback until all of the necessary data has arrived For your clip to stream well you must eliminate spikes by tuning the finished clip Tuning the clip also sets the clip s streaming bit rate and preroll The Flash 5 program can export and tune a clip automat
214. ates are 50 50 200 200 For this reason no percentage value can effectively be more than 100 If multiple hot spots overlap on a clip the link for the hot spot defined first in the SMIL file is used when the viewer clicks the overlapping area Many programs including shareware and freeware can generate HTML image maps You can use one of these programs to define the coordinates for a hot spot Simply create an HTML image map over an image that is the same size as your clip view the HTML source and copy the image map coordinates into your lt area gt tag 289 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The following table lists sample percentage coordinates that define rectangular hot spots for a source clip Each hot spot is a quarter the size of the source clip Sample Percentage Coordinates for a Rectangular Hot Spot Hot Spot Rectangle Position Attributes upper left quadrant shape rect coords 0 0 50 50 upper right quadrant shape rect coords 50 0 100 50 lower left quadrant shape rect coords 0 50 50 100 lower right quadrant shape rect coords 50 50 100 100 center shape rect coords 25 25 75 75 0 Defining Basic Hyperlink Properties 290 The hyperlink attributes summarized in the following table affect link properties in lt a gt and lt area gt tags whether the link opens an HTML page or a media presentation Basic Hyperlink Attributes
215. ation Additionally you can use endProgress which also takes a value from 0 0 to 1 0 to indicate how far the transition effect progresses before it ends The following example defines a keyhole shape transition effect that ends when the keyhole has expanded to half of its normal ending size lt transition id key type miscShapeWipe subtype keyhole endProgress 0 5 gt Tips for Using Partial Transition Effects When you use endProgress the transition effect ends in an intermediate state You can use this to create special effects with iris wipes for example With other types of transition effects though a partially completed transition may confuse the viewer You can combine the startProgress and endProgress attributes in a single lt transition gt tag When you do this the endProgress value must be equal to or higher than the startProgress value for the transition effect to exhibit any movement 332 CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects If you set the startProgress and endProgress attributes to the same value ina lt transition gt tag the transition effect appears to complete instantly regardless of its duration When you use a partial transition effect to introduce a new clip ina sequence the preceding clip s fill attribute determines whether parts of that clip remain visible at the end of the effect Use one of the following fill hold to keep the first clip visible fill transition
216. ation about setting up regions Subregions Within each region you can also create subregions which fall within their containing region just as a region within the main media window falls within the root layout area A subregion automatically moves if its containing region s position changes Using a subregion for example you can mimic a television channel in which a small partially transparent channel logo appears in a corner hovering above the content CHAPTER 11 Layout A Subregion Within a Region Subregion For More Information See Defining Subregions on page 218 for more information on subregions Secondary Media Windows Popping up above the main media window a secondary media window can be moved resized and closed independently You can use a secondary media window to display RealText credits for a video playing in the main media window for example As with the main media window you can divide a secondary media window into separate playback regions A secondary media window can open when the presentation starts or when a certain clip starts to play All clips playing in the main media window and the secondary media windows are part of the same timeline defined within a single SMIL file Secondary Pop Up Window t Dooooo noooooooo nonononon cor aiai pe 197 RealSystem iQ Produ
217. ation for the SMIL Presentation on page 169 Suggested pixel width 300 Suggested pixel height 55 Status Panels StatusBar The CONTROLS StatusBar parameter displays the status panel which shows informational messages It also includes the network congestion LED and the position field which shows the clip s current place in the presentation timeline along with the total clip length Suggested pixel width 300 Suggested pixel height 30 Note The status bar is included in the All control If you do not embed a status bar or status field in your page error messages display in the browser s status bar StatusField Bis0Ke CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding The CONTROLS StatusField parameter displays the message text area of the status bar If you do not embed a status field or status bar in your page error messages display in the browser s status bar Suggested pixel width 200 Suggested pixel height 30 PositionField oarso The CONTROLS PositionField parameter displays the position field which shows the clip s current place in the presentation timeline and the total clip length Suggested pixel width 90 Suggested pixel height 30 Linking Multiple Controls The CONSOLE parameter defines a name that unifies lt EMBED gt tags so that multiple controls work together For example you could create three separate lt EMBED gt tags to define an image window a play button and a stop button By using th
218. ation in the clip This ensures that important information such as a copyright is present if the clip is not streamed using SMIL Encoded information is the most basic level of presentation information but you can override it using SMIL 165 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 166 For More Information See the documentation for your production tool for instructions on how to encode information into a clip Clip Source Tag and Group Information A SMIL clip source tag such as lt video gt or lt ref gt can define title author copyright and abstract information for the clip There are two main advantages to defining this information in SMIL You can provide information for any clip which is handy for clips that do not encode any information internally The SMIL information overrides the encoded clip information letting you modify information without re encoding the clip You can also define title author copyright and abstract information for groups This information then overrides the information defined for the individual clips When several clips play in parallel for example RealONE Player does not display the title for each clip individually You may therefore want to define a single group title that RealONE Player displays while the group is active For More Information The section Adding Clip and Group Information on page 168 describes how to add information to clip source tags and group tags For more o
219. audiences giving the clip streaming speeds and the RealAudio codecs used for the soundtracks broken out by audio type Audio Bit Rates for RealVideo Clips RealAudio Rate Voiceand Mono Stereo Target Audience Clip Speed Voice Only Music Music Music 28 8 Kbps modem 6 5 Kbps 6 5 Kbps 8 Kbps 8 Kbps 56 Kbps modem 8 5 Kbps 64 Kbps single ISDN 8 5 Kbps 11 Kbps 11 Kbps 112 Kbps dual ISDN 16 Kbps 20 Kbps 16 Kbps 20 Kbps Corporate LAN 32 Kbps 32 Kbps 32 Kbps 32 Kbps Table Page 1 of 2 CHAPTER 4 Video Production Audio Bit Rates for RealVideo Clips continued RealAudio Rate Voiceand Mono Stereo Target Audience Clip Speed Voice Only Music Music Music 256 Kbps DSL cable 44 Kbps 44 Kbps 384 Kbps DSL cable 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 512 Kbps DSL cable 96 Kbps Table Page 2 of 2 Note With SureStream technology a single RealVideo clip can stream at many different speeds For the basics of SureStream see SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo on page 35 RealVideo Frame Rates Like RealAudio RealVideo is lossy meaning that it throws out nonessential video data when encoding a clip One way that RealVideo squeezes down clip sizes is by reducing the video s frame rate The higher the frame rate the smoother the motion The standard frame rate for full motion video is 24 to 30 frames per second fps At this speed the human eye perceives movement as conti
220. ause this guide concerns streaming media production and the RealSystem core clip types it does not cover the following topics running RealServer broadcasting on the Internet using the RealONE Player interface using RealONE Player Javascript and ActiveX methods digital rights management digitizing and editing video and audio files preparing digital music clips for download rather than streaming to RealONE Player producing audio and video clips in formats other than RealAudio and RealVideo Tip Although this guide does not explain how to produce audio and video in formats such as MPEG many of the tips given in Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 apply to audio and video production in general regardless of the streaming format Introduction How to Download This Guide to Your Computer RealNetworks makes this guide available in the following formats for download to your computer The HTML Javascript version is available as a single zipped archive that includes many samples that you can play in RealONE Player It is highly recommended for persons who want to learn SMIL markup You can read this version with Netscape Navigator or Microsoft Internet Explorer The HTML Help version is available as a single chm file for Windows 98 and later operating systems It is identical to the HTML Javascript version except that it does not contain any sample files The HTML Help version is smaller in size than the HTML Javascri
221. ave changed little from SMIL 1 0 It also covers the lt excl gt tag which is new in SMIL 2 0 Sequences Act Like a Single Presentation In SMIL 2 0 a simple sequence of clips defined in a lt seq gt group acts like a single presentation instead of a series of separate presentations See Playing Clips in Sequence on page 175 for more information New lt excl gt Groups The exclusive group is a powerful feature that you can use to add interactivity to a presentation The new lt excl gt tag creates an exclusive group in which only one clip can play at a time Unlike with a lt seq gt group though you can specify the order in which the lt excl gt group members play have them interrupt each other and select them based on any criteria including mouse clicks See Creating an Exclusive Group on page 186 for more information 17 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Synchronizing Parallel Elements The section Synchronizing Playback in Parallel Groups on page 178 explains how to control which clips in parallel groups stay synchronized if bandwidth drops This advanced feature also lets you create an independent timeline for a clip to make it act like a broadcast In this case viewers cannot rewind or fast forward through the clip Enhanced Layout Choices 18 Chapter 11 explains how to lay out clips in RealONE Player using SMIL 2 0 layout tags and attributes which provide many new layout possibilities The foll
222. ayer with a preference for Chilean Spanish chooses the es option because its preferred variation es cl is not listed Providing Subtitles or Overdubbing For clips in foreign languages RealONE Player viewers can set a preference for subtitles or overdubbing The systemOverdubOrSubtitle attribute tests for this preference displaying clips based on the viewer s choice It can have one of two values either overdub or subtitle Suppose that you have three versions of a RealVideo clip 1 an original French version original rm 2 aversion dubbed in English dubbed rm 3 the original French version with English subtitles titled rm You can use systemOverdubOrSubtitle along with systemLanguage in a lt switch gt group as shown in the following example lt switch gt lt Version for RealONE Players with a preference for English and overdubbing gt lt video src dubbed rm systemLanguage en systemOverdubOrSubtitle overdub gt lt Version for RealONE Players with a preference for English and subtitling gt lt video src titled rm systemLanguage en systemOverdubOrSubtitle subtitle gt lt Version for RealONE Players with a language preference other than English gt lt video src original rm gt lt switch gt 369 RealSystem iQ Production Guide In the preceding example RealONE Players with a preference for English and overdubbing play the first clip Any other RealONE Player
223. ayers with French set as their language preference play the French RealText clip and choose from the set of French language RealAudio clips based on available bandwidth All other RealONE Players play the English RealText clip and choose from the set of English language RealAudio clips lt switch gt lt Choose French as the language gt lt par systemLanguage fr gt lt textstream src frenchcredit rt region credits_region fill remove gt lt switch gt lt Choose fast or slow bit rate for French audio gt lt audio src french2 rm systemBitrate 47000 gt lt audio src french1 rm systemBitrate 20000 gt lt switch gt lt par gt lt Choose English as the language This is the default gt lt par gt lt textstream src enlgishcredits rt region credits_region fill remove gt lt switch gt lt Choose fast or slow bit rate for English audio gt lt audio src english2 rm systemBitrate 47000 gt lt audio src englishi1 rm systemBitrate 20000 gt lt switch gt lt par gt lt switch gt Switching for Different Video Sizes As described in Different Clip Dimensions for Different Bandwidths on page 62 you can encode different sizes of the same video streaming a small clip over slow modems and a larger clip or clips over faster connections Reducing the video size for slower connections ensures that the video s frame 378 CHAPTER 17 Switc
224. aying Each attribute takes as a value the ID defined in a lt transition gt tag For example suppose that you define the following two transition effects lt transition id fromBlue type fade subtype fadeFromColor fadeColor blue gt lt transition id toBlue type fade subtype fadeToColor fadeColor blue gt In the SMIL file body you could the assign the effects to a sequence of two videos like this lt seq gt lt video src videol rm transIn fromBlue transOut toBlue gt lt video src video2 rm transIn fromBlue transOut toBlue gt lt seq gt In the preceding example each video fades up from a solid blue when it starts then fades down to solid blue when it ends It s not necessary to use both the transIn and transOut attributes for each clip though In the following example the first video starts playing without any transition As the first clip ends and the second clip starts there s a fade to blue and then a fade up When the second clip stops playback it simply disappears from the screen 335 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 336 lt seq gt lt video src file videol rm transOut toBlue gt lt video src file video2 rm transIn fromBlue fill remove gt lt seq gt Note A transition effect assigned with a transOut attribute always obeys SMIL timing rules If a video normally plays for two minutes but has a dur 3min value
225. background shows through the clip s transparent areas You can also turn a clip s background color transparent with rn backgroundOpacity as well as use rn mediaOpacity to add transparency to all colors in the clip For more on these attributes see Adjusting Clip Transparency and Opacity on page 158 Changing the Region Color Through a Clip Source Tag By adding backgroundColor to a clip source tag you can change the color of the clip s playback region Suppose that a region uses black as a background color and you want to play one clip in that region using a silver background instead Rather than define a new region you can specify the color in the clip source tag to modify the region color for as long as the clip is active lt video src region video_region backgroundColor silver gt 217 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 218 Controlling Audio Volume in a Region When a region plays a clip that includes an audio track or sound effects you can change the clip s relative audio volume with the soundLevel attribute lt region soundLevel 125 gt The sound level always uses a percentage value The default value of 100 plays the audio at its recorded volume A value of 50 for example plays the audio at half its normal volume whereas a value of 200 plays the audio at twice its normal volume Note that the soundLevel attribute controls only the relative volume of the audio stream sent to the
226. begin 7s dur 5s fill freeze gt Setting an Attribute Value The lt set gt tag changes an attribute to a specific value until the tag is no longer active It is useful for example to change a region background color while a clip plays You can use this tag with any attribute that you can animate with the lt animate gt tag The lt set gt tag can therefore change element sizes positions and colors It uses fewer animation attributes than lt animate gt as summarized in the following table lt set gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference attributeName attribute_name Selects the attribute to animate page 346 targetElement ID Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute to pixels percentage Sets the new attribute value page 351 color_value A lt set gt tag typically uses the basic SMIL timing attributes of begin dur and fill The following example shows a lt set gt tag changing a region background color The region color changes instantly when the animation becomes active then resets to its previous value after 30 seconds lt set targetElement video_region attributeName backgroundColor to blue dur 30s gt Manipulating Animation Timing RealONE Player supports SMIL time manipulations for animations and only animations Time manipulations can control the rate of an animation to make it appear to accelerate or decelerate for e
227. blue when it starts and the second video fades down to blue when it ends When the first video stops and the second video starts however the two videos crossfade into each other Because crossfades look better when both clips are the same size the clips are played in the same region which uses fit fill to expand or shrink the clips to fill the region fully lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 250 height 180 backgroundColor blue gt lt region id video_region fit fill gt lt layout gt lt transition id fromBlue type fade subtype fadeFromColor fadeColor blue dur 2s gt lt transition id toBlue type fade subtype fadeToColor fadeColor blue dur 2s gt lt transition id xFade type fade subtype crossfade dur 2s gt lt head gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt video src region video_region transIn fromBlue begin 2s fill transition gt lt video src region video_region transIn xFade transOut toBlue fill remove gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt 339 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 340 CHAPTER 16 ANIMATIONS Using SMIL animations you can transform clips by expanding them for example or moving them around the screen To use this advanced SMIL feature you must thoroughly understand clip tags groups timing and layouts as described in the preceding chapters For infor
228. bute RealServer also supports the HTTP protocol but for clips streaming from RealServer you typically use the RTSP 153 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 154 protocol or the specialized CHTTP protocol which is described in the following section An HTTP URL in a clip source tag looks like this lt img src http www example com images Llogo gif gt Warning Although a Web server can host any clip a Web server cannot perform all the functions of RealServer For more information see Limitations on Web Server Playback on page 428 Note RealONE Player does not support secure HTTP connections directly However e commerce forms created in Flash can transmit secure HTTP data through the viewer s Web browser For more information see Secure Transactions on page 87 Caching Clips on RealONE Player RealONE Player does not cache files by default but you can make it cache on disk any files delivered through HTTP You may want to cache images used in different SMIL presentations that site visitors play An example is an Internet radio station that uses GIF logos and on screen buttons As long as the GIFs reside in the RealONE Player cache the server does not have to resend the files if for example the user clicks a link that opens a new SMIL presentation containing the same images Caching works only for files delivered through HTTP You should not try to cache large clips that would be served better through RTSP
229. bute is required for the lt regPoint gt tag For basic information about the lt regPoint gt tag see Creating Registration Points on page 221 lt regPoint gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference bottom auto pixels auto Sets the point s offset from the region s page 224 percentage bottom border id name none Creates an ID for assigning the point to clips page 221 left auto pixels auto Sets the point s offset from the region s left page 224 percentage side right auto pixels auto Sets the point s offset from the region s right page 224 percentage side top auto pixels auto Sets the point s offset from the region s top page 224 percentage border regAlign topLeft topMid topLeft Specifies how clips align to the point page 221 topRight midLeft center midRight bottomLeft bottomMid bottomRight Example lt layout gt windows and regions defined lt regPoint id middle left 50 top 50 regAlign center gt lt layout gt 457 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt transition gt Following the layout section lt transition gt tags define transition effects that occur when clips start or stop The id and type attributes are required for the lt transition gt tag For basic information about the lt transition gt tag see Defining Transition Types on page 317 lt transition gt Attribute
230. c There are no strict rules for the ratio of soundtrack bandwidth to total RealVideo bandwidth The ratio depends entirely on whether you want to emphasize the audio track or the visuals RealVideo normally allots no more than 25 percent of the total bandwidth to the soundtrack because the visual information contains much more data At bandwidths of several hundred kilobits per second you can use considerably less bandwidth for the soundtrack in relation to the visual track Video Compatibility with RealPlayer 5 RealProducer can include in SureStream clips a stream that RealPlayer 5 can play This backward compatible stream is set for your lowest target bandwidth For example if your clip targets 28 8 Kbps modems 56 Kbps modems and DSL speeds the RealPlayer 5 stream is for 28 8 Kbps modems It uses older RealAudio and RealVideo codecs and RealServer streams it to RealPlayer 5 using the older PNA protocol rather than the newer RTSP 71 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealVideo Filters RealProducer s preferences include filtering options you can use when encoding RealVideo clips These filters remove artifacts that appear in the encoded clips because of the methods used to create the source video Noise Filters Noise distortion is similar to the snow that often shows up on TV screens as a result of signals received over an antenna RealProducer has low and high noise filters you can use if your source video clip has a litt
231. c Korean lt font face AppleGothic gt iso 2022 kr Batang Korean lt font face Batang gt iso 2022 kr BatangChe Korean lt font face BatangChe gt iso 2022 kr Gothic Korean lt font face Gothic gt iso 2022 kr Gulim Korean lt font face Gulim gt iso 2022 kr GulimChe Korean lt font face GulimChe gt iso 2022 kr Osaka Kanji lt font face Osaka gt x sjis Seoul Korean lt font face Seoul gt iso 2022 kr i oe En a o a ee as gibberish ee without the gb2312 character set Traditional lt font face 20 GA6 gt big5 AH HH pE Chinese The face name displays as gibberish without the big5 character set Note Korean and Japanese are supported in RealONE Player for Windows and Macintosh but not for Unix Setting the Text Size The lt font gt tag attribute size n lets you control the font size as shown in this example lt font size 1 gt text that is one size larger lt font gt 111 RealSystem iQ Production Guide You can use relative sizes or absolute sizes as shown in the table below This table also lists the height in pixels for each size The pixel sizes are for reference only You cannot specify a pixel size directly in RealText Font Sizes Relative Size Absolute Size Pixel Size Reference 2 1 12 pixels 1 2 14 pixels 0 default 3 16 pixels 1 4 20 pixels 2 5 24 pixels 3 6 36 pixels 4 7 48 pixels Note You can al
232. c cccseciceisiecape is ccsesnnsseusbeepenssscapsuushedssebaseapaebedents 64 Steps for Streaming RealVideo ticiedssietgupwaes be A e KA died ott euslueds 64 Recording Vides atorar ot evita opuiiee costae AREE AE E RERE EREA RETE E A Nh 66 So rce Medid Qual tyes is test Mien Cast ence cen e AE A 66 Mideo Staging ce marsuni aag AANA rE EERS EERE AERA EE EiS ETOR 66 Scene Changes and Movement c cccecccccessceeesseeeeesseeeeeesseeeseesseeseneeeees 67 Colors and Lighting DisitZine VideO ot he es r EE A hence lace a cl b tec NE AN S2Vido OUTPUT hice ccneceesctnatpstnnnetpetantedhasmetactones eabebecdiasclonpsasaberdevenfessassataves Color D pthc tetra bes cnc meine EE E acute tad Ditea a a E a a a Digitized Video Formats eit ccg treessn Perenn rE E E EE TEE EE Video Capture Frame Ratesi cciccccocticescasoceneces ech ie i e erei i ri Video Capture Screen Sizes wiscotseek ie i bee a e AE EE EE E Computer Speed and Disk Space sssssssssssssssrsssrirsssttsssrtsssesrnssrrrsnserensreen Video Source File Size Limit Encoding RealVideo with RealProducer RealVideo Streaming Speedsiccc vesccsccetccodsceeseaceisseesp a a E E Video Compatibility with RealPlayer ssssssssssssssessrrsssssserrrresssssrrrrressssesee 71 RealVideo Filters rnane ne a aaa aaa aa 72 RealVideo Optionsseanssasninnn en n pia a aa cond aa aa 73 5 FLASH ANIMATION Z5 Understanding Flash wise iccctsteteccvsletectgeccecenPascidotedesnessdicheossces
233. can prefetch data at any bandwidth regardless of the clip s normal streaming speed For an audio clip that normally streams at 20 Kbps for instance you could prefetch data at any speed from 1 Kbps to 100 Kbps or faster Specifying Prefetch Bandwidth in Bits Per Second To specify the exact streaming speed in bits per second start with the maximum recommended bandwidth for your slowest targeted connection If 56 Kbps modems are your lowest speed targets for instance use a 34 Kbps maximum streaming speed as given in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 Next determine how much bandwidth you can dedicate to prefetching If you want to stream the prefetched data in parallel with a 16 Kbps RealAudio clip for example you have a maximum of 18 Kbps for prefetching 385 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 386 lt par endsync id music gt lt audio src id music dur 50s gt lt prefetch src begin 10s bandwidth 18000 mediaSize 20480 gt lt par gt In this example data is prefetched at approximately 18 Kbps until either 20 Kilobytes of data have been received or the audio clip stops playing Note that the lt prefetch gt tag s begin time means that the prefetching begins 10 seconds after the audio clip starts to play This dedicates all available bandwidth to the audio clip during the first 10 seconds of playback making the audio clip s own preroll stream faster Although
234. ccesskey G for example You can specify both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the same key though to ensure that letter case does not matter Access keys can be letters or numbers but not function keys or command keys such as Alt Esc or F5 Mention the access key in a longdesc attribute in the clip source tag See Using a Long Description on page 170 for more information Your presentation should indicate which access keys the viewer can use You can do this with RealText which is described in Chapter 6 You can also display this information in the context window as described in Opening HTML Pages in the Context Window on page 297 If the same access key is encoded into a clip to perform some function the SMIL access key overrides the encoded key s functionality You can also define access keys to open hyperlinks as described in Opening a Link on a Keystroke on page 291 To avoid conflicts do not define the same key for an event and a hyperlink CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing e Unlike the inBoundsEvent and outOfBoundsEvent values which can occur for multiple clips simultaneously only one clip at a time can have the keyboard focus at a time Therefore only one focusInEvent or focusOutEvent can occur at a time Defining a Secondary Window Event The section Creating Secondary Media Windows on page 204 explains how to create a layout in which a secondary media window pops up from the main media
235. ce gif GIF87 GIF89 or animated GIF image Jpg JPEG nonprogressive image Images on page 28 png PNG image 485 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 486 LANGUAGE CODES APPENDIX G As Switching Between Language Choices on page 367 explains SMIL can list different language choices that RealONE Player chooses from based on its language preference The following table lists the codes you can use in a SMIL file to indicate clips created for specific languages Code Language af Afrikaans sq Albanian ar iq Arabic Iraq ar dz Arabic Algeria ar bh Arabic Bahrain ar eg Arabic Egypt ar jo Arabic Jordan ar kw Arabic Kuwait ar lb Arabic Lebanon ar ly Arabic Libya ar ma Arabic Morocco ar om Arabic Oman ar qa Arabic Qatar ar sa Arabic Saudi Arabia ar sy Arabic Syria ar tn Arabic Tunisia ar ae Arabic U A E ar ye Arabic Yemen eu Basque bg Bulgarian Code Language ca Catalan zh hk Chinese Hong Kong zh cn Chinese People s Republic zh sg Chinese Singapore zh tw Chinese Taiwan hr Croatian cs Czech da Danish nl Dutch Standard nl be Dutch Belgian en English en au English Australian en bz English Belize en gb English British en ca English Canadian en English Caribbean en ie English Ireland en jm English Jamaica en nz English
236. ce of a media clip image file in GIF JPEG or PNG format any type of clip not covered by the other tags static text file lt textstream gt lt video gt streaming text clip such as RealText video clip such as RealVideo APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference Except for lt brush gt the choice of tag does not affect playback All clip source tags can use lt ref gt for example The src attribute is required for all clip source tags except lt brush gt For basic information about the clip souce tags see Creating Clip Source Tags on page 145 Clip Tag Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference abstract text none Provides a clip abstract page 168 alt text none Provides alternate text page 170 author text none Lists the clip s author page 168 rn background percentage 100 Adjusts background opacity page 158 Opacity begin time_value Os Delays normal playback time page 240 bgcolor color_value none Substitutes color for transparency page 162 Use in a lt param gt tag bitrate bits_per_second 12288 Sets a static clip s streaming speed page 146 Use in a lt param gt tag rn chromaKey color_value none Turns selected color transparent page 159 rn chromaKey percentage 0 Adds opacity to rn chromaKey page 159 Opacity rn chromaKey nnnnnn none Widens range of rn chromaKey page 160 Tolerance color color_value black Se
237. cePlaystate attribute 300 301 special effects see SMIL animation see transition effects stream thinning 36 streaming speeds for network connections 32 versus downloading 417 Web server 416 subregions see regions subtitling preference 369 SureStream backward compatibility 30 downshifting 35 overview 35 RealAudio codecs 45 switching 371 s video 68 lt switch gt tag 363 switching audio descriptions 372 bandwidth 370 captions 372 example 379 Index color depth 376 CPU type 373 default option adding 364 filler clip 367 when not to use 367 examples captions 379 different video dimensions 378 multiple attributes 377 group switching 367 hyperlink inclusion 367 inline 365 language choices 367 codes 368 layouts 367 monitor size 376 multiple attributes example 377 nested 367 example 378 operating system 374 overview 36 363 subtitles or overdubbing 369 test attributes list of 366 multiple attributes 367 versus Interactive choices 363 syncBehavior attribute 179 syncBehaviorDefault attribute 182 synchronizing clips in parallel groups 178 syncTolerance attribute 185 syncToleranceDefault attribute 185 systemAudioDesc attribute 372 systemBitrate attribute 370 systemCaptions attribute 372 systemCPU attribute 373 systemLanguage attribute 367 systemOperating system attribute 374 systemOverdubOrSubtitle attribute 369 systemScreenDepth attribute 376 systemScreenSize attrib
238. ch as a play pause button to your Web page Viewers can then control playback as if they were using RealONE Player as a separate application For example the following tag displays the play pause button in your Web page lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 26 HEIGHT 26 NOJAVA true CONTROLS PlayButton gt The following sections describe the embedded RealONE Player controls You use an lt EMBED gt tag s WIDTH and HEIGHT parameters to set the control s size Specifying different pixel sizes other than the suggested values scales the controls larger or smaller You can also use percentage values for sizes but this is recommended only for the image window 401 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 402 For More Information When adding more than one control to your Web page see also Linking Multiple Controls on page 407 Tip Unless noted otherwise all the controls listed below are compatible with RealPlayer G2 RealPlayer 7 and RealPlayer 8 With those versions of RealPlayer however the controls take on a different appearance Basic Controls ImageWindow The CONTROLS ImageWindow parameter displays a playback window This control is not required for audio only presentations Even if no other controls are visible on the page the user can typically right click on Windows or hold down the mouse button on the Macintosh in the playback area to display a menu of choices such as Play and Stop See also Controlling
239. chronization page 182 Default inherit locked for a group syncTolerance default time_value Loosens synchronization for page 185 locked elements syncTolerance default time_value Sets a default synchronization page 185 Default 178 tolerance for a group CHAPTER 10 Groups Creating an Independent Timeline Adding syncBehavior independent to a clip in a parallel group keeps the clip completely unsynchronized from other clips in the group In fact the clip acts like a live broadcast Moving the RealONE Player timeline slider does not fast forward or rewind the clip In the following parallel group the RealText clip has an independent synchronization behavior It begins to play along with the RealAudio and Flash clips but if the viewer fast forwards or rewinds the presentation only the RealAudio and Flash clips are affected lt par gt lt audio src soundtrack rm gt lt ref src training swf gt lt textstream src translation rt syncBehavior independent gt lt par gt Note that a parallel group s overall timing still applies to a clip that uses syncBehavior independent In the following example the parallel group plays first lasting for five minutes because of the dur attribute in the lt par gt tag A video then follows the group in sequence If the viewer moves the timeline slider to the five minute mark for instance all clips in the parallel group end and the
240. ckground color to a region that plays a clip page 215 How do I make the background color appear only when the clip plays page 216 Can I make the region background color partially transparent page 216 Can I change a region background color when a clip starts page 217 Can I change the region background color while a clip plays page 347 How do I turn an entire clip partially transparent page 158 Table Page 1 of 2 446 APPENDIX B Production Tasks Colors and Transparency continued Question Answer How can I make a clip s opaque background transparent or vice versa page 158 Can I turn a range of colors in a clip transparent page 159 Can I substitute a certain color for a clip s transparent background page 162 Can I make a clip become more or less transparent as it plays page 358 Can I create a solid block of color other than a region background color page 148 Table Page 2 of 2 Layouts Chapter 11 explains how to lay out clips in the RealONE Player media window Layouts Question Answer Where in the SMIL file do I define the layout page 202 Is a SMIL region like an HTML frame page 196 How do I set my presentation s overall size page 203 Can I make a clip play in a separate window page 204 How do a define the size of the region in which a clip plays page 208 How do I specify which clips play in which regions page 213 Can I play one clip in front of another pa
241. clip or specified through a title attribute the clip s URL is used in the RealONE Player playlist and the recent clips list Defining Information for the SMIL Presentation Whereas clip source tags can define information about each clip the SMIL file header can use lt meta gt tags to define information such as title author and copyright for the entire presentation Each lt meta gt tag uses two attributes name and content as shown in the following example lt head gt lt meta name title content Bob and Susan Discuss Streaming Media gt lt meta name author content RealNetworks Media Productions gt lt meta name copyright content c 1998 RealNetworks gt lt meta name abstract content Bob and Susan two Internet technology experts discuss the future of streaming media gt lt head gt Tip Name values as in name title must be lowercase When defining long content such as an abstract don t use line breaks or tabs within a content value Managing Presentation Information This section will be added in a later version of this guide Adding Accessibility Information Whereas some attributes are displayed in RealONE Player others function only with assistive reading devices used by visually impaired viewers The following table summarizes the attributes that help make your presentation 169 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 170 accessible to all viewers RealNetworks encourage
242. clips contained in these groups Were this Using an CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing clip in a lt seq gt group there would be 20 5 seconds of blank time before the clip starts The begin attribute therefore lets you insert delays into sequences For More Information See also Setting a Fill with Sequential Clips on page 253 End Time with a Clip You can set an end attribute alone or in combination with a begin attribute as shown in the example below which sets the clip to end at 62 7 seconds into its part of the presentation timeline lt video src videol rm begin 20 5s end 62 7s gt Note that the end time is measured from the point where the clip would start if no begin time were set To calculate how long the clip is active subtract the begin value from the end value In the preceding example the clip is active a total of 42 2 seconds 62 7 minus 20 5 regardless of the length of its internal timeline If the clip s timeline were shorter than 42 2 seconds the clip s last frame would display until the full 42 2 seconds had elapsed Tip The dur attribute gives you an alternative and sometimes simpler way to specify how long an element plays For more information see Setting Durations on page 243 Using Begin and End Times with Groups In group tags the begin and end attributes function much as they do in clip tags Ifa lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt group is part of a larger sequence a begi
243. clips from RealServer you have the option of using Ramgen a feature that lets you link your Web page directly to your streaming clips 416 CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery without using a Ram file Ramgen uses a specially configured URL that causes the browser to launch RealONE Player and stream clips using RTSP Although not suited for all streaming presentations Ramgen can simplify the process of linking your Web to your clips in many cases For instructions on using Ramgen see Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer on page 425 The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP To deliver HTML pages and graphics a Web server uses HyperText Transport Protocol HTTP as you can see in Web page URLs that begin with http HTTP downloads files without regard to timelines making clips with timelines more likely to stall Although RealServer can also use HTTP URLs for media clips streamed by RealServer begin with rtsp which causes RealServer to use RealTime Streaming Protocol RTSP RealServers Stream with RTSP whereas Web Servers Download with HTTP Streaming ee0e08000000 A rtsp realserver company com RealPlayer RealServer pon Downloading 4 http www company com Web Server RealPlayer Designed specifically for streaming RTSP enables RealServer to adjust streaming data to keep clips playing smoothly When two clips play side by side for example RealONE Player communicates with RealServer about each clip s prog
244. creensize full Starts the clip or presentation in full screen mode This hides all windows to make the viewer s monitor look like a television screen screensize original Opens the clip or presentation at its normal size This is the default behavior if you omit screensize mode normal Opens RealONE Player in its normal mode in which controls are grouped around the playback window mode toolbar Opens RealONE Player in toolbar mode in which the controls appear at the bottom of the screen mode theater Opens RealONE Player in theater mode in which the controls are put in toolbar mode and the media presentation appears centered on a darkened screen The following example opens a SMIL presentation in full screen mode rtsp realserver example com media sample1 smil screensize full The next example opens a RealVideo clip at double its normal size rtsp realserver example com media videol rm screensize double To include two options in the URL use a question mark before the first option and then separate the second option with an ampersand amp The following example opens a RealVideo clip at double its normal size and sets RealONE Player to its toolbar mode rtsp realserver example com media video1 rm screensize double amp mode toolbar Tips for Setting a Starting Size You do not need to specify a starting mode when using screensize full 422 CH
245. ct the target audiences you want to reach such as 28 8 Kbps modem users You also indicate the audio type whether voice or music RealProducer then determines which RealAudio codecs are best to use RealProducer uses CHAPTER 3 Audio Production SureStream technology to encode the RealAudio clip so that it streams well for all your bandwidth choices requiring only a few seconds of preroll when RealONE Player users request the clip For More Information Refer to the RealProducer user s guide or online help for step by step instructions for encoding RealAudio A document explaining RealAudio codecs in depth is at http service real com help library blueprints html Note RealAudio encoding tools other than RealProducer may not include all the features described in the following sections RealAudio in Multiclip Presentations If your RealAudio clip will be played along with another clip you may need to change RealProducer s default codec selection by adjusting the RealAudio target audience settings Encoding mono music for 28 8 Kbps modems usually entails a 20 Kbps codec for example leaving no bandwidth for the second clip RealProducer has a set of multimedia defaults though that lower the clip s bandwidth With these defaults turned on RealProducer encodes the mono music clip at 8 Kbps leaving 12 Kbps of bandwidth for the second clip Audio Compatibility with RealPlayer 5 RealProducer can include in SureStream clips a st
246. ction Guide Secondary Pop up Windows Versus Hyperlinked Pop up Windows To open a new window based on viewer input you create hypertext links to other SMIL files in your presentation When the viewer clicks a hypertext link RealONE Player launches a new linked window rather than a secondary media window that plays a new SMIL presentation and either stops or pauses the clips in the main media window The following table describes the differences between using a secondary pop up window and a hyperlinked pop up window Secondary Pop up Windows Versus Hyperlinked Pop up Windows When does the window pop up Secondary Pop up Window The Window pops up at the beginning of the presentation or when the first clip assigned to the window begins to play Hyperlinked Pop up Window The window pops up when the viewer clicks a hyperlink in the SMIL presentation Do clips in the main media window continue to play All clips continue to play in the main media window and the pop up window according to the SMIL timeline You can choose whether to continue pause or stop the presentation in the main media window How many SMIL files do I write You write just one SMIL file that controls the timeline for the main media window and all secondary media windows You write separate SMIL files for the main media window and each hyperlinked pop up window What user controls does the pop up window hav
247. cture 92 fonts Asian languages 111 colors 112 English and European languages 109 text size 111 freezing text 104 guaranteed text delivery 106 horizontal positioning 105 horizontal rules 115 horizontal text movement 100 hyperlinks color 100 commands 117 mail 116 streaming presentation 116 underlining 100 Web page 116 italicizing text 115 Kanji character set 108 Korean character set 108 language support 92 line breaks 114 lists 115 looping text 101 Macintosh text entry 108 overview 91 paragraph tags 114 pop up windows examples 308 links for 306 prefetching 389 preformatted text 114 RealONE Player command links pausing 118 playing 118 seeking 117 scroll rate 100 SMIL combining with other clips 93 fit attribute 96 striking through text 115 subtitles erasing each line 104 syntax rules 93 text size 111 timing commands begin 102 end 103 with scrolling or crawling text 104 transparency text backgrounds 113 window background 96 158 underlining text 115 version numbers 99 vertical positioning 105 vertical text movement 100 Web server delivery 428 window size 96 window types default attribute values 95 generic 95 example 119 marquee 95 scrollingnews 95 example 121 teleprompter 95 example 122 tickertape 95 colors 105 Index example 120 text positioning 105 word wrap 101 RealVideo artifacts causes of 60 reducing 72 backward compatibility 71
248. d synchronizes to its containing group Table Page 1 of 2 463 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt par gt Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference syncBehavior canSlip independent inherit Sets the default syncBehavior value for page 182 Default inherit locked the elements the group contains syncTolerance time_value inherit Creates a tolerance value for locked page 185 inherit elements in the group syncTolerance time_value none Sets a tolerance value inherited by page 185 Default other groups the group contains title text none Lists a title for the group page 168 Table Page 2 of 2 Examples lt par gt lt video src newsong rm gt lt textstream src newsong rt gt lt par gt lt par endsync id text repeatCount 2 begin 4s gt lt video src newsong rm gt lt textstream id text src newsong rt gt lt par gt lt excl gt lt excl gt The lt excl gt and lt excl gt tags create an exclusive group in which only one clip can play at a time A duration is required for the lt excl gt tag if all elements in the group use interactive timing For basic information on this tag see Creating an Exclusive Group on page 186 lt excl gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference begin time_value Os Delays the normal playback time page 241 dur time_value media media S
249. d th Thai tr Turkish uk Ukrainian vi Vietnamese GLOSSARY Advertising Application A RealServer option that inserts ads into SMIL based presentations SMIL files use lt RealAdInsert gt tags to indicate ad placement artifact A visual imperfection in an encoded video clip Too many artifacts can make the video look blocky bandwidth The upper limit on the amount of data typically expressed as kilobits per second Kbps that can pass through a network connection banner ad An ad that appears alongside a requested clip or presentation A banner ad can also rotate making new ad images appear at regular intervals binary tag A SMIL tag that comprises opening and closing tags such as lt ref gt and lt ref gt Many unary tags can become binary tags when necessary to enclose other tags bit The smallest unit of measure of data in a computer A bit has a binary value either 0 or 1 bit rate A measure of bandwidth expressed as the number of bits transmitted per second A 28 8 Kbps modem for example can transmit or receive around 29 000 bits per second blank time A period during a presentation in which RealONE Player is not paused but no activity occurs onscreen You typically insert blank time with the SMIL begin attribute 489 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 490 broadcast To deliver a presentation whether live or prerecorded in which all viewers join the presentation in progress Contrast to on
250. d Attributes lt anchor gt lt area gt page 283 show new external true sourcePlaystate play page 294 show pause external true sourcePlaystate pause page 294 target ID URL ID page 304 Switch Tag Attributes system bitrate systemBitrate page 370 system language systemLanguage page 367 system captions systemCaptions page 372 143 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 144 CHAPTER 8 CLIP SOURCE TAGS For every clip you play in your presentation such as an audio clip video clip or text clip you add a source tag to your SMIL file This chapter explains the basics of clip source tags explaining how to write URLs that tell RealONE Player where to find clips It also tells how to modify certain characteristics such as background transparency when clips play Creating Clip Source Tags Each time you want a clip to appear in a presentation you write a clip source tag that tells RealONE Player where to find the clip The source tag URL may point RealONE Player to a clip on RealServer a Web server or even the viewer s local computer A typical clip tag looks like this lt audio src rtsp realserver example com 554 audio song1 rm gt Within each clip source tag a src attribute lists the clip location The section Writing Clip Source URLs on page 151 explains how to specify a URL with the src attribute As described in subsequent chapters clip source tags can also contain o
251. d RealAudio and RealText clips can fall at least three seconds out of synchronization before RealONE Player stops the group to rebuffer the data streams Base the amount of time to set fora tolerance on your judgment of how far the clips can fall out of synchronization without the group playback becoming too confusing for the viewer For More Information SMIL timing values are described in Specifying Time Values on page 239 Specifying Synchronization Tolerance Default Values Similar to syncBehaviorDefault the group attribute syncToleranceDefault can set synchronization tolerances for nested groups In the following example the master containing group sets a syncToleranceDefault value of three seconds lt par id master_group syncTolerance 4s syncToleranceDefault 3s gt lt par id group_X syncBehavior locked syncTolerance inherit gt group_X clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par id group_Y syncBehavior canSlip gt group_Y clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par id group_Z syncBehavior canSlip syncTolerance 5s gt group_Y clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par gt 185 RealSystem iQ Production Guide In the preceding example group_X includes syncTolerance inherit and group_Y does not have a syncTolerance value Both groups therefore inherit the master group s tolerance value of three seconds However group_Z sets its own tolerance value of
252. d for HTML compatibility lt i gt lt i gt Italicizes the enclosed text page 115 lt li gt lt li gt Acts like a lt br gt tag Provided for HTML compatibility page 115 lt ol gt lt ol gt Indents text but does not number it Provided for HTML page 115 compatibility lt p gt lt p gt Creates a text paragraph page 114 lt pre gt lt pre gt Displays text in a monospace font and preserves extra spaces Works page 114 the same as in HTML lt S gt lt S gt Strikesthrough the enclosed text page 115 lt u gt lt U gt Underlines the enclosed text page 115 lt ul gt lt ul gt Indents text but does not add bullets to it Provided for HTML page 115 Examples compatibility lt center gt This is centered text lt center gt This is lt b gt bolded lt b gt text This is lt u gt underlined lt u gt text 481 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Font Tag Attributes The lt font gt tag lets you select fonts and character sets RealText lt font gt Tag Attributes Attribute Possible Values Default Function Reference bgcolor name RRGGBB transparent Sets the text background color page 112 charset us ascii iso 8859 1 iso 8859 1 Specifies character set used to page 106 mac roman x sjis display text gb2312 big5 iso 2022 kr color name RRGGBB none Controls font color except for page 112 TickerTape window face see font tables Times New Sets
253. demand buffering The receiving and storing of data before it is played back A clip s initial buffering is called preroll After this preroll excessive buffering may stall the presentation byte A common measurement of data One byte consists of 8 bits cable modems Devices that allow rapid transmission and reception of data over television cable They are digital devices unlike dial up modems which transmit analog data camel case A capitalization convention in which words in a phrase are joined and each word after the first begins with a capital letter SMIL 2 0 attributes and values generally use camel case as in soundLevel or whenNotActive CBR Constant Bit Rate A type of RealVideo encoding in which all parts of the video play back at the same bit rate Contrast to VBR CHTTP A version of HTTP supported by RealONE Player Files designated with chttp are downloaded through HTTP and stored in RealONE Player s cache client A software application that receives data from a server A Web browser is a client of a Web server RealONE Player is a client of RealServer clip A media file within a presentation Clips typically have an internal timeline as with RealAudio and RealVideo codec Coder decoder Codecs convert data between uncompressed and compressed formats reducing the bandwidth a clip consumes Glossary download To send a file over a network with a nonstreaming protocol such as HTTP Contras
254. deo Production Smooth and Distorted Video By using good production practices as described in this chapter you can help keep the video s clarity intact during encoding Also note the following points The video s dimensions affect visual clarity If you use too large of a window for your target bandwidth visual clarity may suffer For more information see RealVideo Dimensions on page 61 When you encode with RealProducer you can choose an option for better image quality The video may be jerkier though because increasing the pixel data reduces the frame rate A video with relatively stationary subjects talking heads will have better visual quality than a video with rapid scene changes and a lot of movement If you plan to launch a video in double or full screen mode as described in Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode on page 422 boost video clarity as much as possible during production and encoding RealONE Player enlarges the clip by duplicating its pixels which magnifies any defects RealVideo Dimensions The following table lists four common RealVideo clip dimensions that maintain the 4 3 aspect ratio used in television For each clip size the table indicates the general playback quality you ll get when streaming a RealVideo 8 clip to various target audiences Excellent video quality means few visual 61 RealSystem iQ Production Guide artifacts and a frame rate that results
255. deshow takes 25 Kbps for example these RealONE Players pick a SureStream track from soundtrack rm that requires 22 Kbps or less of bandwidth RealONE Players with between 47 000 and 20 000 bps of available bandwidth choose slideshow2 rp along with a SureStream track that keeps the combined clips under 20 Kbps For More Information For more on SureStream see SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo on page 35 Refer to Step 3 Develop a Bandwidth Strategy on page 31 for information on targeting certain network connection speeds Enhancing Presentation Accessibility RealONE Player users who are sight or hearing impaired can set an accessibility preference that gives them audio descriptions or captions respectively when those options are available You can match RealONE Player viewers to these options with the systemAudioDesc and systemCaptions attributes Both attributes which you can use together or singly take a value of either on or off Suppose you have three versions of a video clip 1 An original version for viewers with no accessibility preference video rm 2 A version for sight impaired viewers with a preference for audio descriptions video_descriptions rm A video with audio descriptions might consist of a standard video that pauses intermittently while a separate audio track encoded in the clip describes upcoming scenes 3 A version for hearing impaired viewers with a preference for captions video_captions
256. diagonal line from the lower left to Left upper right corners splits and expands toward the opposite corners diagonalTopLeft 46 A diagonal line from upper left to lower right corners splits and expands toward the opposite corners Table Page 1 of 3 319 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Edge Wipe Transition Effects continued Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance topLeft 41 A diagonal line moves from the upper left corner to the lower right corner diagonalWipe topRight 42 A diagonal line moves from the upper right corner to the lower left corner vertical 43 Two wedge shapes slide in from the top and bottom edges toward the center bowTieWipe horizontal 44 Two wedge shapes slide in from the left and right edges toward the center doubleBarnDoor 47 Four wedge shapes split from the center and retract toward the four edges miscDiagonal doubleDiamond 48 A diamond connecting the four edge Wipe midpoints simultaneously contracts toward the center and expands toward the edges down 61 A wedge shape moves from top to bottom left 62 A wedge shape moves from right to left veeWipe ae e a S up 63 A wedge shape moves from bottom to top right 64 A wedge shape moves from left to right down 65 A V shape extending from the bottom edge s midpoint to the opposite corners contracts toward the center and expands toward the edges left 66 A V sha
257. digits A through F Decimal 5 and hexadecimal 5 are the same value for example but decimal 10 corresponds to hexadecimal A decimal 15 corresponds to hexadecimal F and decimal 16 corresponds to hexadecimal 10 Using Six Digit Hexadecimal Values Hexadecimal color values are typically six digits in which the first pair of digits defines an RGB red value the second pair specifies a green value and the last pair specifies a blue value Each hexadecimal pair can specify 256 colors 16 x 16 thereby replicating the RGB single color values of 0 to 255 Each hexadecimal red green or blue color value ranges from 00 no color to FF full color Here are some examples e 000000 is black FF0000 is bright red FFFFOO is bright yellow 476 APPENDIX D SMIL Color Values 0000FF is bright blue e FFFFFF is white Note Letter case does not matter for hexadecimal digits Hence ACBD5F is equivalent to acbd5f Defining a Three Digit Hexadecimal Value In place of any six digit hexadecimal value you can use a three digit value in which each digit specifies a red green and blue RGB value respectively backgroundColor 3F8 The three digit value is converted to a six digit value by duplicating each digit The preceding three digit value is therefore equivalent to the following value backgroundColor 33FF88 Tip Using the three digit notation you can quickly specify white FFF or black 000 Using Color Names
258. dimensions to reach the widest audience High speed viewers however will not receive the benefit of their hefty bandwidth You can resolve this dilemma by creating two or more versions of your video each with different dimensions You can use your video editing software to do this or use RealProducer to resize or crop the video during encoding Then encode each video for a few different streaming speeds You can make the clips CHAPTER 4 Video Production available through separate links or use a SMIL lt switch gt tag to let RealONE Player choose which version to play For More Information The basics of the lt switch gt tag are in Understanding Switching on page 363 For a sample lt switch gt tag see Switching for Different Video Sizes on page 378 RealVideo Codecs RealVideo 8 is the standard RealVideo codec but you can also encode with one of two RealVideo G2 codecs The codec you use encodes all of a clip s SureStream streams You cannot encode half the streams with the RealVideo 8 codec for example and the other half with a RealVideo G2 codec RealVideo 8 Codec The RealVideo 8 codec results in visual quality markedly superior to that produced by the RealVideo G2 codecs It requires more processing power though so encoding a clip with it takes longer than encoding the clip with a RealVideo G2 codec RealPlayer 8 and later can play RealVideo 8 clips Earlier versions of RealPlayer are prompted to autoupdate
259. dio and RealVideo clips 493 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 494 RealServer RealNetworks server software used to stream multimedia presentations to RealPlayer G2 RealServer administrator The person in charge of setting up and running RealServer RealSlideshow A RealNetworks tool for creating streaming slideshows based on the RealPix markup RealSystem The RealNetworks system for streaming media such as RealAudio and RealVideo clips over a network It consists of RealServer RealPlayer G2 and various production tools RealText A RealSystem clip type file extension rt for streaming text over a network It uses a markup language for formatting text real time Delivered as it occurs For example a live event is streamed across a network in a real time broadcast RealVideo A RealSystem clip type for streaming video over a network RealVideo clips use the extension rm rotating banner ads Banner advertisements that change at a specified interval such as a new ad banner every 30 seconds RTP Real Time Protocol The open standards based data package protocol RealServer uses along with RTSP to communicate with RTP based clients Contrast to RDT RTSP Real Time Streaming Protocol An open standards based control protocol that RealServer uses to stream clips to RealONE Player or any RTP based client Contrast to HTTP server 1 A software application such as a Web server or RealServer that sends
260. dio clip does not require a region for playback However you can use a lt region gt tag s soundLevel attribute to control the relative volume of an audio clip See Controlling Audio Volume in a Region on page 218 for more information and Turning Down an Audio Clip s Volume on page 231 for an example Assigning Clips to Regions After you define the playback regions you use region attributes within clip source tags to assign clips to regions based on the region s ID In the following example the video and text clips are assigned to the video and text regions defined in the header lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout backgroundColor maroon width 250 height 230 gt lt region id video_region top 5 left 5 width 240 height 180 gt lt region id text_region top 200 left 5 width 240 height 20 gt lt layout gt 213 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt head gt lt body gt lt par gt lt video src video rm region video_region gt lt audio src audio rm gt lt textstream src text rt region text_region gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt You can reuse regions by assigning sequential clips to them For example you can play a video clip in a region then display another clip in that region after the first clip finishes You don t need to assign audio only
261. ds In most cases you ll want to create a default value so that every RealONE Player will find an option that it can play In some cases though you may not want a default If you re creating a group that switches between clips streaming at 300 Kbps 200 Kbps and 100 Kbps for example you may not want to include a default choice That way RealONE Players connected through dialup modems don t request any of the clips In cases where you do not want certain RealONE Players to choose an option you do not necessarily have to leave the default option out Instead you can use the default option to display a graphic or RealText clip informing viewers of the reason their RealONE Players cannot play the presentation To switch between clips that use SMIL hyperlinks create the links with lt area gt tags inside the clip source tags rather than with lt a gt and lt a gt tags around the clip tags Add the test attribute to the clip tag as shown here lt video src videol rm systemLanguage fr gt lt area href http www example com gt lt video gt For More Information For more on the lt area gt tag see Using the lt area gt Tag on page 283 Switching Between Language Choices When source clips are in different languages use a test attribute of systemLanguage in the clip source tag or group tag The following example 367 RealSystem iQ Production Guide shows a video slideshow with separate
262. duction you need to consider several issues carefully What is your target bandwidth What types of clips will you use How will your presentation timeline progress Addressing these issues is critical for producing a successful presentation To learn the basics start with Chapter 2 Presentation Planning beginning on page 23 Producing Clips RealSystem streams a core set of clip types RealAudio RealVideo Flash RealText and RealPix You can stream just a single clip or combine RealSystem iQ Production Guide various clips into a complex presentation Part II Producing RealSystem Clips beginning on page 41 explains these clip types Note This guide does not explain how to use RealSystem tools such as RealProducer For specific information about using a particular tool refer to the tool s user s guide or online help Writing SMIL To unify multiple clips into a single presentation you use Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language SMIL a mark up language that you can write with any text editor If you ve written HTML you ll find it easy to pick up SMIL To get started turn to Part II Learning SMIL beginning on page 125 Delivering a Presentation Once you finish production you ll want to show off your work Part VII Streaming Your Clips beginning on page 393 explains how to stream your presentation from RealServer or a Web server as well as how to embed it in a Web page Bec
263. e The pop up window has buttons to minimize maximize and close the window All timeline and menu controls are on the main media window The pop up window gives the viewer many playback controls and menus Can the pop up window launch another pop up window No a secondary media window cannot launch another secondary media window The main media window can launch any number of secondary media windows though Yes a hyperlinked pop up window runs a new SMIL presentation that can launch new windows For More Information Chapter 14 explains hyperlinking Clip Position and Fit By default a clip aligns with a region s upper left corner and displays at its normal size If it s too big for the region it s cropped If it s too small the 198 CHAPTER 11 Layout region s background color displays in the remainder of the region You can modify this behavior to align a clip to different points within a region clip position as well as resize the clip to make it fit the region clip fit better Clip Position To define clip position you create various registration points that specify where and how clips align to regions One registration point might center clips in their regions for example Another point might align clips with their regions bottom left corners The following figure illustrates two registration points showing a few of the many ways to align clips to a point Registration
264. e 190 horzRepeat attribute 333 hot spots see hyperlinks 501 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 502 href attribute 290 HTML Help version of this guide 5 HTML Javascript version of this guide 5 HTTP compared to RTSP 417 in presentation links 417 in SMIL file 153 see also Web server hyperlinks lt a gt tag 283 activation methods 282 actuate attribute 293 alternate text 293 animating 350 lt area gt tag 283 automatic activation 293 basic properties 290 begin attribute 284 coords attribute 285 destinationLevel attribute 306 end attribute 284 external attribute 295 fill period activity 258 groups and 282 hot spots circular 287 cropping 289 image map programs 289 mixing pixels with percentages 289 overlapping 284 289 percentage decimal values 289 polygonal 288 rectangular 286 sample coordinates 290 scaling 285 sizing 285 tips 289 href attribute 290 key activation 291 case sensitivity 291 indicating keys 292 long description 292 overlapping links 292 usable keys 291 long description 283 media playback state bandwidth issues 300 controlling 300 nesting 282 nohref attribute 291 overlapping 283 recommendations 279 regions and 282 scaling in animated regions 349 sendTo attribute 296 shape attribute 285 sound level adjustments 306 sourceLevel attribute 306 SourcePlaystate attribute 300 streaming media linking from Flash 306 linking from RealText 306 medi
265. e RealPix timeline you gain a lot of control over bandwidth use RealSlideshow always ensures that images stream at a rate appropriate for your target audience If you write RealPix markup by hand though you need to be careful not to overload a connection s bandwidth Images in SMIL Presentations JPEG GIF or PNG images in a SMIL presentation stream at 12 Kbps See Setting a Clip s Streaming Speed on page 146 for instructions on changing this streaming bit rate CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning Reaching Multiple Audiences To provide good content for users with slower connections and great content for those with faster connections you can use two methods combining them if needed Create a single RealAudio or RealVideo clip that targets different audience bandwidths by using SureStream technology Create separate clips for each bandwidth target and let RealONE Player choose which set of clips to play through SMIL Either way you add to your Web page just one link for all visitors You don t need separate links for modems and DSL connections for example SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo With RealSystem s SureStream technology you can encode a RealAudio or RealVideo clip for multiple bandwidths For example you can encode a single RealAudio music clip for 28 8 Kbps modems 56 Kbps modems 112 Kbps dual ISDN 256 Kbps DSL and so on The clip s playback quality improves with each faster speed When a
266. e SMIL to coordinate the parts Pronounced smile SMIL is a simple but powerful markup language for specifying how and when clips play This chapter introduces you to SMIL its advantages and its syntax rules For More Information Once you are familiar with SMIL you can refer to Appendix C SMIL Tag Reference beginning on page 453 when you write your SMIL files Understanding SMIL Recommended by the World Wide Web Consortium W3C SMIL is designed to be the standard markup language for timing and controlling streaming media clips SMIL works for a media player similar to the way that HTML works for a Web browser And just as HTML markup displays in any browser the standardized SMIL language fosters interoperability between media players You can find the official SMIL 2 0 specification at the W3C Web site http www w3 org TR smil20 For More Information To learn more about multiplayer support read Interoperability Between SMIL Based Players on page 132 Advantages of Using SMIL The following points explain a few of the major advantages of using SMIL Use clips in different locations Because a SMIL file lists a separate URL for each clip you can put together presentations using clips stored on any server You can use a video clip on 127 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 128 a RealServer for example and an image clip on a Web server Using SMIL eliminates the need to merge multiple clips into a
267. e example below has two clip groups that play in sequence Each clip group is composed of a Flash clip and a RealAudio clip played in parallel lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt par gt lt animation src rtsp realserver example com 554 media cartoon1 swf gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com 554 media sound1 rm gt lt par gt lt par gt 86 CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation lt animation src rtsp realserver example com 554 media cartoon2 swf gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com 554 media sound2 rm gt lt par gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt For More Information For information on SMIL see Chapter 7 Secure Transactions With Flash forms you can build transaction functionality directly into Flash clips streamed to RealONE Player This lets you add e commerce capability to your presentation for example If the Flash clip connects to a secure server RealONE Player transmits the encrypted information through the viewer s browser RealONE Player does not support encryption directly so the viewer needs to have a browser that supports it Any encrypted response sent back by the secure server displays in the browser Note Because RealONE Player does not support secure transactions you should not send an HTTP POST or GET command to a secure server if you intend for the server s response to come back to RealONE Play
268. e odd or the even lines de interlacing the video itself CHAPTER 4 Video Production RealVideo Options The RealProducer preferences include several RealVideo encoding options that affect the quality of RealVideo clips by modifying RealProducer s encoding methods Variable Bit Rate Encoding Variable bit rate VBR encoding is optional for RealVideo It varies a clip s playback bit rate while keeping the streaming bit rate constant This gives more bandwidth to scenes that are hard to compress and less to scenes that are easy to compress In a video that streams at 225 Kbps for example one second may get 150 Kb of data while another gets 300 Kb VBR encoding generally provides video quality superior to that achieved with constant bit rate CBR encoding making the most difference in videos with a mix of high and low action scenes Two Pass Encoding With two pass encoding RealProducer runs through the source video once to gather information It then makes a second pass to encode the RealVideo streams Two pass encoding helps the most with variable bit rate VBR encoding When you use two pass encoding with VBR RealProducer analyzes the entire source video first to determine how best to vary the playback bit rate When you don t use it RealProducer analyzes small sections of the source video during encoding creating a string of VBR sections within the clip Loss Protection RealProducer s loss protection feature adds er
269. e 301 Leaving Out a URL Reference for Hot Spots The nohref attribute which can be used only in lt area gt tags indicates that the hot spot has no URL associated with it You can use nohref with interactive timing commands to start another clip when the hot spot is clicked for example The nohref attribute does not take a value Opening a Link on a Keystroke The accesskey attribute defines a keyboard key that the viewer can press to open the link The viewer presses just the defined key and does not need to press a helper key such as Alt to open the link You can define any number of access keys for a link In the following example the viewer could press the keyboard letter m to open the link lt area href http www example com accesskey m gt Tips for Defining Access Keys e The access key value is case sensitive so the viewer cannot press m lowercase m to open the link if you specify an uppercase M with accesskey M for example You can specify both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the same key though to ensure that letter case does not matter Access keys can be letters or numbers but not function keys or command keys such as Alt Esc or F5 As long as the clip associated with the link is visible the viewer can click the link as well as open it with the access key You cannot define a link 291 RealSystem iQ Production Guide that is accessible only through an access key
270. e 397 Table Page 2 of 2 451 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 452 APPENDIX C SMIL TAG REFERENCE Intended for advanced users this appendix provides a reference to SMIL tags and attributes Be sure to familiarize yourself with Conventions Used in this Guide on page 9 which explains the typographical conventions used in this appendix lt smil gt lt smil gt The lt smil gt and lt smil gt tags must start and end the SMIL markup The SMIL 2 0 namespace declaration is required You must declare the RealNetworks extension namespace if your SMIL file includes a customized attribute that uses the rn prefix lt smil gt Tag Namespaces Namespace Features Defined Reference xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language SMIL 2 Language Profile page 134 xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions RealNetworks extensions page 140 Header Tags The SMIL file header created between lt head gt and lt head gt tags contains tags that let you define the presentation s layout information transitions and other features For basic information about defining the SMIL file header see Header and Body Sections on page 134 lt meta gt The header region s lt meta gt tags provide presentation information A lt meta gt tag can also set a base URL for source clips in the SMIL file The content and name attributes are required for 453 RealSystem iQ Production Guide
271. e Frequency Response 146 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 16 5 kHz 176 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 19 2 kHz 264 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 22 0 kHz 352 Kbps Stereo Music 44 1 kHz 22 0 kHz Older RealAudio Codecs Table Page 2 of 2 The following tables list older RealAudio codecs that became obsolete with RealSystem G2 Some of these codecs are still used for compatibility with RealPlayer 5 though RealPlayer G2 and later can play any clips encoded with these codecs An X in the 5 4 3 2 or 1 column indicates that a clip encoded with this codec can be played by that version of RealPlayer Older RealAudio Voice Codecs RealAudio Codec 4 3 2 1 4kHz Sampling Rate Frequency Response 5 8 Kbps Voice X X X X X 8 kHz X 4 kHz 15 2 Kbps Voice X X X 8 kHz Older RealAudio Mono Music Codecs Frequency RealAudio Codec 5 4 3 2 1 SamplingRate Response 8 Kbps Music X X 8 kHz 4 kHz 12 Kbps Music X X 8 kHz 4 kHz 16 Kbps Music Low Response X X X 8 kHz 4 kHz 16 Kbps Music Medium Response X X X 11 025 kHz 4 7 kHz 16 Kbps Music High Response X X X 11 025 kHz 5 5 kHz 32 Kbps Music X X 16 kHz 8 kHz 40 Kbps Music X X X 22 05 kHz 11 kHz 80 Kbps Music X X X 44 1 kHz 20 kHz CHAPTER 3 Audio Production Older RealAudio Stereo Music Codecs RealAudio Codec 5 4 3 2 1 Sampling Rate F
272. e HTTP protocol is required because a browser cannot make an RTSP request When ramgen is used though RealServer causes the browser to start RealONE Player as a helper application then streams the clip or SMIL file to RealONE Player using RTSP Consult your RealServer administrator for the correct URL to your RealServer For More Information For details on using the Ramgen option see Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer on page 425 Setting the Width and Height Required for each lt EMBED gt tag the WIDTH and HEIGHT parameters set the size of the playback area If you omit these parameters the playback area may appear as a tiny icon because streaming media presentations do not resize themselves automatically The values for WIDTH and HEIGHT are in pixels by default so a width of 300 creates a playback area 300 pixels wide Setting WIDTH and HEIGHT to 0 zero hides the playback area You can also express WIDTH and HEIGHT as percentages of the browser window size For example a width of 50 makes the width of the presentation area half the width of the browser window Keep in mind that different types of media scale with different results For example a video scaled larger than its encoded size may not look good Vector based clips such as Flash animations on the other hand scale more easily to fit different playback areas Turning off the Java Virtual Machine Setting the NOJAVA parameter to true in every lt EMBED gt tag
273. e at least that size Tip Keep in mind that computer users can generally set their monitor resolutions differently Some 17 inch monitors may have a resolution of 768X1024 for example while others are set to 600X800 Specifying a Color Depth The systemScreenDepth attribute uses an integer value that specifies the color bit depth of the monitor The monitor must have the given bit depth or higher to play the clip The following are common systemScreenDepth values 32 millions of colors 24 millions of colors 16 thousands of colors 256 colors 4 16 colors 1 black and white CHAPTER 17 Switching Because a monitor must have at least the specified color depth for RealONE Player to choose an option always list options from the highest bit depth to the lowest as shown above If you listed systemScreenDepth 8 first for example all RealONE Players on standard color monitors would choose that option because all standard color monitors can display at least 256 colors Switch Group Examples The following examples illustrate different ways to use switching Note that there are many applications for switching and many ways to write SMIL presentations that include switching To view more examples get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and view the Sample Files page Switching with Multiple Attributes Using multiple test attributes in a lt switch gt gro
274. e attributes Clip and Group Information Attributes Attribute Value Function abstract clip_abstract Sets summary displayed in RealONE Player author author_name Defines author name copyright copyright_notice Provides copyright notice title title_text Creates a title that displays in the playlist You can use any combination of these attributes in each group or clip source tag but RealNetworks highly recommends that you always include title attribute values which appear in the RealONE Player playlist Each attribute takes a text string for its value The following example shows the general form these attributes take in a clip source tag lt ref src title title author name copyright date abstract abstract gt Tips for Defining Clip Information The following points explain the relationship between clip information set through SMIL and information encoded in a clip For a sequence or parallel group use title author copyright and abstract attributes in the lt par gt or lt seq gt tag instead of the clip source tags With a 168 CHAPTER 9 Presentation Information parallel group or sequence clip titles are ignored and only the group title shows in the RealONE Player playlist A title author copyright or abstract attribute in an lt excl gt tag is ignored This information must be defined for individual clips or parallel groups Ifa title is not encoded in the
275. e clip whereas one defined with pixels does not Therefore it s often better to use percentages if the region s fit attribute uses the meet slice or fill value It s OK to use pixel measurements if the clip is the same size as the region or the region s fit attribute uses the hidden or scroll value For More Information For more on the fit attribute values see Defining How Clips Fit Regions on page 227 Tip A viewer may also resize a presentation manually by for example clicking and dragging a RealONE Player corner In these cases hot spots scale with clips whether you define the hot spots with pixels or percentages You can prevent a clip from resizing though as explained in Changing Resize Behavior on page 206 285 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Creating a Rectangular Hot Spot Use shape rect to create a rectangular hot spot You then specify four coords values in pixels or percentages to set the hot spot s size and placement measured from the upper left corner of the source clip in the following order 1 distance of the hot spot rectangle s left edge from the clip s left edge left x 2 distance of the hot spot rectangle s top edge from the clip s top edge top y 3 distance of the hot spot rectangle s right edge from the clip s left edge right x 4 distance of the hot spot rectangle s bottom edge from the clip s top edge bottom y Coordinate values are separated by co
276. e font to display properly If you specify no font RealText uses the Times New Roman or Times font regardless of the character set specified English and European Language Fonts When writing in English or European languages use a font name from the Windows Font Name column of the following table which lists fonts that use the us ascii or iso 8859 1 character set If the specified font isn t available on a Macintosh or Unix computer RealText uses a system font as indicated in the table below For example a RealONE Player on a Macintosh displays text in Courier if the Algerian font is not available The notation always indicates cases where RealText always defaults to a system font For example the Fixedsys font always displays as Courier on a Macintosh RealText Font Support for us ascii and iso 8859 1 Character Sets Macintosh Default Unix Default Windows Font Name if Font not Available if Font not Available Algerian Courier Courier Arial Helvetica Helvetica Arial Black Helvetica Helvetica Arial Narrow Helvetica Helvetica Arial Rounded Mt Bold Helvetica Helvetica Book Antiqua Helvetica Helvetica Bookman Old Style Helvetica Helvetica Braggadocio Helvetica Helvetica Table Page 1 of 2 109 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 110 RealText Font Support for us ascii and iso 8859 1 Character Sets Windows Font Name Macintosh Default if Font not Available Unix Default if Font
277. e the lt area gt tag s time coordinates to create a timeline offset in a linked clip Suppose that you want to link a video to another video at 30 seconds into the second video s timeline In the source SMIL file you define a link from the first video to a SMIL file that contains the second video In the second SMIL file the video s lt area gt tag defines the timeline offset using SMIL timing parameters Here is a sample of the link in the first SMIL file lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href rtsp realserver example com newmedia smil vid2 gt lt video gt The following is the linked video clip in the second SMIL file newmedia smil lt video src video2 rm region newsregion gt lt area id vid2 begin 30s gt lt video gt For More Information Specifying Time Values on page 239 describes the SMIL timing values Tips for Linking to SMIL Fragments To link to a fragment within the same SMIL file use only href ID You can link to any clip lt par gt lt seq gt lt excl gt or lt switch gt group by defining an id attribute for the clip or group Do not link to an element in a SMIL file header however or to an element within a lt switch gt group You cannot link to a clip in a lt par gt group and exclude the other clips in that group All clips in the group will play in their designated regions 305 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 306 I
278. e tolerance settings rgb 127 128 130 which is equivalent to hexadecimal 7F8082 rgb 128 129 125 which is equivalent to hexadecimal 80817D However the following colors would not be rendered transparent because they fall outside the overall range defined by all the red green and blue tolerance values rgb 126 126 126 which is equivalent to hexadecimal 7E7E7E This color is not rendered transparent because the red value falls outside the designated red tolerance even though the green and blue values fall within the designated green and blue tolerances rgb 127 128 132 which is equivalent to hexadecimal 7F8084 This color is not rendered transparent because the blue value falls outside the designated blue tolerance even though the red and green values fall within the designated red and green tolerances Tips for Expanding the Color Transparency Range The rn chromaKeyTolerance attribute is always used in conjunction with rn chromaKey If you use rn chromaKeyTolerance without also specifying rn chromaKey the rn chromaKeyTolerance value is ignored Although you can use any type of color value described in Appendix D for rm chromaKeyTolerance RGB percentages are generally the simplest means for expanding the transparency range Instead of precisely determining in advance the range of colors you want to render transparent select your rm chromaKey value then widen the range with a small percentage value r chromaKey
279. each time the viewer clicks the link Each _blank subsequent link named _new or _blank opens a new window as well _self or Opens the URL in the current media window _current name Creates a new media window with the user defined name A subsequent openwindow command using the same name opens the given URL in the same window Target URL Following the name argument the required URL argument gives the fully qualified URL to the clip or SMIL presentation to play in the new window You must include the protocol rtsp http chttp or file in the URL Relative URLs do not work Zoom Level The optional zoomlevel double full normal argument sets the new media window to open in double size or full screen mode respectively The normal value is the default If the operating system does not support full screen mode normal mode is used instead Tip You can also open the initial presentation in double or full screen mode by using a Ram file For details on doing this as well as guidelines for using double and full screen modes see Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode on page 422 307 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 308 Note Earlier versions of RealPlayer support additional parameters such as autosize and ontopwhileplaying that RealONE Player ignores RealONE Player is therefore backwards compatible with presentations developed for earlier versions of RealPlayer These additional parameters are obsolete
280. ealONE Player preference for 372 resizing for captions off 381 capture cards 26 centering clips in regions example 230 through clip source tag 222 with registration point 225 character sets for RealText 106 chromaKey attribute 159 chromaKeyOpacity attribute 159 chromaKeyTolerance attribute 160 CHTTP 154 clicking a clip to start or stop another clip 269 clip information 168 clip position and fit 198 clip source tags clip type indicators 145 IDs 146 linking absolute file syntax 151 base target 152 local files 151 RealServer 153 relative file syntax 151 Web server 153 Ram file as a clip 149 SMIL file as a clip 150 layouts 150 timing 150 clipBegin attribute 242 clipEnd attribute 242 clock wipes 323 close attribute 204 codecs see RealVideo see RealAudio color attribute animating 349 in lt brush gt tag 148 color depth switching 376 colors animating 358 RealText 112 region backgrounds 215 compression audio dynamics 53 overview 27 RealAudio 43 RealVideo 57 context window background color 298 content caching 299 defining 297 frames 299 linking from browser window 299 linking to browser window 297 overview 280 recommended use 298 scroll bars 299 sizing 297 defaults 298 Index persistence 298 recommendations 298 relationship to media window 298 coords attribute 285 copyright attribute 168 copyright protection with RealServer 30 with Web server 428 CPU
281. ealProducer gives you an option for smoother motion Choosing this option raises the clip s overall frame rate and reduces visual quality whereas choosing the option for better image quality lowers the frame rate Ina video that has a mix of fast and slow scenes variable bit rate encoding VBR and two pass encoding generally help the fast scenes achieve a higher frame rate See RealVideo Options on page 73 for more information When encoding with RealProducer Plus you can lower the bit rate of the RealAudio codecs used for a given clip This gives more bandwidth to the visual track helping to raise the frame rate e Scalable Video Technology SVT enables RealONE Player to lower the frame rate as necessary during playback to lighten a computer s CPU load For more information see Scalable Video Technology on page 64 RealVideo Clarity In addition to changing its frame rate RealVideo can reduce a clip s streaming size by throwing out pixel data A video stores information about each pixel in the frame RealVideo on the other hand stores data for pixel groups When bandwidth is tight RealVideo shoehorns pixels with slightly different RGB values into the same group These pixels then look identical rather than nearly identical This may result in a loss of detail if compression is too high The following illustration compares a smooth video with one that has lost detail through too much compression CHAPTER 4 Vi
282. eates a root layout area 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels high lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 gt main media window regions defined after the root layout area lt layout gt Because clips cannot play in the root layout area you need to define at least one region in addition to the root layout area In the following example the single region automatically assumes the same size as the root layout area lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 gt lt region id video_region gt lt layout gt 203 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 204 For More Information Defining Playback Regions on page 206 explains how to set region sizes and positions within the main media window Adding Background Colors on page 215 tells how to set window colors Creating Secondary Media Windows To add secondary pop up windows to a presentation you include lt topLayout gt and lt topLayout gt tags for each window you want to launch As with the lt root layout gt tag you specify the width and height of each secondary media window in pixels An id ID attribute is optional and is generally required only for use with SMIL animations The following example creates a secondary media window 180 pixels wide by 120 pixels high and defines a single playback region of the same size lt layout gt lt root layout gt main media window regions defined lt topLayout width 180
283. ec support 63 SDK 10 SMIL source view 141 theater mode 422 toolbar mode 422 VBScript guide 10 RealPix authoring guide 10 bandwidth characteristics 34 description 29 through RealSlideshow 28 505 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Web server delivery 429 RealProducer overview 27 SDK 10 see also RealAudio see also RealVideo RealServer administration guide 10 administrator 23 advanced features 24 bandwidth constraints on 24 SDK 10 stream maximum 23 stream thinning 36 through ISPs 24 RealSlideshow 28 RealSystem authoring kit 10 SDK 10 RealText accented languages 107 background color 96 bandwidth characteristics 93 bolding text 115 broadcasting 94 captions 372 examples 379 centering text 114 character sets big5 108 default 107 gb2312 108 iso 2022 kr 108 RealText version for 100 iso 8859 1 107 mac roman 108 coded characters 119 RealText version for 99 specifying 106 us ascil 107 x sjis 108 Chinese character set 108 coded characters 118 mac roman character set 119 colors 506 hexadecimal values 113 text 112 text background 112 window background 112 comments 93 crawl rate 100 description 29 duration in SMIL presentation 98 of clip 97 troubleshooting 98 erasing text 104 examples 119 generic window 119 scrollingnews window 121 teleprompter window 122 tickertape window 120 extra spaces 102 features 91 file extension 91 names 93 stru
284. ecause the animation lasts 6 seconds the expansion takes 4 seconds while the contraction takes 2 seconds Note that when you use calcMode paced using more than two values has no effect if all values make the animation flow in the same direction For example consider the following attributes values 50 75 90 100 125 150 calcMode paced Each value in the list above is greater than the preceding value The animation therefore flows continuously in a positive direction With the paced mode though only the first and last values will affect the speed This is not true with the linear value however Hence the preceding example functions the same as the following values 50 150 calcMode paced Multiple values affect a paced animation only when they reverse the animation s direction In the following example the animation flows positively from the first to the second point negatively from the second to the third point and so on Each value therefore affects the animation s appearance values 50 90 75 125 100 150 calcMode paced Creating Additive and Cumulative Animations As summarized in the following table the accumulate and additive attributes let you create animations that build through repeating cycles Additive and Cumulative Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference accumulate none sum Makes a repeating animation build page 356 with each iteration additive replace sum Adds the animati
285. ecific Window or Region Whereas show new opens a link in a new unnamed media window target name creates a named window that you can select through subsequent hyperlinks It also lets you open linked media in a specific SMIL region of an existing window rather than in a new window The show new attribute does not include these two capabilities The target attribute takes a user defined name as its value As with show new you can set sourcePlaystate to play pause or stop You can also set destinationPlaystate to play or pause The following example defines a link that opens in a SMIL region or a new window named play3 lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm target play3 sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate play gt When RealONE Player opens the link in preceding example it displays the linked media in the following way 1 RealONE Player displays the linked media in the existing SMIL region named play3 That is it looks for a SMIL region in any open window that has the play3 ID lt region id play3 gt 2 If no SMIL region named play3 exists RealONE Player displays the linked media in the window named play3 That is it looks for a window created through a previous hyperlink that used a target play3 attribute 3 If no window named play3 exists RealONE Player creates a new window with the play3 name displaying the linked media in that window Tips for Op
286. ectenelexnsss ea 269 EXAITIDIC te teak thd A lie lt een A sehdes waste dural Namie 269 Defining a Mouse Evd terene ineei Sager e E E E E E 269 Sample Valles o 2 creche nae nora ri ie ireas aeee iiare earo ioaea 270 Exarmplesss sgciecsitefesastegtenss a EA A E AEA E A E E 271 Defining a Keyboard Events rercenanaieen ee oiii oseni aia 271 Sample Values 272 Examples anaa e a e Eri eai a ea A EA aata 272 Tips for Defining Keyboard Events s sssssssssssrsssrrrsssrrssseerssserssreerrsseessset 272 Defining a Secondary Window Event sssssssssssssssrssssrsssetrsssesrsssetrsreesnsreernses 273 Sample Val s sireng atap a eset E lee EEE a 274 Example cs n Ea E a O E e N Eae AS aae ae e EA En A aa 274 Using M dia Mafk rSrsise ianitor aidi anois eo A EE KSN E 274 Coordinating Clips to an External Clock ssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssrsrsrsesssreerssseens 274 Setting Minimum and Maximum Times 274 Controlling Whether an Element Restarts 274 Setting a Default Restart Value ccc ccc cecc cee eeseeeeereeeeesseesensseeeeenaeees 275 14 HYPERLINKS 279 Understanding Hyperlinks ss raisio ire irinn E EERE cate 279 Links toH TME Papes a A a A aA EA EAEE ERA 279 Links to Streaming Media sssassssssssssssssssissssrsssresssrirssseressetrsnsrirnsseernnree 281 Methods of Activating a Link ssssssssssssssssissssssseessseresssressntennsriesnseeennneet 282 General Tips for Creating Hypertext Tags ceccccessceeeeeeeeensseee
287. ed with the MIME types listed in the following table The Web server administrator can configure the MIME types properly Web Server MIME Types for RealSystem Files File Type Extension MIME Type Ram ram audio x pn realaudio embedded Ram rpm audio x pn realaudio plugin SMIL smiland smi application smil RealAudio ra audio x pn realaudio RealVideo rm application x pn realmedia Flash swf application x shockwave flash RealPix rp image vnd rn realpix RealText at text vnd rn realtext CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery Placing Clips on a Server You typically create your clips and SMIL files on a desktop computer or a workstation then transfer them to a server whether RealServer or a Web server for streaming The RealServer or Web server administrator can create the content directories for you When you use RealServer the RealServer administrator can also set up features such as password authentication and Pay per view Understanding Directory Paths and URLs It s important to understand that the paths to the clips on a server and the URLs used to request the clips are different For example a clip on RealServer may reside in the following path on a Windows machine running RealServer C Program Files Real RealServer Content video1 rm But the URL used to request the clip may look like this rtsp realserver example com video1 rm You ll need the directory path to transfer the clips to the serve
288. eduled events because RealONE Player can determine when scheduled events will occur RealONE Player can determine when a clip is scheduled to end for instance You can therefore use a negative offset time to end a clip ten seconds before another clip s scheduled end time for example Multiple Timing Values For any SMIL element that uses begin or end attributes you can define any number of timing values by separating the values with semicolons time1 time2 time3 In the following example the clip begins when the first of two possible events occurs either one minute elapses after the clip s group becomes active or event1 occurs The clip ends either two minutes after the group starts or when event2 occurs lt ref src begin 1min event1 end 2min event2 gt Tips for Specifying Multiple Time Values The order that you list time values does not matter The time value listed third can occur before the time value listed second or first for example The entire value string must be enclosed in double quotation marks You can include spaces before or after a semicolon that separates time values but spaces are not necessary Do not add a semicolon after the last value The restart attribute can prevent a clip or group from restarting due to multiple begin values See Controlling Whether an Element Restarts on page 274 for more information Defining an Element Start or Stop Event
289. ee 512 Kbps DSL cable modem i 352 Kbps In terms of bandwidth use RealAudio is the most inflexible media type The RealAudio codecs set streaming bit rates in a stairstep model 20 Kbps 36 Kbps 44 Kbps and so on with no inbetween choices Because RealAudio clips CHAPTER 3 Audio Production always stream at specific bit rates consider their bandwidth needs first when you use them in multiclip presentations Then create your other clips to stream within the bandwidth that s left Note With SureStream technology a single RealAudio clip can stream at many different speed For the basics of SureStream see SureStream RealAudio and RealVideo on page 35 RealAudio Codecs This section discusses the RealAudio codecs used by RealProducer The codecs are listed in separate tables for voice mono music and stereo music Voice codecs focus on the standard frequency range of the human voice Music codecs have broader frequency responses to capture more high and low frequencies The tables list each codec s optimum sampling rate and frequency response Sampling rate Using a codec s optimum sampling rate in your audio source file ensures that the audio stays synchronized with other media in the presentation It also prevents pitch shifting in audio resampling Audio quality degrades if you use less than the optimum sampling rate If you use a higher rate it is best to use a multiple of the optimum rate If the optimu
290. eed to include an XML namespace like this lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt 15 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information See The SMIL 2 0 Tag and Namespace on page 134 for more information SMIL 2 0 Attributes Use Camel Case In SMIL 2 0 most attributes and predefined values that have multiple words now use camel case in which all words are compounded and words following to the first word are capitalized For example the system bitrate attribute in SMIL 1 0 becomes systemBitrate in SMIL 2 0 For more information see Tags Attributes and Values on page 135 New and Updated SMIL Resources In addition to the chapters that describe SMIL 2 0 features this manual adds or updates several resources that will help you with creating presentations For information on updating SMIL 1 0 syntax to SMIL 2 0 standards see Updating SMIL 1 0 Files to SMIL 2 0 on page 143 Appendix B addresses specific production questions by referring you to the appropriate section in this manual Appendix C provides a quick reference for SMIL tags and attributes that will help you once you re familiar with SMIL markup Appendix D explains the types of color values that you can specify Get the bundled HTML version of this production guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 Then choose Sample Files from the Go To menu to display links to
291. eeeeeeeeel 282 Creating a Simple Link 283 Using the lt area gt Tag 283 Creating a Timed Lim vires svcuecader ence csteatte p e AA ES AEETI E ERE ENA 284 Defining HotSpots ense er a erta de clear A eedt titel a AEE 285 Defining Basic Hyperlink Properties ssssssssssssssssssssssstsssssrsssesrsreesrsneenssees 290 Specifying the Ln URG een eee a a aea Suited EERE A EA 290 Leaving Out a URL Reference for Hot Spots ccccccessseseesseeeeeeseeeeeneees 291 Opening a Link on a Keystroke 0 ccccsccesscceeeseeeeeeeseeeeesseeeeesseeeseneeeees 291 Opening a URL Automatically 293 xiii RealSystem iQ Production Guide Displaying Alternate Link Textseissis crer irere iire ina rse 293 Setting a Tab Index for Multiple Links ssssssssssssssssssssssrsssrsrsssrirsssresnseens 294 Limi to FEME Pape Sannea A A E r EAA 294 Selecting a Browsing WiINndoOW ssssssssssisssssssssrisssrissseisssserrsssesssseerssrerssneees 295 Opening HTML Pages in the Context Window sss sssssssssssssssssssserrssserrssersss 297 Targeting a Frame or Named WindoW ssssssssssssssrsssrrsssrrsrsrirnsserrnserrsse 299 Controlling the Media Playback State ccc ceee ee eeseceeeseeeeeseeeeenenees 300 Tips for Opening HTML Page Links Linking to Streaming Media ccccccecscceeeeseeeeeeseeseseeeceesseeeseneeesenseeeeeea Replacing the Source Presentation Opening a New Media Window with SMIL c ceccceeeesseeseeseece
292. eers pause pauseDisplay hide gt lt video src video1 rm gt lt video src video2 rm gt lt video src video3 rm gt lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt Tips for Defining Exclusive Groups and Priority Classes An lt excl gt group can have one or several priority classes Priority classes affect only interruption behavior They have nothing to do with timing A clip in a lower priority class can play before a clip ina higher priority class or vice versa 192 CHAPTER 10 Groups When you use priority classes every element in the lt excl gt group must belong to a priority class You cannot mix clips that are within priority classes and clips that are outside of priority classes Priority classes cannot be nested That is one priority class cannot contain another priority class A priority class can contain clips or groups of clips 193 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 194 CHAPTER 11 LAYOUT When you stream more than one clip you use SMIL layout tags to lay out the presentation The layout defines where each clip appears in RealONE Player Clips might appear side by side for example or stacked on top of each other You can even play clips in windows that pop up from the RealONE Player main media window Note For instructions on laying out a presentation in a Web page instead of in RealONE Player see Chapter 19 Understanding Layouts If your presentation is a
293. egPoint center regAlign topRight lower right quadrant regPoint center regAlign topLeft 223 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 224 Creating a Reusable Registration Point Using the second method for creating registration points you define each registration point in the layout section with a lt regPoint gt tag As shown in the following example a lt regPoint gt tag has a unique ID a few positioning attributes and a regAlign attribute lt layout gt windows and regions defined here lt regPoint id above_center left 50 top 25 regAlign topMid gt lt layout gt The preceding lt regPoint gt tag creates a registration point halfway in from the left and a quarter of the way down from the top of any region The regAlign value described in Using Alignment Values on page 221 places the midpoint of the clip s top border on the registration point Positioning the Registration Point A lt regPoint gt tag s left right top and bottom attributes which can have pixel or percentage values just like region offset values allow you to place the registration point anywhere in a region You need to use only one or two of these attributes such as left and top or right and bottom to define a registration point s position The following table summarizes these attributes lt regPoint gt Tag Position Attributes
294. egion textregion fit hidden gt Tips for Defining the fit Attribute Use fit meet if all parts of the clip must display if the clip s aspect ratio must be maintained and if it s OK to scale the clip Use fit hidden or fit scroll to keep the clip at its encoded size Use fit fill if you want to fill the entire region with the clip and it doesn t matter if RealONE Player enlarges shrinks or distorts the clip When scaling clips inside a region keep in mind that different types of media scale with different results A video scaled larger than its encoded size may not look good Vector based media such as Flash animation on the other hand scale more easily to fit different region sizes Also note that scaling a clip consumes CPU power on the RealONE Player computer For recommendations on using the fit attribute with a RealText clip see RealText Window Size and SMIL Region Size on page 96 When you use the fill meet or slice value a hot spot hyperlink image map defined with percentage values automatically resizes with the clip For more information see Choosing Percentages or Pixels for Hot Spots on page 285 Different sizes of regions and clips the use of registration points and the setting of a region s fit attribute can create many different outcomes for the placement and scaling of a visual clip For more information get the HTML 4Javascript version of this guide a
295. en the clip might slowly fade in from a solid color Or a five point star might expand from the center of a region to reveal the clip Instead of just disappearing when it stops playing a clip might crossfade into the clip that plays next Examples of Transition Effects 315 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 316 Timelines and Transition Effects By default each transition lasts one second but you can make a transition last any length of time Using transition effects does not affect a presentation s timeline For example a two second transition applied to the end of a clip occurs during the last two seconds that the clip plays If it is applied to the beginning of the clip it occurs during the first two seconds of playback For More Information For instructions on doing this see Setting a Transition Effect s Duration on page 331 Layouts and Transition Effects You can use a transition effect with any visual clip regardless of the layout you ve defined or whether another clip precedes or follows the clip that uses the effect When a clip starts the area it covers is treated as its background whether that area is a region color a clip in another region or a clip in the same region A transition effect simply introduces the clip over or removes the clip from its background So when you use transitions with a sequence of clips the clips do not have to be the same size Animations and Transition Effects Tran
296. en with target name e Use short single word names with target name n e Do not use target _new When you open linked media in a new or existing window the window resizes to the media s defined size When you open linked media in an existing SMIL region the window does not resize and the region s fit attribute determines how the linked media appears if the region and media are different sizes See Defining How Clips Fit Regions on page 227 for more on fit Linking to a SMIL Fragment A SMIL file hyperlink can target a specific place in another SMIL file or another part of itself To create a link of this type you simply include the appropriate SMIL ID in the href attribute after the URL and a pound sign just as if linking to an HTML fragment lt area href rtsp realserver example com movie2 smil text_and_video gt 304 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks The preceding link would open the designated SMIL file and start playback at the clip or group that included the text_and_video ID lt par id text_and_video gt lt video src video2 rm region newsregion gt lt textstream src text rt region textregion gt lt par gt Note that the target SMIL file defines two regions newsregion and textregion When RealONE Player receives the new SMIL file it creates those regions as specified in the new SMIL file s header Linking to a Clip with a Timeline Offset You can us
297. enel 206 Defining Playback REGIONS ae arosine ia caddie a ia 206 Setting Region IDs and Names sssssssssssssssrssstirssstirsssrsssrersssesrnssrrrnsren 207 Defining Region Sizes and PosSItiOnS sssssssssssssssssssssssrserssreressrerssseernns 208 Assigning Clips to RESiOn Sessenta ie tiiin i E E E e G 213 Stacking Regions That OyerlaPris iriiritia sieiesosrersr sesers eri iaai 214 Adding Background Colors 00 215 Controlling Audio Volume in a Region 218 Defining Subregions src tere nee diesel eho r ier E e E 218 Cr ating Registration Points i 1 tetetiaseesetecsevets a a a a Ee in 221 Using Alignment Values ec cesciecrecsecsetdancdcentiaynevedtee davegoat eanecdicdvengoscevyedeecuyee 221 Defining Registration Points in Clip Source Tags ccccsssessseessecsseteneeees 222 Creating a Reusable Registration Point cccccecsseee cesses eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeel 224 Defining How Clips Fit Regions sccccssesd cc vecte aentuad eiatis see sasdtecesbaveeadbelpoes 227 fit Attribute Values o n 227 Overriding a Region s fit Attribute 229 Tips for Defining the fit Attribute cece eee ceeseeeeseeeeneeenneeeneeeneeens 229 Layout Examplesisitasisiine he nitiiy inn iii eee eats 229 Centering a Video on a Background ssssssssssrsssssssssrisssrersrserrsrsrersreernsset 230 Displaying a Letterbox Clips iris ee erda ar o EEES E E 230 Turning Down an Audio Clip s Volume sssssssssssssssrssssisssesrssserrsrsrern
298. ening Streaming Media in New Windows If you use both target and show in a link the show attribute is ignored You can use target exclusively to define your streaming media hyperlinks To replace the current presentation include neither target nor show Replacing the presentation is the default action so you do not need to include these attributes e Use target name to open a link in a SMIL region or in a new or existing window 303 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The following table summarizes the attribute values for opening streaming media in a new RealONE Player window using either show new or target name Hyperlink Attributes for Opening a Presentation in a New Window Source Destination Attributes play play show new target name sourcePlaystate play destinationPlaystate play play pause show new target name sourcePlaystate play destinationPlaystate pause pause play show new target name sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate play ause ause show new target name P P sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate pause stop play show new target name sourcePlaystate stop destinationPlaystate play stop pause show new target name sourcePlaystate stop destinationPlaystate pause To avoid possible conflicts use unique names for all SMIL regions and all windows that you op
299. ent RealONE Player buttons sliders and information panels in your Web page You might include separate start stop and pause buttons in your Web page for example Or you could add entire control panels that contain multiple buttons and readouts You can make these controls any size you want too giving you even more layout flexibility The section Adding RealONE Player Controls on page 401 explains all the available controls Javascript and ActiveX RealONE Player supports Javascript which enables you to extend the lt EMBED gt tag capabilities You can use Javascript to turn your own graphic image into a RealONE Player Play button for example RealONE Player also includes an ActiveX control that provides playback capabilities for the following products Microsoft Internet Explorer 3 0 and later Any application that supports ActiveX controls such as Microsoft Visual Basic Microsoft Visual C Microsoft Access and so on This production guide does not explain these capabilities For information on using Javascript or ActiveX with an embedded presentation see the RealPlayer Javascript and ActiveX Reference Guide which is available for download from the following Web page http service real com help library encoders html 397 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using lt EMBED gt Tags Each lt EMBED gt tag has three required parameters and can include many optional parameters which are described throughout thi
300. entations When several clips are played together their streaming speeds added together should not exceed the connection maximum For example RealPix and RealAudio clips streaming at 12 and 8 Kbps respectively can play in parallel over 28 8 Kbps modems because together they stream at 20 Kbps However they cannot play back together if they stream at 12 and 16 Kbps respectively because the 28 Kbps total streaming speed leaves the modem no bandwidth for overhead Such a presentation would likely require frequent rebuffering Streaming at Less than the Maximum Speed Your presentations do not have to stream at the maximum speeds listed in the preceding table In some cases you may want your clips to stream at less than the maximum You may need to leave enough bandwidth for the user to perform other network activities When streaming an Internet radio station for example leave some bandwidth for the listener to view Web pages Bandwidth is shared by everyone on a local area network LAN If the LAN is heavily used the 150 Kbps LAN target speed may slow down the LAN too much For an intranet the LAN manager should decide the maximum streaming rate Clip Bandwidth Characteristics To reach your target audiences with your clips you need to understand your clips bandwidth characteristics 33 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealAudio and RealVideo A RealAudio and RealVideo encoding tool can turn your source audio or video
301. ents if those elements do not need to be streamed from a server For example you can use an interactive event such as a mouseclick to trigger a SMIL animation that shrinks a clip already received by RealONE Player Because the SMIL animation is defined within the SMIL file RealONE Player has all the data it needs to start the animation when the event occurs Scheduled Events with Positive Offset Times When you start clips on scheduled events a positive offset time is generally not required to keep the presentation flowing smoothly RealONE Player can anticipate scheduled events and request a new clip s preroll far enough in advance to prevent presentation rebuffering You may want to use positive CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing offset times with scheduled events to manage the presentation timeline though You might want to start a clip five seconds after another clip repeats for the second time for example You can do that easily by adding 5s to the clip s begin time Negative Offset Times SMIL elements within a lt par gt or lt excl gt group but not a lt seq gt group can use negative timing offsets with advanced begin and end values You can also use a negative offset value with an event as shown in the following example begin ID event 5s Simple Negative Offset Times You can use negative timing offsets in basic begin and end attributes as well as with advanced timing commands In the following example the video is
302. eo when the viewer clicks a button Within an lt excl gt group you include a lt video gt tag for each video clip You then use advanced SMIL timing attributes to play each video clip when the viewer clicks one of the buttons This method is preferable if you want to display all buttons and clips in a single media window or you want to include SMIL timing and layout attributes in each lt video gt clip source tag For More Information For more on the lt excl gt tag see Creating an Exclusive Group on page 186 Chapter 13 explains advanced timing features Methods of Activating a Link The screen pointer turns into a hand icon when the viewer moves the pointer over an active link in the RealONE Player media window Typically the viewer opens the link by clicking it SMIL lets you define other ways to open a link too You might specify a keyboard key that the viewer can press to open the link for instance Links can also open automatically letting you display different Web pages as a presentation plays for example For More Information See Defining Basic Hyperlink Properties on page 290 for more information about these features General Tips for Creating Hypertext Tags Hyperlink tags work only with clip source tags You cannot make an entire group into a hyperlink or turn a SMIL region into an image map Hyperlink tags cannot be nested You can associate any number of hot spots or timed links defined throu
303. eo_region left 20 right 20 top 20 bottom 20 gt Tip If you define a region size with these attributes changing the window s size also changes the region s size whether the region attributes uses pixels or percentages Layout Example 3 Region Sizes and Two Offsets This example shows a common way for defining region size and position It specifies a region width and height then sets the region s offset from the window s upper left corner lt region id video_region left 60 top 40 width 180 height 120 gt CHAPTER 11 Layout If the window were 300 pixels wide by 200 pixels high the region layout would be the same as in Layout Example 2 Four Region Offsets on page 210 Using pixel measurements for the region width and height however keeps the region size stable if you modify the window size Using Different Offset Values For this example you could use the right and bottom attributes instead of left and top to create the same layout lt region id video_region right 60 bottom 40 width 180 height 120 gt Using Percentage Values You could also define this layout using percentage values for the left and top offsets This keeps the region s relative position within the window the same should you change the window size lt region id video_region left 20 top 20 width 180 height 120 gt Layout Example 4 Two Offsets i bottom
304. er For More Information For more on local URLs in SMIL files see Linking to Local Clips on page 151 See also Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 Step 2 Choose Clip Types and Gather Tools RealSystem gives you many possibilities for creating streaming media Your presentation may consist of a single clip or several clips that play together As you decide what types of clips you want to stream gather the production tools you ll need to make the clips Tip Download the HTML version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page S That version contains clip samples you can view with RealONE Player Visit http www realstore com to find out about the many tools available to help you create streaming media Audio and Video RealAudio and RealVideo are the most popular streaming media formats To produce them you run an encoding tool with audio or video input from a live source a recording format such as tape or CD or a digitized file in a standard format such as WAV AVI QuickTime or MPEG 25 26 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Audio and Video Production Tools A streaming RealAudio or RealVideo clip results from gathering editing and encoding audio or video input To carry out the initial steps of gathering and editing content you ll need the following A video camera and a microphone To capture live input use any video camera and microphone t
305. er For example do not connect to a secure server by using Flash s Load Variables or Load Movie command Mouse Events RealONE Player tracks certain mouse events differently than does the Flash plug in used with browsers Although this does not change how you build a streaming Flash presentation and it will not affect most viewers you should be aware of this behavior The Flash browser plug in records mouse events that occur outside of the Flash area For example a user may click and hold on an icon drag the pointer out of the Flash area and release the mouse button In this case the Flash browser plug in knows that the mouse button has been released RealONE Player however does not record mouse events that occur outside of its Flash region Instead it assumes that the button is still held down when the pointer returns to the Flash region 87 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Streaming a Flash Clip 88 This section summarizes the process for streaming a Flash clip The Flash 5 program can export a RealAudio clip a tuned Flash Player clip and a SMIL file automatically If you use Flash 5 refer to your Flash user s guide for instructions on exporting and tuning clips Macromedia s Web site also provides information about exporting clips with Flash 5 http www macromedia com support flash publishexport realplayer realplayer html If you are using a version of the Flash program prior to version 5 you must perform the
306. er has enough power to encode all the SureStream streams at the same time Check 442 APPENDIX A Basic Questions RealProducer s manual or online help for system requirements and perform a trial run before streaming the actual broadcast Can broadcast with a Web server instead of RealServer No You need RealServer to broadcast streaming presentations Web servers are designed to serve HTML pages and graphics to different users at different times They are not designed to broadcast the same presentation to multiple users simultaneously Does a broadcast have to be live No Broadcasting means to send out a stream that more than one RealONE Player user can view at the same time The broadcast can be live meaning that the input originates from a microphone or video camera Or it can be prerecorded meaning that it originates from a digitized clip prepared in advance If it s prerecorded you don t need to use RealProducer during the broadcast You just put the clip on RealServer and then set up RealServer to broadcast the clip as a simulated live event Can use SMIL with a broadcast Yes You can use SMIL to include ads with the broadcast or deliver static clips alongside the broadcast In the SMIL file you simply treat the broadcast as a static clip The only difference is that you use a special URL created by the RealServer administrator that identifies the resource as a broadcast rather than a clip How many peo
307. er opens the Web page In this case RealONE Player may need to rebuffer the presentation if browser operation uses too much bandwidth To help prevent this your streaming presentation should use less bandwidth than that listed in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 Tips for Opening HTML Page Links RealONE Player passes the entire URL to the browser which requests the resource You can therefore include in the SMIL href attribute any additional parameters you want the browser to receive A common use of this is linking to an anchor in an HTML page lt area href http www example com story html part2 external true gt If the RealONE Player media window is operating in full screen mode it resumes normal size operation when a link opens in a browsing window For more on full screen mode see Setting a Presentation s Starting Mode on page 422 If you use sourcePlaystate play to keep the SMIL presentation playing while the viewer s default Web browser opens the link you cannot prevent the browser from obscuring RealONE Player Whether RealONE Player remains on top of other applications as it plays is entirely under the viewer s control When targeting modem users and using sourcePlaystate play leave a few Kbps of bandwidth available to download HTML pages depending on the size of the HTML pages that will display To minimize bandwidth required by the browser link to Web pages that do
308. ercentage c0 cceecseseesseeeeeeeeeeees Controlling Prefetch Data Download Size cccceecsceseeseceessseeeeeseeeeeeneeees Prefetching a Specific Amount of Data Prefetching a Specific Length of a Clip s Timeline Tips for Pr fetching Data ssiri E E E EE E E T eats RealAudio and RealVideo Prefetching ssssssssssssssssssssssesrsssressrsersssersnseens Prefete URDE E aeai EErEE ENEE EEA EEE EEA SMIL Timing with Prefetching 0 cccctcevesceteosssimestdaveneepecouneussseseteseceseneaiens Prefetch TESTNE s a arr EEEE EVEA E RETEA EET oe teense teens ete Rrefetching Examples akes re a L E A A RE Displaying an Image Until Prefetching Completes Prefetching and Caching an Image ss sssssssssssssssssssesrsssetsssserrssrrrssrrrsssseens PART VII STREAMING YOUR CLIPS 19 WEB PAGE EMBEDDING Understanding Web Page Embedding ssssssssssssssssrssssrsssssrssserssssrrsrsissseees SEMBED gt Tagsir aa E EEE E E ER EEEE E I ERS Layout P ssSiBilti ES eiia iE EE E E AEEA RealONE Player Contro lSresrirre reiia r K EAR REER Jav script and Actives or ateen N anA ALCEE E E A R Using lt EMBED gt TATS tata taan EEOSE KATEATU ENA A EErEE RS PAES RIRE DEE aS AREER Specifying the SOULCe aaea sate ha E E EE E EA R Setting the Width and Height 008 Turning off the Java Virtual Machine Supporting Other Browsers cccccceccecessseeceseeeeeeseeeseesseeeenseeseneeeeeeeeea Adding RealONE Player Controls
309. ercentage none Animates the element by a certain page 350 color_value amount Do not use with to calcMode discrete linear linear Controls the flow of an animation page 353 paced Table Page 1 of 2 471 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt animateColor gt Tag Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference dur time_value indefinite media Sets the total time the animation or one page 243 of its repeating cycles plays end time_value none Sets the end time for the animation page 240 fill auto default freeze auto Determines the fill state when the page 251 hold remove default animation is no longer active from pixels percentage none Sets a starting point for the animation page 350 color_value Use with to or by id name none Names the animation for reference by page 138 other elements restart always default never always Determines if the animation can restart page 274 whenNotActive targetElement ID none Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute to pixels percentage none Sets an end point for the animation Do page 350 color_value not use with by values pixels percentage none Defines a list of values applied to the page 352 color_value animated attribute Table Page 2 of 2 Example lt animateColor targetElement image_region attributeName backgroundColor values red blue yello
310. es such as root layout are hyphenated These attributes carry over from SMIL 1 0 They have been kept the same for consistency Some new SMIL 2 0 attributes such as accesskey are meant to be compatible with HTML 4 0 and in accordance with the HTML 4 0 specification do not capitalize letters in compound words Rule 4 Attribute values must be enclosed in double quotation marks Attribute values such as video_region in region video_region must be enclosed in double quotation marks Do not add any blank spaces between the quotation marks and the value they enclose Rule 5 File names and paths must observe letter cases In clip source tags paths and file names can be uppercase lowercase or mixed case All of the following path and file name examples are allowable for example lt audio src rtsp realserver example com song rm gt lt audio src rtsp RealServer Example com Song rm gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com SONG rm gt However the path and file name in the tag should match the clip s path and file name exactly as it appears on the server computer s operating system For instance the following clip source tag may not work if the clip is actually named SONG rm lt audio src rtsp realserver example com song rm gt CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics Binary and Unary Tags Rule 6 All tags must have an end tag or close with a forward slash Some SMIL tags called binary tags have
311. es clip long enough for a transition effect to occur page 336 This is used only with clips and not with group tags Chapter 15 explains the transition value Table Page 2 of 2 The fill action comes after the clip s end time as set by its internal timeline or as specified by any timing values such as dur end repeatCount or repeatDur Consider the following example lt par gt lt ref src id clip_1 region region_1 dur 3min fill gt lt ref src id clip_2 region region_2 dur 5min gt lt par gt The dur 3min attribute keeps the first clip active exactly three minutes regardless of the length of its internal timeline The fill attribute takes effect when this duration elapses Suppose the fill attribute freezes the clip onscreen Because the second clip s duration makes the entire lt par gt group last five minutes the first clip freezes for two minutes past its duration The following figure illustrates this fill period Fill Period for Two Clips in a Parallel Group cu aad ee AC A ooo O pe C J y dur 5min Using an Automatic Fill Ifyou do not use a fill attribute with an element and you do not set a fillDefault value in a group that contains the element the element behaves as if 252 CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing fill auto is set You can also set fill auto explicitly The effect of the auto value depends on whether certain
312. esentation begins even if no clips play in the window immediately and stays open until the viewer closes the window or starts another presentation A common alternative is to make the window appear only when clips play in it and close when those clips finish playing lt topLayout open whenActive close whenNotActive gt Tips for Defining Secondary Media Windows A viewer can always close a secondary media window manually regardless of the close attribute s value If a clip is assigned to play in a secondary media window the viewer has closed RealONE Player still processes the streaming clip but it doesn t display the clip s visual content It will play any audio content however You cannot control where a secondary media window pops up on the viewer s screen RealONE Player determines a placement based on the size of the main and the secondary media windows as well as the arrangement of existing windows on the screen If the secondary media window uses close whenNotActive a clip s fill attribute can affect when the window closes For more information see Setting a Fill on page 251 205 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The opening or closing of a secondary media window can start or stop another element For more information see Defining a Secondary Window Event on page 273 Changing Resize Behavior Viewers can resize the main media window and secondary media windows manually or
313. esentation ram that resides in the same directory as the Web page lt a href play_presentation ram gt Play the video lt a gt The Ram file should give RealONE Player the full RTSP URL to the SMIL file if it resides on RealServer rtsp realserver example com presentation smil or the HTTP URL to the file if it resides on a Web server http www example com presentation smil The SMIL file itself should contain the full URLs to clips in its source tags as in the following example lt video src rtsp realserver example com video1 rm gt CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery For More Information See Writing Clip Source URLs on page 151 for more information on SMIL file URLs Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer With RealServer you can use Ramgen to launch RealONE Player automatically eliminating the need to write a separate Ram file Your Web page URL simply points to your media clip or SMIL file on RealServer and includes a ramgen parameter If your RealServer does not use Ramgen you can write a Ram file as explained in Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 A Ram file also enables you to use some RealONE Player features such as playing a clip at double or full screen size The following illustration shows the process of requesting a presentation through Ramgen This example uses a SMIL file that coordinates multiple clips but you can also link to a single clip directly without using
314. essary to use SMIL Not always When you want to stream just one clip such as a single RealVideo clip you don t need to use SMIL You just link your Web page to the clip through a Ram file For more information see What is a Ram file on page 440 When should use SMIL When you stream multiple clips SMIL gives you the means to lay out the presentation and time its clips It also provides other features such as letting you create hyperlinks that start a new presentation For a rundown of basic SMIL features see Understanding SMIL on page 127 How do write SMIL SMIL is a simple markup language that you can write with a word processor or text editor Some software tools RealSlideshow for example create SMIL files automatically Streaming Clips You can stream clips yourself with RealServer through a service provider that has RealServer available or in some cases from a Web server Do need to have RealServer in addition to RealProducer Not necessarily RealServer streams the clips created by RealProducer To run RealServer you need a computer connected to an intranet or one that has a direct presence on the Internet You cannot run RealServer if you use an Internet service provider ISP to connect to the Internet If you use an ISP check whether they have RealServer and whether they can host your streaming presentations for you What operating systems does RealServer run on RealServer runs on
315. essseeeeneees 302 Linking toa SMIL Fragment niire teescsmecascceasbevereateaceecduecisecsetenevess 304 Adjusting Audio Volumes in Linked Presentations cccceeeesseeeeeseeeees 306 Opening a New Media Window Through RealText or Flash c00ceeee 306 Hyperlink Exam ples earen tenes pete tte tebie E EA AE EAE Displaying a Web Page when a Presentation Ends Opening Web Pages During a Presentation c cccccceceesseeseesseeeeseeeeeeneees PART VI MASTERING ADVANCED SMIL FEATURES 15 xiv TRANSITION EFFECTS Understanding Transition Effects i presiirenenecii ana i i Timelines and Transition Effects sssssesssssssssssrrtsrsssrerrrrrsrrsrrrrersssessret Layouts and Transition Effects sses supa in ii agree io a saehesraeese Animations and Transition Effects sesssssesssrssssssersrrssresserrrrrsrrsserrreees Audio and Transition Effects Multiple Clips with Transition Effects Summary of Transition Effects Tags ss ssssesssssssssssssssrrsssesrnssrersserenneeees Defining Transition Types ssis msani re nial a a ee eas Edge Wipe Transition Effects c cda tei sates e E S e E E E Iris Wipe Transition Effects nnii iiine tiin ar A R S a Clock Wipe Transition Effects sssssessssssssisssiserrssirerirerirerisreisrrrnerenerennt Matrix Wipe Transition Effects ssssssssssssssserrsriesseriessetrsssrernnserenenrrnssee Fade Push and Slide Transition Effects Modifying Transiti
316. et of the SMIL 2 0 Basic Profile will not handle all of the attributes defined in the more robust SMIL 2 0 Language Profile Hence a presentation developed for RealONE Player may not play to its full capacity in a player based on the SMIL 2 0 Basic Profile That player should just ignore the SMIL attributes it does not support however Clip Support SMIL binds different types of clips together and each SMIL based media player must also be able to play the presentation s clips regardless of the player s support for SMIL For example RealAudio and RealVideo clips are 132 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics proprietary formats that play only in RealPlayer or RealONE Player whereas QuickTime clips play only in the QuickTime Player For interoperability you must stream clips that all of your various target media players can play Tip You can tell if a media player supports a certain type of clip by opening the clip in the player If the clip plays you can stream that type of clip to that player Media Player Launch Methods Viewers typically launch streaming media presentations through a Web page hyperlink configured to start a specific player For example Web pages that launch RealONE Player link to a Ram file extension ram rather than to a SMIL file If you link directly to the SMIL file the application registered with the browser to handle the file extension smil launches and attempts to play the presentation This is not recommended
317. ets the total time the group plays page 243 indefinite end time_value none Sets an end time for the group page 241 endsync all first id clip id last Determines when the group ends page 245 last media Fill freeze hold remove remove Determines the fill state when the page 256 group is no longer active fillDefault auto freeze hold inherit Sets a default fill for contained clips page 258 inherit remove transition Table Page 1 of 2 464 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference lt excl gt Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference id name none Names the group for reference by page 138 other elements repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the group the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value Os Repeats the group the specified page 247 indefinite amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the group can restart page 274 whenNotActive restartDefault always inherit never inherit Specifies a restart value the group page 275 whenNotActive passes to its elements syncBehavior canSlip default default Determines how the group page 179 independent locked synchronizes to its containing group syncBehavior canSlip independent jinherit Sets the default syncBehavior value for page 182 Default inherit locked the elements the group contains syncTolerance time_v
318. f additional clips follow the target clip in the SMIL file those clips play as well If you want to link to a single clip but the SMIL file that contains the clip includes other clips as well link to the desired clip directly Or create a new SMIL file that lists only the single target clip Adjusting Audio Volumes in Linked Presentations Two attributes in a hyperlink tag sourceLevel and destinationLevel can change the volume of the source clip and the destination clip when a link opens If the source clip does not stop or pause when the link opens for example you can use sourceLevel to turn down the source clip s volume and boost the destination clip s volume lt a href sourceLevel 35 destinationLevel 125 gt lt a gt The audio level attributes always use a percentage value The default value of 100 plays the audio at its recorded volume A value of 50 for example plays the audio at half its normal volume whereas a value of 200 plays the audio at twice its normal volume Note that the sourceLevel and destinationLevel attributes control only the relative volume of the audio stream sent to the speakers They do not change the general sound level setting on the viewer s computer which remains entirely under the viewer s control All sound level adjustments are subject to limitations in the computer hardware Tip When displaying a Web page as described in Linking to HTML Pages on page 294 y
319. f necessary rather than drop the text You can use these tags sparingly though because RealSystem normally ensures that very little data loss occurs in transmission Note Although RealServer provides reliable streaming packets not marked as required may be lost occasionally If a block of text does not get through RealONE Player displays a red ellipsis to indicate missing text Specifying Languages Fonts and Text Colors 106 The RealText lt font gt tag controls the text font and color Because it also specifies the character set it determines which languages you can write in As shown in the following example the lt font gt tag can take multiple attributes and it always uses an end tag lt font size 2 face Courier New color red gt text lt font gt Multiple lt font gt tags can also be nested to turn various font features on and off lt font attribute A gt turn on font attribute A lt font attribute B gt turn on font attribute B lt font gt turn off font attribute B lt font gt turn off font attribute A Specifying the Character Set With the lt font gt tag s charset attribute you can control the character set used to display the text You do not need to specify the character set explicitly to write text in English However you may need to specify the character set to write text in other supported languages You can set the character
320. features described in this chapter you can open a URL in the context window at any time during the presentation To open an HTML page in the RealONE Player context window add r rn sendTo _rpcontextwin to the lt area gt link tag lt area href http www example com context html external true rn sendTo _rpcontextwin sourcePlaystate play gt Using this attribute requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions Setting the Context Window Size Through lt param gt tags you can extend an lt area gt tag link to include sizing information for the RealONE Player context window This requires that you turn your lt area gt tag into a binary tag as described in Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 You can then add lt param gt tags to the link as shown in the following example to specify the context window width and height in pixels 297 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 298 7 lt area href external true rn sendTo lt rn param name width value 320 gt lt rn param name height value 240 gt lt area gt _rpcontextwin gt Tips for Using the Context Window The context window is designed for small HTML pages that supplement a media presentation To display large Web pages open URLs in a browsing window See Selecting a Browsing Window on page 295 The co
321. fects the edge may be different shapes such as a straight line a wedge or a zigzag The first subtype listed for each type in the following table is the default Edge Wipe Transition Effects Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance leftToRight 1 A bar moves from left to right barWipe topToBottom 2 A bar moves from top to bottom topLeft 3 A box expands from the upper left corner to the lower right corner topRight 4 A box expands from the upper right corner to the lower left corner bottomRight 5 A box expands from the lower right corner to the upper left corner bottomLeft 6 A box expands from the lower left corner to the upper right corner boxWipe topCenter 23 A box expands from the top edge s midpoint to the bottom corners rightCenter 24 A box expands from the right edge s midpoint to the left corners bottomCenter 25 A box expands from the bottom edge s midpoint to the top corners leftCenter 26 A box expands from the left edge s midpoint to the right corners cornersIn 7 A box shape expands from each of the four corners toward the center fourBoxWipe cornersOut 8 A box shape expands from the center of each quadrant toward the corners of each quadrant vertical 21 A central vertical line splits and expands toward the left and right edges horizontal 22 A central horizontal line splits and expands toward the top and bottom edges barnDoorWipe diagonalBottom 45 A
322. ffect as leaving fill out of the tag altogether The lt textstream gt tag includes a fill remove attribute which overrides the fill freeze value it receives from the lt par gt tag Inheriting a Default Fill from a Containing Group A group that does not have a fillDefault value explicitly set for it automatically inherits the fillDefault value of its containing group The following example illustrates this inheritance with a master lt par gt group that contains three other lt par gt groups as its elements lt par id master_group fillDefault freeze gt lt par id group_X gt clips in group_X lt par gt lt par id group_Y fillDefault inherit gt clips in group_Y lt par gt lt par id group_Z fillDefault remove gt clips in group_Z lt par gt lt par gt 259 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The following fill actions occur in this set of nested groups The fillDefault freeze value for master_group sets the group s fill value to freeze passing this value to all group elements r e group_X does not include a fillDefault attribute so it receives a fill freeze value from the lt par gt tag The fillDefault inherit attribute in group_Y makes this group receive the freeze value from the master group In other words fillDefault inherit is the default value used with a group when its containing group has a fillDefault attribute
323. first add an ID to the clip that will provide the basis for starting or stopping the second clip This clip must also have a repeatCount or repeatDur attribute that causes it to repeat In the following example the video clip repeats three times lt video src videol rm id main repeatCount 3 region video_region gt Next you define the begin or end time for the second clip using the ID of the first clip lt img src picture jpg region img_region dur 20s begin main repeat 2 gt For More Information For details on the repeatCount and repeatDur attributes see Repeating an Element on page 247 Note If an element repeats and has a negative timing offset only the first cycle shows the effect of a clipBegin All subsequent cycles play for their full duration Defining a Mouse Event Starting or stopping an clip when a viewer clicks another clip is a common means of adding interactivity to a streaming presentation You can also start or stop an element such as an animation when the viewer moves the screen pointer over a clip creating an effect similar to a Javascript mouseover in a Web page The following are the mouse related event values that you can use with a begin or end attribute 269 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 270 e ID activateEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the viewer clicks on the clip with the specified ID The target ID must be that of a clip not a
324. five seconds which overrides the master group s default Note that the master group has both a syncTolerance and a syncToleranceDefault value When you use synchronization tolerance values it s important to keep in mind what these values do e The syncTolerance value determines the tolerance value used for elements within the group In the preceding example the syncTolerance value for the master group affects the tolerance applied to group_X group_Y and group_Z but not to the elements within those groups The master group s syncToleranceDefault value sets the tolerance on each subgroup s elements as long as group_X group_Y or group_Z inherits the value and does not override it with its own tolerance value Tips for Synchronizing Clips Authoring a presentation so that it does not consume too much bandwidth is the best defense against network uncertainties Make sure that you understand timeline and bandwidth issues as described in Chapter 2 Presentation Planning beginning on page 23 Within a parallel group it s best to use a locked synchronization on the clip that provides the audio Viewers are more likely to stay tuned to a presentation in which visuals stop and start if the audio continues to flow smoothly If you use a locked synchronization on all clips in a group it s a good idea to set a tolerance of a few seconds This helps RealONE Player to prevent the entire presentation from halting if data f
325. flexible way to stream ads but RealServer can automatically include ads with requested clips or SMIL presentations If your RealServer hosts a large number of RealAudio or RealVideo clips for example you can simply let RealServer lay out an ad for each clip Broadcasting For full information about broadcasting media see RealProducer User s Guide and RealServer Administration Guide What do I need for broadcasting over a network You need the following An audio or video capture card on your computer to digitize the input from a microphone or camera RealProducer on the same computer as the capture card to encode the output in a streaming format and send the stream to RealServer RealServer to broadcast the stream to one or more RealONE Players RealServer typically does not run on the same computer as RealProducer Can broadcast through my ISP Possibly If you connect to the Internet through an ISP you may be able to broadcast streaming media provided that your ISP has RealServer available and offers broadcasting services To do this you will need a fast Internet connection to your ISP You cannot broadcast through an ISP by running RealServer on your home computer Can use SureStream in a broadcast Yes Using SureStream is recommended because it ensures that users connecting at different speeds will each receive the best possible stream You need to make sure however that the computer running RealProduc
326. following example shows three sequential image files set to stream at 1000 Kbps to ensure that a video playing in parallel does not stall lt par gt lt video src video rm region video_region gt lt par gt lt seq gt lt img src ad1 gif begin 30s dur 60s region ad_region gt lt param name bitrate value 1000 gt lt img gt 147 148 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt img src ad2 gif dur 120s region ad_region gt lt param name bitrate value 1000 gt lt img gt lt img src ad3 gif dur 60s region ad_region gt lt param name bitrate value 1000 gt lt img gt lt seq gt lt par gt lt par gt For More Information For more on SMIL timing see Chapter 12 Chapter 10 explains group tags such as lt par gt and lt seq gt Ensuring Reliable Clip Transmission You can use the reliable value in a lt param gt tag to indicate that a clip must be delivered to RealONE Player under any circumstances During extremely adverse network conditions RealSystem will halt the presentation if necessary rather than drop the clip The following example shows the reliable parameter set for an image lt img src poster jpg gt lt param name bitrate value 5000 gt lt param name reliable value true gt lt img gt Tip Use the reliable parameter sparingly and only for small important elements of your presentation Even without this
327. following export and tuning steps manually gt To create a streaming Flash clip manually 1 Export the Flash Player clip RealServer streams only the Flash Player format swf which is a compressed version of the animation You cannot stream the Flash source file format fla If your animation includes a soundtrack disable the audio stream when you export the clip Refer to the Flash user manual for step by step instructions on the exporting a Flash Player clip Note Keep in mind that RealONE Player plays the Flash 4 3 and 2 Player formats It does not play clips in the Flash 5 format 2 Tune the Flash Player clip With the Flash tuner set the clip s streaming bit rate This necessary step also eliminates bandwidth spikes that can cause rebuffering The Flash tuner is included in the RealSystem Authoring Kit available at this Web site http www realnetworks com products authkit index html 3 Export the soundtrack If your animation includes a soundtrack export the soundtrack as a Windows WAV file or Macintosh QuickTime file If exporting to QuickTime or any other video format set low height and width attributes to minimize disk space use 4 Encode the soundtrack as RealAudio Encode the exported WAV or QuickTime soundtrack in the RealAudio format with RealProducer using the file extension rm CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation 5 Deliver the Flash presentation Transfer your clips to RealServer Then write t
328. for each control such as a Stop button that you want to include When you use lt EMBED gt your presentation will work in browsers that support the Netscape plug in architecture including the following e Netscape Navigator 3 0 and later e Microsoft Internet Explorer 3 0 and later Note Even when you use the lt EMBED gt tag RealONE Player communicates with the Internet Explorer browser using ActiveX technology This makes the Netscape lt EMBED gt tag compatible with both major browsers 395 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 396 lt EMBED gt Tag Syntax lt EMBED gt tags are an extension of HTML Because they are not SMIL tags they do not use the same syntax rules as SMIL The lt EMBED gt tag parameters are typically in this form PARAMETER value Parameter names can be any case although this manual shows them uppercase Except for file names which typically must be lowercase parameter values are not case sensitive Unless they are URLs parameter values do not need to be enclosed in quotation marks Layout Possibilities When you embed a presentation you use HTML to structure your Web page and define where each streaming clip and RealONE Player control appears A common practice is to define an HTML table embedding clips and RealONE Player controls in various table cells When you embed a SMIL presentation you can define a layout using SMIL and HTML or just HTML alone Defining a Layout with SMIL and HTML
329. formation Encoding RealVideo with RealProducer 70 To produce RealVideo clips you start with video input from a live source a digitized file or media such as a tape or CD You then encode a RealVideo clip from this input using a RealVideo encoding tool The most widely used tools for encoding RealVideo are RealProducer Basic a free product and RealProducer Plus which are available from RealNetworks at http www realnetworks com products producer info html RealProducer on Macintosh accepts the input formats widely used on that platform whereas RealProducer on Windows or Unix supports the formats widely used on those platforms Check the RealProducer manual for your operating system for a list of accepted formats which may include AVI avi uncompressed recommended or compressed MPEG 1 mpg QuickTime mov uncompressed recommended or compressed When you encode RealVideo clips you choose a bandwidth target or set of targets then set parameters such as audio type voice or music and an emphasis on either smooth motion or sharp images RealProducer then decides which RealAudio codecs are best to use for the soundtrack It uses SureStream technology to encode the RealVideo clip for all your bandwidth choices ensuring that each stream requires only a few seconds of preroll For More Information Refer to the RealProducer manual or online help for step by step instructions for encoding clips A document explaining
330. formation on fill transition Setting a Group Fill You can also use a fill attribute with a value of remove freeze or hold in a group tag Consider the following example in which album credits and cover art display before a song plays lt seq gt lt par fill hold gt lt img src cover jpg id clip1 region art_region dur 20s fill freeze gt lt textstream src credits rt id clip2 dur 60s region credits_region gt lt par gt lt audio src song1 rm id clip3 dur 80s gt lt seq gt In this example the fill freeze value for the JPEG album cover keeps that clip visible as long as the lt par gt group is active The lt par gt group itself has a fill hold value that keeps its final state visible until the containing lt seq gt group finishes In other words the lt par gt group s fill hold value extends the first two clips fill periods until the lt seq gt group ends The result is that the credits and cover image remain visible until the song completes as the following illustration shows CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing Clip Fill Periods Extended by a Group Fill fill freeze fill hold A AN A Y E Tip To set a fill value for a group and pass that value onto the elements in the group use fillDefault instead of fill in the group tag Tips for Setting a Fill By default a clip acts as if fill freeze is set unle
331. freeze gt region video_region regPoint middle gt Note SMIL provides no way to tile an image throughout a region Displaying a Letterbox Clip A widescreen movie displays on most television sets in a letterbox format in which blank areas display above and below the movie As shown in the following example you can achieve the same effect for a clip that has a width to height ratio greater than its region s Here the video uses a registration point that centers it in a region that uses fit meet to scale the video up or down in size until its left and right edges meet the region boundaries 230 CHAPTER 11 Layout lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 400 height 300 gt lt region id video_region fit meet gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt video src region video_region regPoint center regAlign center gt lt body gt lt smil gt Turning Down an Audio Clip s Volume Although audio only clips are not typically assigned to regions you can take advantage of a region s soundLevel attribute to change an audio clip s volume The following example cuts the volume of a background music clip The single playback region 1 pixel by 1 pixel uses the soundLevel attribute to turn down the clip volume Because the second clip is assigned to this region RealONE Player cuts that clip s audi
332. g How Clips Fit Regions on page 227 explains the lt region gt tag s fit attribute RealText word wrapping is described in Wrapping Text to New Lines on page 101 When a SMIL Region is Larger than the RealText Clip When the SMIL region is larger than the RealText clip the default value fit hidden is recommended for the lt region gt tag This keeps the RealText clip as its specified size You can then use a registration point as described in Creating Registration Points on page 221 to position the clip within the region The registration point might center the clip in the region for example If you want to scale the RealText clip larger using fit meet in the lt region gt tag typically gives the best results because it preserves the clip s aspect ratio This scales the text larger but maintains the relative letter spacing You can use fit fill to make the RealText clip the same size as the region but distortion in letter spacing may make the clip unreadable if the region has a markedly different height to width ratio than the clip When a SMIL Region is Smaller than the RealText Clip When the SMIL region is smaller than the RealText clip the default value fit hidden in the lt region gt tag may prevent some text from displaying The value fit meet is generally the best choice because it scales the clip smaller to fit completely inside the region while preserving the relative letter spacing
333. g a video 230 four offsets defined 210 letterbox clip 230 one offset defined 212 overlapping regions 212 214 side by side clips 231 size and two offsets defined 210 two offsets defined 211 width and height defined 209 fit attribute 227 height attribute 208 id attribute 207 layout tips 199 left attribute 208 508 multiple region playback 233 multiple regions for one clip 207 name attribute 207 overlapping 214 overview 195 196 percentage values 208 positions 208 resizing control 206 reusing 214 right attribute 208 root layout defining 203 overview 195 sizing considerations 200 double screen mode 200 example 200 full screen mode 200 RealONE Player controls 200 secondary media windows 197 close attribute 204 considerations for using 201 defining 204 example 232 hyperlinked window comparison 198 open attribute 204 pop up location 205 viewer interaction 205 sizes pixels and percentages 208 decimal percentages 213 mixing 213 resize behavior 213 setting 208 soundLevel attribute 218 stacking order 214 subregions attribute inheritance 219 background colors 219 considerations for creating 201 defining 218 nesting 219 overview 196 registration point comparison 202 single use 220 z index attribute 219 tag summary 202 top attribute 208 transparency 215 width attribute 208 z index attribute 214 registration points alignment values 221 clip source tags 222
334. g example RealONE Player s timeline slider would operate and indicate a presentation lasting ten minutes For More Information Chapter 13 explains the advanced timing commands that let you end a clip on a certain event such as when another clip is clicked Tips for Setting Durations Like the end attribute the dur attribute in a lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt tag sets an absolute duration for the group For more information see Using Begin and End Times with Groups on page 241 The dur media and dur indefinite attributes are compatible with a clipBegin value A valid clipEnd value always overrides these durations however The repeatCount attribute can play a percentage of an element when you don t know how long the element lasts For example you can play half of a clip by using repeatCount 0 5 instead of dur With a three minute clip for example repeatCount 0 5 is equivalent to dur 1 5min For More Information For more on repeatCount see Repeating an Element a Certain Number of Times on page 247 When you use an image in a lt par gt or lt excl gt group you can pick a simple duration such as dur 5s and include fill freeze in the clip tag This freezes the image until the lt par gt group ends or until another element in the lt excl gt group replaces the image This method is preferred over using dur indefinite because the indefinite value can prevent Real
335. ge 214 How do I put a logo on top of my video page 218 How do I center a clip in a region page 221 How can I make my clip scale up or down to fit the region page 227 Can I make the same clip display in more than one region page 233 447 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Basic Timing and Groups Refer to Chapter 12 for basic information about timing presentations Chapter 10 explains how to organize clips into groups Basic Timing and Groups Question Answer How do I make clips play one after another page 175 How do I play several clips at the same time page 177 Can I make an entire group of clips stop when one of the clips finishes page 245 How do I let the viewer select which clip to play page 186 How do I create a clip preview page 242 Can I make a clip repeat page 247 How do I specify how long an image clip displays page 243 Can I make a clip play indefinitely page 244 Can I use timing values with groups as well as clips page 241 How do I make a clip freeze on screen after it stops playing page 251 How do I make a clip display throughout the presentation page 255 How do I delay when a clip starts playing page 240 Advanced Timing 448 Chapter 13 explains the advanced timing feature which build on the basic timing features described in Chapter 12 Advanced Timing Question Answer Can I start or stop an element when any one of multiple even
336. ges in the following formats GIF87 GIF89 and animated GIF gif Both interlaced and noninterlaced GIFs will work but noninterlaced GIFs are recommended JPEG jpg RealONE Player can display RGB baseline JPEGs Progressive and grayscale JPEGs are not supported PNG png RealONE Player does not adhere to gamma settings in PNG images Note Image transparency is not supported between SMIL regions For more on this see Making a Region Partially Transparent on page 216 Images in SMIL Presentations To add images to streaming presentations as backgrounds or buttons for example simply incorporate the images by using SMIL This way you can specify exactly where images appear in relation to your clips You can also use SMIL to turn images into hyperlinks RealSlideshow Presentations When you want to create a streaming slideshow the easiest solution is to use RealSlideshow or RealSlideshow Plus These tools have drag and drop interfaces that let you quickly build your slideshow which can include text captions audio narrations and background music RealNetworks partners will even host your streaming slideshow Get RealSlideshow at http www realnetworks com products index html Text CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning RealPix Markup Streaming slideshows are based on the RealPix markup language Instead of using RealSlideshow you can write your own markup to assemble images into a RealPix presenta
337. get region s original width not to the animated width created by the preceding list value Additive animation also works with the from and to values but it provides little benefit For example you could add 20 pixels to a region width with these attributes from 0 to 20 additive sum But it s simpler in this case to use just the by attribute by 20 Making Animations Repeat and Grow A cumulative animation uses a repeatCount or repeatDur attribute to repeat the animation It also uses accumulate sum to increase or decrease the animated value with each iteration You can use cumulative animations for sizes and placements but not colors To demonstrate cumulative animation consider the following region lt region id image_region width 180 height 180 gt A simple cumulative animation could use the by attribute to increase the region width on each iteration of an animation The following animation repeats four times On each iteration the region s width increases by 16 pixels CHAPTER 16 Animations lt animate targetElement image_region attributeName width dur 2s by 16 accumulate sum repeatCount 4 calcMode discrete gt The by attribute always adds a certain amount to the target value making it naturally additive When using a values list with a cumulative animation though you need to include additive sum as described in Adding Animation Values to a Base Va
338. gh lt area gt tags with a single clip source tag however 282 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Some clips can also define hyperlinks A RealText clip for example can define hyperlinks for portions of text When a viewer clicks an area where a clip link and a SMIL link overlap the SMIL link is used When turning a clip into a hypertext link include the longdesc attribute in a clip source tag using it to describe the hyperlink destination See Using a Long Description on page 170 for more information Creating a Simple Link The simplest type of link connects an entire source clip to another clip As in HTML you define the link with lt a gt and lt a gt tags But whereas you enclose text between lt a gt and lt a gt in HTML you enclose a clip source tag between lt a gt and lt a gt in SMIL lt a href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm gt lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt a gt The preceding example links the source clip video rm to the target clip video2 rm When the viewer clicks video rm as it plays video2 rm replaces it In an lt a gt tag the href attribute is required The URL begins with rtsp if the linked clip streams to RealONE Player from RealServer or http if the file downloads from a Web server For More Information For information on link attributes see Defining Basic Hyperlink Properties on page 290 See either Linking to HTML Pages on page 29
339. gh you need to consider timelines carefully so that you don t inadvertently cause rebuffering which can happen if too many clips fight for too little bandwidth Audience Bandwidth Targets Your streaming presentations should never consume all of your audience s connection bandwidth They must always leave bandwidth for network overhead error correction resending lost data and so on Otherwise they may require frequent rebuffering The following table recommends maximum streaming speeds for common network connections To reach 28 8 Kbps modems for example a presentation should stream no more than 20 Kb of data per second Maximum Streaming Rates Target Audience Maximum Streaming Rate T44 Kbps modem 10Kbps SS 28 8 Kbps modem 20 Kbps 56 Kbps modem 34 Kbps 64 Kbps ISDN 45 Kbps 112 Kbps dual ISDN 80 Kbps Corporate LAN 150 Kbps 256 Kbps DSL cable modem 225 Kbps Table Page 1 of 2 CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning Maximum Streaming Rates continued Target Audience Maximum Streaming Rate 384 Kbps DSL cable modem 350 Kbps 512 Kbps DSL cable modem 450 Kbps Table Page 2 of 2 For any other connection speed calculate the maximum streaming speed as Approximately 75 percent of the connection bandwidth for analog connections such as dial up modems Or Approximately 90 percent of the connection bandwidth for high speed digital connections such as DSL or cable modems Multiclip Pres
340. group for reference by page 138 other elements repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the group the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value Os Repeats the group the specified page 247 indefinite amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the group can restart page 274 whenNotActive restartDefault always inherit never inherit Specifies a restart value the group page 275 whenNotActive passes to its elements syncBehavior canSlip default default Determines how the group page 179 independent locked synchronizes to its containing group syncBehavior canSlip independent inherit Sets the default syncBehavior value page 182 Default inherit locked for the elements the group contains syncTolerance time_value inherit Creates a tolerance value for locked page 185 inherit elements in the group syncTolerance time_value none Sets a tolerance value inherited by page 185 Default other groups the group contains 462 Example lt seq repeatDur 30min gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com one rm gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com two rm gt lt seq gt lt par gt lt par gt APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference The lt par gt and lt par gt tags make enclosed clips play at the same time No attributes are required for a lt par gt tag which is described in Playing Clips in Parallel on p
341. group inheritance 259 transitions 337 independent timelines 179 normal end point 178 region IDs for clips 177 switching 367 synchronizing clips default synchronization values 182 inheriting 183 letting clips slip 179 locking clip 179 overview 178 tolerance values 185 defaults 185 synchronizing groups 181 nested group interactions 183 with sequences 174 see also timing password authentication 24 504 pauseDisplay attribute 192 pay per view 24 PDF version of this guide 5 peers attribute 189 planning a presentation 23 plug ins see embedded playback see RealONE Player PNG see images pop up windows see regions secondary media windows lt prefetch gt tag 384 prefetching bandwidth 385 bits per second 385 percentage of available 386 bandwidth attribute 385 CHTTP 389 clipBegin attribute 389 dangers 384 data download size bytes 387 playing time 388 recommended maximum 387 effect on local playback 383 examples 390 mediaSize attribute 387 mediaTime attribute 388 overview 383 RealAudio and RealVideo 388 RealText 389 SureStream 388 synchronizing with a group 384 testing 390 timing attributes 384 URLs 384 base URL 389 dynamic 389 when to prefetch 388 preroll 32 presentation information overview 165 priority classes 188 paused clip display 192 lt priorityClass gt tag 188 protocols CHTTP 154 RTSP 417 publishing tools see RealProducer push wipes 329 Qu
342. gt tag 208 Index lt regPoint gt tag 224 animating 347 349 clip source tag 220 letterbox videos 230 links Ram file to local files 421 to RealServer 421 to Web server 421 Web page to Web Server 416 see also hyperlinks local files 25 logos 432 long description 170 longdesc attribute 170 loss protection 73 lower attribute 191 manuals where to find 10 matrix wipes 326 max attribute 274 mediaOpacity attribute animating 349 using 158 mediaRepeat attribute 249 mediaSize attribute 387 mediaTime attribute 388 metafile see Ram file MIME types for Web servers 418 min attribute 274 modem bandwidth targets 32 monitor size switching 376 MPEG converting to RealAudio 54 converting to RealVideo 70 namespaces background on 140 declaring but not using 141 SMIL 2 0 customizations 140 language profile 134 support for in media players 141 503 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Netscape plug in see embedded playback network connection speeds 32 nohref attribute 291 noise filters 72 normal play time format RealText 98 SMIL 240 O open attribute 204 OpenDML 69 operating system switching 374 outOfBoundsEvent value 270 overdubbing preference 369 P lt par gt tag 177 parallel groups animations within 343 authoring information 178 bandwidth issues 177 begin and end times 241 defining 177 durations 245 fill period clip fills 254 group default 258 group fills 256
343. gt tag downloads all or part of the clip data for playback later As with a clip source tag the lt prefetch gt tag uses a URL to indicate the data to download and can include timing attributes such as dur Unlike clip source tags a lt prefetch gt tag has its own attributes that govern the speed and amount of data downloaded In the following example a lt prefetch gt tag downloads a video clip s preroll to RealONE Player while a RealText clip plays presentation credits lt seq gt lt Segment 1 Roll RealText credits and download video preroll gt lt par endsync id credits gt lt texstream src rtsp realserver example com credits rt id credits gt lt prefetch src rtsp realserver example com video1 rm mediaTime 15s bandwidth 18000 gt lt par gt lt Segment 2 Play the video gt lt video src rtsp realserver example com videol rm region main gt lt seq gt In this example the lt prefetch gt tag downloads the first 15 seconds of the clip videol rm at a rate of approximately 18 Kbps RealONE Player holds this data in memory until the video plays eliminating the buffering that occurs when the clip starts to play RealONE Player matches the prefetched data to the video through the identical URLs in the lt prefetch gt and lt video gt tags Note that in the preceding example the lt par gt tag has an endsync attribute that ends the group when the RealText clip
344. h lt area gt tag to turn each link into a hot spot that does not overlap the other hot spots Creating a Timed Link An lt area gt tag can include temporal attributes that specify when the link is active relative to the start of clip playback If you do not include temporal attributes the link stays active as long as the source clip appears onscreen To add timing attributes use the SMIL begin and end values You cannot use dur clipBegin or clipEnd however The following example creates two temporal links for the clip video rm The first link is active for the first 30 seconds of playback The second link is active for the next 30 seconds Because no spatial coordinates are given the entire video is a link lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href http www real com begin 0s end 30s gt lt area href http www realnetworks com begin 30s end 60s gt lt video gt Tip An active link is one that the viewer can open whether by clicking it or pressing the link s access key The link does not open automatically however unless you use actuate onLoad For more information see Opening a URL Automatically on page 293 For More Information See Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 The begin and end attributes use the SMIL timing values described in Specifying Time Values on page 239 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Defining Hot Spots To create a
345. hape rect circle poly rect Sets the hotspot shape page 286 show new replace replace Sets the current or a new media page 302 window as the target sourceLevel percentage 100 Sets the audio level of the source page 306 sourcePlaystate pause play stop pause play Sets the play state of the source page 302 tabindex integer 0 Sets the tabbing order for links page 294 target name current Identifies a window or a SMIL region page 299 window page 303 width pixels 330 Sets context window size in lt param gt page 297 469 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Examples lt video src video rm region video_region gt lt area href http www example com context html external true rn sendTo sourcePlaystate play gt lt rn param name width value 320 gt lt rn param name height value 240 gt lt area gt lt video gt r _rpcontextwin lt video src video rm region video_region gt lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm shape circle coords 80 60 30 begin 5s end 45s show new sourcePlaystate play destinationPlaystate play gt lt video gt Animation Tags lt animate gt The lt animate gt tag is the basic animation tag Other animation tags are variations of lt animate gt The targetElement and attributeName attributes are generally required as well as one of the to by or values attributes For more on this tag see
346. hat a particular find attribute does it matches the attribute to its namespace through the prefix If there were no prefix RealONE Player would not know which namespace goes with which attribute Why are prefixes user definable If the parties who developed custom attributes also defined specific prefixes there could be duplicate attribute names and prefixes that RealONE Player could not resolve Suppose that two parties developed two new SMIL attributes both called fd find but each defined against a different namespace 140 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics If you used both fd find attributes in your presentation RealONE Player would not know which attribute goes with which namespace Because prefixes are user definable though you could change the prefix for one of the attributes making it xy find for example You would then use the same xy prefix in the associated namespace so that RealONE Player could match each find attribute to its namespace This provides flexibility for parties developing customized attributes but it also places responsibility on the SMIL author to match customized attributes to namespaces through prefixes Tips for Defining Namespaces To summarize there are three required parts of a customized attribute a user defined attribute prefix such as rn a predefined attribute and value pair that uses the prefix such as rm backgroundOpacity 50 a predefined namespace that includes the user defined prefi
347. hat can be attached to your computer You will not need these devices though if your audio or video source is already digitized An audio video capture card To take input from a microphone or camera your computer needs an audio video capture card This card accepts the input and digitizes it into a format you can edit On Windows computers you can use any video capture card that supports Video for Windows Audio and video editing software These programs let you edit digitized audio and video files When creating clips that stream on demand it s best to edit and optimize the input before encoding it When broadcasting you can convert audio and video input into RealAudio or RealVideo clips directly from a capture card without first creating a separate digitized file Producing RealAudio and RealVideo does not require that you use specific microphones cameras capture cards or editing tools Just ensure that your editing tools can save files in formats you can easily convert to streaming formats with your encoding tool Use Your Favorite Editing Tools to Prepare Audio and Video Files Audio f Video Editing a EFT Editing Station AA DAON a Station 4 Le oj re CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning RealAudio and RealVideo Encoding Tools SMIL Some editing programs can export digitized audio and video directly to RealAudio or RealVideo If your editing program cannot export clips or you don t wan
348. hat determines which part of the clip is placed on the point The alignment might place the midpoint of the clip s right border on the registration point for instance Within a SMIL file you can define any number of registration points using either or both of the following methods Method 1 Define each registration point within each clip source tag Although simpler this method limits you to placing each clip near the center of a region or along the region border Plus you must define each registration point separately in each clip tag The section Defining Registration Points in Clip Source Tags on page 222 explains this method Method 2 Define registration points with lt regPoint gt tags in the layout section then assign the points to clips Although slightly more complex this method is more powerful It lets you place a clip anywhere within a region and you can reuse each registration point in any number of clips The section Creating a Reusable Registration Point on page 224 explains how to use this method Using Alignment Values No matter which method you use to define registration points you choose one of nine values to align a clip to a registration point topLeft topMid topRight midLeft center midRight bottomLeft bottomMid or bottomRight The following figure illustrates where these values fall on a clip 221 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Alignment Values on Clips topLeft midLeft
349. he CONTROLS PositionSlider parameter displays a clip position slider Suggested pixel width 120 Suggested pixel height 26 TACCtrl Clip Info Embedded Real0NE Player Controls a i The CONTROLS TACCtrl parameter displays a clip information field Presentation information scrolls vertically through this field when the clip first plays The viewer can redisplay this information by clicking the arrow button Clicking the 1 button displays the full presentation information in a pop up window Suggested pixel width 370 Suggested pixel height 32 For More Information For instructions on formatting the clip playlist see Managing Presentation Information on page 169 HomeCtrl 1 The CONTROLS HomeCtrl parameter displays the RealONE Player logo which is linked to the RealNetworks Web site In earlier versions of RealPlayer this control displays the Real logo Suggested pixel width 30 Suggested pixel height 30 Information Panels InfoVolumePanel 405 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 406 Use CONTROLS InfoVolumePanel to display presentation information along with the volume slider and mute button For more on presentation information see Defining Information for the SMIL Presentation on page 169 Suggested pixel width 325 Suggested pixel height 55 InfoPanel The CONTROLS InfoPanel parameter displays the presentation information panel For more on presentation information see Defining Inform
350. he SMIL and Ram files necessary to stream the presentation Streaming a single Flash clip If your have a single Flash clip your RealServer administrator can give you the URL to use in your Web page s hyperlink to the clip If the RealServer does not use Ramgen or you are delivering the clip through a Web server you need to write a Ram file For More Information For more on RealServer and Ramgen see Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer on page 425 Ram files are described in Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 Streaming a Flash clip with another clip If your presentation has multiple clips you write a SMIL file that organizes the presentation and gives the clip URLs You next link your Web page to the SMIL file In its simplest form the SMIL file gives the full URLs to the clips and specifies that the clips play in parallel The following example is for a Flash clip that plays in parallel with a RealAudio soundtrack lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt par gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com 554 media sound rm gt lt animation src rtsp realserver example com 554 media cartoon swf gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt You can also use SMIL to define hypertext links create timing offsets between clips or add presentation information such as title author copyright and abstract For complete information on SMIL see
351. he affected text displays Within that yellow stripe the text appears in the color set by the color attribute Specifying RealText Color Values For RealText window backgrounds and fonts you can use red green blue hexadecimal values FRRGGBB as well as the following color names listed here with their corresponding hexadecimal values white FFFFFF silver HCOCOCO gray 808080 black 000000 yellow FFFFOO fuchsia FFOOFF red FF0000 maroon 800000 lime 00FF00 olive 808000 green 008000 purple 800080 aqua 00FFFF teal 008080 blue 0000FF navy 000080 Tip Appendix D provides background on hexadecimal color values Note though that RealText does not support RGB color values used with SMIL Using Transparency as a Color For text backgrounds you can use bgcolor transparent This is the default for text backgrounds meaning that the words following the tag do not have a colored rectangle drawn behind them so the window background color shows around the letters This lets you draw text on top of previous text using the lt pos gt tags without erasing the previous text Controlling Text Layout and Appearance The following tags let you lay out text in the RealText clip Many of these tags are similar to HTML tags and are provided for compatibility However unlike in HTML RealText tags are case sensitive and a closing tag is always required You cannot use a lt p gt tag without a lt p
352. he center irisWipe diamond 102 A four sided diamond expands from the center up 103 A triangle pointed toward the top edge expands from the center right 104 A triangle pointed toward the right edge expands from the center triangleWipe z down 105 A triangle pointed toward the bottom edge expands from the center left 106 A triangle pointed toward the left edge expands from the center Table Page 1 of 2 321 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 322 Iris Wipe Transition Effects continued Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance up 107 An arrowhead shape pointed toward the top edge expands from the center right 108 An arrowhead shape pointed toward the i right edge expands from the center arrowHeadWipe down 109 An arrowhead shape pointed toward the bottom edge expands from the center left 110 An arrowhead shape pointed toward the left edge expands from the center up 111 A pentagon pointed toward the top edge expands from the center pentagonWipe x down 112 A pentagon pointed toward the bottom edge expands from the center horizontal 113 A hexagon with flat sides at top and bottom expands from the center hexagonWipe vertical 114 A hexagon with flat sides at left and right expands from the center circle 119 A circle expands from the center ellipseWipe horizontal 120 A horizontal ellipse expands from the center vertical 121 A vertical el
353. he region s background color You could page 215 change the region s background color from black to white midway through a presentation for example bottom Changes the region s bottom offset Animating this page 208 attribute can make the region taller or shorter as well as move it vertically height Modifies the region height You can animate this page 208 attribute along with width to change a clip s size left Changes the region s left offset Animating this page 208 attribute can change the region s width or move the region horizontally regionName Moves a clip from region to region page 207 right Changes the region s right offset Animating this page 208 attribute can make the region wider or narrower as well as move it horizontally Table Page 1 of 2 347 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Region Attribute Values You Can Animate continued Attribute Effect Reference soundLevel Adjusts a clip s sound level You can animate this page 218 attribute to fade the clip s audio in or out top Changes the region s top offset Animating this page 208 attribute can make the region taller or shorter as well as move it vertically width Alters the region s width You can animate this page 208 attribute along with height to change a clip s size z index Changes the region s stacking order You can animate page 214 this attribute to bring one region in front of another region
354. her hand group_Z overrides the master group s behavior and sets a default of locked Elements within group_Z will use the locked behavior unless they explicitly specify a different value Nested Group Interactions with Synchronization Behaviors When you have several levels of nested groups that use syncBehavior and syncBehaviorDefault it s important to understand how the groups and their elements interact Because elements inherit a syncBehaviorDefault value by default the interactions can be difficult to grasp unless you look at all levels of the nested groups Consider the following abstract example 183 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt par id master_group syncBehaviorDefault canSlip gt lt par id group_X syncBehaviorDefault inherit gt lt ref id clip_A gt lt ref id clip_B syncBehavior locked gt lt par gt lt par id group_Y syncBehavior locked gt lt ref id clip_C gt lt ref id clip_D gt lt par gt lt par id group_Z syncBehaviorDefault locked gt lt ref id clip_E gt lt ref id clip_F syncBehavior locked gt lt par gt lt par gt The master group sets a syncBehaviorDefault value of canSlip The elements within this master group have the following syncBehavior values e group_X set to canSlip group_X inherits the default value of canSlip from master_group and passes that value to the clips it contains one of
355. hin a RealText clip words can scroll up the screen or from side to side This lets you create a window of smoothly flowing text You can even make text loop creating an endlessly flowing marquee e Positioning commands With the optional positioning commands you can control exactly where each word appears within the RealText window RealText Language Support RealText supports a number of languages including English Chinese Korean Japanese Kanji and many European languages It can stream text in any language that can be written in one of its supported character sets which are listed in the section Specifying the Character Set on page 106 Each character set supports at least one font as described in Setting the Font on page 109 Note Character set and font support is built into RealText Therefore RealText does not necessarily support all character sets and fonts supported by various Web browsers Structure of a RealText Clip A RealText clip is a text file that uses the file extension rt At the top of the file you write a lt window gt tag that can include several attributes that set overall parameters such as the window type width height and duration The file ends with a lt window gt tag Between these tags you add the text that you want to display in RealONE Player using RealText tags and attributes to lay out and time the text The following example is a simple RealText file that displays a new line
356. hing rate and visual quality remain high For example you could create the three clips listed in the following table RealVideo Clips at Different Sizes Clip Name Dimensions SureStream Audiences system Bitrate value videosmall rm 176 x 132 28 8 and 56 Kbps Modems 20000 videomedium rm 240 x 180 ISDN and corporate LANs 45000 videobig rm 320 x 240 256 384 and 512 Kbps DSL 225000 and cable modems In the following example each lt switch gt tag test attribute uses the target bit rate of its clip s slowest SureStream stream The lt switch gt tag then presents the three RealVideo choices to RealONE Player from fastest to slowest lt switch gt lt video src videobig rm systemBitrate 225000 region video_region gt lt video src videomedium rm systemBitrate 45000 region video_region gt lt video src videosmall rm systemBitrate 20000 region video_region gt lt switch gt For More Information Target bit rates are listed in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 Displaying System Captions Using RealText As the section Enhancing Presentation Accessibility on page 372 explains you can use the systemCaptions attribute to display captions for hearing impaired viewers The following examples demonstrate various ways to display RealText captions coordinated with an audio track Note You can use any means to provide captions The systemCaptions o
357. how a region s size and position attributes control where the region appears within its window Region Size and Position Attributes The region size and position attributes constitute a simple coordinate system measured in pixels or percentages Because each attribute has a default value of auto you can leave it out of the lt region gt tag to set its value automatically based on the values of the other attributes The result is that in most cases you need to specify just one to four of these attributes rather than all six attributes listed in the following table Region Size and Position Attributes Attribute Function Example bottom Sets region s bottom offset from window s bottom border bottom 22 height Specifies the region s height height 180 Table Page 1 of 2 CHAPTER 11 Layout Region Size and Position Attributes continued Attribute Function Example left Sets region s left offset from window s left border left 20 right Sets region s right offset from window s right border right 5 top Sets region s top offset from window s top border top 60 width Specifies the region s width width 240 Table Page 2 of 2 Note For size and position attributes SMIL supports the use of px to designate pixels as in top 60px This provides consistency with the Cascading Style Sheet 2 CSS2 standard In SMIL though the px designation is not necessary For sim
358. huair a Tian feeds 445 C SMIL TAG REFERENC Eara e E a a E ae ee E E A S 453 D SMILCOLOR VALUES a N E EEE a AAEE A a E EAEE A a 475 E REALTEXT TAG REFERENGE i e ni a e a E AE E A T I desevenses 479 F FILETYPE REFERENCE piet a Se ides Aa EEE E AE EEEE O AERA 485 G LANGUAGE CODES priartina ta a EA E AEE E EA E EE EE AAA 487 GLOSSARY ania e e e a A A A A E T A a aa A eaS 489 INDEX E S ES E E E E E A 497 CONTENTS DOCUMENTATION RELEASE NOTE 1 INTRODUCTION 3 WhattThis Guide Coveren iia ae a i ents ia iE How to Download This Guide to Your Computer How this Guide Is Organized sssssssssssissssrsssesssssttrsrsetrsrerssnrrinssserssneersssrernnt 5 Conventions Used in this Guide ccccccccccccssecccccseeeccesseeceesueceeeueeeeeeueeeeeeueeeeenas 9 Additional RealSystem Resources cccceeecc cece ceeenseeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeel 10 Technical SUpport intestate ea eae en aaa 10 PART I GETTING STARTED WITH STREAMING MEDIA 1 NEW FEATURES 15 RealONE Player Introduced SMI 270 SU p POM restate seat iete ake toch viata ae lees ees coe ieee ease TIRT New Clip Tag Attribute Sne tse co E TAE ined ale eines Expanded Grouping Possibilities 00 ccccscccsseeeeeseeeeeeseeeenseeeeeeseeeeenseeeee Enhanced Layout Choices inisin E nE Ea ES IR TEAS E aR More Timing PossibBilitieSesirr renr rena E E A RN E ERER New Linking Attributes tes aenidaieaiiel erence He in E E E E EEAS Clip Transition Effets aroen eie iee an
359. i ioter LE aa iting Using Standard RGB Color Values ssssssssssssssissssersssstnssrisssssrssseeissnere Specifying RGB Percentages naamua eee eve aa R a Defining Hexadecimal Color Values sssssssssssssssirsssrisssstrsssersssrersreerssserrnset Using Six Digit Hexadecimal Values ssssssssssssssissssstssssrtssssisssesisssrerssreres Defining a Three Digit Hexadecimal Value Using Colo Namesto a ae E a Aa ties he aN Be Nae Tips for Defining Color ValyeSsssisiiser isete erilisi tiini enn ine E e E REALTEXT TAG REFERENCE 479 Window TagtA tt DU tes anA teint tet niet Mitac EE E ott dived 479 Time anid Position Tags scs c2 cscsecducaeg es unwanasenta sehds E EEEE ESEE EEEREN EEEREN 480 Layout and App arance Tags scsi pcccseccesdseecibetceseacentacesdeheseasduaaneasiabsnuedesess 481 Font Tag Attributes senimi rep iea e E E E TE 482 Hy p rlinking Commands rare iioi ee Ei ERARE E EEE R REE 482 F FILE TYPE REFERENCE 485 G LANGUAGE CODES 487 GLOSSARY 489 INDEX 497 Contents xix RealSystem iQ Production Guide DOCUMENTATION RELEASE NOTE This guide aims primarily to explain the use of the SMIL 2 0 standard and the RealNetworks extensions to SMIL 2 0 in RealONE Player Please note the following about this guide e See Chapter 1 for summaries of new SMIL 2 0 features as well as for information about additional changes to this manual from RealSystem Release 8 This guide documents a pre release product RealNe
360. ia atasaini Sni AEn Enina rE nias Setting a Duration for the Length of Media Playback s sssssssssssssssssssseees Using an Indefinite Durations ccccsiceccusivccees thee cseadaeessevcateveendeedsvecevetbetens Tips for Setting Durations esisiini psa sds steseseatticsbeecesouentds Ending a Group on a Specific Clip cc sccccseeccscaeesensesecassustieneatbencaeieereaseveteenouven Stopping the Group After the Last Clip Finishes 0 cccscceesseeseeeeeeenees Stopping the Group After the First Clip Finishes ccseeeeees Stopping the Group When a Specific Clip Finishes Tips for Using endsync Attributes cccccceeee cesses eecesseeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeeeees Repeating an Elementin nerina Ken en e desi eccest E E E Repeating an Element a Certain Number of Times 00 cccccscecesseeeeeeeeeees Repeating an Element a Specific Amount of Time 0c cseesssceeesseeeeeeseeeees Specifying the Length of Each Repeating Cycle cccccceecceeeeseeeessreeeenees Setting a Total Playback Time cccccececc cece eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenseesenesseeeneea Looping Playback Indefinitely 0 0008 Stopping a Clip s Encoded Repetitions Managing Bandwidth with Repeating Clips ccccccceecseeeeseeeeeesseeeeneeees Nips for Rep ting Elements isise tats iene dehi anda Miia tec Setting a Fills Messe Babee woh vieg Meehan ag A a alae ees Usigan Automatic Fill sa scr tutes nial Ee ate Gat Setting a Fill with Sequent
361. ial Clips 0 ccc eeee cece eeeeereeeeeeeeeeenneeeeneaes Setting a Fill in Parallel GroupsS ccccceccc cece eeeeseeeeeeseeeeserseeeeeeseeeeenea Setting a Fill in Exclusive Groups 0000064 Displaying a Clip Throughout a Presentation Summary of Common Clip fill Values 0 ccc cece ceece ee ceeeeeeenseeeeneeeeeees Setting a Group Fill ksa doe niin RAM at A A Tips for Setting a Frano E EEE EEEE seers Specifying a Default Fills ccciiccctsiasecepecd fod a aa a E a aaie e iai Adding a Default Fill to a Group sssssssssssssssssssssisssesssssesssseessssesnsstenssseensseet Inheriting a Default Fill from a Containing Group ssssssssssssssssrsssrssssseresseens 13 ADVANCED TIMING 261 Understanding Advanced TiMINng sssssssssssssssssssssrrsrsrsssserrssrernsrserrsrrinsseeens 261 xii Contents Advanced Timing Syntax oeeie rres Eas En E ea Ere EEEE EErEE 261 Event Type Serp ctor sae atA a A A A A EE EEEE eE ARER EPERE EREEREER 262 POSItIVE QfSeE TIMES mnara eer a a a aot NR AR eon Sete dak 263 Negative Offset TIMES erreser reer era tas AEA AREE EE E R 265 Multiple Timing Values sssssssssssssssssssssssetssstrssseresssersssrerssstnrnesernnerernneen 266 Defining an Element Start or Stop Event ssssssssssrsssssrsssisssresrssstrsreesssreesssees 266 Sample Values 267 Example 267 Defining a Repeat Event 268 Sample ValUes aseet ce ce eessearestacbecpasanbeavenesavesenecss siodnsesasqh
362. ibute along with width to change a clip s size left Changes the clip s left offset Animating this page 220 attribute can make the clip narrower or wider as well as move it horizontally rn mediaOpacity Turns opaque areas in the clip transparent By page 158 animating this attribute you can make the clip blend in with the region background color right Changes the clip s right offset Animating this page 220 attribute can make the clip narrower or wider as well as move it horizontally Table Page 1 of 2 349 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Clip Attribute Values You Can Animate continued Attribute Effect Reference top Changes the clip s top offset Animating this page 220 attribute can make the clip taller or shorter as well as move it vertically width Alters the clip s width You can animate this attribute page 220 along with height to change a clip s size z index Changes the clip s stacking order You can animate page 220 this attribute to bring one clip in front of another Table Page 2 of 2 Tips for Animating Clip Source Tags An attribute does not have to be explicitly declared You can animate a width attribute for example even if it is not explicitly defined in a clip source tag Animating a size or position attribute such as width or top in a clip creates or modifies a single use subregion that holds the clip Therefore the points about animated regions described
363. ic syntax character formatting denotes variables within fragments or complete lines of syntax options Square brackets indicate values you may or may not need to use As a rule when you use these optional values you do not include the brackets themselves choice 1 choice 2 Vertical lines or pipes separate values you can choose between Ellipses indicate nonessential information omitted from examples RealSystem iQ Production Guide Additional RealSystem Resources Most RealNetworks manuals are available in both PDF and HTML formats from the RealNetworks documentation library The library s main page is at http service real com help library index html In addition to this production guide you may need the following resources RealPix Authoring Guide With RealPix you can create streaming slideshows of still images RealPix Authoring Guide explains how to put a RealPix presentation together with special effects such as fades and zooms You can find this guide at http service real com help library encoders html RealSystem Server Administration Guide The basic reference for the RealServer administrator this guide explains how to set up configure and run RealServer to stream multimedia You need this guide only if you are running RealServer yourself It is available at http service real com help library servers html Embedded RealPlayer Functionality Guide This guide supplements Real
364. ically Or you can tune an exported clip manually with the Flash tuner included in the RealSystem Authoring Kit which you can download from the following Web site http www realnetworks com products authkit index html Tip You will not know how well your clip streams until you tune it Because you may need to revise the animation to make the clip stream well for your chosen audience export and tune the animation frequently as you develop it Flash Clip Size Tuning your Flash clip guarantees that it streams at your chosen bit rate If your animation is too complex however tuning it to a low bit rate may cause an unacceptably high preroll in RealONE Player The best way to guarantee a low preroll is to keep the ratio of clip size to clip length low The following are tips for keeping the Flash clip size as small as possible as you develop your animation Reduce key frames Excessive key frame changes increase bandwidth consumption Minimize the number of key frames and simplify the objects within key frames 77 78 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Use symbols instead of groups Flash stores a symbol once and can then refer to it at any time with each reference adding little to the file size However it stores a group definition each time the group is used Using a group three times for example stores the same data in the file three times Using symbols instead of groups can therefore reduce file size significantly Si
365. ickTime converting to RealAudio 54 converting to RealVideo 70 ram extension 425 Ram file clip playback size 422 comments 423 creating manually 420 linking to local files 421 to RealServer 421 to Web server 421 RealONE Player start mode 422 replacing with Ramgen 425 see also Ramgen within a SMIL file 149 Ramgen options altplay 427 combining 427 embed 427 using 425 readIndex attribute 171 RealAudio audio quality and bandwidth 43 backward compatibility 55 bandwidth characteristics 44 codecs frequency responses 45 lossy nature 43 mono music 46 older 48 sampling rates 45 stereo music 47 voice 46 converting to other formats 52 encoded information 165 encoding instructions 55 encoding tips 54 Index Flash audio export 88 soundtrack 79 input formats 54 prefetching data 388 RealVideo soundtracks 57 sound quality 43 streaming rates multimedia 55 standard 44 streaming steps 49 Web server playback 428 with other clips 44 see also audio RealFlash see Flash RealGuide 431 RealONE Player autoupdate 29 backward compatibility 30 browser windows 279 clip compatibility 29 context window 280 copyright protection with RealServer 30 with Web server 428 doubling clip size 422 download logo 432 embedding in Web page see embedded playback full screen playback 422 JavaScript guide 10 language choices codes 487 setting 367 plug in download 29 RealVideo 8 cod
366. ideo clips back to their original source formats or any other streaming formats 67 RealSystem iQ Production Guide S Video Output Video playback devices commonly have at least two common output types S video and composite Use S video as it produces better results Color Depth Always use 24 bit color Lower color resolution results in poor clips Digitized Video Formats It is better to work with uncompressed formats Otherwise you compress the source once when you digitize it and again when you encode it as RealVideo This double compression can decrease the image quality Use a compressed source format only if your RealVideo encoding tool supports the file as input You can use compressed AVI files as long as the computer used to encode RealVideo clips has the same Video for Windows driver used to compress the AVI file Video Capture Frame Rates Capture the video content at 15 frames per second fps if your clip will stream at less than 100 Kbps For higher speed streaming capture it at 30 fps Because a RealVideo clip s frame rate varies some scenes may be encoded at less than the capture rate depending on bandwidth constraints SVT enables RealONE Player to lower the frame rate on computers that have low processing power ensuring that high frame rates will not overburden slow computers For More Information For more information on SVT see Scalable Video Technology on page 64 Video Capture Screen Sizes
367. ile on page 420 Note that a Ram file can also list other Ram or SMIL files as well as clips Using a SMIL File as a Source A SMIL file can also use another SMIL file as a source Simply use a lt ref gt tag to refer to the secondary SMIL file lt ref src rtsp realserver example com presentation2 smil gt Unlike a Ram file a SMIL file can do more than list a simple sequence of clips A secondary SMIL file can play clips in parallel for example and use SMIL timing and layout attributes to organize its clips Handling Layouts When a secondary SMIL file contains visual clips you assign the entire SMIL file to play within a region defined in the primary SMIL file lt ref src rtsp realserver example com presentation2 smil region region_1 gt In this case it s best to define the playback region in the main SMIL file region_1 to be the same size as the root layout area of the secondary SMIL file If the playback region and the secondary SMIL presentation are different sizes the playback region s fit attribute determines how the SMIL presentation fits the region For More Information For information on defining layouts and assigning clips to play in regions see Chapter 11 Using Timing Attributes Timing attributes in the primary SMIL file can override the timeline of the secondary SMIL file Suppose that presentation2 smil lasts 10 minutes when played by itself but you set a 5 minute duration in the
368. iles sound best when your digitized source has the highest possible gain without clipping Digital audio files that do not use their full amplitude range produce low quality streaming clips If the amplitude range is too low use your sound editor to adjust the range and increase the amplitude Tip Most sound editors have a Normalize function that maximizes levels automatically Because some systems have trouble with files normalized to 100 percent normalize to 95 percent of maximum or to 0 5dB Dynamics Compression Normalization maximizes the volume level of the audio file s loudest sections Consequently quiet sections may not encode as well Dynamics compression evens out input levels by attenuating turning down the input when it rises above a specified threshold Check your audio software for a Compression or Dynamics feature You can control attenuation by specifying a compression ratio This turns down the loudest sections and you can readjust input levels accordingly Tip For multipurpose dynamics compression set the threshold to 10dB the ratio to 4 1 and the attack and release times to 100ms Adjust the input level to get approximately 3dB of compression and an output level of about OdB 53 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Equalization Equalization EQ changes the tone of the incoming signal by boosting turning up or cutting turning down certain frequencies Using EQ you can emphasize certain fre
369. in dur media gt Because this clip uses both end and dur the attribute specifying the shorter playback time is used Suppose the video clip normally runs 15 minutes In this case end 10min ends the clip after 10 minutes But if the clip runs just 5 minutes dur media ends the clip when it finishes its normal playback If you did not have dur media in this case the end 10min value would keep the clip active an additional 5 minutes unnecessarily lengthening playback Indefinite Duration You can use dur indefinite to extend an element s duration indefinitely As with dur media dur indefinite is typically used with another timing attribute that ends the element For example the following clip stays active indefinitely until the viewer clicks the image with the ID stop lt par gt lt ref src dur indefinite end stop activateEvent region play gt lt img src id stop dur 10s fill freeze region stopbutton gt lt par gt When an element has an indefinite duration RealONE Player s timeline slider does not operate because the presentation s end time cannot be known in advance Hence viewers cannot seek through the presentation The timeline CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing slider will work though if a group timing attribute overrides the element s indefinite duration For example if you added dur 10min to the lt par gt tag in the precedin
370. in a waterfall effect verticalRight 351 Tiles cascade vertically from the right in a waterfall effect horizontalLeft 352 Tiles cascade horizontally from the left in a waterfall effect horizontalRight 353 Tiles cascade horizontally from the right in a waterfall effect Table Page 4 of 4 This transition family which has no corresponding SMPTE codes includes fades that let you blend images into one another or fade an image into or out of a solid color The push and wipe transition effects allow a second clip to 329 RealSystem iQ Production Guide push the first clip out of the way or to slide over it In the following table the first subtype for a certain type is the default Fade Push and Slide Transition Effects Type Subtype Transition Appearance crossfade The clip fades into the clip that follows it fade fadeFromColor The clip fades in from a solid color fadeToColor The clip fades out into a solid color fromLeft The clip pushes out the preceding clip from left to right ba fromRight The clip pushes out the preceding clip from right to left ushWipe PERE ca a ee a Da ce ace P fromTop The clip pushes out the previous clip from top to bottom fromBottom The clip pushes out the previous clip from bottom to top fromLeft The clip slides over the preceding clip from left to right paw fromRight The clip slides over the preceding clip from right to left
371. in consistently smooth playback Lower quality video playback means more artifacts and a lower frame rate RealVideo Quality at Different Dimensions and Bandwidths Video Quality for Dimensions in Pixels Target Audience Clip Speed 176x132 240x180 320x240 640x480 28 8 Kbps modem 56 Kbps modem 64 Kbps single ISDN Fair Good Poor Good 112 Kbps dual ISDN Fair Excellent Corporate LAN Good 256 Kbps DSL cable Excellent Excellent 384 Kbps DSL cable Excellent 512 Kbps DSL cable The table shows that when streaming larger videos you get good to excellent quality only at higher connection speeds If you plan to stream clips over modems you can first encode your clip at 320 by 240 pixels to test its quality Ifyou want better quality shrink the video dimensions with your editing software or with RealProducer during encoding Tip When resizing a video with RealProducer setting the RealVideo preferences to high quality resize rather than a fast resize yields better results Different Clip Dimensions for Different Bandwidths When you want to encode a single video for both low speed and high speed connections you need to decide what video dimensions to use Although with SureStream technology you can easily create a single RealVideo clip that streams at many bandwidths using too large a clip results in low frame rates for viewers with dial up modems Therefore you may want to use small video
372. in different languages to different viewers page 367 How do I stream clips at different bandwidths to different viewers page 370 Can I add captions and audio descriptions to aid viewer accessibility page 372 How do I deliver different clips to Windows Macintosh and Linux users page 374 Can I use a lt switch gt tag to stream different sizes of videos page 378 How do I stream clip data to RealONE Player before the clip plays page 384 How much bandwidth can I use for prefetching clip data page 385 How much clip data can I stream in advance of clip playback page 387 Web Page Embedding See Chapter 19 for information on embedding your streaming presentation directly in a Web page Web Page Embedding Question Answer Will an lt EMBED gt tag work with Microsoft Internet Explorer page 395 What is a rpm file page 398 Table Page 1 of 2 450 APPENDIX B Production Tasks Web Page Embedding continued Question Answer How do I set my presentation s size in my Web page page 400 How do I add RealONE Player controls to my Web page page 401 How do I make all the controls work together page 407 Can I center my clip in an HTML table page 410 Can I make my presentation start as soon as the Web page loads page 411 How do I set shuffle play page 412 How do I lay out my SMIL presentation in my Web page page 412 Can I use Javascript or VBScript to control my embedded presentation pag
373. indow is not a SMIL command it does not offer all the SMIL linking features such as activating automatically or ona keystroke Ifa SMIL hyperlink overlaps a command openwindow link the SMIL link takes precedence Hyperlink Examples The following examples show different applications of hyperlinking To see more examples get the HTIML Javascript version of this guide as described in 309 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 310 How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and view the Sample Files page Displaying a Web Page when a Presentation Ends Using the lt area gt tag you can easily display Web pages as a clip plays The following example uses advanced SMIL timing commands to open a Web page when the video clip ends lt video src videol rm id main fill freeze gt lt area href http www example com external true rn sendTo actuate onLoad begin main end gt lt video gt _rpbrowser In this example the hyperlink uses actuate onLoad to open the URL automatically when the link becomes active The begin main end attribute opens the link when the clip with id main ends This advanced timing feature is described in Defining an Element Start or Stop Event on page 266 The rn sendTo attribute sends the URL to the RealONE Player main browsing window as described in Targeting the Main Browsing Window on page 296 You can leave this attribute out of the
374. indows A hyperlink can pop up a new RealONE Player media window when clicked You can also pop up a window with a lt topLayout gt tag as described in Secondary Media Windows on page 197 Defining secondary media windows is appropriate when you want the new window to pop up at a predefined point in your presentation Creating a hyperlink to a new RealONE Player media window is preferable when you want the new window to pop up based on viewer interaction and the media you display in the window is not part of your main SMIL presentation Hyperlinks vs Exclusive Groups If you plan to create an interactive application you need to consider carefully whether to provide interactivity through hyperlinks lt excl gt groups or both Suppose that you plan to create a presentation that offers three different video clips that the viewer can select by clicking three buttons You can author your SMIL presentation in different ways 281 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Link the video clips to the buttons with hyperlinks Using hyperlinks you can link each button to a separate video In this case your main SMIL file does not contain lt video gt tags that refer to the video clips Instead each button uses a hyperlink to play the clip when the button is clicked This method works well when you want to launch each video in a separate window Place the video clips in an lt excl gt group and use advanced timing commands to play each vid
375. ined this region lt region id video_region width 320 height 240 backgroundColor green gt You could change the background color to yellow over the course of five seconds with an animation tag like the following lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName backgroundColor to red dur 5s gt Using the to attribute you could also animate the region s size or placement When it becomes active the following lt animate gt tag expands the region s width to 380 pixels over the course of three seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width to 380 dur 3s gt If you do not include a from attribute the animation starts at the value specified in the target element tag In the preceding example the animation starts at the region s normal width of 320 pixels If you specify a from value though the region expands or contracts to that size instantly when the animation becomes active With the following animation the region first contracts to half its defined size then grows to 380 pixels over five seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width from 160 to 380 dur 5s gt Animating an Attribute by a Certain Value The by attribute defines a certain value by which the animation progresses Use it to animate sizes or positions but not colors The by attribute can take a pixel or a percentage value either positive or negati
376. ing Between Language Choices ssssssssssrsssesrsssnisssesrsrersrsrerssrerssees Setting Language Codesoso rcas geen il ie eae eed Providing Subtitles or Overdubbing cc cece cee eecenseeeeeeseeeseeeeeeennaes Switching Between Bandwidth Choices cccccceecscesesseeeesesseeeenseeseeeeeeeel Switching with SureStream Clips cccecccceeceeeeeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeesenseeeeeaees Enhancing Presentation Accessibility Switching Based on the Viewer s Computer Switching for CPU Type sis cencsh itis enc o eet eh ed ache dane evita deed Contents RealSystem iQ Production Guide Switching for Operating System ccc cece ceeee ee eeteeeeeeseeeeseneeeessseeeeeeea 374 Switching for Monitor Size or Color Depth cc cece ceeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeenees 375 Switeh Grou psExaimplesi ai eE N wt dest as tenes accent Rader ties 377 Switching with Multiple Attributes 00 cece ec eeseeeeenseeeeeeseeeeeneeeeenenes 377 Switching for Different Video Sizes cceeccceeseseeeeseeeeeenseeeseeeeeseneseeeeeees 378 Displaying System Captions Using RealText c0 ccceccceceeseeeeeeeeeeenneeeees 379 18 PREFETCHING Understanding PrefetchiN gisor resa ii aaa i Re EE Using thes lt prefetch gt Tag sieni en Misia lags niet tee eink Managing Prefetch Bandwidth cccccecssceseeeeeeseeesesseeeeessseeesessseesenseeees Specifying Prefetch Bandwidth in Bits Per Second Specifying Prefetch Bandwidth as a P
377. ing the Text Size mpenn aan a e a e a est Controlling Text Colors sssrinin a a a a aei Controlling Text Layout and Appearance Adding Space Between Text Blocks sssssssssssssseirsssrisssresssserssreirsssserssset Centering Vextis 0 05 Steet a a a a A a De a Preformatting Text ear a a N a E N E ME Maa aly Using HTML Compatible Tags sssssssssssssesrsssssssissssesssseesrsseensseeessseet Emphasizing Texte nuagi ct ena e Soe ad OLE E Sake aes Sas Creating Links and Issuing Commands sss sssssssssssssstssssrtsssrirsssrirssrerrnsrrnsset Creating a Mall Linkisin Gian bia e a o nena ena he Opening a URL in RealONE Player or a Browser Issuing RealONE Player Commands s sssssssssssssssssssesssssessssstssreersssrersnseens Using Goded Gharacters 2 4 avis cSeieie kine tel atau ee Beas elas Using Coded Characters with the mac roman Character Set 00ceeee 119 Realext Exa MPE Snie e aera Er Enp CENERE EEEE daveteaavin tanh he TE EESE EESE 119 Generico Window is ion ccce ed babes bbcks coh Aa E AEE a EEE Valles Lev eas E 119 Ticke reape Wind OW mrri nisi tecnes ce eenges EE E AE E EAA E R 120 Scrolling News WithdOw esisi terioj taas ar ara Na Nea E ier AEE EAEE 121 Teleprompter Window Contents PART Ill LEARNING SMIL 7 SMIL BASICS 127 Understanding SMIL haner E a ir E cusedtpee Seth recs 127 Advantages of Using SMIbaicc ist nde a Mites a E E odie 127 SMIC1 0and SMIEZ Opon son cate vies uhan e tate
378. ing with your RealServer administrator 1 What version of RealServer is available To deliver clips described in this manual you ll need RealServer G2 7 or 8 rather than any of the earlier versions Make sure that your RealServer can deliver all the clips you plan to develop 2 How many streams can RealServer serve Each RealServer has a maximum number of media streams it can send out at once A RealServer with a maximum of 500 streams for example can 23 24 RealSystem iQ Production Guide stream video to 500 viewers simultaneously Make sure that the RealServer you plan to use has adequate capacity for your needs 3 Are there any bandwidth constraints The RealServer computer may lack the outgoing bandwidth to deliver a lot of high speed clips simultaneously If you plan to develop high bandwidth presentations confer with the RealServer administrator about bandwidth limitations 4 Where will your clips reside Your clips typically reside on RealServer whereas your Web pages are on a Web server You ll need to know the URLs for your clips on RealServer so that you can set up your Web page hyperlinks correctly 5 Do any RealServer features need to be set up The RealServer administrator can set up many streaming and security features such as e Live broadcasts e Pay per view content Automatic ad insertion e Password authentication Using RealServer through an Internet Service Provider If an Internet
379. inistrator can give you the RealServer address RTSP port and directory structure RealServer URL Components Component Specifies rtsp RTSP protocol Although RealServer also supports HTTP streaming clips typically use RTSP realserver example com RealServer address This varies with each RealServer It typically uses an identifier such as realserver instead of www Or it may use a TCP IP address such as 172 2 16 230 instead of a name 7554 RealServer port for RTSP connections Port 554 is the default so you can leave this out of URLs unless the RealServer administrator chose a different port for RTSP communication If the port number is required separate it from the address with a colon audio RealServer directory that holds the clip The directory structure may be several levels deep RealServer also uses mount points that invoke certain features such as password authentication Because these mount points appear to be directories in the URL the request path does not mirror the actual directory path on the RealServer computer The RealServer administrator can tell you the mount points and directories in the path first rm Clip file name For More Information For more information on RTSP see The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP on page 417 Linking to Clips on a Web Server To use a clip hosted on a Web server use a standard HTTP URL in the base target or in each clip s src attri
380. ink the link expands or contracts with the clip if the hyperlink has no coords values or its coordinates are defined with percentage values Although the link does not change size if it is defined with pixel values it is truncated if the region boundaries overlap the hot spot boundaries For More Information See Defining Hot Spots on page 285 for more on creating hot spots You cannot animate attributes in lt regPoint gt or lt transition gt tags Animating Clip Attributes The following table lists all the attributes that you can animate in clip source tags That is you can use any of the following as values for attributeName when targetElement identifies a tag such as lt video gt lt img gt or lt ref gt Clip Attribute Values You Can Animate Attribute Effect Reference backgroundColor Modifies the background color of the region playing page 220 the clip You could change the color from red to blue midway through a presentation for example rn background Modifies the opacity in a clip s background page 158 Opacity transparency You could make the clip more opaque for example bottom Changes the clip s bottom offset from its playback page 220 region Animating this attribute can make the clip taller or shorter as well as move it vertically color Changes the color of a lt brush gt object page 148 height Modifies the clip s height You can animate this page 220 attr
381. inutes long Because RealONE Player treats the sequence as a single presentation viewers can use the timeline slider to seek 175 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 176 through all the clips but cannot choose individual clips through the RealONE Player Play gt Next Clip command Creating Sequences Without lt seq gt Tags It is not always necessary to group clips within lt seq gt and lt seq gt tags Whenever clips are not listed in a group RealONE Player automatically plays them in sequence For instance the following markup which has no lt seq gt and lt seq gt tags plays three audio clips in sequence just like the preceding example lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt audio src song1 rm gt lt audio src song2 rm gt lt audio src song3 rm gt lt body gt lt smil gt When you do not use a lt seq gt group however RealONE Player treats each clip as a separate presentation Suppose that each clip in the preceding example lasts two minutes When the sequence starts the RealONE Player status bar indicates that the presentation lasts two minutes When the first clip ends RealONE Player s timeline slider resets the second clip starts and the status bar indicates another two minute presentation This action repeats when the third clip plays At any point the viewer can select a different clip with the RealONE Player Play gt Next Clip command Tips for Crea
382. io subtitles lt par gt lt audio src soundtrack rm syncBehavior locked gt lt ref src training swf syncBehavior canSlip gt lt textstream src translation rt syncBehavior locked gt lt par gt 180 CHAPTER 10 Groups The Flash clip in the preceding example can slip meaning that RealONE Player will suspend playback for this clip first if bandwidth drops too low RealONE Player will resume playing the clip when more bandwidth is available At that point it will fast forward the Flash clip to bring it into synchronization with the RealAudio and RealText clips The viewer will notice that the Flash clip has paused but the audio and the subtitles will continue to play as long as conditions do not get too bad The RealAudio soundtrack and the RealText subtitles in the preceding example are locked with the group This means that RealONE Player does everything it can to keep these clips synchronized and flowing smoothly As described above RealONE Player s first suspends the Flash clip if necessary If that action does not provide enough bandwidth and the RealAudio stream also runs dry RealONE Player halts the entire group until it has received enough data to continue playing the RealAudio and the RealText clips It brings the Flash clip up to the group s current position whenever conditions allow Synchronizing Groups Just as you can synchronize clips within groups you can also synchro
383. ions Read this chapter to learn how to use SMIL animations not to be confused with Flash animation to create special effects while clips play RealSystem iQ Production Guide Chapter 17 Switching SMIL lets you stream different presentations based on viewer criteria such as available bandwidth or language preference Read this chapter to learn about SMIL s switching capabilities Chapter 18 Prefetching Prefetching is a powerful feature that lets you download clip data before a clip plays This can help prevent presentation rebuffering Part VII Streaming Your Clips When you finish production you re ready to make your presentation available for viewing as described in the following chapters Chapter 19 Web Page Embedding If you want to integrate your presentation seamlessly into your Web page follow the instructions in this chapter Chapter 20 Presentation Delivery This chapter gives instructions for moving your streaming clips to RealServer and linking your Web page to them It also explains how to use a Web server to deliver simple presentations Part VIII Appendixes The following appendixes gather useful information that will help you whether you re a novice or a professional Appendix A Basic Questions If you are new to RealSystem this appendix answers basic production questions and points you to additional resources on the Internet Appendix B Production Tasks Consult this appendix when you want to ca
384. ip once it has stopped playing lt textstream src rtsp realserver example com marquee rt dur 4min fill freeze gt For More Information For more on the SMIL fill attribute see Setting a Fill on page 251 Tips for Setting RealText Clip Durations When you work with both SMIL and RealText be careful not to confuse the different duration attributes In RealText the duration attribute must be duration whereas in SMIL it must be dur RealText uses only the normal play time format hh mmiss xy for setting time values It cannot use SMIL timing shorthand values such as 3min If your RealText clip stops before all text has displayed the duration time is probably set too low To help prevent this problem set a high duration when you start writing your RealText markup Then set the final duration time when you have finished defining the RealText markup CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup The final duration should be slightly higher than the time it takes to display all the text If all text displays within two minutes for example set a duration of two minutes and five seconds Setting a duration much higher than the time it takes all text to display may unnecessarily delay clips that play after the RealText clip in a SMIL sequence and can make it difficult for viewers to use the RealONE Player position slider to search for specific parts of the RealText clip The duration time you set is reflected in RealONE
385. ip uses the group s fillDefault value Setting a fill value explicitly in a clip source tag always makes the clip use that value regardless of any fillDefault setting in the group tag A group that does not have a fillDefault value explicitly set will inherit the fillDefault value from a larger group that contains it CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing The next example illustrates the fillDefault attribute set in a lt par gt group with some of the group elements overriding the attribute value lt par fillDefault freeze gt lt img src logo gif region bg_region dur 1s gt lt video src videol rm region video_region fill default gt lt textstream src titles rt region text_region fill remove gt lt par gt The following fill actions occur in this group The lt par gt group s fillDefault freeze value sets its fill value to freeze and passes this value along to all its elements The lt img gt tag does not include a fill attribute so it receives a fill freeze value from the lt par gt tag The lt video gt tag s fill default attribute makes it receive the freeze value just like the lt img gt tag In other words fill default is the default value used with the containing group has a fillDefault attribute The attribute fill auto is the default value if no fillDefault attribute is used Thus setting fill default explicitly has the same e
386. ip_B set to always e group_Y set to always group_Y sets its own behavior to always However it inherits the default value of whenNotActive from master_group and passes that value to both clips it contains e clip_C set to whenNotActive e clip_D set to whenNotActive e group_Z set to whenNotActive group_Z inherits the default value of whenNotActive from master_group However it changes the default value for the elements it contains to always One of the clips overrides that value e clip_E set to always e clip_F set to whenNotActive 277 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 278 CHAPTER 14 HYPERLINKS A SMIL file can define links to other media A video might link to a second video for example When the viewer clicks the link the second video replaces the first Or the video could link to an HTML page that opens in the viewer s browser You can even define areas as hot spots with links that vary over time The bottom corner of a video can link to a different URL every ten seconds for instance Understanding Hyperlinks SMIL provides two hyperlink tags both found in HTML So if you are familiar with HTML linking you ll pick up SMIL linking quickly The SMIL lt a gt tag is the simpler means of creating hypertext links but the lt area gt tag is more powerful The lt area gt tag includes all features of lt a gt and provides additional ones such as the ability to create hot spots image maps and timed links
387. istrator to get the actual RealServer address HTTP port and directory structure URL Components in a Web Page Link to RealServer URL Component Function http This causes the browser to contact RealServer through HTTP Web browsers do not use RTSP realserver example com This address varies for each RealServer It typically uses an identifier such as realserver instead of www It may also use a numeric TCP IP address such as 204 71 154 5 8080 This is the port RealServer uses for HTTP connections Separate the port and address with a colon You can leave the port number out if RealServer uses port 80 for HTTP connections Include the port number if RealServer uses any port other than 80 for HTTP ramgen This parameter launches RealONE Player without the use of a separate Ram file media Following ramgen the URL may list other directories depending on where the clip resides on RealServer sample smil This is the SMIL file for your presentation If you have only one clip to stream you can link directly to that clip instead of to a SMIL file Table Page 1 of 2 426 CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery URL Components in a Web Page Link to RealServer continued URL Component Function altplay file ext This Ramgen option specifies an alternate presentation created for earlier versions of RealPlayer See Listing Alternative Presentations with Ramgen on page 427 embed Thi
388. itch Group To reach the widest audience of viewers a lt switch gt group needs to have a default option Without this option certain RealONE Players may not play any clips in the group A default option must satisfy these criteria The default option must not include a test attribute Any RealONE Player will choose an option that does not include a test attribute Hence any RealONE Player that did not choose an option with a test attribute will choose the option without the test attribute The default option must be the last option in the lt switch gt group RealONE Player always evaluates options in the order they are listed playing the first suitable option it finds If you list a default option before options that includes test attributes no RealONE Player will ever evaluate the test attributes of the options following the default option The following example modifies the preceding example to add an English language clip as the default choice lt switch gt lt audio src french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src german rm systemLanguage de gt lt audio src english rm gt lt switch gt CHAPTER 17 Switching Note that the English language clip is listed last and does not include a systemLanguage test attribute making it the default In this example any RealONE Player with a preference set to a language other than French or German will choose the English clip For example all RealONE Player
389. k like these command openwindow _new rtsp realserver example com comedy rm CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks command openwindow _blank rtsp realserver example com animals rm Launching Clips in the Current Window Use either _current or _self to open the URL in the current window The following example is for RealText lt a href command openwindow _self rtsp realserver example com comedy rm gt Comedy Hour lt a gt The next RealText link plays the clip at double its encoded size lt a href command openwindow _current rtsp realserver example com animals rm zoomlevel double gt Sharks lt a gt The following are the same commands issued through Get URL in Flash command openwindow _self rtsp realserver example com comedy rm command openwindow _current rtsp realserver example com animals rm zoomlevel double Tips for Opening Media Windows with RealText or Flash Unlike HTML RealSystem markup tags are case sensitive Be sure to use lowercase for command openwindow and its parameters When the viewer clicks a command openwindow link the new clip automatically plays and the presentation that contains the link stops You cannot change this playback state to pause the original presentation for example RealText and Flash clips can also open links in a Web browser For basic information on hypertext links in RealText see Creating Links and Issuing Commands on page 116 e Because command openw
390. l negative values are useful For example using a negative value with the to attribute when animating a size such as to 25 or to 44 when animating a region width causes the element to disappear completely Defining a Range of Animation Values Using a values list you can animate an attribute through multiple values This lets you define animations that are more complex than those possible with the to by and from attributes In the following example a values attribute animates a region s width to four different sizes over 15 seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 15s values 58 150 96 110 gt Tips for Defining a Values List Enclose the entire values list in double quotation marks You can include spaces before or after a semicolon that separates values but spaces are not necessary e You do not need to add a semicolon after the last value As with the to and by attributes you can specify negative pixel or percentage values when animating sizes and placements The animation always proceeds in order from the first value to the last value The first value is applied when the animation activates The animation reaches the last value by the end of its duration 352 CHAPTER 16 Animations In a values list use values appropriate to the animated attribute When animating a region for example use percentages pixels or a mix of both values 25 50 380 e
391. lSystem iQ Production Guide lt animate gt Tag Attributes continued Attribute Value Function Reference to pixels percentage Sets an end point for the animation page 351 color_value Do not use with by values pixels percentage Defines a list of animation values page 352 color_value Not used with from to or by Table Page 2 of 2 Selecting the Element and Attribute to Animate Using the targetElement attribute you specify the ID of the SMIL element you want to animate Using attributeName you select a specific attribute within that element To animate a region s width for example you identify the region and its width attribute through an lt animate gt tag in the SMIL body as shown in the following example lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt region id video_region width 320 height 240 gt lt head gt lt body gt lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width gt lt body gt lt smil gt When the animation is within a clip source tag attributeName is required but targetElement is not necessary In the following example the lt animate gt tag falls within the clip source tag The lt animate gt tag does not therefore need a targetElement attribute to select the video clip for animation lt video gt lt animate attributeName gt lt video gt Animating Window Attributes The fol
392. lay When there are no clips playing only the specified background color shows in the window The parameter is false by default 410 CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding Setting Automatic Playback The parameters listed in the following table can cause a presentation to start playing automatically and to loop continuously or for a specified number of times Parameters for Automatic Playback Parameter Value Default Function Reference AUTOSTART true false false Starts presentation automatically page 411 LOOP true false false Creates a continuous playback loop page 411 NUMLOOP integer 1 Loops playback a set number of times page 412 SHUFFLE true false false Sets shuffle play for a sequence of clips page 412 The following example shows two of these parameters in an lt EMBED gt tag lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 50 HEIGHT 50 NOJAVA true AUTOSTART true LOOP true gt Starting a Presentation Automatically When set to true the AUTOSTART parameter starts playback immediately When you have multiple lt EMBED gt tags linked by a CONSOLE name set AUTOSTART to true in just one tag Leaving AUTOSTART out or setting its value to false means that the presentation will not start until the user starts it by clicking an embedded play button for example Looping a Presentation Continuously If the LOOP parameter is set to true the presentation continuously loops until the viewer stops it When
393. le Basic Transition Effects Attributes Attribute Function id Sets a unique ID used to assign the transition to clips For rules about creating IDs see SMIL Tag ID Values on page 138 type Identifies a group of transition effects This attribute is required subtype Determines which member of the transition type group is used The following sections describe the various types and subtypes for transition effects For convenience the transition effects are grouped in families that share broad similarities such as edge wipes and iris wipes In defining a transition you specify only the type and subtype however Note Most transitions listed in the following sections have an SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers code This code is provided for persons who want to find the SMIL transition effect that corresponds to a specific SMPTE transition SMPTE codes are not used when defining SMIL transition effects though Tip To display samples of transition effects in RealONE Player get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 Edge Wipe Transition Effects In the edge wipe family an edge moves over the first clip revealing the second clip As an analogy imagine a car covered with snow As the windshield wiper moves its edge reveals the underlying windshield In these transitions 318 CHAPTER 15 Transition Ef
394. le Chapter 2 explains the basics of putting together a streaming presentation CHAPTER 1 NEW FEATURES The open end to end architecture of RealSystem iQ gives you more possibilities for creating Web based multimedia than ever If you re familiar with previous versions of RealSystem this chapter gives you a quick look at changes in the latest release of RealSystem iQ RealONE Player Introduced The successor to RealPlayer 8 RealONE Player provides the most advanced media playback possibilities available combining streaming media playback with digital downloading RealONE Player is available for Windows Macintosh and several Unix operating systems including Linux SMIL 2 0 Support RealONE Player supports SMIL 2 0 which adds many new features to SMIL 1 0 RealONE Player is backwards compatible with SMIL 1 0 so it can play any existing RealSystem SMIL presentation RealPlayer G2 RealPlayer 7 and RealPlayer 8 cannot play SMIL 2 0 presentations These versions of RealPlayer autoupdate to RealONE Player before playing a SMIL 2 0 file See Chapter 7 for basic SMIL 2 0 information Note This manual describes SMIL 2 0 only For SMIL 1 0 information see RealSystem iQ Production Guide for Release 8 This manual is available in HTML and PDF formats at http service real com help library encoders html SMIL 2 0 Files Require an XML Namespace A simple lt smil gt tag designates a SMIL 1 0 file To write a SMIL 2 0 file you n
395. le noise or a lot of noise respectively The best way to eliminate noise though is to follow good production practices as described in Recording Video on page 66 Resizing Filters When you resize a RealVideo clip with RealProducer you can use a resizing filter that performs either a fast resize or a high quality resize These resizing options affect the source video only when you make the clip smaller They tell RealProducer to throw out video data by using either a quick method fast resize or a complex analysis high quality resize A high quality resize results in a superior image but it also lengthens the encoding time Inverse Telecine Filter The Inverse Telecine filter is for cinematic film that was transferred to NTSC video It has no effect on PAL video Film is usually photographed at 24 frames per second fps and the film to video conversion called telecine duplicates some frames to achieve the NTSC standard of 30 fps To strip out redundant frames use the inverse telecine filter when encoding NTSC video that was transferred from film and has a frame rate of 25 to 30 fps De Interlace Filter The de interlace filter removes jaggedness from interlaced video It is useful only for interlaced source video that is at least 240 lines high Typical source video used for television is 480 lines high If you digitize the video with a video capture card that captures at 240 lines or fewer the card throws out either th
396. le ways to start an element either by mouseclick or keystroke ID focusInEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the clip with the designated ID receives the keyboard focus and captures subsequent keystrokes The focus typically occurs when the viewer clicks the clip or tabs into it The target ID must be that of a clip not a group or a region ID focusOutEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the clip with the designated ID loses the keyboard focus This typically occurs when the viewer clicks or tabs out of the clip The target ID must be that of a clip not a group or a region 271 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 272 Sample Values The following are samples of begin and end values that start or stop an element relative to a keyboard event begin accesskey g Start the element when the keyboard letter g is pressed end ID focusInEvent 2s Stop the element two seconds after the clip with the given ID loses the keyboard focus Example 9 In the following example the video starts playing when the keyboard letter g is pressed It stops playing when the letter h is pressed lt video src video1 rm region video_region begin accesskey g end accesskey h gt Tips for Defining Keyboard Events The access key value is case sensitive so the viewer cannot press g lowercase g to activate the event if you specify an uppercase G with a
397. lideshow concludes lt par endsync id pix gt lt audio src background rm repeatDur indefinite gt lt ref src promo rp id pix region images_region gt lt par gt For More Information See Ending a Group on a Specific Clip on page 245 for more information on endsync Stopping a Clip s Encoded Repetitions For clips such as animated GIF images you can halt the clip s native repetitions by adding mediaRepeat strip to the clip s source tag lt img src image gif dur 20s mediaRepeat strip gt Although the mediaRepeat strip attribute stops a clip from repeating it does not necessarily render a clip static For example an animated GIF image may consist of ten unique frames that play in sequence with the sequence repeating indefinitely If mediaRepeat strip is used the ten unique frames play in sequence once but do not repeat Once you strip out a clip s native repetitions you can use timing attributes to set a different pattern of repetition Suppose that a GIF image shows one frame every second for ten seconds then repeats this cycle indefinitely To add a delay of five seconds between each cycle you can use the attributes shown in the following example lt img src image gif mediaRepeat strip dur 15s repeatDur indefinite gt 249 RealSystem iQ Production Guide In this example the mediaRepeat attribute strips out the GIF image s nati
398. lipse expands from the center horizontal 122 An eye shape its corners pointing left and right expands from the center eyeWipe vertical 123 An eye shape its corners pointing up and down expands from the center horizontal 124 A horizontal rectangle with rounded corners expands from the center roundRectWipe z vertical 125 A vertical rectangle with rounded corners expands from the center fourPoint 127 A four pointed star expands from the center starWipe fivePoint 128 A five pointed star expands from the center sixPoint 129 A six pointed star expands from the center heart 130 A heart shape expands from the center miscShapeWipe keyhole 131 A keyhole shape expands from the center Table Page 2 of 2 Clock Wipe Transition Effects CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects The clock wipe family includes transition effects in which a clip is revealed by a radial sweep similar to the second hand sweeping around the face of a clock The first subtype listed for each type in the following table is the default Clock Wipe Transition Effects Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance clockwiseTwelve 201 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the twelve o clock position clockwiseThree 202 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the three o clock position clockWipe 3 clockwiseSix 203 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the six o clock position clockwiseNine 204 A radial hand
399. live video input from a camera and live audio input from a microphone The camera and microphone connect to an audio video capture card on your computer RealProducer s encoding wizard then lets you select the live input as the source In this case you go directly from live input to encoded clip without creating a digitized source file How do ensure the best quality for streaming clips Quality starts at the source You need high quality video and audio input for RealProducer to create high quality streaming clips Chapter 3 and Chapter 4 include tips on producing good audio and video respectively If you are new to 435 RealSystem iQ Production Guide media production learn your editing hardware and software thoroughly paying close attention to the manufacturers recommendations for producing high quality media files What other clips can stream In addition to audio and video RealSystem can stream the following types of clips e Macromedia Flash animation GIF JPEG and PNG images RealPix clips for streaming slideshows RealText clips for streaming text Getting Production Tools To produce streaming media clips you need audio and video production tools as well as RealProducer to handle the encoding What audio and video editing tools can use You can use any hardware or software designed for capturing and editing audio or video The digitized output must be in a format that RealProducer accepts however
400. ll recorded analog sources such as records reel to reel tapes and chrome type II cassettes can sound just as good Try to avoid consumer grade recording media such as Type I cassettes and VHS tapes Recording Equipment Every piece of equipment in the audio chain microphone mixer sound card and so on affects sound quality If you intend to provide professional quality audio content invest in professional quality audio equipment and software Lesser equipment can add hiss and distortion degrading sound clarity Shielded Cables It is important to use high quality shielded cables Using unshielded cables increases the likelihood of introducing line noise and radio frequency interference into recordings Keep audio cables physically separated from power cords to minimize the introduction of noise Also be sure to ground all equipment properly Input Levels Setting correct input levels is crucial All audio equipment has a signal to noise ratio the ratio between the loudest possible sound the equipment can reproduce without distortion and its inherent noise floor Also called clipping distortion of this type is audible as a high frequency crackling noise To get the best signal to noise ratio set the input level on each audio device in the signal chain so that it uses its full range of available amplitude without distortion during the program s loudest sections The signal chain typically includes a microphone
401. llowing table lists possible lt area gt tag attributes No attributes are required for this tag but href is typically included For basic information about the lt area gt tag see Using the lt area gt Tag on page 283 lt area gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference accesskey key none Sets a keystroke that opens the link page 291 actuate onLoad onRequest onRequest Determines whether or not the link page 293 requires user activation alt text none Supplies alternate text for the link page 293 begin time_value none Sets when the link becomes active page 284 coords pixels percentage _ none Defines the hot spot size and location page 283 destinationLevel percentage 100 Specifies the audio level of the target page 306 destination pause play play Sets the play state of the target when page 302 Playstate the link opens end time_value none Sets when the link deactivates page 284 external true false false Sends the link to the browser if true page 295 height pixels media Sets context window size in lt param gt page 297 height href URL none Gives the link URL page 290 id name none Defines the element ID page 138 nohref none none Indicates that the link has no URL page 291 rn sendTo _osdefaultbrowser none Specifies a browser window that page 295 _rpbrowser opens the HTML page page 297 _rpcontextwin s
402. lly qualified URL RealONE Player must construct the location from the original Web page URL and the information in the rpm file This creates more possibility for errors For More Information For more information on URLs in rpm files see Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File on page 420 The section The Difference Between RTSP and HTTP on page 417 explains why RealServer uses the RTSP protocol instead of a Web server s HTTP protocol Linking to Local Clips If you will make your presentation available to people on their local machines through a download or a CD for instance you do not need to change any URLs from those described in Developing Your Presentation on page 398 In rare cases though you may want to use an absolute link rather than a relative link in the rpm file When using absolute links use forward slashes in paths to create Web style paths For example instead of this URL 399 RealSystem iQ Production Guide file c media first rpm use this URL file c media first rpm Using RealServer s Ramgen to Eliminate the Ram File When your embedded clips reside on a RealServer that uses the Ramgen feature you can eliminate the rpm file when you deliver your presentation Your SRC parameter uses an HTTP URL to the clip or SMIL file on RealServer and includes a ramgen parameter along with the embed option SRC http realserver example com 8080 ramgen sample smil embed Th
403. lowing table describes the attributes that you can animate in lt root layout gt and lt topLayout gt tags That is you can use any of the following as values for attributeName when targetElement identifies an ID in a lt root layout gt 346 CHAPTER 16 Animations or lt topLayout gt tag By animating these attributes you can change the window size or alter its color lt root layout gt and lt topLayout gt Attribute Values You Can Animate Attribute Effect Reference backgroundColor Modifies the window s background color You could page 215 change the window s background color from black to white midway through a presentation for example height Modifies the window height You can animate this page 203 attribute along with width to change the presentation s display size width Alters the window s width You can animate this page 203 attribute along with height to change the presentation s display size Animating Region Attributes The next table lists all the attributes that you can animate in lt region gt tags In other words you can use any of the following as values for attributeName when targetElement identifies a region ID By animating these attributes you can change a region s size move the region around a window alter its color or change the volume of a playing clip Region Attribute Values You Can Animate Attribute Effect Reference backgroundColor Modifies t
404. lt area gt tag to open the URL ina secondary browsing window Including the rn sendTo attribute requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions Opening Web Pages During a Presentation The following markup uses a series of lt area gt tags with different begin times to open four Web pages at different points as an audio clip plays The actuate onLoad attribute causes each link to open its Web page as soon as the link becomes active Because the links do not use rn sendTo _rpbrowser as in the preceding example the pages open in secondary browsing windows The attribute sourcePlaystate play keeps the clip playing as each page opens lt audio src audiol rm gt lt area href http www example com page1 htm begin 30s external true actuate onLoad sourcePlaystate play gt lt area href http www example com page2 htm begin 1min external true actuate onLoad sourcePlaystate play gt lt area href http www example com page3 htm begin 2min external true CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks actuate onLoad sourcePlaystate play gt lt area href http www example com page4 htm begin 3min external true actuate onLoad sourcePlaystate play gt lt audio gt Tip Opening a Web page requires bandwidth If your streaming media uses all of the viewer s available bandwidth opening a Web page may cause the presentation
405. lt video src video6 rm transIn fan1 fill remove gt lt seq gt In this sequence each fill transition attribute keeps the clip onscreen for three seconds the duration of the transition effect after the clip ends playback long enough for the transition effect to complete This does not CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects lengthen the presentation timeline The three seconds used for each transition effect overlap the first three seconds that each new clip plays Note If a clip in a sequence uses a begin value to delay its playback a fill transition value in the preceding clip freezes that clip until the clip with the begin value starts to play and the transition effect completes For more on begin see Using a Begin Time with a Clip on page 240 Tip In a long sequence of clips add fillDefault transition to the lt seq gt tag You do not then need to add fill transition to every clip tag For more on fillDefault see Specifying a Default Fill on page 258 Setting a Fill in Parallel Groups When you use parallel groups a fill transition fill remove or fill freeze attribute in a clip source tag can affect when a transition occurs Suppose that you define a two second fade to black lt transition id toBlack type fade subType fadeToColor dur 2s gt You next apply this transition to both an image and a video playing in parallel In the following example the im
406. lue on page 355 Consider the following example lt animate targetElement image_region attributeName width dur 2s values 5 20 additive sum accumulate sum repeatCount 2 calcMode discrete fill freeze gt In this example each repetition lasts two seconds the calcMode value is discrete and there are two values 5 and 20 in the values list These attributes cause the animation to behave as follows When the animation starts the region width instantly grows by 5 pixels Because the region was defined to have a 180 pixel width its new width is 185 pixels One second after the animation starts the region width grows to 200 pixels 20 pixels more than its original width Note that the 20 pixels are added to the original width not to the preceding animated width At this point therefore the region is 15 pixels wider than it was one second earlier At two seconds the animation repeats Because the animation is cumulative the region does not reset to its original width Instead it grows by an additional 5 pixels to a width of 205 pixels At three seconds the region grows 20 pixels wider than its width at the start of the second repetition It therefore ends at a final width of 220 pixels 357 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using the Specialized Animation Tags 358 The following sections describe the specialized animation tags which are variations of the lt animate gt tag You
407. lue of 80 So in this case the colors 7F8080 and 818080 are rendered transparent along with 808080 lt img rn chromaKey 808080 rn chromaKeyTolerance 010000 gt Setting Red Green and Blue Tolerances In most cases you ll want to specify tolerance ranges for red green and blue When you do this only the colors that fall within the overall range set by all the designated tolerances are rendered transparent For example the following three attribute pairs are all equivalent but use different color values which are described in Appendix D rn chromaKey rgb 128 128 128 rn chromaKeyTolerance rgb 1 2 3 rn chromaKey rgb 50 50 50 rn chromaKeyTolerance rgb 0 4 0 8 1 2 rn chromaKey 808080 rn chromaKeyTolerance 010203 All of the preceding examples define a 1 value tolerance around the specified red value a 2 value tolerance around the designated green value and a 3 value tolerance around the selected blue value Therefore the colors that have the following RGB values are rendered transparent e red RGB values 127 129 red hexadecimal values of 7F 80 and 81 And green RGB values 126 130 green hexadecimal values of 7E 7F 80 81 and 82 And e blue RGB values 125 131 blue hexadecimal values of 7D 7E 7F 80 81 82 and 83 CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags So for example the following colors would be rendered transparent because they fall within the range specified by all thre
408. m lt a href command seek 1 35 4 target _player gt Seek lt a gt 117 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Pausing a Presentation When clicked the following link causes RealONE Player to pause the stream lt a href command pause target _player gt Pause lt a gt Resuming Playback Clicking the next link causes RealONE Player to begin or resume playing the stream lt a href command play target _player gt Resume lt a gt Using Coded Characters The following table lists the character codes you can include in a RealText source file Codes begin with an ampersand amp and end with a semicolon RealText interprets these characters the same way as popular Web browsers RealText Coded Character Set Code Displays as amp lt lt amp gt gt amp amp amp amp nbsp nonbreaking space amp 32 Characters taken from the active character set as specified by the active to lt font charset gt tag The default character set is iso 8859 1 which is amp 255 also known as ISO Latin 1 For a list of these characters see the W3C reference at http www w3 org MarkUp html spec html spec_13 html See below however if you re using the mac roman character set Tip The HTML Javascript version of this manual includes a JavaScript file that generates the character codes for you See How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 for detail
409. m although older clips may use ra instead This section explains how RealAudio encodes an audio file for streaming This knowledge will help you produce high quality streaming clips Bandwidth and Audio Quality One way that RealAudio squeezes an audio file s size down is by throwing out nonessential data This makes it a lossy compression format RealAudio doesn t delete data indiscriminately though It first jettisons portions you cannot hear such as very high and very low frequencies Next it removes as much data as needed while keeping certain frequencies intact Voice encoding favors frequencies in the normal human speaking range Music encoding retains a broader frequency range Although RealAudio is savvy about what audio data it throws out be aware that the lower the connection speed the more data gets ejected and the cruder the sound quality becomes At low bandwidths you get roughly the quality of an AM radio broadcast With faster connections you can encode music with FM quality sound And at the high speeds of DSL cable modems and LANs RealAudio sound quality rivals that of CD playback When creating 43 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealAudio clips for low bandwidths it s important to start with high quality input as described in Capturing Audio on page 50 to attain good sound quality RealAudio Bandwidth Characteristics You create a RealAudio clip by using one or more RealAudio codecs A codec i
410. m file a different Ram file from the one used to launch the presentation within your SMIL file To illustrate how a Ram file is useful suppose that your main SMIL presentation defines an online radio application that plays a preset song list that changes daily You could list all the songs within the SMIL file in a sequence like this lt seq gt lt audio src song1 rm gt lt audio src song2 rm gt more Songs lt seq gt Each day though you d need to modify your main SMIL file to update the playlist It s easier in this case to have the SMIL file request a Ram file through a lt ref gt tag lt ref src songs ram gt You then modify the Ram file each day with your new playlist The Ram file simply gives the full URL to each song in the order in which they play rtsp realserver example com song1 rm rtsp realserver example com song2 rm more songs When you use a Ram file as a source you can add SMIL timing and layout attributes to the lt ref gt tag In a playlist of videos for example you could assign all the videos to play in the same region which your main SMIL presentation would define Or you could use timing attributes to give the entire sequence of clips a maximum duration for instance You cannot use SMIL attributes within a Ram file however 149 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 150 For More Information For more on Ram files see Launching RealONE Player with a Ram F
411. m rate is 8 kHz for example use a higher rate of 16 kHz or 32 kHz When in doubt use the CD quality sampling rate of 44 1 kHz Note RealProducer 8 5 and later can also take audio input sampled at a rate of 48 kHz which is commonly used with digital video discs DVD and digital audio tape DAT RealProducer automatically resamples the input to the optimum rates for the selected RealAudio codecs Frequency response Each codec has a particular frequency response measured in kilohertz kHz A codec with a higher frequency response reproduces a wider range of sound than a codec with a lower response A measure of codec quality the frequency response does not affect how you produce audio source files RealAudio encoding always results in a clip of equal or lower quality than the original audio source If the original audio source has an 8 kHz frequency response encoding it with a codec that has a frequency response of 10 kHz produces a clip that still has a response of 8 kHz 45 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Voice Codecs Voice codecs are for voice only clips The lowest speed voice codec normally used to encode a RealAudio clip streams data at 16 Kbps The lower speed codecs 5 6 5 and 8 5 Kbps are used as SureStream duress streams that RealONE Player downshifts to if the connection bandwidth drops They re also used to encode soundtracks for low bandwidth RealVideo clips RealAudio Voice Codecs RealAudio Codec Sampling Rate
412. mation on Flash animation rather than SMIL animation see Chapter 5 Tip To see animation examples get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and view the Sample Files page Understanding Animations SMIL animations provide the means for manipulating clips playing in RealONE Player They are not themselves distinct clips Instead they are SMIL tags and attributes that instruct RealONE Player to modify a clip whether a video a still image a brush object or any other type of clip You can even apply a SMIL animation to a Flash animation clip to animate an animation Common uses of SMIL animation include expanding or shrinking a clip moving a clip around the screen changing a region s background color boosting or cutting a clip s sound level and altering a clip s transparency to make it more or less opaque Tip Chapter 15 explains transition effects which are special effects that occur when a clip starts or stops playing You can use transition effects and animations in the same presentation 341 RealSystem iQ Production Guide You can even apply them to the same clip But you define them separately Animation Tags You can add an animation to your SMIL presentation using any one of four animation tags e lt animate gt The lt animate gt tag is the principal tag used to create animations The other tags a
413. ment repeats as many times as it can within the specified time shown in the following example as five minutes lt video src videol rm repeatDur 5min gt Specifying the Length of Each Repeating Cycle A dur attribute included with repeatCount or repeatDur sets the total time that must elapse before the element repeats For example each repetition of the following clip lasts three minutes Because the clip plays twice the total playing time is six minutes lt video src videol rm repeatCount 2 dur 3min gt If the video in the preceding example has an internal timeline longer than three minutes the video stops after three minutes and immediately repeats playing again for just three minutes If the video runs less than three minutes its last frame appears frozen until the full three minutes have elapsed Setting a Total Playback Time An end attribute sets the total playback time during which an element can repeat You can use it with or without dur For example the repeatCount dur and end values in the following tag cause the clip to play one cycle in three minutes repeat then stop after playing a total of five minutes This places the end of playback at two minutes into the second cycle lt video src videol rm repeatCount 2 dur 3min end 5min gt With repeatDur an end time can lengthen the time that the clip stays active after it stops repeating In the following example the clip repeats as m
414. mmas as shown in the following example lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href shape rect coords 20 40 80 120 gt lt video gt The preceding example uses pixel values to define a hot spot 60 pixels wide 80 pixels minus 20 pixels and 80 pixels high 120 pixels minus 40 pixels It creates a hot spot like that shown in the following illustration Rectangular Hot Spot shape rect coords 20 40 80 120 Tip Think of the first pair of values as defining the x and y coordinates of the hot spot s upper left corner and the second 286 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks pair of values as defining the x and y coordinates of the hot spot s lower right corner Defining a Circular Hot Spot You can use shape circle to create a circular hot spot Three coords values then specify in pixels or percentages the circle s center placement and radius in the following order 1 distance of the hot spot circle s center from clip s left edge center x 2 distance of the hot spot circle s center from the clip s top edge center y 3 the hot spot circle s radius The coordinate values are separated by commas as shown in the following example lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href shape circle coords 100 120 50 gt lt video gt The preceding example uses pixel values to place the circular hot spot s center 100 pixels in from the clip
415. mple the hexadecimal color 808080 is made transparent in a JPEG clip lt img src picture jpg rn chromaKey 808080 gt Tip You can specify colors by using any color value described in Appendix D For example the preceding attribute could use the RGB value rgb 128 128 128 instead of the hexadecimal 808080 Using Partial Transparency You can use the rn chromaKeyOpacity attribute to make the color value selected by rn chromaKey partially transparent instead of fully transparent The chromaKeyOpacity attribute uses a percentage value from 0 the default value of full transparency to 100 fully opaque In the following example the selected color is rendered 50 percent transparent instead of fully transparent 159 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 160 lt img src picture jpg rn chromaKey 808080 rn chromaKeyOpacity 50 gt Expanding the Transparency Range To achieve the desired transparency effect you may need to use the attribute rm chromaKeyTolerance to widen the range of colors selected by rn chromaKey Although rn chromaKeyTolerance uses a value that looks like a single color designation the value actually specifies a range of colors around both above and below the rn chromaKey value The following example uses rn chromaKey to turn the hexadecimal color 808080 transparent The rn chromaKeyTolerance attribute specifies a 1 value tolerance both above and below the designated red va
416. mple defines a transition effect in which the clip fades to a solid red lt transition id redFade type fade subtype fadeToColor fadeColor red gt CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects If you define a border width as described in the preceding section you can use the borderColor attribute to set the border color lt transition id wipe1 type pushWipe subtype fromLeft borderWidth 2 borderColor AFBC08 gt Alternatively you can use borderColor blend to make the border blend the clip into its background This typically creates a blurring effect along the border lt transition id wipe1 type pushWipe subtype fromLeft borderWidth 16 borderColor blend gt Tip When using borderColor blend you typically need to set borderWidth to 10 pixels or higher to notice the blending effect Assigning Transition Effects to Clips After you define lt transition gt tags in the SMIL file header you assign the transition effects to clips using transIn and transOut attributes in each clip source tag You can assign transition effects only to clip source tags not to lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt groups Any type of clip can use a transition but because transitions are visual they have no effect on a clip s audio track The transIn attribute makes the transition effect occur as the clip starts to play The transOut attribute makes the effect occur as the clip finishes pl
417. mplify elements Simplify the elements that you draw or import into Flash Under Modify gt Curves use the Smooth and Straighten commands on lines and curves to strip away unneeded point and path information This reduces the amount of data stored for each element Use Optimize to optimize the data reduction while maintaining acceptable screen appearance Because screen resolution is lower than print resolution you can eliminate minute details without compromising appearance Do not include event sound As described in Adding Audio to Flash on page 79 RealONE Player does not support event sounds Including event sounds in the exported Flash Player clip wastes bandwidth Either remove event sounds from the source Flash file fla or export the Flash Player clip swf without sound Adjust JPEG quality when exporting If your animation has imported graphics set the JPEG quality to no greater than 50 possibly as low as 30 when exporting the fla file to a swf clip Flash CPU Use Bandwidth use is not the only consideration when developing Flash animation Because it is vector based Flash performs complex calculations on the user s computer to display the animation Operations that require many calculations on top of the computer s normal load may adversely affect playback Newer computers typically have processors that are fast enough to handle Flash and other clips streamed in parallel but older computers may
418. n attribute simply tells RealONE Player to play a certain clip if the viewer has set the captions preference There are no requirements for what type of clip to use for captions though For More Information Chapter 6 explains how to write and time a RealText clip See Chapter 11 for information about layouts 379 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 380 Example 1 Using a Transparent RealText Overlay Although it may not be suitable in all cases the simplest way to provide captioning is to overlay a clip with a RealText clip that has a transparent background To do this you define two regions one for the video and one for the captions using the z index attribute to ensure that the captions appear in front as shown in the following example lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 backgroundColor black gt lt region id video_region1 z index 1 gt lt region id text_region height 40 bottom 0 left 10 z index 2 gt lt layout gt You then play the RealText clip in parallel with the main clip using systemCaptions on to display the RealText clip only in RealONE Players that have a preference for system captions Because system captions are either on or off you can easily use inline switching no lt switch gt tag as shown here lt par gt lt video src video rm region video_region1 fill remove gt lt textstream src transparentcaptions rt region text_region systemCaptions
419. n attribute inserts blank time before the group becomes active During this blank time RealONE Player is not paused but no activity occurs onscreen Ifa lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt group is contained in a larger lt par gt group a begin value delays when the group becomes active relative to other elements in the larger lt par gt group Ifa lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt group is contained in a larger lt excl gt group a begin value determines when it becomes active within the lt excl gt group An end attribute in a lt seq gt lt par gt or lt excl gt group determines when the group and hence all clips in the group stop playing 241 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The following example shows a parallel group within a larger sequence The lt par gt group has both a begin and an end attribute lt seq gt preceding elements in the sequence lt par begin 5s end 3 5min gt clips in the parallel group lt par gt following elements in the sequence lt seq gt In this example the begin value delays group playback until 5 seconds after the preceding element in the sequence stops The end attribute stops all clips in the lt par gt group after 3 5 minutes regardless of their playback states If all clips conclude before that time there will be blank playback time before the next element in the sequence starts Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times
420. n Tags Tag Attributes Default Function Reference lt clear gt none none Clears all text from the window page 104 lt pos gt x pixels y pixels none Positions text page 105 lt required gt none none Ensures that text is delivered page 106 lt required gt lt time gt begin hh mm ss xy none Sets time when text appears or page 102 end hh mm ss xy disappears lt tl gt lt tl gt color name RRGGBB green Place text at bottom of ticker tape page 105 lt tu gt lt tu gt color name RRGGBB white Place text at bottom of ticker tape page 105 Examples lt time begin 10 gt Display at 10 seconds after clip starts lt time begin 15 gt lt clear gt Clear previous text and display at 15 seconds after clip starts 480 APPENDIX E RealText Tag Reference lt tu color yellow gt DJIA lt tu gt lt tl color blue gt 7168 35 36 52 lt tl gt Layout and Appearance Tags The following RealText tags affect the layout and appearance of text RealText Layout and Apperance Tags Tag Function Reference lt b gt lt b gt Bolds the enclosed text page 115 lt br gt Creates a line break and displays text one line down page 114 lt center gt lt center gt Centers the enclosed text page 114 lt hr gt Acts like two lt br gt tags but does not create a horizontal rule page 115 Provide
421. n developing a streaming presentation keep the following in mind e Consider the presentation timeline carefully to eliminate bandwidth bottlenecks These typically occur when two or more high bandwidth clips play simultaneously You may need to omit high bandwidth pairings combining high bandwidth clips with low bandwidth clips instead Stagger the start times for clips Every clip requires a certain amount of preroll before RealONE Player can play it Your presentation will flow more smoothly if RealServer does not need to send more than one clip s preroll at a time Start presentations with low bandwidth clips For example use RealText to display credits Or begin with a highly compressed RealAudio narration 39 RealSystem iQ Production Guide before bringing in any other clips RealSystem can take advantage of the extra bandwidth to begin streaming higher bandwidth data to RealONE Player behind the scenes Test your presentations in real world circumstances replicating your audience s bandwidth conditions Clips may play back OK from your desktop computer but bog down when streamed over a modem Step 5 Create Your Clips When you ve decided how you ll stream clips chosen clip types and tools developed a bandwidth strategy and planned a timeline you re ready to start creating streaming presentations The rest of this guide provides production pointers but does not explain how to use any specific tools
422. n for each clip When you play a sequence of clips for example you can assign each new clip to the same region using registration points if necessary to align each clip to the region When multiple clips play in parallel though RealNetworks recommends that you define a separate region either a main region or a subregion for each clip Should define subregions Any layout that uses subregions can be duplicated using just main regions But using subregions simplifies certain layout tasks because subregions are associated with their containing regions For example if you move a region 10 pixels to the left in the root layout area all of its subregions automatically move with it If the subregions were main regions instead you d have to change their layout attributes individually to keep them at the same relative position within the larger region 201 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Should I create registration points If your regions and subregions are the same sizes as the clips that play in them you do not need to create registration points You may want to create registration points if regions are larger than clips however and you don t want clips to align with the regions upper left corners Can I use subregions instead of registration points to position clips Yes Suppose you want to position a small clip somewhere within a large region You could either apply a registration point to the region or you could create a
423. n groups see Chapter 10 SMIL Presentation Information Within a SMIL file you can define information for the entire presentation This information supplements the clip or group information but does not override it This enables you to present two levels of information to viewers The presentation information lasts for the entire presentation The clip or group information lasts only as long as each clip or group plays Like clip information the presentation information can give the title author copyright and abstract But you can also define any other information you wish through the header section lt meta gt tags CHAPTER 9 Presentation Information For More Information The section Defining Information for the SMIL Presentation on page 169 explains how to write the lt meta gt tags Accessibility Information The accessibility features define a different class of information RealONE Player typically does not display this information Instead the information is read by assistive devices used by sight impaired persons This information can help these viewers choose which clips to play and which links to click For More Information See Adding Accessibility Information on page 169 for more information on these features RealONE Player Context Window RealONE Player on Windows has a built in context window meant for displaying information as a presentation plays Through SMIL you can open HTML pages i
424. n id ID4 defines a region within the secondary window gt lt topLayout gt lt regPoint id ID5 defines a point where clips are placed in regions gt 202 CHAPTER 11 Layout lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt clips and groups lt ref src region ID1 regPoint ID5 assigns a clip to a region and a registration point by IDs gt lt ref src region ID2 assigns a clip to a region by ID gt more clips and groups lt body gt lt smil gt For More Information For more on the SMIL header and body sections see Header and Body Sections on page 134 Creating Main and Secondary Media Windows The simplest layout defines a size for the RealONE Player main media window and creates a single playback region for clips More complex layouts can create multiple regions and even launch secondary pop up windows The following sections explain how to define and set the sizes for the main media window as well as any secondary media windows you want to use Defining the Main Media Window For every SMIL presentation that uses a layout you use the lt root layout gt tag to set the main media window s width and height in pixels The lt root layout gt tag requires height and width attributes An id ID attribute is optional and is generally required only if you use SMIL animations to change the window size as the presentation plays The following example cr
425. n the context window at any point in a presentation On operating systems other than Windows these pages open in the viewer s default Web browser For More Information See Opening HTML Pages in the Context Window on page 297 for more information Coded Characters In a SMIL header section or within clip attribute values quotation marks apostrophes ampersands and angle brackets are interpreted as syntax markers You need to use codes to have these characters show up as text in RealONE Player As shown in the following table codes begin with an ampersand amp and end with a semicolon SMIL interprets these codes the same way as popular Web browsers SMIL Coded Characters Code Character Example amp quot quotation mark amp amp ampersand amp amp apos apostrophe Table Page 1 of 2 167 RealSystem iQ Production Guide SMIL Coded Characters continued Code Character Example left angle bracket less than sign right angle bracket greater than sign Table Page 2 of 2 For example to add the following as a title Multimedia s lt smil gt amp you You enter this in the SMIL file amp quot Multimedia amp apos s amp lt smil amp gt amp amp you amp quot Adding Clip and Group Information The title author copyright and abstract attributes let you add information to clip source tags and group tags The following table summarizes these descriptiv
426. nd end ID begin 5s Stop the element five seconds before the element with the given ID is scheduled to begin begin ID beginEvent 5s Start the element five seconds after the element with the given ID actually begins end ID endEvent Stop the element when the element with the given ID actually ends Example As an example of using a begin event suppose you want to start a clip two seconds after another clip begins You first add an ID to the element that provides the basis for starting or stopping the second element 267 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt video src videol rm id intro region video_region gt Next you define the begin or end time for the second element using the ID of the first element lt img src picture jpg region img_region dur 20s begin intro begin 2s gt Keep in mind that SMIL timing values can affect when your second element begins Suppose that the video in the preceding example has an internal timeline of two minutes but you specify a three minute duration as shown here lt video src videol rm id intro region video_region dur 3min gt If the second element uses begin intro end or begin intro endEvent for example it will start to play when the video s dur time expires which is one minute after the video displays its last frame Defining a Repeat Event 268 Two event timing values for the begin and end attrib
427. nd stop button for two separate videos sample1 rm and sample2 rm The predefined console name _master links the image window to both control sets The control sets use different console names however so they do not link to each other Clicking each play button therefore starts a different video Because each lt EMBED gt tag must have a SRC value the image window in the following example uses the same source as the first play button The viewer simply clicks either play button to start a video Clicking the other play button stops the first video and plays the second one lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 176 HEIGHT 128 NOJAVA true CONTROLS ImageWindow CONSOLE _master gt lt H4 gt Video 1 lt H4 gt lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 44 HEIGHT 26 NOJAVA true CONTROLS PlayButton CONSOLE video1 gt lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 26 HEIGHT 26 NOJAVA true CONTROLS StopButton CONSOLE video1 gt lt H4 gt Video 2 lt H4 gt lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 44 HEIGHT 26 NOJAVA true CONTROLS PlayButton CONSOLE video2 gt lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 26 HEIGHT 26 NOJAVA true CONTROLS StopButton CONSOLE video2 gt CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding Controlling Image Display The lt EMBED gt parameters summarized in the following table control aspects of how clips play back in an image window Parameters for Image Display Parameter Value Default Function Reference BACKGROUNDCOLOR
428. nd use peers pause as shown here lt excl gt lt priorityClass peers pause gt lt video src video1 rm gt lt video src video2 rm gt lt video src video3 rm gt lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt For More Information For more on pauseDisplay see Specifying How Paused Clips Display on page 192 Setting Interactions with Higher Priority Classes For priority classes other than the highest priority class you can use the higher attribute in the lt priorityClass gt tag to determine how any clip in a higher priority class interrupts a clip in the current priority class The higher attribute can take one of the values listed in the following table higher Attribute Values Value Function pause An interrupting clip from a higher priority class pauses the playing clip After the interrupting clip finishes the paused clip resumes playback This is the default if you do not use the higher attribute The pause Display attribute sets the appearance of the paused clip stop An interrupting clip from a higher priority class stops the playing clip In the following example the first priority class class1 has higher priority The second priority class class2 uses higher stop to specify that if a clip from class1 interrupts a clip from class2 the class2 clip will stop Note though 190 CHAPTER 10 Groups that class2 also uses peers pause This means that if a clip fr
429. nd vertically Although you can move an element both horizontally and vertically by using two lt animate gt tags it s often simpler to use a single lt animateMotion gt tag which has the following features and restrictions that differentiate it from the lt animate gt tag e The lt animateMotion gt tag does not use an attributeName attribute The tag always selects the upper left corner of the element defined with the targetElement attribute The lt animateMotion gt tag can use a values list or the to by and from attributes You must always specify value pairs the two values separated by a comma The first value in the pair is the horizontal coordinate x coordinate and the second value is the vertical coordinate y coordinate The following are sample values to 120 180 by 7 5 15 e values 60 120 80 150 359 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The default value for calcMode is paced rather than linear This produces a smoother flow of motion when you animate an element through several points For more on calcMode see Controlling How an Animation Flows on page 353 The following example moves the upper left corner of the targeted region to the three points defined in the values list Because calcMode discrete is used the region will jump from point to point rather than flow smoothly lt animateMotion targetElement image_region values 180 180 60 340 125 95 calcMode discrete
430. ndix A takes up basic questions beginning users often ask Once you become more familiar with RealSystem Appendix B will guide you to areas of this manual that address specific production issues For the advanced user Appendix C and Appendix D provide quick references to SMIL tags and color values respectively Appendix E does the same for RealText markup Appendix F explains common file extensions while Appendix G lists the RealONE Player language codes APPENDIX A BASIC QUESTIONS This appendix provided for the beginning RealSystem user answers often asked questions about producing streaming media clips for RealSystem It also provides URLs for Web sites where you can find tools and helpful information about developing streaming media presentations Creating Streaming Clips RealProducer is the basic tool you use to create clips Both the RealProducer User s Guide and the product s online help guide you through the encoding process This production guide provides background information and tips on creating high quality streaming media How do make streaming audio and video clips You start with an audio or video source file in a digitized format on your computer You then use RealProducer s encoding wizard to select the file and set encoding options The encoding process creates a new streaming clip leaving the source file unchanged Can encode RealVideo directly from a video camera Yes RealProducer accepts
431. ndow gt When the window fills with text and a new line appears all lines scroll up to make room for the new line The following illustrates the window when the presentation ends That struts and frets his hour upon the stage And then is heard no more itis a tale Told by an idiot full of sound and fury Signifying nothing Note the following about TelePrompter windows e The wordwrap attribute can be true or false The scrollrate and crawlrate attributes are ignored You can use a lt clear gt tag to clear the window and start the next line at the window s upper left hand corner e Use lt time begin gt tags at the start of each line and do not let word wrapping cause too many line breaks between lt time gt tags e Multiple lines of text with the same begin time cause the preceding text to move up until all new lines appear at the bottom of the window 123 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 124 PART LEARNING SMIL The heart of streaming media SMIL is powerful but easy to learn Start with Chapter 7 which covers the uses and structure of a SMIL file to begin mastering the basics of SMIL Chapter 8 explains how to incorporate your clips into a presentation delving into various network protocols such as RTSP and HTTP CHAPTER 7 SMIL BASICS When your streaming presentation contains multiple clips such as a video and streaming text played together you use Synchronized Multimedia Integration Languag
432. ng as they do not conflict You cannot increase and decrease a region s width at the same time for example But you can decrease its width increase its height move its left offset and change its background color simultaneously by using several lt animate gt tags that are active at the same time Creating Basic Animations The lt animate gt tag is the most versatile animation tag You can use it to alter element sizes positions colors and sound levels The following table lists the attributes that you use to define animations with the lt animate gt tag Keep in mind too that animation tags typically use SMIL timing attributes as described in SMIL Timing with Animations on page 344 lt animate gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference accumulate none sum Makes a repeating animation build page 356 with each iteration additive replace sum Adds the animation value to the page 355 existing value attributeName attribute_name Selects the attribute to animate page 346 by pixels percentage Animates the element by a certain page 351 color_value amount Do not use with to calcMode discrete linear Controls the flow of an animation page 353 paced from pixels percentage Sets a starting point for the page 350 color_value animation Use with to or by targetElement ID Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute Table Page 1 of 2 345 Rea
433. ng lt regPoint gt tags you can replicate any registration point definable through clip source tags The following table shows how to create common registration point alignments with values in a lt regPoint gt tag rather than with attributes in clip source tags Note that although left and top attributes are used you could define the same registration points using right and bottom Common Registration Point Values in lt regPoint gt Tags Clip Placement Registration Point Values Example top left default left 0 top 0 regAlign topLeft top center left 50 top 0 regAlign topMid top right left 100 top 0 regAlign topRight middle left left 0 top 50 regAlign midLeft center left 50 top 50 regAlign center middle right left 100 top 50 regAlign midRight bottom left left 0 top 100 regAlign bottomLeft bottom center left 50 top 100 regAlign bottomMid bottom right left 100 top 100 regAlign bottomRight upper left quadrant left 50 top 50 regAlign bottomRight upper right quadrant left 50 top 50 regAlign bottomLeft Table Page 1 of 2 225 RealSystem iQ
434. ng parallel group lt par endsync first repeatCount 2 gt The group stops when the first element stops then repeats On the second repetition the group again stops when the first element stops Repeating an Element Using a repeat attribute you can specify how many times or for how long respectively that an element repeats You can also make an element repeat indefinitely The following table summarizes these attributes Repeat Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference repeatCount integer indefinite Repeats the clip the specified number page 247 fractional_value of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value Repeats the clip the specified amount page 247 indefinite of time Repeating an Element a Certain Number of Times The repeatCount attribute repeats an element a specific number of times You can use integer values such as 2 or 4 to specify an exact number of repetitions You can also use decimal values to stop the clip during a repetition In the following example the video plays 3 1 2 times lt video src videol rm repeatCount 3 5 gt Repeating an Element a Specific Amount of Time The repeatDur attribute repeats an element for a specified amount of time Like a begin end or dur attribute the repeatDur attribute uses a standard SMIL 247 RealSystem iQ Production Guide timing value as described in Specifying Time Values on page 239 When you use repeatDur the ele
435. ng prefetching lasts The amount of time required for prefetching depends on the amount of data downloaded and the bandwidth If the clip in the preceding example normally streams at 16 Kbps for example RealONE Player needs approximately 40 seconds to prefetch the first 10 seconds of the clip This is because the prefetching bandwidth is only a quarter of the clip s streaming bandwidth Tip To determine how much preroll a clip requires open the clip in RealONE Player and use the View gt Clip Source to view clip information Tips for Prefetching Data The following sections provide additional pointers for using lt prefetch gt tags to stream clip data RealAudio and RealVideo Prefetching You cannot prefetch a single stream of a SureStream RealAudio or RealVideo clip If you specify mediaTime 10s for example you will get the first ten seconds of every stream in the SureStream clip For large streaming clips such as RealAudio RealVideo do not prefetch much more than the clip s preroll which is typically 5 to 15 seconds You can do this easily with an attribute and value such as mediaTime 10s Prefetching more data wastes bandwidth and can cause RealONE Player to run out of memory Try not to prefetch data too far in advance of when the clip plays There s little advantage to prefetching a video s preroll 15 minutes before it plays because viewers may stop the presentation within those 15 minutes As well RealO
436. nize groups within groups Suppose that the preceding example is modified so that it plays a sequence of RealAudio clips rather than just one clip in parallel with the Flash and RealText clips lt par gt lt seq syncBehavior locked gt lt audio src soundtrack1 rm gt lt audio src soundtrack2 rm gt lt audio src soundtrack3 rm gt lt seq gt lt ref src training swf syncBehavior canSlip gt lt textstream src translation rt syncBehavior locked gt lt par gt In the preceding example the syncBehavior attribute is used in the lt seq gt tag to lock the entire sequence of RealAudio clips with the parallel group Because of group nesting synchronization can become complex as shown in the following abstract example 181 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 182 lt par id master_group gt lt ref id clip_A syncBehavior Llocked gt lt par id group_X synchBehavior Llocked gt lt ref id clip_B synchBehavior Locked gt lt ref id clip_C synchBehavior canSlip gt lt par gt lt par id group_Y syncBehavior canSlip gt lt ref id clip_D synchBehavior Locked gt lt ref id clip_E synchBehavior Locked gt lt par gt lt par gt To understand how this hypothetical grouping works look at the outer lt par gt group first You can see that this group contains three elements clip_A gr
437. not Available Britannic Bold Helvetica Helvetica Brush Script Times Times Century Gothic Helvetica Helvetica Century Schoolbook Helvetica Helvetica Colonna Mt Times Times Comic Sans Ms Times Times Courier New Courier Courier Desdemona Helvetica Helvetica Fixedsys Courier always Courier Footlight Mt Light Helvetica Helvetica Garamond Times Times Haettenschweiler Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Arial is used if Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica is not found Impact Helvetica Helvetica Kino Mt Times Times Matura Mt Script Capitals Times Times Modern Helvetica Helvetica Ms Dialog Times Times Ms Dialog Light Times Times Ms Linedraw Helvetica Helvetica Ms Sans Serif Helvetica Helvetica Ms Serif Helvetica Helvetica Ms Systemex Times Times Playbill Times Times Small Fonts Times Times System Geneva always Times Terminal Geneva Times Times New Roman Times always Times Verdana Helvetica Helvetica Wide Latin Helvetica Helvetica Table Page 2 of 2 CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Tip A Macintosh that has Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 0 or later installed should have most of the Windows fonts Asian Language Fonts RealText also supports the following fonts that use character sets other than us ascii and iso 8859 1 RealText Font Support for Non Western Character Sets Font Name Characters RealText Font Face Tag charset AppleGothi
438. not contain large graphics See Adjusting Audio Volumes in Linked Presentations on page 306 for information on using the sourceLevel attribute to change the RealONE Player volume when the Web page opens CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Linking to Streaming Media When you link to another streaming media presentation whether a SMIL file or asingle clip you can open the link URL in the existing RealONE Player media window or pop up a new media window The following table summarizes the attributes that you use to link to a streaming media presentation that opens in a RealONE Player media window Attributes for Opening a Link in the RealONE Player Media Window Attribute Value Default Function Reference href command name none Opens a media window page 306 openwindow URL from Flash or RealText destinationLevel percentage 100 Sets audio level of target page 306 destination pause play play Sets play state of target page 302 Playstate show new replace replace Opens link in a new or the page 302 current window sourceLevel percentage 100 Sets audio level of source page 306 sourcePlaystate pause play pause play Sets play state of source page 302 stop depending on show target ID none Links to a specific window page 303 or region Replacing the Source Presentation A link that does not include the external true attribute which opens the link in a Web
439. ntation Timeline Slider Activity with Multiple Clips If your presentation includes multiple Flash clips integrated with Load Movie commands the RealONE Player slider reflects only the first clip s timeline Suppose that a clip plays for five minutes and then loads another clip The RealONE Player slider is active only for the five minutes the first clip plays After that the second clip plays normally but RealONE Player indicates that the presentation has finished by resetting the timeline slider and disabling the stop button Viewers can still perform interactive functions and stop the second clip by using Flash s contextual menu though Using SMIL Instead of Load Movie You need to use the Load Movie command to insert a new Flash clip into a Flash clip that is already playing You do not need to use this command to play two or more Flash clips in sequence though Instead you can use SMIL to define the sequence This overcomes the URL and timeline limitations described above To play two clips in sequence for example you write a SMIL file that looks like the following lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt body gt lt seq gt lt animation src rtsp realserver example com 554 media cartoon1 swf gt lt animation src rtsp realserver example com 554 media cartoon2 swf gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt You can also use SMIL to combine each Flash clip with a RealAudio clip Th
440. ntext window s size is fixed for the presentation s duration The first URL that targets the context window therefore sets the window size Sizing information in subsequent links is ignored The presentation duration includes the length of time required to play the original SMIL file as well as any subsequent linked clips or SMIL files If a context window link does not specify a window size a default width of 330 pixels is used The default height is the SMIL presentation s height which is typically set by the height attribute in the lt root layout gt tag You cannot set a context window height that is smaller than the height of your presentation If your lt root layout gt tag creates a presentation height of 300 pixels for example your context window will be 300 pixels high even if you specify a shorter height such as 200 pixels However you can create a context window that is taller than your presentation such as 400 pixels In this case the media window is centered vertically next to the context window For best results keep the context window approximately the same size as the media window specified with the lt root layout gt tag s height and width attributes Be careful that the combined widths of the media window and context window do not make the presentation too large to display on small computer screens The media window and the context window appear next to each other with no divider If these windows
441. ntrols when the animation starts relative to the group or clip that contains the animation If you do not use a begin value the animation starts as soon as the clip or group that contains it becomes active You can also use advanced begin times as described in Chapter 13 to start an animation when the screen pointer moves over a clip for example dur or end The dur or end attribute controls how long the animation lasts As with any SMIL element the end attribute works with begin to set a total playback time For more information see Setting Durations on page 243 as well as Choosing end or dur on page 243 Fill The effects of an animation reset as soon as the animation s duration elapses unless you use a fill attribute If the animation is in a lt par gt group and you use fill freeze for example the animation holds its final appearance until the group ends The fill attribute is described in Setting a Fill on page 251 CHAPTER 16 Animations e repeatCount or repeatDur You can make an animation replay several times with repeatCount or repeatDur A repeating animation can also grow with each iteration When widening a region for example you can make the region increase a certain amount on each repetition The attributes for making animations repeat are described in Repeating an Element on page 247 Simultaneous Animations Several animations can occur at the same time during a presentation as lo
442. nts together when they are not in the same group however As well the advanced timing commands let you start or stop clips on many kinds of events such as mouseclicks Event Types Events that can start or stop an element fall into two categories e scheduled events RealONE Player can determine that a scheduled event will happen before the event occurs The end of a certain clip s playback is a scheduled event for example because RealONE Player can determine when the clip will stop based on the clip s internal timeline and the presence of SMIL timing attributes interactive events Interactive events let you base SMIL actions on user input But unlike a scheduled event an interactive event such as a mouseclick cannot be known before it occurs Some interactive events mirror scheduled events too The end of a clip s playback can trigger an interactive or a scheduled event for instance CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing The following table summarizes the event values you can use with the begin and end attributes Most event values require an ID value that identifies the element that triggers the event begin and end Attribute Event Values Value Event Type Event Trigger Reference accesskey key interactive keypress page 271 ID activateEvent interactive mouseclick page 269 ID begin scheduled beginning of element page 266 ID beginEvent interactive beginning of element page 266 ID
443. nuous a phenomenon known as persistence of vision A common rate for streaming video that approximates full motion video is 15 fps To most people a 15 fps video flows smoothly though not quite as fluidly as one at a higher rate Below 15 fps a video looks jerky Below 7 fps a video looks very jerky Below 3 fps a video essentially becomes a slideshow Most source videos start out at 15 to 30 fps During encoding RealVideo adjusts this frame rate downward as necessary keeping the rate up in high action scenes reducing it in slow ones Thus your encoded clip will not have just one frame rate but a mix of frame rates that varies with its content If you follow good production practices your clips will typically stream over slow to medium speed connections at 7 to 15 fps At higher speeds you ll get 15 to 30 fps Many factors though affect a RealVideo clip s frame rate 59 60 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The video s dimensions greatly affect frame rate If you use too large of a window for your target bandwidth you will not get a high frame rate For more information see RealVideo Dimensions on page 61 RealVideo 8 provides video quality superior to that produced by older RealVideo codecs Using an older codec may result in a lower frame rate Visually complex videos that show many objects moving across the screen simultaneously are hard to encode and may result in too low a frame rate R
444. o on page 52 for tips on editing sound 3 Encode the RealAudio clip With your digitized file optimized or your live broadcast ready to go you encode your source file in the RealAudio format When you do this you choose streaming bandwidths based on your target audiences For More Information Encoding RealAudio with RealProducer on page 54 provides encoding tips 4 Deliver the RealAudio clip When your presentation is ready to go you make your RealAudio clip or broadcast available through your Web site To combine a RealAudio clip with another streaming clip such as a RealPix clip you write a SMIL file For More Information Chapter 7 explains SMIL See Chapter 20 for instructions on linking your Web page to a clip or a SMIL file Capturing Audio 50 A streaming clip reflects the quality of its audio source Any quality problems within the source will affect the streaming clip as well Because you cannot edit a broadcast live Webcasting introduces several issues beyond those involved with delivering on demand clips This section will help you capture high quality audio source files or set up your sound equipment to deliver good broadcasts CHAPTER 3 Audio Production Source Media If you plan to stream existing material start with the best source possible Use the cleanest recording with the least amount of unwanted noise Compact discs CDs and digital audio tapes DATs are good source media although we
445. o browser 83 Go To command 84 groups 78 HTTP GET and POST commands 87 key frames 77 linear vs non linear 75 Load Movie command restrictions on 85 SMIL in place of 86 timeline behavior with 86 mouse event trapping 87 overview 75 pausing Flash clip 83 RealONE Player 84 Play command 83 Player file export 88 pop up windows examples 308 links for 306 Ram file with 89 RealAudio issues bandwidth division 80 codec tips 82 for 28 8 Kbps modems 81 for 56 Kbps modems 81 RealONE Player requirements 76 RealServer requirements 76 secure transactions 87 seeking through presentation 83 time format for 84 to Flash frame 83 Index SMIL with 89 starting Flash clip 83 RealONE Player 84 stopping Flash clip 83 RealONE Player 84 stream synchronization 79 symbols 78 timeline control 82 tuning 76 tweening 79 Web server delivery 428 focusInEvent value 271 focusOutEvent value 271 frame rates Flash 79 RealVideo 59 video capture 68 frequency response of RealAudio 45 from attribute 351 full screen playback 422 GIF see images graphics see images group tags 173 groups begin and end times 241 durations 245 relationship to timing 237 see also exclusive groups see also parallel groups see also sequences height attribute lt region gt tag 208 lt root layout gt tag 203 lt topLayout gt tag 204 animating 347 349 clip source tag 220 context window 297 higher attribut
446. o level as it blends it with the first clip lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout height 1 width 1 gt lt region id lowvolume soundLevel 35 gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt par gt lt audio src gt lt audio src region lowvolume gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt Playing Three Clips Side by Side The following example displays three regions a news region a video region and a stock ticker region The news and video regions are arranged side by side at the top of the RealONE Player main media window The stock ticker region appears below them 231 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt smil xmLns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout height 230 width 510 backgroundColor black gt lt region id news_region width 240 height 180 left 5 top 5 gt lt region id video_region width 240 height 180 right 5 top 5 gt lt region id ticker_region width 500 height 30 left 5 bottom 5 gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt par endsync id news gt lt textstream src id news region news_region fill freeze gt lt video src region video_region fill freeze gt lt textstream src region ticker_region fill freeze gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt Placing a
447. o write a Ram file 1 Open any editor or word processor that can save files as plain text On the top line enter the full URL of the SMIL file or the media clip Add the full URL to each subsequent clip or file on a new line You may need to verify 420 CHAPTER 20 Presentation Delivery URLs with your RealServer or Web server administrator The following shows sample URLs to a SMIL file depending on whether the file resides on RealServer a Web server or the viewer s local computer RealServer rtsp realserver example com sample1 smil Web server http www example com sample1 smil Local file sample1 smil For More Information For more information on RTSP URLs see Linking to Clips on RealServer on page 153 For a presentation played back from RealServer you can support earlier versions of RealPlayer such as RealPlayer 4 or 5 just as Ramgen does with the altplay option To do this add the marker stop after the RTSP URL and then specify the URL for the older clip just as it appeared in your previous Ram file Here s an example rtsp realserver example com 554 media sample smil stop pnm realserver example com 7070 media old_sample rm The second URL specifies the older RealSystem protocol with pnm and designates RealServer s PNA port When RealONE Player or RealPlayer connects it chooses the URL based on its favored protocol For this reason you cannot list two URLS that both use the same protocol
448. ockwiseRight 222 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the right edge s midpoint clockwiseBottom 223 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the bottom edge s midpoint clockwiseLeft 224 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the left edge s midpoint singleSweepWipe clockwiseTopLeft 241 A radial hand sweeps clockwise from the upper left corner counterClockwise 242 A radial hand sweeps counter BottomLeft clockwise from the lower left corner clockwiseBottom 243 A radial hand sweeps clockwise Right from the lower right corner counterClockwise 244 A radial hand sweeps counter 324 TopRight clockwise from the upper right corner Table Page 2 of 4 Type doubleSweepWipe CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Clock Wipe Transition Effects continued Subtype parallelVertical SMPTE Transition Appearance 225 Two radial hands sweep clockwise and counter clockwise from the top and bottom edges midpoints parallelDiagonal 226 Two radial hands sweep clockwise and counter clockwise from the left and right edges midpoints oppositeVertical 227 Two radial hands attached at the top and bottom edges midpoints sweep from right to left oppositeHorizontal parallelDiagonal TopLeft 228 245 Two radial hands attached at the left and right edges midpoints sweep from top to bottom Two radial hands attached at the upper left and lower right corners sweep down and up parallel
449. odifies the original file on your computer so you can simply transfer the file again using the binary mode Tip RealProducer and RealSlideshow can transfer files to a server automatically Refer to their manuals or online help for more information Launching RealONE Player with a Ram File A Ram file is a text file with the extension ram rpm for playback in a Web page When a browser receives this file it launches RealONE Player as a helper application RealONE Player then requests the clips listed in the Ram file As described in Using Ramgen for Clips on RealServer on page 425 RealServer can launch RealONE Player without using a Ram file When doing any of the following however you may need to write a Ram file Streaming from a RealServer not set up to use Ramgen e Hosting a RealSystem presentation ona Web server Playing back clips that reside on the viewer s local computer Opening a clip in a specific RealONE Player mode such as full screen mode Writing a Ram File A basic Ram file has only one line the full URL to a clip or SMIL file A Ram file can also list multiple URLs to different clips each URL on a separate line This causes RealONE Player to play those clips in sequence With RealONE Player a Ram file can also contain multiple URLs to SMIL files and even to other Ram files Warning RealPlayer 8 and earlier cannot play Ram files that list other Ram files or more than one SMIL file gt T
450. of text every three seconds lt window height 250 width 300 duration 15 bgcolor yellow gt Mary had a little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 3 gt little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 6 gt little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 9 gt Mary had a little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 12 gt whose fleece was white as snow lt window gt CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Rules for RealText Markup The RealText markup is similar to SMIL and follows the same basic rules described in Creating a SMIL File on page 133 The following are the main points in mind when writing a RealText file Use lowercase characters for RealText tags and attributes A tag that does not have a corresponding end tag for example the lt ul gt tag has the end tag lt ul gt closes with a forward slash as in a lt br gt tag for example Attribute values must be enclosed in double quotation marks Save your RealText file with the file extension rt Do not include spaces in the file name For example you can have the file my_realtext rt but not the file my realtext rt e Use codes to include angle brackets ampersands or nonbreaking spaces as RealText display characters See Using Coded Characters on page 118 As in HTML you can add a comment to a RealText file like the following Note that the comment tag does not need to close with a slash lt This is a comment gt RealText Bandwidth
451. om class2 interrupts another clip from that class the interrupted clip will pause not stop lt excl gt lt priorityClass id class1 gt clips in the higher priority class lt priorityClass gt lt priorityClass id class2 higher stop peers pause gt clips in the lower priority class lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt For More Information For more on pauseDisplay see Specifying How Paused Clips Display on page 192 Setting Interactions with Lower Priority Classes For priority classes other than the lowest priority class you can use the lower attribute in the lt priorityClass gt tag to determine how a clip from a lower priority class acts if it attempts to interrupt a clip in the current priority class The lower attribute can take one of the values listed in the following table lower Attribute Values Value Function defer An interrupting clip from a lower priority class does not start until the end of the current clip as well as any higher priority clips that play after the current clip This is the default if you do not use the lower attribute never An interrupting clip from a lower priority class does not play at all In the following example the first priority class class1 has higher priority and uses lower never to specify that if a clip from class2 attempts to interrupt a clip from class1 the class2 clip will not play at all Note though that class2 also uses
452. on regAlign topLeft topMid topLeft Specifies which part of the clip page 221 topRight midLeft aligns to the registration point center midRight bottomLeft bottomMid bottomRight region region_ID none Assigns the clip to a region page 213 regPoint regPont_ID none Assigns the clip to a predefined page 213 topLeft topMid registration point or specifies a topRight midLeft point on the region center midRight bottomLeft bottomMid bottomRight reliable true false false Ensures reliable transmission page 148 repeatCount integer indefinite 0 Repeats the clip the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value indefinite Os Repeats the clip the specified page 247 amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the clip can replay page 274 whenNotActive src URL none Provides a full or relative URL for page 145 the clip Not used with lt brush gt syncBehavior canSlip default default Sets how the clip synchronizes to page 179 independent locked its group title text none Provides a title for the clip page 168 transIn lt transition gt ID none Assigns a starting transition effect page 335 transOut lt transition gt ID none Assigns an ending transition effect page 335 460 Table Page 2 of 2 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference Examples lt video id videol src rtsp realserver example com media video2 rm region video
453. on s upper left corner The regAlign bottomRight attribute places the clip s lower right corner on the registration point This locates the clip outside the region Because a clip cannot display outside its region the clip does not display at all Using Common Registration Point Values in Clip Source Tags The following table lists some of the more useful combinations of regPoint and regAlign that you can include in a clip source tag Common Registration Point Values in Clip Source Tags Clip Placement Registration Point Values Example top left default regPoint topLeft regAlign topLeft top center regPoint topMid regAlign topMid top right regPoint topRight regAlign topRight middle left regPoint midLeft regAlign midLeft center regPoint center regAlign center middle right regPoint midRight regAlign midRight bottom left regPoint bottomLeft regAlign bottomLeft bottom center regPoint bottomMid regAlign bottomMid bottom right regPoint bottomRight regAlign bottomRight upper left quadrant regPoint center regAlign bottomRight upper right quadrant regPoint center regAlign bottomLeft lower left quadrant r
454. on Effects sitcoctatics enclave ia eA ie ei tial Setting a Transition Effect s Duration sssssssssssssssssssssrsssrirnssrrrnnerernnnens Reversing a Transition Effect s Direction s sssssssssssrssesrsssrsrsrserrsseerssseens 331 Using Partial Transition Effects ccecccceccscceeseeceeseeeeeseeeeeesseeesenaeees 332 Repeating Transition Effects Horizontally or Vertically cccceeceeeeeees 333 Setting a Border Width isis cies sass divcaca tsare rneasg rsss iE 334 Defining Colors and Border Blends ecccceec ce eees eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeees 334 Assigning Transition Effects to Clips Using Clip Fills with Transition Effects cccceccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeteneeeeeees 336 Lransition Effects Exam plesiiie os sscacecs itvees outs sirra e En Ea a EE EA 338 Fading t a Color Between Clipse Airearen aai dacstet need dees 338 Crossfad ing Video Seissgsi t doart ennta i icbvainnecs E AEE ids eeetledvss sense saya 339 16 ANIMATIONS Understanding Animations Animation Tags eono ada e a a i a ea a EE ade E Es aE E o Animation Tag Placement sananon ian a a a 342 SMIL Timing with Animations ssssssssssssssssssesssssetssssessssrirssstersrrisssrerssseressnt 344 Simul taneous Amimation s eseas en a ee a cen Ba Raabe estat OE EER 345 Creating Basic Animations soens eeir ndare Erena E E Ea EEA E RE EAS 345 Selecting the Element and Attribute to Animate ssssssssssssssesssssrsssrsre
455. on fill remove gt lt par gt Example 2 Creating a Captions Region If you do not want to overlay the video as described in the preceding example you can create a separate region for the captions through your SMIL file layout The following layout is similar to that used in the preceding example except that the captions region appears below the video region rather than on top of it lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 300 backgroundColor black gt lt region id video_region height 240 gt lt region id text_region height 40 top 260 left 10 gt lt layout gt If you play a video in parallel with a captions clip as shown in the preceding example the captions region would appear blank for viewers who have the captions preference turned off Alternatively you can create a filler clip that displays in the captions region when captions are off This clip might simply thank the viewer for watching the presentation The following example demonstrates how to do this CHAPTER 17 Switching lt par gt lt video src clips video3 rm region video_region fill remove gt lt switch gt lt textstream src videocaptions rt region text_region systemCaptions on gt lt textstream src fillercaptions rt region text_region systemCaptions off gt lt switch gt lt par gt Example 3 Resizing the Media Window for Captions This example demonstrates how to use systemCaptions in
456. on gif rn backgroundOpacity 50 gt If the background color is partially transparent already rn backgroundOpacity increases the opacity If a clip s background is 50 percent transparent already CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags for example using rn backgroundOpacity 50 adds another 50 percent to the opacity making the background 75 percent opaque Tip If a clip s background is fully opaque you can use just rm mediaOpacity to render the background and all other colors transparent If the clip s background is partially transparent already rn mediaOpacity will not affect the background and you can use both rn mediaOpacity and rn backgroundOpacity in the same clip tag Substituting Transparency for a Specific Color For clips that do not include native transparency such as JPEG images and Flash clips you can use three attributes to define a color rn chromaKey or a range of colors rn chromaKeyTolerance that RealONE Player renders transparent or partially transparent rn chromaKeyOpacity Using these attributes requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions For More Information For background on customized attributes see Using Customized SMIL Attributes on page 139 Selecting a Color to Render Transparent You can use rn chromakey to specify a color that RealONE Player will render transparent In the following exa
457. on value to the page 355 existing value Adding Animation Values to a Base Value Using additive animation you can animate target attributes by increments rather than by absolute values You can use additive animations for sizes and 355 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 356 placements but not colors Although additive animations are useful on their own they are more powerful when combined with cumulative animations which the next section describes To illustrate additive animation consider the following region lt region id video_region width 320 height 240 gt Suppose that you want to add 60 pixels to the width of this region in three steps each step adding 20 pixels to the width As described in the preceding sections you can do this by specifying the exact width values in a values list lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 3s values 340 360 380 calcMode discrete gt Or you could use additive sum to tell RealONE Player to treat each specified value as an increment to add to the original width value lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 3s values 20 40 60 additive sum calcMode discrete gt The preceding example tells RealONE Player to add 20 pixels to the region s original width then add 40 pixels to the original width then add 60 pixels to the original width Note that each list value is added to the tar
458. only while its containing group is active Setting a Default Restart Value You can use the restartDefault attribute in a group tag to set a restart value for the group and all of the elements it contains All elements within the group 275 RealSystem iQ Production Guide receive the default restart value unless they have another restart value explicitly set The following table lists the possible restartDefault values restartDefault Attribute Values Value Function always Allows elements within the group to restart at any time even while playing inherit Sets the restart value for elements in the group to the restartDefault value of the group s containing group This is the default value meaning that a group without a restartDefault value inherits the restartDefault value from its containing group never Prevents elements within the group from restarting after they complete their first playback whenNotActive Allows group elements to restart any number of times but only after they have completed playing Restart attempts are recognized only after the elements have played to completion The following example shows an exclusive group of video clips in which the first two clips receive the restartDefault value of whenNotActive The last clip however overrides that value with its own restart value lt excl restartDefault whenNotActive gt lt video src videol rm begin button1 activateEvent
459. ontext windows This is the recommended window for displaying Web pages along with your presentation To target this window declare the customized namespace in your lt smil gt tag as described above and use a hyperlink that looks like the following r lt area href http www example com external true rn sendTo _rpbrowser gt 296 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Tip To target this window from an HTML page displaying in the context window or a secondary browsing window within the RealONE Player environment use lt a href URL target _rpbrowser gt Using the Viewer s Default Browser On Windows Web page links open in a RealONE Player browsing window by default Although this is preferred means for displaying these pages you can also open these links in the viewer s default Web browser To do this declare the customized namespace in your lt smil gt tag as described above and create a link that looks like the following lt area href http www example com external true rn sendTo _osdefaultbrowser gt Opening HTML Pages in the Context Window Appearing to the right of the media window in the RealONE Player on Windows operating systems the context window can display HTML pages that supplement your SMIL presentation It might display title and copyright information about clips as they play for example Using advanced SMIL timing features described in Chapter 13 as well as the hyperlinking
460. or just one clip is slow to arrive Creating an Exclusive Group 186 The lt excl gt and lt excl gt tags create an exclusive group in which only one element plays at a time In a lt seq gt group only one element plays at a time too but the playback order always proceeds from the first to the last element In contrast an lt excl gt group has no predefined playback order The playback CHAPTER 10 Groups order depends wholly on the SMIL timing commands defined for each element in the group You use an exclusive group for different purposes than you use a parallel group or a sequence With lt par gt and lt seq gt tags you can construct a single timeline that flows continuously throughout the entire presentation Using an exclusive group though you can break up a timeline through two features interruption and interactivity As an example of both interruption and interactivity imagine a group of videos in which each video plays only when the viewer clicks an icon for the video This is interactivity Then as it plays a selected video pauses intermittently as advertising clips play automatically resuming when each ad clip finishes This is interruption An exclusive group may define just one of these features or both Tip To understand how exclusive groups work you ll need to know about timing attributes You may therefore want to read Chapter 12 and Chapter 13 first Defining Interactive Begin Times Adding inte
461. orded in different languages Keep in mind though that the same principles apply to switching through other criteria such as bandwidth or monitor size Creating a Switch Group A switch group starts with a lt switch gt tag and ends with a lt switch gt tag Between these tags you list multiple options such as multiple clip source tags that each contain a test attribute RealONE Player evaluates the options in the order you list them choosing the first option that it can play For 363 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 364 example in the following simple lt switch gt group the systemLanguage test attributes cause RealONE Player to choose one of two audio clips based on its language preference lt switch gt lt audio src french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src german rm systemLanguage de gt lt switch gt Only RealONE Players in which the viewer has selected French fr as the language preference will choose the first clip Only RealONE Players in which the viewer has selected German de as the language preference will choose the second clip A RealONE Player with another language preference will not play either clip it simply ignores the clips in the lt switch gt group and proceeds to the next part of the presentation Hence a RealONE Player either plays just one clip from a lt switch gt group or it plays no clip But it never plays more than one option Adding a Default Option to a Sw
462. oregion gt Although region names can be identical no region name should be the same as a region ID The following example is allowed because the IDs are unique even though the region names are identical lt region id video_region1 regionName videoregion gt lt region id video_region2 regionName videoregion gt However the following example is not allowed because the ID is not unique lt region id video_region1 regionName video_region1 gt For More Information See Playing the Same Clip in Multiple Regions on page 233 and Example 3 Resizing the Media Window for Captions on page 381 for examples of assigning clips to regions based on the region name rather than the ID The section SMIL Tag ID Values on page 138 contains rules for specifying IDs 207 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 208 Defining Region Sizes and Positions If you do not specify a region s size the region becomes the same size as the window that contains it For example the following region expands to 320 pixels by 240 pixels the same size as the main media window lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 gt lt region id video_region gt lt layout gt In most cases though you ll want regions to be smaller than the window that contains them This lets you place regions side by side or use the window background color as a border around a region The following figure illustrates
463. ormation about the lt root layout gt tag see Defining the Main Media Window on page 203 lt root layout gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference backgroundColor color_value black Sets the window background color page 215 height pixels none Sets the main media window height page 203 rn resizeBehavior percentOnly zoom zoom Controls whether regions resize page 206 width pixels none Sets the main media window width page 203 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference Example lt layout gt lt root layout backgroundColor maroon width 320 height 240 gt lt region playback region defined gt lt region playback region defined gt lt layout gt lt topLayout gt lt topLayout gt Following lt root layout gt lt topLayout gt lt topLayout gt tags can define the overall size of secondary media windows that are detached from the main media window You assign clips to play in regions within this window You cannot assign clips directly to a lt topLayout gt window The height and width attributes are required for the lt topLayout gt tag For basic information about the lt topLayout gt tag see Creating Secondary Media Windows on page 204 lt topLayout gt Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference backgroundColor color_value black Sets the background color page 215 close onRequest onRequest
464. osh 296 with lt a gt tags 296 lt seq gt tag 175 sequences animations within 343 authoring information 176 begin and end times 241 defining 175 durations 245 fill period clip fills 253 group default 258 group fills 256 group inheritance 259 transitions 336 Next Clip command 175 seeking through 175 single presentation vs multiple clips 175 switching 367 with parallel groups 174 509 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 510 lt set gt tag compared to lt animate gt 342 using 360 shape attribute 285 shielded cables 51 Shockwave Flash see Flash show attribute 301 slide wipes 329 SMIL 1 0 RealPlayer support 129 updating to SMIL 2 0 143 SMIL 2 0 advantages of 127 attribute changes from SMIL 1 0 143 attribute format 135 bandwidth characteristics 34 binary tags 137 body section 134 camel case values 136 case sensitivity 136 closing tag 134 coded characters 167 comments 137 customized attributes 139 extensions 139 functional changes from SMIL 1 0 142 general rules 133 header 134 coded characters 167 hyphenated attributes 136 id attributes 138 indentation 138 language codes 487 layout see regions links see hyperlinks major features 127 media player interoperability 132 modules 129 namespace 134 overview 127 prefixes 139 presentation information 169 profiles 131 proprietary datatypes with 132 quotation marks for values 136 RealONE Player compliance
465. ost of the work for setting up ad streaming as described in RealServer Administration Guide How does advertising with RealSystem work Ad streaming uses lt RealAdInsert gt tags in SMIL files to designate when and where ads appear in presentations When RealServer serves a SMIL file it replaces the tags with URLs to ad files These URLs come from a separate ad server and the RealServer administrator can configure RealServer to work with virtually any ad serving system What kinds of ads can stream RealServer can stream banner ads in image formats such as GIF JPEG and PNG It can display one ad per presentation or it can make new ads appear at specific intervals during the presentation RealServer can also stream ads in RealAudio RealVideo and Flash formats You can have ads either precede the requested clips or appear as commercial breaks during the clips How do set up advertising You need RealServer with the optional advertising extension installed You also need either to have an ad server or to sign up with an online ad provider such as DoubleClick The RealServer administrator configures RealServer to work with your ad serving system determining what types of ads are to be 441 RealSystem iQ Production Guide streamed You then write SMIL files with lt RealAdInsert gt tags that specify where ads are to be placed Do have to write SMIL files to stream ads No Writing your own SMIL files gives you a more
466. oth 0 zero For more on these attributes see Setting a Scroll Rate or a Crawl Rate on page 100 Aligning Text in a Tickertape Window Th lt tu gt lt tu gt and lt tl gt lt tl gt tag sets function only with tickertape windows They display the enclosed text at the window s upper lt tu gt lt tu gt or lower lt tu gt lt tu gt edge Optionally they can include a color attribute that specifies the color for the text as shown in this example lt tu color blue gt text to display at tickertape window s upper edge lt tu gt lt tl color yellow gt text to display at tickertape window s lower edge lt tl gt When a tag specifies a color with the color attribute the color applies to text enclosed by all subsequent tags of that type until another tag of that type changes the color However color specified for lt tu gt elements does not affect color for lt tl gt elements and vice versa The default color for lt tu gt elements is white the default for lt tl gt elements is green 105 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information Refer to Specifying RealText Color Values on page 113 for information about choosing colors Ensuring Text Delivery Use the lt required gt and lt required gt tags to enclose text that must be delivered to RealONE Player under any circumstance During extremely adverse network conditions RealSystem will halt the presentation i
467. ou can use sourceLevel to turn down or boost RealONE Player s volume as appropriate The destinationLevel attribute will not affect any audio elements such as an embedded WAV file played by the browser though Opening a New Media Window Through RealText or Flash A RealText or a Flash clip playing alone or as part of a SMIL presentation can define a hyperlink that opens another clip in a new media window This link uses a proprietary parameter command openwindow name URL as the value of the href attribute This is not a SMIL feature and you write this parameter directly into the RealText markup or encode it in the Flash Player file with the Get URL command The hypertext reference for this type of link has the following structure href command openwindow name URL zoomlevel double full normal CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks The command openwindow parameter requires two arguments name and URL The zoomlevel argument is optional You can separate arguments with a comma but this is not required A space may precede or follow a comma If an argument contains characters such as commas or parentheses enclose it in single quotation marks Window Names The required name argument which supplies a predefined or user defined name for the new media window is the first parameter listed for command openwindow The following table describes the parameter values name Parameter Value Action _new or Opens a new media window
468. oundtrack Type RealAudio Codec Flash Maximum Speed 6 5 Kbps Voice 27 5 Kbps Voice 8 5 Kbps Voice 25 5 Kbps 16 Kbps Voice 18 Kbps 11 Kbps Music 23 Kbps Music 16 Kbps Music 18 Kbps 20 Kbps Music 14 Kbps Targeting Both 28 8 and 56 Kbps Modems To target both 28 8 and 56 Kbps modems decide first how to reach the 28 8 Kbps audience For a voice soundtrack for example you might use a 6 5 Kbps RealAudio voice codec leaving 13 5 Kbps for Flash To reach 56 Kbps modems you would encode the soundtrack as a SureStream RealAudio clip using both the 6 5 Kbps voice codec and a 16 Kbps voice codec Users with 56 Kbps 81 RealSystem iQ Production Guide modems then get 16 Kbps of RealAudio data along with the 13 5 Kbps Flash clip This puts the streaming speed for this combination at 29 5 Kbps a little less than the 34 Kbps maximum Tips for Choosing RealAudio Codecs Here are some tips for selecting a RealAudio codec to use with a streaming Flash clip If sound quality takes precedence use the fastest RealAudio codec that still leaves enough bandwidth for acceptable animation When animation is complex use low speed RealAudio codecs targeted for voice This increases the bandwidth available for the animation If possible do not select the lowest speed RealAudio codec SureStream clips include a duress stream that is used if the connection bandwidth falls An 8 Kbps music clip for example includes a 6 Kbps duress stream If
469. oup_X and group_Y The syncBehavior attributes on these elements determine the presentation s overall synchronization Because clip_A and group_X are locked RealONE Player ensures that these elements stay synchronized Under adverse conditions it first halts playback of group_Y if necessary Within group_X clip_B is locked Hence clip_B will continue to play in step with clip_A unless network conditions greatly deteriorate Because clip_C can slip RealONE Player s second line of defense is to halt playback for clip_C while keeping clip_A and clip_B playing When network conditions improve RealONE Player first restores clip_C then group_Y to the presentation Note however that both clip_D and clip_E are locked in group_Y This means that RealONE Player won t restore group_Y until it can play both clips Specifying Synchronization Behavior Default Values The group attribute syncBehaviorDefault is useful for setting synchronization behaviors with groups that contain many clips or with nested groups Ina group tag the syncBehaviorDefault attribute determines which synchronization behavior is used if a group element does not specify a syncBehavior value or uses syncBehavior default In the following example the group tag has a locked synchronization behavior set by default lt par syncBehaviorDefault locked gt lt audio src soundtrack rm gt lt ref src training swf syncBehavior canSlip gt lt te
470. ource file would be approximately 622 MB 320 x 240 x 24 x 15 x 180 8 000 000 622 Megabytes If necessary you can conserve disk space by decreasing the clip dimensions or lowering the frame rate or both Video Source File Size Limit The Macintosh and some Windows file systems limit a single file to 2 GB 2048 MB in size At a 320 by 240 size and 15 fps this translates to about 9 5 minutes of video Certain video production programs support the OpenDML AVI 2 0 standard which allows the creation of files larger than 2 GB RealProducer may be able to accept a video source file larger than 2 GB as input depending on the production software used to create the file If you plan to produce long videos or videos with large dimensions check whether or not your video production software is limited to a 2 GB output file size If it is not limited to 2 GB create a video file larger than 2 GB and test to determine if RealProducer can accept the file as input 69 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information Search RealNetworks Knowledge Base for AVI limit at http service real com kb index html Tip If you are limited to 2 GB for the video source file and you need to produce a larger video you can create separate video source files each 2 GB or smaller and encode them as separate RealVideo clips Then merge the clips using RealProducer s editing tools See the RealProducer User s Guide for more in
471. out area gt lt region id ID2 defines a playback region within the root layout area gt lt topLayout gt lt region id ID3 defines a region within a secondary media window gt lt region id ID4 defines a region within a secondary media window gt lt topLayout gt lt layout gt CHAPTER 11 Layout A lt region gt tag requires only a unique ID to create a region that expands to the same size as the main or secondary media window In most cases though you ll want to create smaller regions and position them within the window using other lt region gt tag attributes which are described in the following sections Setting Region IDs and Names Every region must have a unique user defined ID in the form id ID You assign clips to a region based on the region s ID The following SMIL example defines a region that uses video_region as its ID lt layout gt lt root layout width 250 height 230 gt lt region id video_region gt lt layout gt Optionally a region can include a name in the form regionName name Unlike IDs region names do not have to be unique In fact region names are useful primarily when two or more regions share the same name In this case you can assign the same clip to play in multiple regions by using the region name rather than the region ID The following is an example of a video clip with a region name lt region id video_region1 regionName vide
472. out defined as described in Chapter 11 lt layout gt lt body gt lt par gt lt video src song rm region region1_ID gt lt textstream src Lyrics rt region region2_ID gt lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt In the preceding example the RealVideo and the RealText clips play at the same time A parallel group can include any number of clips but you need to define a playback region for each visual clip as described in Chapter 11 Audio clips do not need to play in regions Each region defined in the layout must have a unique id ID attribute You then assign each clip to a region with a region ID attribute in the clip source tag Tips for Creating Parallel Groups When you create parallel groups you need to be careful that clips playing at the same time do not exceed the audience connection s maximum bandwidth which is described in Audience Bandwidth Targets on page 32 If the maximum streaming bandwidth is 34 Kbps for example do not have two clips that each stream 20 Kbps of data play in parallel 177 RealSystem iQ Production Guide A lt par gt tag can include a title author copyright or abstract attribute just like a clip source tag For more information see Adding Clip and Group Information on page 168 A parallel group normally lasts as long as the longest clip in the group However you can modify this with the endsync attribute as described in Ending a Group on
473. ow replace sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate pause stop play or pause Not allowed The source state is always pause Opening a New Media Window with SMIL You can use either the show or the target attribute to open a new media window The basic means for doing this is to set show new in the link tag You can open any number of new windows this way Using show new does not create a named window that you can target with another hyperlink however lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm show new gt By default the current window containing the link and the new window with the target media are both set to play Therefore the preceding example is equivalent to the following example lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm show new sourcePlaystate play destinationPlaystate play gt Depending on how you want linking to operate you can change the setting for sourcePlaystate to pause or stop You can also set destinationPlaystate to pause A common scenario is to pause the source presentation when the viewer opens the new window The viewer can restart the source presentation by clicking the RealONE Player Play button The following example illustrates this markup lt area href rtsp realserver example com video2 rm show new sourcePlaystate pause destinationPlaystate play gt CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Targeting a Sp
474. owing method only the RealText clip uses the systemCaptions attribute 381 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt par gt lt video src video rm region video gt lt textstream src captions rt region text_region systemCaptions on gt lt par gt For More Information See Setting Region IDs and Names on page 207 for more on region names 382 CHAPTER 18 PREFETCHING Prefetching allows you to manage bandwidth in a complex presentation This helps you to ensure that the presentation streams smoothly You can stream data for high bandwidth clips while low bandwidth clips play for example To use prefetching though you must thoroughly understand how clips use bandwidth as well as how to create a presentation timeline For More Information To learn more about bandwidth use read Chapter 2 Chapter 12 describes the basics of SMIL timing Understanding Prefetching Prefetching is a powerful feature for managing bandwidth in a streaming presentation It lets you stream portions of large clips or all data for small clips before the clips play RealONE Player stores the prefetched data in memory until clip playback begins Using prefetched data RealONE Player can display clips faster when they begin to play This can reduce or eliminate the buffering that normally occurs when clips start to play Uses of prefetching include downloading small image files If a presentation contains graphic buttons tha
475. owing sections describe the principal new features of SMIL 2 0 layout Secondary Pop Up Windows You can now use lt topLayout gt tags to create secondary media windows that pop up during a presentation This window is useful for playing supplemental clips or clips that do not fit the main media window s layout See Secondary Media Windows on page 197 for more information Subregions The section Subregions on page 196 describes how to create regions within regions Creating a subregion is useful if you want to associate a smaller region with a larger region so that the smaller region changes position automatically if you reposition the larger region Region Size and Position Attributes To set a region s size and position within a window you can now use bottom and right attributes as well as height width left and top You can also use any combination of these attributes to create a region giving you more ways to define layouts See Defining Region Sizes and Positions on page 208 for more information Registration Points With registration points which are described in the Clip Position and Fit on page 198 you can easily position clips within large regions You can use a registration point to center clips for example or align them to a region s lower right corner CHAPTER 1 New Features Region Transparency RealONE Player supports true region transparency meaning that clips behind transparen
476. p realguide real com If you regularly host streaming media presentations of interest to the public or if you have a live event you want to advertise you can submit your listing to RealNetworks Simply complete the following online form to list your site or live event http realguide real com info page submit In the form you provide the site or event name the URL a short description and the name of a contact person A RealGuide staff member then verifies your site or event before including it on RealGuide RealNetworks reserves the right to edit or refuse submissions For live events please submit your request at least one business day in advance If you have questions or need to change a listing please contact RealGuide from this Web page http realguide real com info page fbform 431 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using RealNetworks Logos 432 When you create RealSystem content RealNetworks encourages you to add RealSystem logos to your Web page You can provide a RealONE Player download link button for example so that users can get RealONE Player from RealNetworks Web site and view your content You can read RealNetworks trademark policies and get RealSystem and RealONE Player logos at the following address http www realnetworks com company guide index html PART VIH APPENDIXES Whether you re a novice or a professional these appendixes will help you as you build your presentation Appe
477. p ahead of the streamed elements In the following example the two logos quickly download before the RealVideo and RealText clips play If the visitor plays another presentation that also caches the two images RealONE Player first checks its cache If it finds the images it skips directly to the streaming clips lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt header omitted lt body gt lt seq gt lt First download and cache these two logos gt lt img src chttp www example com logol gif region logo1 gt lt param name bitrate value 20000 gt lt img gt lt img src chttp www example comlogo2 gif region logo2 gt lt param name bitrate value 20000 gt lt img gt lt par gt lt Second stream these 2 clips in parallel gt lt textstream src rtsp realserver example com news rt region news gt lt video src rtsp realserver example com newsvid rm region video1 gt lt par gt lt seq gt lt body gt lt smil gt Controlling the RealONE Player Cache Because RealONE Player supports the same HTTP header fields used to control file expiration in Web browser caches it can carry out caching directives set by Web servers Thus you can reuse Web page images in RealONE Player presentations without losing control of how these images are 155 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 156 cached This section describes how to use HTTP headers
478. pe extending from the left edge s midpoint to the opposite corners contracts toward the center and expands toward the edges barnVeeWipe up 67 A V shape extending from the top edge s midpoint to the opposite corners contracts toward the center and expands toward the edges right 68 A V shape extending from the right edge s midpoint to the opposite corners contracts toward the center and expands toward the edges Table Page 2 of 3 320 CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Edge Wipe Transition Effects continued Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance leftToRight 71 A zigzag shape moves from left to right zipZagWipe topToBottom 72 A zigzag shape moves from top to bottom vertical 73 The vertical central line splits in a zigzag pattern and moves toward the barnZigZag left and right edges Wipe horizontal 74 The horizontal central line splits in a Iris Wipe Transition Effects zigzag pattern and moves toward the top and bottom edges Table Page 3 of 3 A transition effect in the iris wipe family reveals a clip through an expanding shape For example a star can expand from the center of the transition area to reveal a new clip The first subtype listed for each type in the following table is the default Iris Wipe Transition Effects Type Subtype SMPTE Transition Appearance rectangle 101 A rectangle expands from t
479. peat and vertRepeat attributes in the same tag The following example creates a grid of nine transition effects by defining three horizontal repetitions and three vertical repetitions lt transition id nineStar type starWipe subtype fourPoint horzRepeat 3 vertRepeat 3 gt Tip Think of these attributes as defining a table The horzRepeat attribute defines the number of columns and the vertRepeat attribute defines the number of rows Setting a Border Width All transition effects except fades have borders When a clip slides over another clip from left to right for example the border is the new clip s right edge By default the border width is 0 zero meaning the border is not accentuated By adding a borderWidth attribute to a lt transition gt tag you can make the border more apparent This attribute takes as a value a positive integer that sets the border s pixel width The following example sets a two pixel border width lt transition id wipe1 type pushWipe subtype fromLeft borderWidth 2 gt By default the border is black but you can use any other RGB color You can also make the border blend the clip with its background The following section explains how to do this Defining Colors and Border Blends Transition effects that fade to or from a color as well as transition effects that set border widths can include color values which are described in Appendix D The following exa
480. peers defer This means that if a clip from class2 interrupts another clip from that class the interrupting clip will play after the interrupted clip finishes lt excl gt lt priorityClass id class1 lower never gt clips in the higher priority class lt priorityClass gt 191 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt priorityClass id class2 peers defer gt clips in the lower priority class lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt Specifying How Paused Clips Display When you set peers pause or higher pause in a lt priorityClass gt tag you can also set the pauseDisplay attribute which determines how a clip appears when it pauses This attribute which has no effect on audio only clips can take one of the values listed in the following table pauseDisplay Attribute Values Value Function disable The paused clip appears visible but disabled in RealONE Player It does not respond to mouse clicks until it resumes playback hide The paused clip disappears until it resumes playback show The paused clip remains visible in RealONE Player and it continues to respond to mouse clicks This is the default if you do not use the pauseDisplay attribute In the following example each clip that interrupts another clip causes that clip to pause and disappear After the interrupting clip finishes playing the interrupted clip reappears and resumes playback lt excl gt lt priorityClass p
481. plays in the RealText clip Setting a Scroll Rate or a Crawl Rate The scrollrate attribute sets the number of pixels per second that the text scrolls from the bottom of the window to the top for the duration of the clip It has no effect on tickertape and marquee windows Here is an example lt window scrollrate 25 gt 100 CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup The crawlrate attribute specifies the number of pixels per second that the text moves horizontally from right to left for the duration of the clip Here is an example lt window crawlrate 40 gt Tip A RealText clip should not use both scrollrate and crawlrate For best results use a scrollrate or a crawlrate under 30 The best values are 25 20 10 8 5 4 2 and 1 For rates faster than 30 use multiples of 20 or 25 such as 40 50 60 75 80 and so on For More Information The table Default Values for RealText Window Types on page 95 lists the default values for scrollrate and crawlrate in the standard window types Wrapping Text to New Lines The wordwrap true false attribute which defaults to true specifies whether word wrap is performed When word wrap is on text lines longer than the specified window width wrap to the following line If it is off long lines are truncated by the window border This attribute has no effect for windows that have horizontal text motion such as a marquee window Looping Text The loop true false attrib
482. ple can I reach with a broadcast That depends entirely on your RealServer and the network bandwidth it has available Each RealServer can broadcast to a specific number of RealONE Players as defined in its license agreement For large broadcasts you can use a network of RealServers to reach thousands of RealONE Players Can RealNetworks broadcast clips for me Yes Real Broadcast Network RBN offers a wide range of services for hosting broadcasts Learn more about RBN at http www realnetworks com rbn index html 443 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Getting Technical Support 444 RealNetworks offers a range of technical support features and documentation How do get technical support from RealNetworks RealNetworks Technical Support operates an extensive Web site at http service real com The site includes answers to frequently asked questions a documentation library and a searchable knowledge base To place a service call with Technical Support fill out the e mail form at the following Web page http customerrelations real com scripts rnforms contact_tech_service asp Where can find additional documentation RealNetworks Technical Support maintains a documentation library at http service real com help library index html Most documents are available as bundled HTML archives that you can download uncompress and read with a Web browser Many documents are also available in PDF format which is suitable for
483. plicity this manual omits the px from pixel measurements Layout Example 1 Region Width and Height This example shows a region in which only the width and height are defined lt region id video_region width 180 height 120 gt In this case the region is placed in the window s upper left corner The bottom and right offsets from the window borders are set automatically based on the region s size and position If the window were 300 pixels wide by 200 pixels high you could achieve the same layout using percentage values lt region id video_region width 60 height 60 gt Tip With these percentage values the region will change size if you modify the size of the lt root layout gt or lt topLayout gt tag that contains the region With pixel measurements though the region size remains stable 209 210 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Layout Example 2 Four Region Offsets T top a left aa right gt _ bottom This example shows a region placed in a window without specifying the region size lt region id video_region left 60 right 60 top 40 bottom 40 gt In this case the four offsets from the window borders determine the region size If the window were 300 pixels wide by 200 pixels high the region would be 180 pixels wide 300 60 60 180 and 120 pixels high 200 40 40 120 You could create the same layout with percentage values lt region id vid
484. ppear in the SMIL lt body gt section even when they modify elements defined in the SMIL header such as lt region gt tags Animation tags function much like clip source tags You can place them in 342 CHAPTER 16 Animations groups but you can also include them within clip source tags The following sections describe the various means of adding animation tags to a SMIL file In a Clip Source Tag When you want to animate a clip as it plays you can turn the clip source tag into a binary tag as shown in the following example lt video gt lt animate animation for the video clip or region gt lt video gt In this case the animation typically affects the clip or the region playing the clip Non interactive timing attributes in the animation tag are relative to the start of clip playback For example a begin 5s attribute in the animation tag starts the animation five seconds after the clip begins to play For More Information See Binary and Unary Tags on page 137 for the basics of modifying a clip source tag to include other SMIL elements In a Parallel Group Because animations function like clip source tags you can place them in parallel groups with other clips as shown in the next example lt par gt lt video gt lt textstream gt lt animate animation for any SMIL element gt lt par gt In this case the animation might apply to a clip in the same parallel group or to
485. prefetching data while a 16 Kbps RealAudio clip plays This 18 Kbps is approximately 53 percent of the 34 Kbps maximum speed However because the speed RealONE Player detects may be higher or lower select a lower percentage value such as 45 percent as shown in the following example CHAPTER 18 Prefetching lt par endsync id music gt lt audio src id music dur 50s gt lt prefetch src begin 10s bandwidth 45 mediaSize 20480 gt lt par gt Controlling Prefetch Data Download Size Two attributes for the lt prefetch gt tag mediaSize and mediaTime control the amount of data that RealONE Player downloads for each clip Use just one of these attributes in each lt prefetch gt tag If you use both mediaSize and mediaTime the mediaTime attribute is ignored If you do not use either of these attributes RealONE Player attempts to prefetch all the clip s data which can cause RealONE Player to run out of memory with large clips such as videos Tip The amount of data you can prefetch depends on the amount of computer memory available to RealONE Player To reach the widest audience do not try to prefetch more than one Megabyte of clip data Prefetching a Specific Amount of Data The mediaSize attribute allows you to set how much of the clip data to prefetch based on the clip s file size You must use mediaSize rather than mediaTime for clips that do not have internal timelines such
486. prevents the browser s Java Virtual Machine JVM from starting if it is not yet running 400 CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 300 HEIGHT 134 NOJAVA true gt This parameter primarily affects Netscape Navigator 4 which does not launch its JVM until it s needed The parameter is recommended because starting the JVM delays presentation playback unnecessarily Note The JVM is required only when you are extending plug in functionality with Javascript In this case omit NOJAVA entirely from the lt EMBED gt tags See Javascript and ActiveX on page 397 for more information about using Javascript with the lt EMBED gt tag Supporting Other Browsers To accommodate browsers that do not support the Netscape plug in use lt NOEMBED gt to define a standard hypertext link to your presentation The unembedded link follows the lt EMBED gt tag lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 320 HEIGHT 240 gt lt NOEMBED gt lt A HREF presentation ram gt Play with RealONE Player lt A gt lt NOEMBED gt In this example browsers that can play the embedded presentation hide the text between lt NOEMBED gt and lt NOEMBED gt Other browsers ignore the preceding lt EMBED gt tag and display only the hypertext link The viewer then clicks the link to play the presentation in RealONE Player Adding RealONE Player Controls With the CONTROLS parameter you can add RealONE Player controls su
487. pt version and it includes a search function An Adobe Acrobat PDF version includes page numbers in cross references making it more useful than the HTML versions when printed You can download the free Acrobat viewer from Adobe s Web site at http www adobe com products acrobat readstep html All of the online versions of this guide are available for individual download from RealNetworks Technical Support Web site at http service real com help library encoders html How this Guide Is Organized Part I Getting Started with Streaming Media Whether you are new to streaming media or an old hand be sure to read the following chapters Chapter 1 New Features If yow re familiar with previous versions of RealSystem this chapter will give you a quick update on the many changes in this version of RealSystem Chapter 2 Presentation Planning If you are new to streaming media this chapter walks you through the steps involved in putting together a RealSystem presentation explaining bandwidth and timeline issues RealSystem iQ Production Guide Part Il Producing RealSystem Clips The clip is the basic unit of a streaming media presentation The following chapters explain production issues for the core RealSystem clip types Chapter 3 Audio Production This chapter gives you the background you need to create a RealAudio file It then provides pointers on capturing and digitizing high quality audio files Chapter 4
488. quencies and cut others that contain noise or unwanted sound EQ can compensate for RealAudio codecs that do not have flat frequency responses that is codecs for which certain frequencies are not as loud after encoding You can therefore use EQ to make a RealAudio clip sound as close as possible to the source recording Tip For voice only content you can make the file more intelligible by cutting frequencies below 100 Hz and carefully boosting frequencies in the 1 to 4 kHz range Encoding RealAudio with RealProducer 54 To produce RealAudio clips you start with audio input from a live source a digitized file or media such as a tape or CD You then encode a RealAudio clip from this input by using a RealAudio encoding tool Some sound editing programs can create RealAudio clips But the most widely used tools for encoding RealAudio are RealProducer Basic a free product and RealProducer Plus which are available from RealNetworks at http www realnetworks com products producer info html RealProducer on Macintosh accepts the formats widely used on that platform whereas RealProducer on Windows and Unix supports the formats widely used on those platforms Check the RealProducer manual for your operating system for a list of accepted formats which may include Audio Interchange Format aiff e Audio au MPEG 1 mpg e QuickTime mov Sound snd WAV wav When you encode audio clips with RealProducer you sele
489. r and the URL to set up the links for requesting the clip Your RealServer or Web server can give you the path to the content directories and tell you the URLs to use to request the clips Copying Clips to a Server When your media clips and SMIL file are ready for streaming transfer them to RealServer and place them in the directories prepared by the administrator If the server is on the same local area network LAN as your computer you can often just copy the files to the server over the network Otherwise you can usually transfer files to a server over the Internet using FTP file transfer protocol The FTP protocol is designed to copy files from one computer to another Many computers have an FTP application preinstalled FTP applications are also available for download from many Internet software archives Your RealServer or Web server administrator will have to set up FTP access to the server machine for you as well as give you an FTP user name and password Note that FTP distinguishes between a text mode for transferring text only files and a binary mode for transferring non text files such as images videos audio clips and animation clips Some FTP programs can set this 419 RealSystem iQ Production Guide mode automatically With other programs though you must set the transfer mode yourself If you transfer a non text file in text mode the file may become corrupt and fail to stream Fortunately FTP never m
490. ractivity to a presentation is a main function of an exclusive group In the following example an exclusive group of videos plays in parallel with three images All the video clips in the exclusive group use interactive begin values to start playback only when the viewer clicks an image Hence all three images appear as soon as the parallel group becomes active but each video does not become visible until an image is clicked lt par gt lt img src number1 gif id button1 gt lt img src number2 gif id button2 gt lt img src number3 gif id button3 gt lt excl dur indefinite gt lt video src video1l rm begin button1 activateEvent gt lt video src video2 rm begin button2 activateEvent gt lt video src video3 rm begin button3 activateEvent gt lt excl gt lt par gt Note that the exclusive group in the preceding example uses dur indefinite which keeps the group active indefinitely This is required because an lt excl gt has an intrinsic duration of 0 seconds when its elements use interactive 187 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 188 timing You therefore need to use timing commands in the lt excl gt tag to control the group s overall duration For More Information The begin value used to start a clip with a mouse click is described in Defining a Mouse Event on page 269 Using Clip Interruption The following example demonstrates
491. rating System Selected Player aix IBM AIX version of Unix yes beos Be operating system no bsdi Berkeley Software Design s version of Unix no dgux Data General UX version of Unix no freebsd FreeBSD version of Unix no hpux HP UX version of Unix yes irix Silicon Graphics Irix version of Unix yes linux Any Linux distribution yes macos Any Macintosh operating system including MacOSX yes Table Page 1 of 2 CHAPTER 17 Switching systemOperatingSystem Attribute Values continued RealONE Attribute Value Operating System Selected Player ncr NCR network operating system no nec NEC version of Unix no netbsd Network BSD version of Unix no nextstep NeXT operating system no nto NTO version of Unix no openbsd Open BSD version of Unix no openvms Open VMS no os2 IBM OS 2 no osf Open Software Foundation s version of Unix no palmos Palm operating system no qnx QNX Software System s realtime platform no rhapsody Macintosh OSX Server no sco Caldera version of Unix fomerly Santa Cruz no Operations sinix Siemens Nixdorf version of Unix no solaris Sun Solaris version of Unix yes sunos Sun version of Unix pre dating Solaris no unixware Caldera version of Unix formerly Novell yes unknown unknown operating system n a win16 Microsoft Windows 16 bit OSes yes win32 Microsoft Windows 32 bit OSes yes win9x Microsoft Windows 95 98 ME yes wince Microsoft Windows CE and PocketPC ye
492. re Using PlayOnlyButton therefore ensures backwards compatibility Suggested pixel width 36 Suggested pixel height 26 PauseButton The CONTROLS PauseButton parameter displays a pause button Because the PlayButton control turns into a pause button as a presentation plays the PauseButton control is generally not necessary with the RealONE Player To 403 RealSystem iQ Production Guide ensure backwards compatibility with earlier versions of RealPlayer however use the PlayOnlyButton and the PauseButton controls Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 26 StopButton m The CONTROLS StopButton parameter displays a stop button Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 26 FFCtrl gt The CONTROLS FFCtrl parameter displays a fast forward button Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 26 RWCtrl 4 The CONTROLS RWCtrl parameter displays a rewind button Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 26 MuteCtrl 4 The CONTROLS MuteCtrl parameter displays a mute button Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 26 MuteVolume The CONTROLS MuteVolume parameter displays a mute button and volume slider Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 88 VolumeSlider The CONTROLS VolumeSlider parameter displays a volume slider Suggested pixel width 26 Suggested pixel height 65 404 CHAPTER 19 Web Page Embedding PositionSlider T
493. re variations of the lt animate gt tag so once you learn how to use lt animate gt you will master the other tags quickly The section Creating Basic Animations on page 345 explains the main attributes and values of the lt animate gt tag lt animateColor gt The lt animateColor gt tag is a variation of the lt animate gt tag that works for color animations only See the section Animating Colors on page 358 for more on this tag lt animateMotion gt The lt animateMotion gt tag lets you move a clip both horizontally and vertically at the same time A single lt animate gt tag creates motion in only one direction Thus a single lt animateMotion gt tag can do the work of two lt animate gt tags The section Creating Horizontal and Vertical Motion on page 359 explains how to use this tag lt set gt The lt set gt tag instantly sets an animation With an lt animate gt tag you can widen a region over the course of several seconds for example With the lt set gt tag in contrast you can set the new width instantly The section Setting an Attribute Value on page 360 describes the lt set gt tag Tip Do not confuse the SMIL animation tags with the lt animation gt tag which is a clip source tag that introduces an animation clip into a presentation For more on lt animation gt see Creating Clip Source Tags on page 145 Animation Tag Placement Animation tags always a
494. ream that RealPlayer 5 can play This backward compatible stream is at your lowest target bandwidth For example if your clip targets 28 8 Kbps modems 56 Kbps modems and DSL speeds the RealPlayer 5 stream is for 28 8 Kbps modems It uses an older RealAudio codec and RealServer streams it to RealPlayer 5 using the older PNA protocol rather than the newer RTSP RealPlayer 5 will receive this stream regardless of its connection speed 55 56 RealSystem iQ Production Guide CHAPTER 4 VIDEO PRODUCTION RealNetworks introduced RealVideo with RealSystem 4 making streaming video available over the Internet This chapter covers RealVideo production techniques providing tips for capturing high quality video working with digitized video source files and using RealProducer to encode your clips Understanding RealVideo A video consists of two parts the visual track and the soundtrack In a RealVideo clip the soundtrack is encoded with RealAudio codecs and the visual track is encoded with a RealVideo codec Both tracks are packaged in a RealVideo clip that like a RealAudio clip uses the file extension rm This section explains how RealVideo encodes a source video for streaming This information will help you produce high quality streaming clips Note Keep in mind that everything discussed about RealAudio clips in Chapter 3 also applies to the soundtracks in RealVideo clips RealVideo Bandwidth Characteristics Because Real
495. ree tags you can set the size of each control separately and define the entire layout with HTML tags You could put each control in a different HTML table cell for example To tie controls together define the same CONSOLE name within each lt EMBED gt tag or use one of these predefined names _master links the control to all other embedded controls on the page _unique links the control to no other embedded controls on the page You can have multiple console names for separate presentations For a page showing two video clips for example you can define the console names video1 and video2 All controls linked by video1 interoperate as do all controls linked by video2 But a video1 volume slider for example will not affect the volume of a video clip Tips for Using Consoles Every lt EMBED gt tag must have a SRC attribute Tags linked by a console name should have the same SRC value 407 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 408 If the lt EMBED gt tags in a console group have different SRC values the first valid source that RealONE Player finds among those choices becomes the console source This may not always be the first source listed Clicking a play button for one console stops playback for other consoles This allows multiple consoles to play separate audio tracks or to use the same image window Multiple Controls Example The following example sets up an image window and two sets of controls a play button a
496. reees 346 Defining Simple Animation Values cccccccccseeesseeeeessseesensseeeesseseeeensnees Defining a Range of Animation Values Controlling How an Animation Flows Jumping from Value t Valeinis e Moving Linearly from Point to Point eccc eee eeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeseneeeeeees 354 Flowing atan EVEN Paces siitices siseceatsseteeibadeavsererdes sions EAEE EEEE E S 354 Creating Additive and Cumulative Animations 00cceccceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeenes 355 Adding Animation Values to a Base Value ecccececceeeeseceeesreeeeenneeeeenees 355 Making Animations Repeat and Grow ccceeccceceesseceeeseeeeeesseeeeneseeenaes 356 Using the Specialized Animation Tags A imating COONS sic cued reniet oia sat aces A E OEO A Creating Horizontal and Vertical MOtion sssssssssssssssssssssssssrssserrsssesrsserrssses 359 Setting an Attribute Vale sisisieini rii a RAEE ES AEE 360 Manipulating Animation Timing cccccceesccceeseceeesseeeesneeesenseeseessseeeenaeees 360 17 SWITCHING 363 Understanding Switching v cicccsc csepecsetiee notches pen asiro i i ieas 363 Creating a Switch Group estrenes niroyin e E E A E 363 Adding a Default Option to a Switch Group sssssssssssssssrssssisssessssserssrsersseens 364 Using Inline Switching ss ssssssssssssssssssisssessssesssreesesseersnseens Available Test Attributes Tips for Writing Switch Groups ssssssssssssssssssesrsssrersssisssetesssenrnnsrernenessstet Switch
497. regions stacked on top of each other There are many ways to define this layout with the size and position attributes The following sample uses percentage values for the four border offsets lt region id region_1 top 5 left 5 bottom 5 right 5 gt lt region id region_2 top 25 left 25 bottom 25 right 25 gt CHAPTER 11 Layout Note Whenever regions overlap you should also define how the regions stack with the z index attribute See Stacking Regions That Overlap on page 214 for more information Tips for Defining Region Sizes and Offsets All regions appear within the lt root layout gt or lt topLayout gt area that contains them Any part of a region defined to appear outside of its containing window is cut off For this reason no percentage value can effectively be more than 100 You can mix pixel and percentage values You could define the top and left attributes in percentages for example while specifying width and height in pixels If you mix pixel and percentage values when defining regions and you also use rn resizeBehavior percentOnly as described in Changing Resize Behavior on page 206 manually resize the RealONE Player window If regions do not resize as expected you may need to change some pixel values to percentages or vice versa You can use both whole and decimal values for percentages For example the values 4 and 4 5 are both valid An au
498. requency Response 20 Kbps Stereo Music X X x 8kHz 4km 32 Kbps Stereo Music X X 11 025 kHz 5 5 kHz 40 Kbps Stereo Music X X X 16 kHz 8 kHz 80 Kbps Stereo Music X X X 32 kHz 16 kHz Steps for Streaming RealAudio To produce a great RealAudio clip you need to use great source material high quality equipment and good production practices This section surveys the steps involved in streaming a RealAudio clip Creating a RealAudio Clip 1 Capture Audio Optimize Audio a Editing Station 3 Encode RealAudio A lt Ender O TER F RealAudio RealAudio Encoder RealAudio RealPlayer gt To create a streaming RealAudio clip follow these basic steps 1 Capture audio source You start audio production by capturing audio from a source such as a person speaking into a microphone You might also start with an audio source file from a compact disc for example 49 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information Capturing Audio on page 50 provides guidelines for capturing audio 2 Optimize the audio source With the audio file digitized in a common file format such as WAV or AIFF you can use a sound editor to optimize the audio file for encoding as a streaming clip When broadcasting live however you encode audio input directly from the source optimizing the audio during capture For More Information See Optimizing Audi
499. requested data over a network 2 A computer that runs server software Glossary Shockwave Flash See Flash Player file SMIL Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language A markup language for specifying how and when each clip plays within a presentation SMIL files use the extension smil stream 1 To send a media clip over a network so that it begins playing back as quickly as possible 2 A flow of a single type of data measured in kilobits per second Kbps A RealVideo clip s soundtrack is one stream for example SureStream A RealNetworks technology that enables a RealAudio or RealVideo clip to stream at multiple bit rates Available only in RealSystem unary tag A SMIL tag that includes a closing slash as in lt ref gt Many unary tags can become binary tags when necessary to enclose other tags URL Uniform Resource Locator A location description that enables a Web browser or RealONE Player to receive a clip stored on a Web server or RealServer VBR Variable Bit Rate A type of RealVideo encoding that enables RealONE Player to play different parts of the video at different bit rates even though the video is being streamed at a constant rate Contrast to CBR XML Extensible Markup Language The parent language for SMIL XML allows one to develop flexible standardized languages for any purpose 495 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 496 INDEX A lt a gt tag 283 abstract attribute 168 acce
500. resentation that resides on RealServer or a Web server Linking to a Single Clip Suppose you have a single RealVideo clip called video1 rm You can simply link your Web page to a Ram file play_video1 ram that resides in the same directory as the Web page lt a href play_videol ram gt Play the video lt a gt 423 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 424 The Ram file then gives RealONE Player either the full RTSP URL to the clip on RealServer rtsp realserver example com video1 rm or the full HTTP URL to the clip on a Web server http www example com video1 rm Linking to an Embedded Clip Suppose that you ve embedded a RealVideo clip called video1 rm in your Web page according to the instructions in Chapter 19 You can link to a Ram file play_video1 rpm that resides in the same directory as the Web page within the lt EMBED gt tag lt EMBED SRC play_videol rpm WIDTH 300 HEIGHT 134 gt The Ram file then gives RealONE Player either the RTSP URL to the clip on RealServer rtsp realserver example com video1 rm or the HTTP URL to the clip on a Web server http www example com video1 rm Linking to a SMIL Presentation Linking to a SMIL file is similar to linking to a clip However because a SMIL file contains the URLs to clips in the presentation the SMIL file itself can reside on any server Suppose you have a SMIL file named presentation smil You can simply link your Web page to a Ram file play_pr
501. ress indicating how much data it needs to keep playback synchronized RealServer can then adjust the data flow to compensate for changing network conditions reducing low priority data if necessary to ensure that crucial data gets through Communication like this is not possible through HTTP Which URLs Use Which Protocol When you assemble a RealSystem presentation it s important to understand clearly which URLs should use HTTP and which should use RTSP 417 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 418 RTSP in SMIL and Ram files for clips on RealServer Use rtsp in URLs in which RealONE Player requests clips from RealServer These URLs occur in SMIL files smil and Ram files ram or rpm HTTP in SMIL and Ram files for clips on Web servers Use http in SMIL and Ram file URLs only if the clips are stored on a Web server instead of on RealServer Because a Web server does not use RTSP you cannot use rtsp in a URL to a clip stored on a Web server HTTP in Web pages Web page links to a Web server or RealServer always start with http Web browsers cannot interpret streaming information sent by RealServer through RTSP The Web browser can connect to RealServer through HTTP though because RealServer also uses HTTP For More Information For more on SMIL file URLs see Creating Clip Source Tags on page 145 Web Server MIME Types To download a RealSystem presentation from a Web server the server must be configur
502. ress in the standard form such as name company com If the browser is configured for e mail the e mail client opens a new message with the defined address in the to line Opening a URL in RealONE Player or a Browser The following RealText tag makes the text enclosed between lt a href gt and lt a gt a hyperlink that opens in a browser or RealONE Player lt a href URL target _player gt lt a gt The specified URL should begin with a protocol designation such as http or rtsp The optional target _player attribute launches the new stream in the current RealONE Player window If you do not use the target attribute or you specify target _browser the linked URL opens in a Web browser window Example 1 Opening a URL in RealONE Player The following example launches a new SMIL Presentation in RealONE Player replacing the currently playing presentation lt a href rtsp realserver example com video2 smil target _player gt Play Next lt a gt You can also open a link in a new RealONE Player media window This lets you keep navigation information visible in one window for example while content CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup plays in another window For information on doing this see Opening a New Media Window Through RealText or Flash on page 306 Example 2 Opening a URL in a Web Browser This example opens a URL in the user s browser lt a href http realguide real com gt Vi
503. ription should describe the link destination Here is an example lt img src button3 gif longdesc This is the third navigation button Clicking it opens your browser to the home page for RealNetworks gt CHAPTER 9 Presentation Information Setting the Clip Read Order When a visually impaired viewer uses an assistive reading device the device typically reads the values of the title alt and longdesc attributes in each clip source tag When clips play in parallel the device reads the attributes in the order that the clip tags appear in the lt par gt group To change this order you can add readIndex attributes to the clip source tag Each readIndex attribute which has a default value of 0 takes a positive integer as a value Here is an example lt par gt lt img alt Link Button 1 longdesc Start next video readIndex 1 gt lt img alt Link Button 2 longdesc Visit home page readIndex 2 gt lt video alt Presentation Video readIndex 0 gt lt par gt In the example above the video source tag has the lowest readIndex value so an assistive device reads that clip s alt attribute information first Next the device reads the first image s alt and longdesc attributes followed by the second image s alt and longdesc attributes Note If two or more source tags have the same readIndex value clip information is read according to the order that the clip source tags appear in
504. rm 372 CHAPTER 17 Switching A video with captions might consist of a standard video that includes encoded captions similar to subtitles but in the same language as the video s audio track You can use inline switching with the systemAudioDesc and systemCaptions attributes as shown in the following example to choose between clips based on the viewer s accessibility preference lt seq gt lt video src video_descriptions rm systemAudioDesc on gt lt video src video_captions rm systemCaptions on gt lt video src video rm gt lt seq gt For More Information See Displaying System Captions Using RealText on page 379 for an example of using RealText to provide system captions Switching Based on the Viewer s Computer Several lt switch gt tag attributes systemCPU systemOperatingSystem systemScreenSize and systemScreenDepth let you switch between clips or groups based on the viewer s computer hardware or software This lets you tailor a presentation s size or clip types for example based on the features of the machine running RealONE Player Switching for CPU Type The systemCPU attribute lets you switch clips based on the processor for the RealONE Player computer This attribute identifies the computer processor but no other machine attributes such as the computer s clock speed available memory or operating system The following table lists the possible values for the systemCP
505. rmining your Flash and RealAudio clip speeds is a two step process 1 Decide which RealAudio codecs to use to encode the soundtrack All codecs are listed in RealAudio Codecs on page 45 2 For your lowest speed target audience subtract the lowest RealAudio streaming speed from the target s maximum streaming speed to get the Flash clip s maximum streaming speed For More Information The table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 lists the streaming speeds for various network connection speeds 80 Targeting 28 8 Kbps Modems CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation The following table lists possible RealAudio and Flash bit rate combinations for 28 8 Kbps modems which have a maximum streaming speed of 20 Kbps If you choose an 8 Kbps music codec for RealAudio for example you have 12 Kbps of streaming bandwidth left for Flash Bandwidth Divisions between RealAudio and Flash at 20 Kbps Soundtrack Type RealAudio Codec Flash Maximum Speed 5 Kbps Voice 15 Kbps Voice 6 5 Kbps Voice 13 5 Kbps 8 5 Kbps Voice 11 5 Kbps 6 Kbps Music 14 Kbps Music 8 Kbps Music 12 Kbps 11 Kbps Music 9 Kbps Targeting 56 Kbps Modems Suppose you want to reach 56 Kbps modems which have a maximum streaming speed of 34 Kbps The following table lists some RealAudio codecs you can use indicating for each codec the streaming speed left for the Flash clip Bandwidth Divisions between RealAudio and Flash at 34 Kbps S
506. rnnntinssneensnt Bandwidth and Audio Quality 0008 RealAudio Bandwidth Characteristics RealAudio COdECS mieren uren See sett Sete dh n Sh bb sa veneneash ewes ve secbesh este benen Steps for Streaming RealAUdio cece eec ee ceee eects eeceseeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeeenseees Capturing Audio mreana Ea E E ATE E ER a ieee Ek S rce Media ke A aaea seems aiae E E E aan AATE Recording EQUIPMENT essenin a iaee i ie p eE Shielded Cables Input Levels sripit a reniir Volume Levels for Live Broadcasts Sampling Rates sc cides E E A PN E EE RE E AT AES cde Optimizing Audio nag a hice a kta ara E a iad a DEOffset rae E a a EE E E E A E aad Normalization sca Anah aa E a R ted R A a a de Dynamics CompresSION a roig a ud So a cae leben a Equalization nn nng a a telat SAET AE tesa eee Encoding RealAudio with RealProducer RealAudio in Multiclip Presentations Audio Compatibility with RealPlayer 5 ssssssssssssssisssssssssrrsssrssssserssreerssee 55 4 VIDEO PRODUCTION 57 Understanding RealVide granorik aer e E AERAR AEE 57 RealVideo Bandwidth Characteristics ccccccscccccccseccceeseeceeeseeeeeesseeecesaeeeeeas 57 RealVideO Frame RAtesi c g cccsoncnc eu usnueiieutencasd aE a e ea aE 59 RealVideo Clarity ict c E Eea AEE E A N E AE O ENE 60 RealVideo Dimen SiON Serres eia a aa a i aa 61 vi Contents RealVideo COG Edse ai scene eles EEA EE te seusues stan te ce Resse 63 Scalable Video Techni Glogy c
507. ror correction data to RealVideo streams helping them maintain quality in lossy environments RealProducer adds as much error correction data as it can without lessening the video quality Although you ll get more benefit from this feature when streaming across the Internet rather than over an intranet it is useful to turn loss protection on for all encoded content 73 74 RealSystem iQ Production Guide CHAPTER FLASH ANIMATION Macromedia Flash makes it easy to put animation on the World Wide Web Streamed through RealSystem Flash clips can deliver visually arresting animations and e commerce applications to RealONE Player This chapter provides guidelines for creating and optimizing Flash clips that stream to RealONE Player For instructions on developing Flash animation refer to the Flash user s guide For More Information Learn more about Flash from Macromedia s Web site at http www macromedia com software flash Understanding Flash Flash is well suited for linear presentations that have a continuous audio track and animated images synchronized along a timeline Such presentations could include demonstrations training courses and product overviews full length cartoons for entertainment and education product advertisements movie trailers e Karaoke With Flash commands you can build interactive icons and forms for e electronic commerce on screen navigation e Internet radio tuners e mail registra
508. rry out a specific production task but don t know where to find the answer in this guide Appendix C SMIL Tag Reference Once you understand SMIL use this appendix as a reference for SMIL tag and attribute values Appendix D SMIL Color Values This appendix covers the types of values you can use with SMIL color attributes Introduction Appendix E RealText Tag Reference This appendix provides a quick reference to RealText markup which is explained in Chapter 6 Appendix F File Type Reference This appendix provides a quick reference for common file types used in RealSystem streaming Appendix G Language Codes If you create streaming clips in different languages as described in Chapter 17 you use these codes in your SMIL file to indicate the language choices Conventions Used in this Guide The following table explains the typographical conventions used in this production guide Convention Notational Conventions Meaning emphasis Bold text is used for in line headings user interface elements URLs and e mail addresses terminology Italic text is used for technical terms being introduced and to lend emphasis to generic English words or phrases syntax This font is used for fragments or complete lines of programming syntax markup syntax emphasis Bold syntax character formatting is used for program names and to emphasize specific syntax elements variables Ital
509. rs to copy or download still images This helps you keep copyrighted material secure when you stream clips from RealServer though not from a Web server A RealProducer option lets you encode RealAudio and RealVideo clips so that viewers can record the clips on their computers CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning Step 3 Develop a Bandwidth Strategy Any computer connected to a network has a connection bandwidth which is a maximum speed at which it can receive data Web users with 28 8 Kbps modems for example can view only those presentations that stream less than 28 8 Kb of data per second Presentations that stream more data than that per second may stall because the data cannot get over the modems fast enough to keep the clips flowing These presentations will not cause problems for users with faster connections though Successfully targeting your audience s connection bandwidth is crucial for developing streaming media Viewers don t like to wait more than a few seconds for playback to begin after they click a link And if your clips sputter because they use too much bandwidth viewers are not likely to stay tuned Developing a bandwidth strategy helps ensure that clips play back quickly and don t stall You can also devise ways to deliver good clips to users with slow connections and great clips to those with fast connections Presentation Data Must Fit RealONE Player s Bandwidth RealServer RealPlayer z BOOPCGOOCPOOCOE ve 5
510. rview 237 parallel groups begin and end times 241 durations 245 group endpoint first clip 246 last clip 246 specific clip 246 partial clip play 251 relationship to groups 237 repeatCount attribute 247 repeatDur attribute 247 repeating clips bandwidth management 250 indefinite number of times 248 repeating cycle length 248 server streams used 250 specific amount of time 247 specific number of times 247 total playing time 248 restarting elements 274 group defaults 275 sequences begin and end times 241 durations 245 tenths of seconds display 239 values normal play time format 240 shorthand 239 Web server delivery issues 429 timing a presentation internal timelines 37 timeline management 39 timeline synchronization 37 variable timelines 38 with multiple clips 38 title attribute 168 to attribute 351 toolbar mode for RealONE Player 422 top attribute lt region gt tag 208 lt regPoint gt tag 224 animating 348 350 clip source tag 220 lt topLayout gt tag 204 see also regions topLayoutCloseEvent value 273 topLayoutOpenEvent value 273 transIn attribute 335 transition effects animation comparison 316 assigning to clips 335 audio impact 316 borderColor attribute 334 borders blends 334 colors 334 pixel width 334 borderWidth attribute 334 clock wipes 323 direction attribute 331 dur attribute 331 duration changing 331 default 316 edge wipes 318 endProgress attrib
511. s Attribute Value Default Function Reference borderColor blend color_value black Specifies a border color or a blended border page 334 borderWidth pixels 0 Specifies a border width page 334 fadeColor color_value black Sets a color for fades page 334 direction forward reverse forward Specifies the transition direction page 331 dur time_value 1s Defines the length of the transition effect page 331 endProgress 0 0 1 0 1 0 Ends the effect before it completes fully page 332 horzRepeat integer 1 Sets a number of horizontal repetitions page 333 id name none Creates an ID for assigning the effect page 317 startProgress 0 0 1 0 0 0 Starts the effect at a midway point page 332 subtype subtype_name varies Defines an optional subtype for each type page 317 type type_name none Specifies the main transition type page 317 vertRepeat integer 1 Sets a number of vertical repetitions page 333 Example lt layout gt windows regions and registration points defined lt layout gt lt transition id sixteenBoxes type fourBoxWipe subtype cornersOut horzRepeat 2 vertRepeat 2 dur 2s gt Clip Source Tags You add clips to a presentation with one of the following source tags lt animation gt lt audio gt lt brush gt lt img gt lt ref gt lt text gt 458 animation clip such as Macromedia Flash audio clip such as RealAudio color block used in pla
512. s on page 158 If the z index stacking order does not determine the link precedence the link that becomes active first overrides the other links e If links become active at the same time the link listed first in the SMIL file overrides the other links You can also define access keys to start or stop elements as described in Defining a Keyboard Event on page 271 To avoid conflicts do not define the same key for an event and a hyperlink 292 CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks Opening a URL Automatically The actuate attribute has a default value of onRequest which means the link opens when the viewer clicks the link or presses the link s access key If you set actuate onLoad however the link opens as soon as the link tag becomes active in the SMIL presentation timeline without requiring any user input For example the following link opens when the video clip begins to play lt video src video rm region videoregion gt lt area href http www example com actuate onLoad gt lt video gt Tip As described in Creating a Timed Link on page 284 you can use a begin attribute in the lt area gt tag to cause the link to become active at any point after its associated clip starts to play For More Information See Displaying a Web Page when a Presentation Ends on page 310 for an example of using actuate to open a Web page when a presentation concludes Displaying Alternate Link Text
513. s page 96 180 180 180 30 30 background page 96 white white white white black horizontal crawl rate in 0 0 0 20 20 pixels per second page 100 Table Page 1 of 2 95 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Default Values for RealText Window Types continued Value generic scrollingnews teleprompter marquee tickertape vertical scroll rate in pixels per second page 100 text looping page 101 yes Table Page 2 of 2 Setting the Window Size and Color The width and height attributes determine the RealText window s width and height in pixels respectively The bgcolor attribute determines the window s background color Specifying RealText Color Values on page 113 explains RealText color values Here is an example that sets a window size and color lt window width 400 height 225 bgcolor blue gt For More Information Default values for size and background color are listed in the table Default Values for RealText Window Types on page 95 Creating a Transparent Window Background Using the rn backgroundOpacity attribute in SMIL you can turn the RealText window s background color fully transparent or semi transparent Within the RealText file you define an opaque color such as black or white as the value of the lt window gt tag s bgcolor attribute In your SMIL file you then specify a percentage value for rn backgroundOpacity For more information on this SMIL a
514. s winnt Microsoft Windows NT 2000 XP yes Switching for Monitor Size or Color Depth Two test attributes systemScreenSize and systemScreenDepth let you switch Table Page 2 of 2 clips based on the size and color capability of the monitor displaying RealONE Player They are useful if you have different versions of the same video in different sizes or different color depths for example 375 376 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Specifying a Monitor Size The systemScreenSize attribute uses a pixel measurement value in the form heightXwidth The value specifies that the monitor displaying RealONE Player must be of the given size or larger The following are common systemScreenSize values 1024X1280 common size for 21 inch monitors or larger 768X1024 common size for 17 inch monitors or larger 600X800 common size for 15 inch monitors or larger 480X640 smallest desktop monitor size in general use Note You must use a capital X Note too that monitor sizes are commonly referred to in a width by height format such as 640 by 480 With SMIL though you must specify height first Because a monitor must be at least the specified size for RealONE Player to choose an option always list options from the largest to the smallest screen size as shown above If you listed systemScreenSize 480X640 first for example all RealONE Players on standard desktop computers would choose that option because all standard desktop monitors ar
515. s Ramgen option embeds the presentation in a Web page See Chapter 19 for complete information on Web page playback Table Page 2 of 2 Listing Alternative Presentations with Ramgen With altplay you can use a single link to stream new clips to RealONE Player while streaming older clips to earlier versions of RealPlayer Suppose that you have a RealVideo 5 clip and a RealVideo 8 clip laid out using SMIL You link to the SMIL file using Ramgen as described in the preceding section and you include altplay to list the older clip lt a href http ramgen media sample smil altplay old_sample rm gt This link instructs RealServer to point RealPlayer G2 or later to sample smil Earlier versions of RealPlayer receive the URL to old_sample rm RealServer uses the streaming protocol appropriate for each RealPlayer version whether RTSP or the older PNA Note that altplay specifies the clip not a Ram file Because of this the older clip must reside in the same directory as the new content Combining Ramgen Options The question mark operator separates Ramgen options from the main URL To use multiple Ramgen options you use a question mark before the first option and separate the remaining options with ampersands amp The order of options does not matter For example the following link uses altplay and embed lt a href http ramgen media sample smil embed amp altplay old_sample rm gt You can use the operator to
516. s a coder decoder It tells an encoding tool how to turn audio source files into RealAudio clips On the receiving end RealONE Player uses codecs to expand clips into audio data the computer can play RealAudio employs a series of codecs each of which creates an audio stream for a precise bandwidth One codec compresses mono music for a 28 8 Kbps modem Another one compresses stereo music for that same modem speed This set of codecs is different from the set used to compress music for say DSL and cable modem connections A RealAudio clip consumes bandwidth at a flat rate determined by the codec used to encode the clip A RealAudio clip encoded with a 20 Kbps codec for example steadily consumes 20 Kbps of bandwidth as it plays The following table lists the standard bit rates for RealAudio clips encoded for specific target audiences by RealProducer 8 5 Encoding a voice only audio file for a 28 8 Kbps modem for example creates a 16 Kbps streaming clip With mono music input though you get a 20 Kbps clip RealAudio Standard Bit Rates Voiceand Mono Stereo Target Audience Voice Only Music Music Music 28 8 Kbps modem 20 Kbps 20 Kbps 20 Kbps 16 Kbps 56 Kbps modem 32 Kbps 32 Kbps 32 Kbps 64 Kbps single ISDN 32 Kbps 44 Kbps 44 Kbps 44 Kbps 112 Kbps dual ISDN 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Corporate LAN 64 Kbps 132 Kbps 256 Kbps DSL cable modem 64 Kbps 176 Kbps 96 Kbps c 384 Kbps DSL cable modem es 264 Kbps S ae ie
517. s about getting the zipped HTML manual For example the following RealText source text This is a bold tag amp lt b amp gt is displayed in a RealText window as This is a bold tag lt b gt CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Using Coded Characters with the mac roman Character Set Unlike HTML RealText allows you to change character sets within a document It then takes coded characters from the active character set Generally character codes 128 and lower are the same in all Western language character sets Those higher than 128 may differ though In the mac roman character set for example amp 166 is a paragraph symbol But in iso 8859 1 this symbol is amp 182 See http czyborra com charsets mac roman gif for a GIF chart of the mac roman upper character set Go by this chart rather than the W3C reference provided above if you ve set lt font charset mac roman gt and are entering coded characters of amp 129 or higher The values in the chart are in hexadecimal base 16 The chart cell in the upper left hand corner equals 128 in decimal base 10 so you can count across from there To make a paragraph symbol when using mac roman for instance you use amp 166 in the RealText file because hexadecimal A6 on the chart is decimal 166 RealText Examples This following sections provide examples of how to create various types of RealText clips Generic Window The following sample RealText markup crea
518. s appearance if the clip is paused page 192 show peers defer never stop Controls how clips in the same class interrupt each page 189 pause stop other Table Page 2 of 2 Example lt excl gt lt priorityClass peers pause gt lt video src video1 rm begin button1 activateEvent region video_region gt lt video src video2 rm begin button2 activateEvent region video_region gt lt video src video3 rm begin button3 activateEvent region video_region gt lt priorityClass gt lt excl gt lt switch gt lt switch gt The lt switch gt and lt switch gt tags described in Understanding Switching on page 363 specify elements that RealONE Player chooses between based on certain criteria No attributes are required for the lt switch gt tag lt switch gt Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference id Names the group as a link target for other SMIL files page 138 Test Attributes Elements within a lt switch gt group must include a test attribute such as systemBitrate or systemLanguage You can add a test attribute to any clip source tag as well as lt a gt lt area gt 466 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference lt layout gt lt region gt lt prefetch gt lt excl gt lt par gt lt seq gt lt animate gt lt animateColor gt lt animateMotion gt and lt set gt tags Test Attributes for Switching
519. s chapter The following table lists the parameters to include in every lt EMBED gt tag Basic lt EMBED gt Tag Parameters Parameter Value Function Reference HEIGHT pixels Sets the height of the clip or control page 400 NOJAVA true false Keeps the Java virtual machine turned off page 400 SRC filename rpm Gives URL to the Ram file rpm page 398 WIDTH pixels Sets the width of the clip or control page 400 A basic lt EMBED gt tag looks like the following which creates a playback area 320 pixels wide by 240 pixels high within the Web page lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 320 HEIGHT 240 NOJAVA true gt Specifying the Source You must include the SRC parameter in every lt EMBED gt tag even when the tag embeds a RealONE Player control instead of a clip However you don t specify a clip or SMIL file directly with SRC Instead you specify a Ram file that has a rpm extension This causes the browser to use RealONE Player as a helper rather than launch it as a separate application The rpm file is a simple text file that gives the full URL to your clip or SMIL file For More Information For background on Ram files see The Ram File on page 415 Developing Your Presentation The easiest means for developing your embedded presentation is to keep your clips in the same folder as your Web page on your desktop computer Your lt EMBED gt tag can then link to a rpm file in that folder lt
520. s described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and choose Clip Alignment from the pull down menu Layout Examples The following sections illustrate how to use layout tags and attributes to create various types of presentations To see more examples get the 229 RealSystem iQ Production Guide HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and view the Sample Files page Centering a Video on a Background This example centers a video clip on top of an image Because region sizes are not specified the regions expand to the root layout size The registration point centers the video clip within its region The z index attributes place the video region in front of the image region The image region s fit fill attribute expands the image to fill the entire region distorting the image if the image does not have the same aspect ratio as the region lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt lt root layout width 320 height 240 gt lt region id image_region fit fill z index 1 gt lt region id video_region fit hidden z index 2 gt lt regPoint id middle regAlign center left 50 top 50 gt lt layout gt lt head gt lt body gt lt par gt lt img src lt video src lt par gt lt body gt lt smil gt region image_region dur 10s fill
521. s false which causes the clip to fill the entire playback area If you set CENTER to true the clip is centered within the playback area and is displayed at its encoded size So by setting CENTER to true you can create a large playback area with WIDTH and HEIGHT and still have the clip play at its normal size You cannot use CENTER along with MAINTAINASPECT Maintaining a Clip s Aspect Ratio The MAINTAINASPECT parameter which you cannot combine with CENTER determines whether the clip s height to width ratio stays constant when the clip scales to fit the image window The default value of false causes this ratio to change as necessary to fill the image window fully This may distort the source image If you set MAINTAINASPECT to true a clip s height to width ratio stays constant For example a clip s height to width ratio of 1 1 stays constant even if the image window s height to width ratio is 2 3 In these cases the clip is centered in the image window and scaled until one dimension reaches the window s boundaries and the other dimension is within the boundaries The following illustration shows how clips scale by default with MAINTAINASPECT set to true and with CENTER set to true Clip Scaling with MAINTAINASPECT and CENTER dada Source Clip Default Clip MAINTAINASPECT CENTER true true Suppressing the Real Logo When set to true NOLOGO prevents the Real logo from displaying in the image window before clips p
522. s unnecessary because the tracks are identical 233 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 234 PART TIMING AND LINKING CLIPS Streaming media flows Controlling when your media clips play is a crucial component for delivering a successful presentation Chapter 12 introduces you to SMIL timing Chapter 13 builds on that knowledge by explaining advanced timing features To learn how to link your presentation to a Web page or another streaming presentation read Chapter 14 CHAPTER 12 BASIC TIMING SMIL s timing attributes help you to tailor your presentation You can use these attributes to adjust when clips start to play Or you might stream just one scene from a video to create a preview without encoding a separate video clip This chapter describes the basic SMIL timing features Once you master these features you can tackle advanced timing as described in Chapter 13 Understanding Basic Timing SMIL timing attributes are optional giving you a powerful way to customize presentations by specifying when and how long elements play Before you use SMIL timing attributes though you should know how you want to construct your overall presentation timeline For more on this see Step 4 Organize the Presentation Timeline on page 37 Note This chapter uses the term element to indicate anything that can use a SMIL timing attribute For simple presentations elements are typically clip source tags like lt video gt and group t
523. s with a language preference for Swedish Korean English and so on choose the English language clip Using Inline Switching It is not always necessary to use a lt switch gt tag for switching You can also use inline switching which adds test attributes to clip source tags in a lt par gt or lt seq gt group When RealONE Player encounters a test attribute it evaluates the attribute to determine if it should play or skip the clip In the following example of a parallel group RealONE Player always plays the Flash clip and then chooses the French or German audio clip based on its language preference lt par gt lt ref src cartoon swf region playback gt lt audio src french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src german rm systemLanguage de gt lt par gt Choosing Inline Switching or a Switch Group Although useful in many situations inline switching cannot provide a default option making it less powerful than a lt switch gt group Consider the following example which attempts to add a default English language clip to the preceding example lt par gt lt This is NOT a good example of switching gt lt ref src cartoon swf region playback gt lt audio src french rm systemLanguage fr gt lt audio src german rm systemLanguage de gt lt audio src english rm gt lt par gt The parallel group shown above will work for every RealONE Player except
524. s you to add these attributes to your presentation Accessibility Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference alt text Provides alternate text page 170 longdesc text Gives a long description to assistive reading devices page 170 readIndex integer Sets the order in which clip information is read page 171 Including an Alternate Clip Description Each clip source tag can include an alt attribute that uses short descriptive text as its value This alt value displays in RealONE Player when the viewer moves the screen pointer over the clip It is good practice always to include an alt attribute for each clip In the following example the text Introductory Video displays when the viewer moves the screen pointer over the clip lt video src videol rm alt Introductory Video gt Note Unlike browsers that display image alt text before the images are downloaded RealONE Player does not display alt text for clips before they play Tip If the clip includes hyperlinks the link s alt value or URL displays in place of the clip s alt text For more on alt in hyperlinks see Displaying Alternate Link Text on page 293 Using a Long Description Each source tag can include a longdesc attribute that supplements the alt attribute Some assistive reading devices can read this long description for visually impaired viewers If you turn the clip into a hyperlink as described in Chapter 14 the desc
525. se Recognizes or ignores extra page 102 spaces in text height pixels 30 tickertape Sets the window pixel height page 96 30 marquee 180 all others link name RRGGBB blue Specifies the hyperlink color page 100 loop true false true tickertape Turns text looping on or off page 101 true marquee false all others scrollrate pixels per second 10 scrollingnews Sets the vertical text speed page 100 0 all others Table Page 1 of 2 479 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealText lt window gt Tag Attributes Attribute Possible Values Default Function Reference type generic tickertape generic Sets the window type page 94 marquee scrollingnews teleprompter underline true false true Determines whether page 100 _hyperlinks hyperlinks are underlined version 1 0 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 0 Specifies RealText version page 99 Required for some character sets width pixels 500 tickertape Sets the window pixel width page 96 500 marquee 320 all others wordwrap _ true false true Turns word wrap on or off page 101 Table Page 2 of 2 Example lt window type scrollingnews width 218 height 420 bgcolor green version 1 5 duration 180 5 underline_hyperlinks false link red gt all clip text lt window gt Time and Position Tags The tags in the following table let you time and position the text in a RealText clip RealText Time and Positio
526. sed for streaming video however Note that because these attributes are specific to RealONE Player other SMIL based media players may not recognize them Clip Streaming and Color Attributes Attribute Value Function Reference rn backgroundOpacity percentage Adjusts background transparency page 158 bgcolor nnnnnn Substitutes color for transparency page 162 rn chromaKey color_value Turns selected color transparent page 159 rn chromaKeyOpacity percentage Adds opacity to chromaKey page 159 rn chromaKeyTolerance color_value Widens range of chromaKey page 160 rn mediaOpacity percentage Makes opaque colors transparent page 158 For More Information Appendix D explains the types of color values you can use with SMIL color attributes 157 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 158 Adjusting Clip Transparency and Opacity Two customized attributes let you add transparency to all opaque colors in a clip rn mediaOpacity or adjust transparency in just the clip s background color rn backgroundOpacity You can use these attributes separately or together Using either of these attributes requires that you declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions For More Information For the basics of customized namespaces see Using Customized SMIL Attributes on page 139 Adding Transparency to All Opaque Colors The a
527. seees Specifying Synchronization Tolerance Default Values Tips for Synchronizing Clips sirensis ceee eee eeseeceesseeeeesseeeeessseeeeenseeeseeaees Creating an Exclusive Group cccccccccseeeseeeceseeeeeeeeeeeesseeseesseeeeeeseeeeeaeees Defining Interactive Begin TIMES cccccceecscceeseeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees Using Clip Interruptions wcrc tees nette ees EE elie tai E A cles tenes Modifying Clip Interruption Behavior ccecccecsceeeeseeeeesseeeeenseesenseees Tips for Defining Exclusive Groups and Priority Classes c0 cceesseseses 192 11 LAYOUT 195 Understanding Layouts yoi esen ra a a ee ae ei earn 195 Root Layout Area Contents Playback Regions ivis lectus sds rashes tosh cena E E aadentewsageee 196 Subregion Soroen eee e ee ea A AE AEAEE APEERE S seas oles savener DERSE ES ATS 196 Secondary Media WINdOWS oes dieere E N REE 197 Clip P sition AnNd FIt arresi oon otote eae g ia rale SEEE E AES EA EREE ERRE edessbes TER N 198 Tips for Laying Out Presentations sssssssssssssssisssesrssstisrretrssserrnestrrnsrrrssstt 199 Layout Pas SUMMA sts sive sect ananin iania nisnin niinen iniia EEn Yni 202 Creating Main and Secondary Media Windows sssssssssssssssrsssssrsrersrsrerrssees 203 Defining the Main Media Window cssseseeesseeeseeeseees 203 Creating Secondary Media Windows 204 Changing Resize Behavior ccccceecceeceneeceesseeeeenseeeeeeeseeeeenseeseneee
528. serve bandwidth sets the total streaming bandwidth requirement to 22 7 Kbps This is OK for 56 Kbps modems but too high for 28 8 Kbps modems which have a 20 Kbps maximum as listed in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 Tip To determine how much preroll a clip requires open the clip in RealONE Player and use the View gt Clip Source to view clip information RealServer Streams Used with Repeating Clips RealONE Player never requests more than two streams for a repeating clip If you use repeatCount 8 for example RealONE Player requests and plays the 250 CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing first stream As it does so it prebuffers the second identical stream As it plays the second stream it requests the first stream again prebuffering it for the third repetition and so on Tips for Repeating Elements Keep in mind that when an element does not repeat end and dur both specify the clip s playing time with the shorter value used When an element includes repeatDur or repeatCount though end and dur have different functions The end attribute sets the total time for all repetitions whereas the dur attribute sets the length of each repeating cycle With the indefinite value and only the indefinite value repeatCount and repeatDur function identically Therefore it doesn t matter if you use repeatCount indefinite or repeatDur indefinite A decimal value for repeatCount is useful for playing jus
529. sestenieni iesite is i ga a E 149 Using a SMILE File asa SOUPCE sinnata toe ah a T R 150 Writing Clip Source URLs Linking tok cakGlips yae rna a aate EAE Aiea dis Creating a Base URL riie pur e a A E E E E A eee Linking toiClips oniRealSernvercs to Mian es a arein asn Linking to Clips on a Web Server s ssssssssssssssssssssrssssirsssrirsrseersseinssernsss Caching Clips on RealONE Player ss sssesssssssssssesssssssssressssesssresssnernssees Modifying Clip GolorS sss eass matest ol ea eie r eae elas R a Adjusting Clip Transparency and Opacity ss ssssesssssssrssssrsrsesssrsesrsreerssseens Substituting Transparency for a Specific Color Substituting a Color for Transparency cccccccceesceeeesseeeeessseeeeesseeseneeees RealSystem iQ Production Guide PART IV ORGANIZING A PRESENTATION 9 PRESENTATION INFORMATION 165 Understanding Presentation Information cccccccceeeeceeseeseeeeesseeeeneeeeeeel 165 Information Encoded in Clips ccc cece ceceeccereeeeenseeeeeeseeeeesseeeeeneeeees 165 Clip Source Tag and Group Information cccccecccceeesseceessseeeeesseeeeeeees 166 SMIL Presentation Information Accessibility Informatio Misgiu Giteds Guna a a Roa ine RealONE Player Context Window cccccecccscceseeceeenseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeenseeess 167 Coded Characters s citanigieMaiaiinie inane Gene N E 167 Adding Clip and Group Information cccccecc cece ceeeeeeeeeeeecenseeeeeeneeeseaes 168
530. set as well as the font face immediately after the lt window gt tag within a RealText file as shown in the following example CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup lt window version 1 4 gt lt font charset iso 2022 kr face Batang gt Korean text that uses the iso 2022 kr character set and Batang font lt font gt lt window gt You can also use multiple lt font gt tags to change character sets within a RealText file and display text in different languages lt font charset iso 2022 kr face Batang gt Korean text that uses the iso 2022 kr character set and Batang font lt font gt lt font charset x sjis face Osaka gt Kanji text that uses the x sjis character set and Osaka font lt font gt It is important to note that RealText always uses its specified character set not the default character set of the computer playing the clip In RealText version 1 2 and higher the default character set is iso 8859 1 To display Korean text on a machine that uses the iso 2022 kr character set by default for instance you must explicitly set charset iso 2022 kr in the RealText lt window gt tag If you do not RealText will use its default iso 8859 1 character set even though iso 2022 kr is the machine s default Note If the computer does not recognize the character set specified in the RealText clip it displays the text in its default character set The result is typically unreadable
531. set to begin one minute before the group becomes active lt par gt lt textstream src credits rt id credits region credits_region gt lt video src videol rm region video_region begin 1min gt lt par gt Although the negative offset time in the preceding example is valid a clip never plays before the group that contains it becomes active This is because all timing attributes are relative to the group that contains the timed element Instead of making the video clip play one minute before the parallel group becomes active the negative offset shown above functions like clipBegin This means that the video starts playing at its one minute mark once the group becomes active For More Information The clipBegin attribute is described in Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times on page 242 Interactive Events with Negative Offset Times Because RealONE Player cannot anticipate an interactive event there is no way to use a negative offset time to make a clip start or stop before an interactive event happens If you use a negative offset to start a clip 20 seconds before an interactive event occurs the clip begins when the event occurs yet appears to have played for 20 seconds already In other words the clip acts as if clipBegin 20s were included in its source tag 265 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Scheduled Events with Negative Offset Times Negative offset values are most useful with sch
532. shes Use the attribute endsync first to stop the group when the first clip in the group stops playing Note that first refers to playback times and not the order that clips are listed in the group All other clips in the group stop playing at that point regardless of their playback statuses or any timing parameters specified for them Stopping the Group When a Specific Clip Finishes The attribute endsync id ID causes the group to conclude when the designated element ends playback All other elements in the group stop playing at that point regardless of their playback statuses or any timing parameters used with them The designated clip must have a corresponding id value in its source tag as illustrated in the following example lt par endsync id vid1 gt lt video id vid1 src region video gt lt textstream src region text gt lt par gt CHAPTER 12 Basic Timing Tips for Using endsync Attributes A dur or end attribute in a lt par gt or lt excl gt tag overrides endsync RealONE Player ends the group as specified by the dur or end attribute not endsync When you use endsync id ID timing attributes used with the targeted element will affect the group ending point If the element repeats twice for example both repetitions must finish before the group stops If you repeat the group each repetition obeys the endsync attribute Suppose that you define the followi
533. should understand how the lt animate gt tag works before using the specialized tags summarized in the following table Specialized Animation Tags Tag Function Reference lt animateColor gt Changes a color value for a region or clip page 358 lt animateMotion gt Moves an element both horizontally and vertically page 359 Sets an attribute to a new value instantly For More Information For information about the lt animate gt tag and the various attributes you can use in the specialized animation tags see Creating Basic Animations on page 345 Animating Colors The lt animateColor gt tag works like an lt animate gt tag but is limited to color animations only Although you can perform any color animation with an lt animate gt tag you may find it useful to use lt animateColor gt to distinguish color animations from other animations The following table lists the clip and region color properties you can animate In other words you can use the following attributes as values for attributeName in an lt animateColor gt tag attributeName Values Used in the lt animateColor gt Tag Attribute Target Effect Reference backgroundColor clip Modifies a root layout secondary page 215 region wndow or region background color window color clip Changes a lt brush gt object color page 148 The following example changes a region s background color to red lt animateColor targetElement
534. single clip multiple streams each of which runs at a different bit rate You can make a SureStream clip that streams at either 28 8 Kbps or 56 Kbps for example When users request the clip they automatically receive the stream that best matches their RealONE Player connection speed How do make a SureStream clip Using RealProducer you can choose to use SureStream when you encode audio or video input The number of SureStream streams you can encode in the clip depends on the type of RealProducer you use RealProducer Basic encodes two speeds per clip whereas RealProducer Plus encodes up to eight speeds per clip Can use SureStream with a Web server No A SureStream clip has several streams encoded in a single clip Unlike RealServer a Web server cannot extract a specific stream to send to RealONE Player If you plan to deliver clips from a Web server you need to set RealProducer to use single rate encoding Writing SMIL Files 438 Chapter 7 explains the basics of SMIL Appendix B explains how to do some common tasks with SMIL Appendix C provides a SMIL reference you can use once you are comfortable with SMIL What is SMIL Pronounced smile SMIL stands for Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language It is an industry standard markup language used to lay out and time streaming media presentations SMIL works for RealONE Player the way HTML works for a Web browser APPENDIX A Basic Questions Is it nec
535. sit RealGuide lt a gt For static files you can also specify URLs relative to the location of the RealText source file For example the link lt a href more htm gt lt a gt opens the file more htm in the same directory as the RealText file Relative links follow the standard HTML directory syntax Example 3 Opening a URL in the Form protocol path If you include version 1 5 or higher if using a newer version of RealText in the lt window gt tag you can pass the browser a URL in the form protocol path instead of protocol path Protocols using this format include those for Telnet and AOL Instant Messenger For example here is a Real Text link that launches AOL Instant Messenger lt window version 1 5 gt lt a href aim goim screenname name gt Send Me an Instant Message lt a gt lt window gt Issuing RealONE Player Commands The following tag makes the enclosed text a hyperlink that when clicked executes a RealONE Player command lt a href command target _player gt lt a gt The commands are case sensitive and must be enclosed in double quotes The target _player attribute is required Seeking Into a Presentation The following command instructs RealONE Player to seek to the specified time in the current text stream lt a href command seek time target _player gt Seek lt a gt For example the following instructs RealONE Player to seek to 1 35 4 in the strea
536. sition effects are distinct from the SMIL animations described in Chapter 16 A transition effect is a special effect that occurs when a clip starts or stops playing An animation on the other hand is a special effect that occurs while a clip plays You can use both transition effects and animations in the same presentation You can even apply them to the same clip But you define them separately Audio and Transition Effects A transition effect does not change a clip s audio level If you slowly fade into a video for example the audio plays normally throughout the fade You can change a clip s audio level however by animating the clip region s soundLevel attribute See Controlling Audio Volume in a Region on page 218 for information about soundLevel Chapter 16 describes SMIL animations CHAPTER 15 Transition Effects Multiple Clips with Transition Effects Transition effects are applied to individual clips Two clips playing in separate regions might end at the same time and use the same transition effect such as a wipe transition that travels from left to right In this case two separate wipe transitions occur one for each clip Each transition effect is confined to the region in which the clip plays You cannot make a single transition effect apply to both clips For example you cannot make the left to right wipe effect travel across the entire root layout area ushering in a new clip to each region as it passes over the
537. so specify relative sizes smaller than 2 or larger than 4 but they are treated as 2 and 4 respectively Controlling Text Colors Two attributes of the lt font gt tag color and bgcolor let you set the color for the text letters and the background against which the text appears The section Setting the Window Size and Color on page 96 explains how to set the RealText window s background color Setting Text Letter Colors The color attribute of the lt font gt tag lets you control the text color It has no effect on tickertape windows because the lt tu gt and lt tl gt tags which are described in Aligning Text in a Tickertape Window on page 105 set the tickertape text colors The following example shows the text color set to red lt font color red gt red text lt font gt Creating Text Background Colors Use the bgcolor attribute to the lt font gt tag to set the text background color The default background color for text is transparent making the text background the same color as the window The following example sets the text background to yellow lt font bgcolor yellow gt text with yellow background lt font gt CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup Note that the text background color is independent of the window background color If the window background color is blue for example and the text background color is yellow a stripe of yellow appears on top of the blue window wherever t
538. splay a clip after its group ends use fill hold and erase never in the clip tag For more information on these new attributes and values see Displaying a Clip Throughout a Presentation on page 255 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics Updating SMIL 1 0 Files to SMIL 2 0 A SMIL 1 0 presentation created for an earlier version of RealPlayer will play in RealONE Player If you want to update a SMIL 1 0 presentation to SMIL 2 0 however you have to change the lt smil gt 1 0 tag to a SMIL 2 0 tag lt smil xmLns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt The following table provides a quick reference for changing other SMIL 1 0 tags and attributes to their SMIL 2 0 equivalents Once you make these changes you can add any other SMIL 2 0 features to your presentation Your SMIL file will play only in RealONE Player however Tag and Attribute Changes from SMIL 1 0 to SMIL 2 0 SMIL 1 0 Element SMIL 2 0 Tag or Attribute Reference Layout Tags and Attributes background color backgroundColor page 215 Clip Source Tags and Attributes bitrate nnnn lt param name bitrate value nnnn gt page 146 reliable true lt param name reliable value true gt page 148 bgcolor RRGGBB lt param name bgcolor value RRGGBB gt page 162 Timing Tags and Attributes repeat repeatCount page 247 clip begin clipBegin page 242 clip end clipEnd page 242 Hyperlinking Tags an
539. ss keys for clip timing 271 for hyperlinks 291 accessibility features alternate description 170 audio descriptions 372 long description 170 read order indexing 171 system captions 372 accesskey attribute clip timing 271 hyperlinks 291 accumulate attribute 356 activateEvent value 270 ActiveX control 397 actuate attribute 293 additive attribute 355 advertising on RealGuide 431 AIFF conversion to RealAudio 54 alt attribute clips 170 hyperlinks 293 lt animate gt tag 345 lt animateColor gt tag compared to lt animate gt 342 using 358 animated GIF timing 249 lt animateMotion gt tag compared to lt animate gt 342 using 359 animation see Flash see SMIL animation lt animation gt tag 145 lt area gt tag 283 attributeName attribute 346 AU conversion to RealAudio 54 audio cables 51 capture cards 26 DC offset 53 digitizing 52 dynamics compression 53 editing programs 26 equipment quality 51 for Flash 79 frequency equalization 54 gain compression 52 input levels 51 normalization 53 optimizing 52 production tools 26 recording tips 50 sampling width 52 signal to noise ratio 51 source media 51 streaming steps 49 volume control in regions example 231 setting 218 see also RealAudio audio descriptions 372 lt audio gt tag 145 author attribute 168 Authoring Kit 10 autoupdate of RealONE Player 29 AVI compressed 68 converting to RealVideo 70 497 Real
540. ss the clip tag contains a dur end repeatCount or repeatDur attribute In tags where a dur end repeatCount or repeatDur attribute is present the clip acts as if fill remove is set Setting a fill value explicitly though always overrides the default In a lt par gt group only you can use erase never with fill freeze to display a clip throughout the entire presentation Because fill hold along with erase never does the same for clips in any type of group however it is easier always to use this latter combination Using the dur attribute along with fill remove is the simplest means for setting how long a graphic image which has no internal timeline appears onscreen In the following example the image disappears 14 5 seconds after it appears lt img src poster jpg dur 14 5s fille remove gt Using a short dur value along with fill freeze is the most common method for displaying a graphic image for as long as a parallel group is active lt par gt lt img src poster jpg dur 2s fill freeze gt other elements in the parallel group lt par gt 257 RealSystem iQ Production Guide As long as a clip appears onscreen any hyperlink defined for it remains active unless the hyperlink is specifically deactivated at an earlier point If a video links to a Web page for example the Web page still opens if the viewer clicks the link after the video has stopped
541. sserrssee 231 Playing Thre Clips Side by Side sinise nitisi erdiei ur 231 Placing a Clip in a Secondary Media Window 232 Playing the Same Clip in Multiple RegionS sssssssssssssssssisssssssssrsrsresrssserssss 233 PART V TIMING AND LINKING CLIPS 12 BASIC TIMING 237 Understanding Basic TIMIng ccccccccececcccesececeseeeeeeseeeeesseesessseeesenseeesegaes 237 Groups Create the Timing Superstructure ccccceeesscceeessceeeneeeeeneeeees 237 Timing ts Relative tO Groups ssi c scscisatestatdassssastecassusvisiacsoicssersescavexereeadends 238 Timing Attributes Covered in this Chapter cc0 ceccccecessseeesseeeesseeeeeaes 238 Specifying Time Values 239 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Using Shorthand Time Values 00 cceccccccecsceceseeeeeseeeeensseeeeeseeeeeneeeees Using the Normal Play Time Format cccccccccscceesseeecesseeeeeesseeeeeeeeees S tting Begintamad Eng Mes csc ce a AS ete AAEE a AA n OE tees Using a Begin Time with a Clip ccc cece cece cceeseeeeensseeeeeeseeeeeessseeseenees Using an End Time with a Clip cecc cece cece cece eeeenseecenseeeeeeneeeeeeaeees Using Begin and End Times with Groups cccccceecseeeseeeeesseseeeesseeeseeenees Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times cccceecsceseeseeeseseeeeenseeeeeenees Combining clipBegin and clipEnd with begin and end Setting Duration sss g Wik SR ESE Nd ee E T in adalah E CHOOSINGiENG Or CUP aseen ata aand en
542. standable Recommendation 1 Use HTML style comments to annotate your SMIL file As in HTML SMIL has a comment tag that starts with these characters lt and ends with these characters gt 137 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The ending does not include a forward slash lt This is a comment gt A comment can be any number of lines long It can start and end anywhere in a SMIL file Multiple comments cannot be nested though Use comments to describe what various sections of your SMIL presentation are meant to do This helps other people understand your presentation more easily Recommendation 2 Use indentation to clarify how your SMIL file is organized Although indenting SMIL markup is not required it helps you to keep track of the SMIL file s structure You typically indent markup by pressing the Tab key once for each level of indentation In a clip group for example the group tags are indented one level from the body tags and the clip tags are indented one level from the group tags as shown here lt body gt lt seq gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com one rm gt lt audio src rtsp realserver example com two rm gt lt seq gt lt body gt SMIL Tag ID Values Any SMIL tag can have an ID in the form id value that allow other SMIL elements to identify them Some SMIL tags require IDs For example each layout region requires an ID that you use to assign clips to play in
543. such as video audio Flash and RealPix clips RealONE Player caches RealPix images in memory but not on disk for the duration of the RealPix presentation Nor should you cache ads or images that do not appear repeatedly in your presentation Using the CHTTP Caching Protocol RealONE Player does not cache all items streamed by HTTP Instead you designate files to cache by using chttp instead of http in the file URLs When RealONE Player reads a CHTTP URL in a SMIL file it first checks its disk cache for the file If the file is not present RealONE Player requests the file through HTTP storing the file in its cache Because RealONE Player interprets a chttp URL as a special instance of HTTP caching works for any file stored on an HTTP compatible server CHAPTER 8 Clip Source Tags If a file is stored in RealONE Player s cache RealONE Player reuses the file instead of requesting it again from the server as long as a CHTTP URL is used The cached version is not used though if the URL starts with http or differs in any way from the original CHTTP URL The following SMIL example indicates that the specified GIF image should be downloaded and cached for later use lt img src chttp www example com images image1 gif gt Example of Using CHTTP in a Presentation When caching files download the cached items before streaming other elements You can do this by placing the cached elements in a SMIL lt seq gt grou
544. t To start video production you capture the source video by shooting a scene with a video camera for example or gathering prerecorded content from a tape satellite laserdisc or other source For More Information Recording Video on page 66 provides guidelines for shooting a video 2 Digitize and edit the video file You next digitize the video to convert it to a standard file format such as AVI or QuickTime With your preferred video editing software you can then edit the video as necessary If you are broadcasting live however you encode the streaming video directly from the source For More Information See Digitizing Video on page 67 for tips on video editing 3 Encode the RealVideo clip With your digitized file optimized or your live broadcast ready to go you encode your source as a RealVideo clip When you do this you target a network bandwidth or a set of bandwidths 65 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information Encoding RealVideo with RealProducer on page 70 provides encoding tips 4 Deliver the RealVideo clip With your presentation ready to go you make your RealVideo clip or broadcast available through your Web site If you are combining video with another streaming clip you write a SMIL file that assembles the Pieces For More Information Chapter 7 explains how to create a SMIL file See Chapter 20 for instructions on linking your Web page to a RealVideo clip or a S
545. t lt smil gt the file is SMIL 1 0 lt smil gt SMIL 1 0 markup lt smil gt To create a SMIL 2 0 file and use all the SMIL features described in this manual the lt smil gt tag must look like the following lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt SMIL 2 0 markup lt smil gt SMIL is based on Extensible Markup Language XML which provides the means for defining any number of standard or customized markup languages The xmlns attribute shown above defines an XML namespace This namespace has just one purpose to tell RealONE Player that the file is SMIL 2 0 rather than SMIL 1 0 The namespace identifier is in the form of a URL only to ensure uniqueness RealONE Player does not contact the URL Header and Body Sections Rule 2 A SMIL body section is required but the header section is optional Between the lt smil gt and lt smil gt tags a SMIL file breaks down into two basic subsections the header and the body The header is defined between lt head gt and lt head gt tags while the body section falls within lt body gt and lt body gt tags as shown here lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt optional section with all header markup lt head gt lt body gt required section with all body markup lt body gt lt smil gt The optional header section is used to give presentation information to create the layout and to define
546. t starts up Doing this may affect how you define the root layout area For CHAPTER 11 Layout example most computer screens have a width to height ratio of 4 3 Therefore a root layout area that also has a 4 3 ratio will scale best in full screen mode Should my presentation use secondary media windows A secondary pop up window is a useful way to provide additional information in a presentation You might use the window to provide hypertext links to other streaming presentations or Web pages for example A secondary media window also provides a way to work additional clips into your presentation without making the root layout area too big Add secondary media windows with caution though Using too many secondary media windows may make the presentation cluttered and difficult for the viewer to follow Keep in mind too that the viewer can close secondary media windows at any time Once closed these windows do not open again unless another clip is scheduled to play in them later or the viewer replays the presentation For this reason you may not want to play crucial clips in secondary media windows Tip As with the root layout area calculate a secondary media window s height and width based on the sizes of clips that play together in the window as well as any borders you want to add How many regions should create Every visual clip must be assigned to a region but you don t necessarily have to create a separate regio
547. t tag and it applies to a clip whether or not the clip uses a registration point The following example shows a fit attribute set in a lt region gt tag lt region id video_region width 128 height 64 fit meet gt fit Attribute Values The fit attribute uses one of the values described in the following table The table s last three columns indicate if the fit attribute value may scale distort or crop the clip if it does not fit the region dimensions exactly ofa A f a D oQ p T e a a2 8 fit Value Function A a OU fill Place the clip in the region s upper left corner or at the _ yes yes no registration point Scale the clip so that it fills the region exactly Image distortion occurs if the encoded clip and playback region have different aspect ratios hidden Keep the clip at its encoded size and place it in the no no yes default region s upper left corner or at the registration point If the clip is smaller than the region fill the remaining space with the region s background color If the clip is larger than the region crop out the area that does not fit Table Page 1 of 2 227 RealSystem iQ Production Guide eo k w v fit Value Function A oO O meet Place the clip at the region s upper left corner or at the yes no no registration point Scale the clip and preserve its height to width ratio until one dimension is equal to the
548. t tags are for compatibility with HTML lists They act like a lt br gt tag lt hr gt The lt hr gt tag is for compatibility with HTML horizontal rules It acts like two lt br gt tags Emphasizing Text The following RealText tags let you add emphasis to text lt b gt lt b gt The lt b gt lt b gt tags display the enclosed text bolded lt i gt lt i gt The lt i gt lt i gt tags display the enclosed text italicized lt s gt lt s gt The lt s gt lt a gt tags strike through the enclosed text lt u gt lt u gt The lt u gt lt u gt tags display the enclosed text underlined 115 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Creating Links and Issuing Commands The following sections describe tags you can use to launch URLs in a browser or RealONE Player You can also use tags to issue RealONE Player commands such as Pause and Play Tip Link text is the color specified in the link attribute of the lt window gt tag The link is underlined unless the lt window gt tag includes underline_hyperlinks false For More Information SMIL files can also define hypertext links that may override the link you set here For more information see Chapter 14 Creating a Mail Link This tag turns the enclosed text into an e mail hyperlink lt a href mailto address gt lt a gt When the viewer clicks the link RealText passes the e mail address to the viewer s browser Use an add
549. t any time even while playing This is the effective value that is used if the element has no restart value and no restartDefault values are specified in any groups of which the element is a member default Sets the restart value to that specified by restartDefault This is the default value that is used if no restart value is specified but a containing group has a restartDefault value never Prevents the element from restarting after it completes its first playback whenNotActive Allows the element to restart only after it has completed playing The element can then restart any number of times The restart occurs only after the element plays to completion its dur or end time is reached or it finishes all of its specified repeat cycles In the following example a video clip starts when a button is clicked as described in Defining a Mouse Event on page 269 It uses the whenNotActive value to allow it to restart after it finishes playing Nothing happens if the viewer clicks the activation button while the video plays The viewer must wait for the video to stop then click the button to restart the video lt video src videol rm region video_region begin button activateEvent restart whenNotActive gt Tip Although the restart attribute is most commonly used with clips you can also use it in group tags and other elements such as SMIL animations Keep in mind though that an element can restart
550. t areas of another clip are visible See Transparency in Regions and Clips on page 217 for more information Backgrounds Can Appear Only When Clips Play You can now set region background colors to appear only when a clip plays in the region Previously all regions and backgrounds appeared automatically at the start of the presentation See Setting When Background Colors Appear on page 216 for more information More Timing Possibilities SMIL 2 0 provides many new ways to construct presentation timelines Chapter 12 and Chapter 13 explain basic and advanced timing attributes respectively New Element Repeat Attributes The new repeatCount and repeatDur attributes replace the SMIL 1 0 repeat attribute The new attributes let you specify a total number of repetitions or the total length of the repeating cycle respectively See Repeating an Element on page 247 for details Additional fill Values The fill attribute includes new values auto default hold and transition that let you specify additional fill behaviors A new fillDefault attribute lets you set the fill behavior for entire groups For more information see Setting a Fill on page 251 as well as Specifying a Default Fill on page 258 Advanced Timing Values See Chapter 13 for information on advanced SMIL timing values These values work with the begin and end attributes to start and stop elements when certain events occur such as when the vie
551. t clear gt tag removes all preceding text even text that has an end time that has not yet elapsed In the following example the second line of text is set to end at 20 seconds However the lt clear gt tag appears at 15 seconds into the presentation and clears this line eliminating the end time for all following text CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup lt time begin 5 gt They all lived happily lt time begin 10 time end 20 gt And so our story ends lt time begin 15 gt lt clear gt Goodbye Note The lt clear gt tag does not reset text appearance For example if text appears bolded before the lt clear gt tag it remains bolded after the lt clear gt tag Positioning Text in a Window These lt pos gt tag can position text anywhere in the RealText window You can use its x attribute for horizontal positioning and its y attribute for vertical positioning Each attribute takes a value in pixels as shown in these examples lt pos x 10 gt lt pos y 25 gt A lt pos y pixels gt tag moves the upper left corner of the subsequent text block the specified number of pixels down from the window s top edge A lt pos x pixels gt tag indents the text block the specified number of pixels in addition to the two pixel default padding that applies to all text blocks You can combine both tags in a single tag like this lt pos x 10 y 25 gt Note These tags work only if scrollrate and crawlrate are b
552. t codec before RealSystem G2 was released RealProducer uses this codec solely for backward compatibility with RealPlayer 5 Scalable Video Technology The RealVideo 8 and RealVideo G2 with SVT codecs include Scalable Video Technology SVT which scales down frame rates when clips play on slower computers RealVideo s variable frame rate means that one scene may be encoded at 7 fps whereas another one is encoded at 15 fps High frame rates take a lot of processing power to decompress Although fast PCs handle high frame rates well slower PCs may have trouble With SVT RealONE Player can lower the frame rate on the fly to keep a PC s CPU from sputtering So although a given scene is encoded at 15 fps it may play on some RealONE Players at 8 fps if those computers lack the power to decompress 15 fps video clips Steps for Streaming RealVideo When producing a RealVideo clip you should choose the best source material and best equipment possible The goal throughout the video production process is to get optimum video quality for each streaming speed CHAPTER 4 Video Production Creating RealVideo Clips 1 Record Video 2 Digitize Video Video Editing S 3 Encode RealVideo Station 15 fps a sf Ba eoeende Real Video Encoder RealVideo RealPlayer 4 Deliver RealVideo a Encoder RealVideo Clip gt The following steps summarize how to create a RealVideo clip 1 Capture the video conten
553. t display while a video plays for example you can prefetch the graphics files before the video begins When the video with buttons segment starts the graphics do not compete with the video for bandwidth Another use of prefetching is to download an audio or video clip s preroll which is described in the section Buffering on page 31 before the clip plays Prefetching data is useful only when streaming across a network It has no discernible effect when clips reside on the viewer s local computer To use it effectively you typically need to have a presentation in which low bandwidth sections precede high bandwidth sections In these cases prefetching lets you take advantage of low bandwidth use to download data for upcoming high 383 RealSystem iQ Production Guide bandwidth segments When you stream only a video for example prefetching offers no advantages If a RealText clip precedes the video though you can use prefetching to stream the RealVideo clip s preroll while the RealText clip plays Warning You should have a strong understanding of timelines and bandwidth management when prefetching clip data Incorrect use of this feature may stall your presentation or cause RealONE Player to use excessive amounts of memory Using the lt prefetch gt Tag 384 To prefetch data you use a lt prefetch gt tag which is similar to a clip source tag like lt video gt Instead of playing a clip though the lt prefetch
554. t part of an element when you don t know how long the element lasts For example you can play half of any clip by using repeatCount 0 5 With a three minute clip for example repeatCount 0 5 is equivalent to dur 1 5min e You can use the clipBegin and clipEnd attributes described in Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times on page 242 with repeating clips When you embed a SMIL presentation in a Web page you can use the lt EMBED gt tag s LOOP or NUMLOOP parameter to repeat the entire presentation For more information see Setting Automatic Playback on page 411 Setting a Fill When an element ends but is not immediately replaced by another element you can use the fill attribute to specify whether the element disappears or remains onscreen Useful primarily with visual clips and elements such as SMIL animations the fill attribute does not affect audio only clips The following table summarizes the fill attribute values fill Attribute Values Value Function Reference auto Makes fill behavior depend on timing attributes page 252 default Lets fillDefault control the fill behavior page 258 Table Page 1 of 2 251 RealSystem iQ Production Guide fill Attribute Values continued Value Function Reference freeze Freezes element when it finishes page 253 hold Keeps element visible until the group ends page 253 remove Makes element disappear when it finishes page 253 transition Freez
555. t star that contracts inward lt transition id p2 type starWipe subtype fourPoint direction reverse gt For some transition effects you can simply use a different subtype rather than include the attribute direction reverse For example this transition effect RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt transition id p3 type pushWipe subtype fromRight gt is equivalent to this transition effect lt transition id p4 type pushWipe subtype fromLeft direction reverse gt Note Reversing the direction of a transition effect that has no specific starting or ending point such as crossfade has no visual effect Using Partial Transition Effects Each transition effect has a starting appearance and an ending appearance For example an expanding star transition normally starts as a single point in the center of the transition area It ends after the star has expanded out of the transition area You can set a different point where a transition effect starts with startProgress lt transition id wipe1 type pushWipe subtype fromLeft startProgress 0 25 gt The startProgress attribute takes a value from 0 0 normal starting point to 1 0 normal ending point This value represents a percentage For example startProgress 0 25 means that when the transition effect starts it appears to be 25 percent complete already It then flows to its end point over the course of its specified dur
556. t to stream DSL Digital Subscriber Line A technology for transmitting digital data over a regular telephone line at speeds much faster than dial up modems duress stream A low bandwidth SureStream audio or video stream that RealServer uses if a connection s available bandwidth drops greatly encoding Converting a file into a compressed streaming format For example you can encode WAV files as RealAudio clips Flash A software application and an animation format created by Macromedia RealONE Player can play Flash animations and stream them in parallel with other clips such as RealAudio clips Flash Player file A compressed Flash file format file extension swf suitable for streaming To stream Flash you export the Flash Player file and tune it so that it plays well in RealONE Player fps Frames Per Second The number of video frames that displays each second in a streaming video clip frequency response A measure of audio clip quality The higher a clip s frequency response the more frequencies it can faithfully reproduce HTTP Hypertext Transport Protocol The protocol used by Web servers to communicate with Web browsers In contrast RealServer streams clips to RealONE Player with RTSP See also CHTTP inline switching Switching between alternative clips without using a SMIL lt switch gt tag 491 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 492 interstitial ad An advertisement that interrupts playback of a req
557. t to use this feature you can use a RealNetworks tool to encode clips from files in standard formats such as WAV AVI QuickTime and MPEG RealProducer Basic is a free tool for encoding RealAudio and RealVideo clips RealProducer Plus is an enhanced version that offers more encoding features RealProducer Creates Streaming Clips RealAudio Clip couer a EOU ae RealVideo Clip For More Information For more information about RealProducer see Getting Production Tools on page 436 You can find tools at http www realnetworks com products index html When you want to combine two or more clips into a single presentation you use SMIL Pronounced smile SMIL is a simple markup language that tells RealONE Player how to lay out and play your clips You can use any word processor or text editor to write SMIL For basic information about SMIL see Writing SMIL Files on page 438 For details see Chapter 7 Animation With Macromedia Flash you can build anything from streaming cartoons to e commerce applications To create a soundtrack you can encode a RealAudio clip that streams along with the Flash clip See Chapter 5 for details about 27 28 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Images producing Flash animation for RealONE Player Learn more about Flash from Macromedia s Web site at http www macromedia com software flash Streaming multimedia presentations played with RealONE Player can include still ima
558. ta arrives It then fast forwards the clip so that it catches up with the group timeline Other clips continue playing without regard to the state of this clip locked The clip must stay synchronized with the group If the clip s data stream stops RealONE Player halts the group playback until new clip data arrives You can also add a tolerance value as described in Loosening the Synchronization for Locked Elements on page 185 independent Clip playback is entirely independent of group playback See Creating an Independent Timeline on page 179 default The clip behavior is controlled by the group tag s syncBehaviorDefault attribute as described in Specifying Synchronization Behavior Default Values on page 182 You do not need to set this value explicitly if you also set a syncBehaviorDefault value because clips will inherit the default value automatically Note If you do not set any syncBehavior values elements behave as if they are set to the canSlip value Synchronizing Clips In most cases you ll want to use a combination of canSlip and locked as the syncBehavior value for clips within parallel groups Consider the following example in which a Flash clip a RealAudio clip and a RealText clip play in parallel This example could be a training movie in which the Flash animation displays visual information the RealAudio clip provides an audio narration and the RealText clip supplies translated aud
559. te because link white is also in the lt window gt tag The attribute loop true in the lt window gt tag means the text loops around and comes back in from the right side of the window as soon as the last character of the text has moved completely out of the window It is not necessary to specify this attribute explicitly because in tickertape windows loop true is the default The lt br gt tag that comes before the first text item forces the text that follows to start just past the window s right edge Any break or paragraph tag inside tickertape text causes the text that follows to start at the right edge If the lt br gt tag were absent the data would appear starting at the window s left edge Scrolling News Window The following sample RealText markup creates a scrolling news window lt window type scrollingnews width 240 height 180 scrollrate 20 duration 25 bgcolor 4488DD gt lt p gt lt p gt lt p gt lt p gt lt p gt lt p gt lt font face System gt lt b gt lt u gt Seattle February 28 2001 lt u gt lt b gt lt p gt A powerful earthquake of magnitude 6 8 rocked Seattle at 10 55 A M lt p gt lt p gt Initial reports list no fatalities and traffic is moving on Interstate 5 lt p gt 121 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 122 lt p gt Some damage has occurred to buildings in the historic Pioneer Square area lt p gt lt p gt Seattle mayor Paul Schell is expected to announce a
560. te in the SMIL clip source tag lt textstream src news rt region newsregion gt Within the HTML page the lt EMBED gt tag that plays news rt would look like this lt EMBED SRC presentation rpm WIDTH 250 HEIGHT 144 NOJAVA true CONTROLS ImageWindow REGION newsregion CONSOLE one gt You define similar lt EMBED gt tags to create other regions for other clips listed in the SMIL file The SRC parameter in each tag lists the same SMIL file You can also use additional lt EMBED gt tags linked to the same console to provide RealONE Player controls for the presentation Tip Because you must omit the SMIL layout information when laying out the presentation with HTML you should not also provide viewers the option to play the same SMIL file directly in RealONE Player When there is no SMIL layout RealONE Player automatically creates a layout but the results may not be what you expect 413 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 414 CHAPTER 20 PRESENTATION DELIVERY When you finish building your RealSystem presentation you place the clips on RealServer or a Web server for delivery to your audience This chapter explains how to link your Web page to your clips and SMIL files Understanding Linking and URLs Although the process of linking your Web page to your clips is simple there are two types of mistakes that are easy to make 1 An incorrect URL can prevent a Web browser or RealONE Player from finding a reques
561. ted file 2 An incorrect protocol designation http for example can keep a clip from streaming correctly The following sections provide an overview of the process of linking your Web page to streaming clips on a server The remainder of this chapter then covers the various options for delivering your presentation The Ram File The most common method of linking your Web page to your clips is through a Ram file which is also called a metafile This file uses the extension ram and often has just one line that gives the full URL to your streaming clip or SMIL presentation There are two reasons that you need to use a Ram file rather than link your Web page directly to your streaming clips 1 The Ram file launches RealONE Player The file extension ram causes a Web browser to launch RealONE Player as its helper application RealONE Player might not launch when you link directly to a clip When you link your Web page directly to a Flash Player file extension swf for example the browser launches Macromedia s 415 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Flash Player If you intend to stream your Flash clip you need to use a Ram file to launch RealONE Player instead 2 The Ram file provides an RTSP URL for clips on RealServer Clips on RealServer stream over the RTSP protocol rather than HTTP This means that the URL used to request the clips must start with rtsp rather than http Because browsers cannot make RTSP requests
562. tes a generic RealText window lt window duration 30 bgcolor yellow gt Mary had a little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 3 gt little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 6 gt little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 9 gt Mary had a little lamb lt br gt lt time begin 12 gt whose fleece was white as snow lt br gt lt time begin 15 gt lt clear gt Everywhere that Mary went lt br gt lt time begin 18 gt Mary went lt br gt lt time begin 21 gt Mary went lt br gt lt time begin 24 gt Everywhere that Mary went lt br gt lt time begin 27 gt That lamb was sure to go lt window gt When RealONE Player processes this file it displays only the first line of the text from zero to three seconds into the stream 119 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 120 Mary had a little lamb Every three seconds after the first line displays a new line appears as specified by lt time begin n gt At 15 seconds lt clear gt clears the displayed text and resets the text cursor to the upper left corner of the window When the stream finishes all lines of text following the last lt clear gt tag appear in the window Everywhere that Mary went Mary went Mary went Everywhere that Mary went That lamb was sure to go Note the following about this sample clip Because it was not specified in the lt window gt tag word wrapping defaults to true However word
563. th the RealSystem Software Development Kit SDK available for download at this Web page http www realnetworks com devzone downlds index html Setting RealText Window Attributes 94 The lt window gt and lt window gt tags that begin and end a RealText file respectively set presentation attributes such as the window s height and width Here is an example of a lt window gt tag lt window type marquee duration 2 05 00 0 underline_hyperlinks false gt all text and RealText markup lt window gt You specify attributes in the form attribute value within the lt window gt tag much as you specify HTML table attributes within the HTML lt TABLE gt tag No attributes are required for the lt window gt tag however If you do not specify an attribute the attribute s default value applies Specifying the Window Type The lt window gt tag s type window type attribute sets specific properties for the RealText clip lt window type scrollingnews gt Choose a window type depending on how you want to display text Each window type has preset default values that make it easier to create certain types of text displays You can create any type of RealText clip using just the default window type of generic however The following are the RealText window types CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup e generic This is the default window type You can use the generic window type to create any type of
564. the animation flows from one scene to the next A Go To command causes RealONE Player to seek to the target frame If RealServer has not yet streamed the target frame RealONE Player halts clip playback issues a seek request to RealServer and rebuffers the new data as it comes in When you use at least one Go To command in a Flash 3 or 4 clip RealONE Player caches the entire clip in memory It assumes that the clip is interactive CHAPTER 5 Flash Animation and that the Go To commands are meant to move the viewer from one part of the clip to another based on input such as a button click After RealServer has streamed the frames containing the Go To command and its target RealONE Player does not need to rebuffer the clip when the viewer gives the command Using a Go To command raises RealONE Player s memory requirement for playing the clip This is generally not a problem because Flash memory requirements are low When authoring long linear animations though avoid using Go To commands whenever possible When no Go To commands are present RealONE Player discards clip data it no longer needs This helps guarantee good quality playback on computers that are low on available memory Load Movie Commands RealONE Player imposes a restriction on using Flash s Load Movie command to import a second Flash clip into a clip that is playing If the clips use the RTSP protocol RealServer stops the first clip and streams the second clip as a new
565. the lower right corner bottomLeft 317 Tiles spiral counter clockwise from CounterClockwise the lower left corner Table Page 2 of 4 327 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 328 Type parallelSnakes Wipe Matrix Wipe Transition Effects continued Subtype verticallopSame SMPTE Transition Appearance 320 Tiles move in two vertical zigzags lines headed the same direction starting from the upper left and upper right corners verticalBottomSame 321 Tiles move in two vertical zigzags lines headed the same direction starting from the lower left and lower right corners verticalTopLeft Opposite 322 Tiles move in two vertical zigzags lines headed opposite directions starting from the upper left and lower right corners verticalBottomLeft Opposite 323 Tiles move in two vertical zigzags lines headed opposite directions starting from the lower left and upper right corners horizontalLeftSame horizontalRightSame 324 325 Tiles move in two horizontal zigzags lines headed the same direction starting from the upper left and lower left corners Tiles move in two horizontal zigzags lines headed the same direction starting from the upper right and lower right corners horizontalTopLeft Opposite 326 Tiles move in two horizontal zigzags lines headed opposite directions starting from the upper left and lower right corners horizontalTopRight Opposite
566. the markup For More Information The section Playing Clips in Parallel on page 177 describes parallel groups 171 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 172 GROUPS CHAPTER 10 Grouping clips is the fundamental way to organize a presentation timeline For example you can play clips one after another or display several clips at the same time This chapter describes how to use the basic group tags to organize a presentation Once you understand how groups work you can use the timing commands described in later chapters to modify group behavior Understanding Groups Within a SMIL presentation you can organize clips into three types of groups The presentation can have any number of these groups sequences In a sequence clips play one at a time one after the other When one clip stops the next clip begins and so on until the sequence finishes In SMIL a lt seq gt tag indicates the start of a sequence A corresponding lt seq gt tag denotes the end of the sequence The section Playing Clips in Sequence on page 175 explains sequences parallel groups In a parallel group all clips play together For example a parallel group could include a video and a RealText clip that provides subtitles When you create a parallel group you need to define a layout that specifies where each clip appears onscreen A lt par gt tag starts a parallel group anda lt par gt tag ends the group See the section
567. the new text displays as soon as the old text has moved out of the window The new text then becomes part of the loop Ignoring Extra Spaces When set to its default value of use the extraspaces use ignore attribute makes RealText recognize all blank spaces between text chunks and markup tags If three spaces occur between two words in the RealText file for example RealONE Player displays all three spaces It treats each carriage return and tab as a space If you specify extraspaces ignore RealONE Player treats spaces tabs line feeds and carriage returns as does a Web browser except when they are between the lt pre gt lt pre gt tags When spaces or carriage returns occur contiguously in the text RealONE Player interprets them as a single space no matter how many of them are present So in this case three contiguous spaces display as one space in RealONE Player For More Information The lt pre gt lt pre gt tags are described in the section Preformatting Text on page 114 Timing and Positioning Text The following sections explain the RealText tags you can use between the lt window gt and lt window gt tags to control when and where text appears within the RealText window Controlling When Text Appears and Disappears The lt time gt tag controls the RealText presentation timeline by specifying when text blocks appear or disappear The lt time gt tag is useful primarily in 102 CHAPTE
568. the viewer presses Tab The following is an example of two clips playing in parallel each of which has a hyperlink lt par gt lt img src region ad_region gt lt area href tabindex 2 gt lt img gt lt video src region video_region gt lt area href tabindex 1 gt lt video gt lt par gt In the preceding example the link for the video clip has the lower tabindex value so RealONE Player highlights it first when the viewer presses Tab RealONE Player highlights the image clip next when the viewer presses Tab again Note If two or more lt area gt tags have the same tabindex value the tabbing order follows the order in which the clip source tags appear in the SMIL file This also occurs if you leave tabindex out of all lt area gt tags Linking to HTML Pages 294 The attributes summarized in the following table allow you to open HTML pages from your SMIL presentation You can use these attributes to open a Web page while a presentation plays for example On Windows operating systems Web page links open by default in browsing windows within the RealONE Player environment though you can also open them in the viewer s CHAPTER 14 Hyperlinks default browser On other operating systems all HTML URLs open in the viewer s default browser Attributes for Opening a Link in a Web Browser Attribute Value Default Function Reference external
569. ther attributes that control clip timing and layout The following table lists the different clip source tags you can use in a presentation Clip Source Tags Clip Tag Used For lt animation gt animation clips such as a Flash Player file swf lt audio gt audio clips such as RealAudio rm lt brush gt color block used in place of a clip See Creating a Brush Object on page 148 lt img gt JPEG jpg GIF gif or PNG images png See Setting a Clip s Streaming Speed on page 146 lt ref gt miscellaneous clip type such as RealPix rp or Ram ram file Table Page 1 of 2 145 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 146 Clip Source Tags continued Clip Tag Used For lt text gt static text clips txt lt textstream gt streaming RealText clips rt lt video gt video clips such as RealVideo rm Table Page 2 of 2 The particular clip source tag you use does not affect clip playback because RealONE Player determines the actual clip type by other means Specifying a video clip with an lt audio gt tag for example does not prevent RealONE Player from recognizing that the clip contains video Although using a tag appropriate to the clip s contents helps you keep track of clips you could specify all clips with lt ref gt tags for example Other clip tags cannot be used in place of the lt brush gt tag however Adding a Clip ID RealNetworks recommends that every
570. ting Sequences A lt seq gt tag can include a title author copyright or abstract attribute just like a clip source tag For more information see Adding Clip and Group Information on page 168 A sequence and each clip within a sequence can use a begin attribute to delay playback For more information see Setting Begin and End Times on page 240 A sequence and each clip within a sequence can use a dur attribute to control the total playing time For more information see Setting Durations on page 243 You can use the repeatDur and repeatCount attributes to repeat a sequence or a clip within a sequence See Repeating an Element on page 247 for more information CHAPTER 10 Groups e Because clip source tags as well as the lt seq gt tag can have timing attributes it is easier to set all necessary timing attributes in the clip source tags first so that they operate as you want them to within the sequence Then after determining how long the sequence will last use timing attributes within the lt seq gt tag to modify the group behavior if necessary Playing Clips in Parallel You can play two or more clips at the same time by grouping the clip source tags between lt par gt and lt par gt tags The following example creates a parallel group that combines a RealVideo clip with a RealText clip lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language gt lt head gt lt layout gt region lay
571. tion 75 RealSystem iQ Production Guide This section explains how Flash works with RealSystem This knowledge will help you produce high quality streaming animation RealSystem Software Versions for Flash Streaming Flash version 3 or 4 to RealONE Player requires RealServer 8 or later Earlier versions of RealServer stream only Flash 2 RealPlayer 8 or RealONE Player is required to play Flash 3 or 4 clips RealPlayer G2 or 7 will autoupdate to the latest RealONE Player release when it encounters a Flash 3 or 4 clip RealONE Player does not support the Flash 5 Player format You can develop your animation with the Flash 5 program but your exported Flash Player clip must be in the Flash 2 3 or 4 format Note that the Flash 5 program can automatically export and tune your clips in the Flash 4 format for streaming to RealONE Player Flash Bandwidth Characteristics As with any streaming clip you develop a Flash clip with a target audience bandwidth in mind The table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 lists the highest rate at which your Flash clip should stream for various network connection speeds Keep in mind too that if your Flash clip streams along with other clips the combined streaming speed of all the clips should not exceed the maximum speed for the target audience This helps ensure that your presentation does not rebuffer frequently Because most Internet users have 28 8 or 56 Kbps modems RealNetworks recommends th
572. tion The attribute fill hold keeps a clip visible only until the group that contains it ends You can add erase never to fill hold to keep a clip visible for the entire presentation and even after the presentation has ended This feature which does not work in group tags is useful for adding a background to a presentation that contains any number of groups as shown in the following example lt body gt lt seq gt lt img src logo gif region bg_region dur 1s fill hold erase never gt other groups and clips lt seq gt lt body gt In the preceding example the background clip is listed as the first element in a sequence that contains other clips and groups The fill and erase values keep the background clip visible while the subsequent clips and groups play Summary of Common Clip fill Values Although the fill attribute can be used for groups and other elements such as SMIL animations the most common use is with clips inside of groups The following table summarizes how the most commonly used fill values affect clips that display in lt seq gt lt par gt and lt excl gt groups fill Attribute Values for Clips in lt seq gt lt par gt and lt excl gt Groups Clip Attributes Group Function lt seq gt Clip disappears when it stops playing fill remove lt par gt Clip disappears when it stops playing lt excl gt Clip disappears when it stops playing
573. tion that has eye catching special effects such as dissolves and zooms Learn the markup from RealPix Authoring Guide http service real com help library encoders html Unlike HTML SMIL does not display text directly To show text in RealONE Player you can add text to any image video or animation clip Or you can use RealText which streams text at specific times within a presentation RealText lets you subtitle videos for example or create hypertext links Chapter 6 explains the RealText markup Autoupdate Feature RealONE Player s plug in and autoupdate technologies ensure that your clips can reach the widest audience possible RealONE Player plug ins function like Web browser plug ins If RealONE Player doesn t have a plug in needed to play a particular streaming clip it downloads that plug in from the Internet RealONE Player can even use its autoupdate technology to upgrade itself to a new version when necessary RealONE Player Downloads Plug ins it Needs from the Internet World Wide Web New Plugin RealVideo RealPix RealText New Clip Type RealPlayer Tip RealONE Player s plug in technology lets it play many types of clips developed by RealNetworks partners Check http www realnetworks com devzone for news about other types of streaming media 29 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Compatibility with Earlier Versions of RealPlayer Plug in and autoupdate technologies were introduced with RealPlayer G
574. tion the specified page 247 fractional_value number of times or indefinitely repeatDur time_value indefinite Os Repeats the animation the specified page 247 amount of time restart always default never always Determines if the animation can restart page 274 whenNotActive targetElement ID none Identifies the tag that contains the page 346 animated attribute to pixels percentage none Sets an end point for the animation Do page 350 color_value not use with by values pixels percentage none Defines a list of values applied to the page 352 color_value animated attribute Table Page 2 of 2 Examples lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width to 380 dur 3s gt lt animate targetElement image_region attributeName width dur 2s by 16 accumulate sum repeatCount 4 calcMode discrete gt lt animateColor gt The lt animateColor gt tag is similar to lt animate gt but it works for color animations only The targetElement and attributeName attributes are generally required as well as one of the to by or values atttributes For more on this tag see Animating Colors on page 358 lt animateColor gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference attributeName attribute_name none Selects the attribute to animate page 346 begin time_value Os Delays normal playback time page 240 by pixels p
575. tions use the same SureStream RealAudio clip though which has been encoded internally for multiple bandwidths Bandwidth Choices through a SureStream Clip and SMIL Low Bandwidth n ERA E E eesevees Cp RealPlayers Te High Bandwidth When you use SMIL for bandwidth choices RealServer cannot downshift to a lower bandwidth clip group the way it can downshift to a slower SureStream stream RealServer employs other techniques though to compensate for network congestion Its stream thinning capabilities enable it to drop low priority data to decrease the presentation bandwidth temporarily When the CHAPTER 2 Presentation Planning network congestion clears RealServer continues to stream all the presentation data For More Information Switching Between Bandwidth Choices on page 370 explains how to use SMIL to designate different bandwidth groups Step 4 Organize the Presentation Timeline Every streaming media clip has a timeline A RealAudio clip may play for five minutes for example giving it a five minute timeline When clips are streamed together you have a presentation timeline as well Before producing clips plan the presentation timeline Among other things the timeline can determine the order in which you produce clips A well conceived timeline also helps ensure that clips do not overload a connection s bandwidth and cause rebuffering Clip Timelines Coordinate with a Presentation Timeline RealVideo
576. to stall When opening Web pages during a presentation be sure that your streaming media uses less bandwidth than the maximum listed in the table Maximum Streaming Rates on page 32 311 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 312 PART VI MASTERING ADVANCED SMIL FEATURES With the basics mastered you re ready to learn SMIL s power features Chapter 15 explains how to create special effects when a clip starts or stops playing Read Chapter 16 to learn how to transform clips as they play Chapter 17 explains how to stream different clips based on viewer criteria such as language preference Prefetching which Chapter 18 describes lets you download clip data before a clip plays CHAPTER 15 TRANSITION EFFECTS You can enhance your presentation s appeal by adding visual effects that occur when any type of visual clip starts or stops With more than a hundred transition effects available your streaming presentation can include special effects found in professional video production You can also use transition effects to create a streaming slideshow from still images Understanding Transition Effects A transition occurs every time a clip starts or stops playing Ifyou do not use a transition effect the clip simply appears when it starts playing and depending on its fill attribute disappears when it stops playing Using transition effects makes these transitions more visually compelling Instead of just appearing onscre
577. tomized SMIL Attributes SMIL can be customized and RealNetworks has developed many extensions to SMIL 2 0 functionality SMIL regulates how customizations can be added though to avoid potential conflicts between different media players A customized attribute always has a prefix and takes the following form prefix attribute value The prefix is user defined but the attribute name is always predefined The following is an example of RealNetworks backgroundOpacity attribute using a prefix of rn rm backgroundOpacity 50 When RealONE Player encounters this tag it recognizes that backgroundOpacity is a valid attribute but not a standard SMIL attribute It uses the rn prefix to match the attribute to a namespace declared in the lt smil gt tag The namespace must therefore use the same user defined prefix as the attribute You can add the additional namespace to the lt smil gt tag after the SMIL 2 0 namespace lt smil xmlns http www w3 org 2001 SMIL20 Language xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions gt If RealONE Player recognizes the namespace it knows how to handle the customized attribute This allows RealONE Player to support any number of customized attributes developed by RealNetworks or other parties 139 RealSystem iQ Production Guide RealNetworks Extensions Namespace RealNetworks has created many customized attributes that you can use in SMIL files played in RealONE Pla
578. ts color in a lt brush gt tag page 148 clipBegin time_value none Specifies the clip s internal timing page 242 mark where playback begins clipEnd time_value none Specifies the clip s internal timing page 242 mark where playback ends copyright text none Lists the copyright for the clip page 168 dur time_value media media Sets the total time the clip or one page 243 indefinite of its repeating cycles plays end time_value none Sets the end time for the clip page 240 erase never whenDone whenDone Specifies if the clip remains when page 255 its fill period expires fill auto default freeze auto Determines the fill state when the page 251 hold remove transition default clip is no longer active Table Page 1 of 2 459 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Clip Tag Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference fillDefault auto freeze hold inherit Sets a default fill for contained page 258 inherit remove elements such as animations transition id name none Names clip for reference by other page 146 elements such as animations longdesc text none Provides a long description page 170 rn mediaOpacity percentage 100 Adjusts overall transparency page 158 mediaRepeat strip preserve preserve Strips out native repetitions page 249 readIndex integer 0 Determines how assistive devices page 171 read clip informati
579. ts occur page 266 How do I start or stop a clip when a clip in another group starts or stops page 266 Can I start or stop a clip when another clip repeats page 268 How do I start or stop a clip when the viewer clicks an icon page 269 How can I coordinate all clips with a broadcast page 274 Can I prevent a clip from restarting page 274 Can I create an effect similar to a Javascript rollover page 269 How do I launch a clip on a keystroke page 271 APPENDIX B Production Tasks Hyperlinks Chapter 14 explains how to create hyperlinks in a SMIL presentation Hyperlinks Question Answer How do I create an image map over a clip page 285 Can a SMIL link have an alt value page 293 How do I open a link with a keystroke page 291 How do I link my SMIL presentation to a Web page page 294 Can I open a link in a browser frame page 299 How do I open an HTML page in the RealONE Player context window page 297 Does RealONE Player pause when a Web page opens page 300 How do I open a link automatically page 293 How do I link my SMIL file to another streaming presentation page 301 Can I open a linked clip or SMIL presentation in a new window page 302 Can RealText include hyperlinks too page 116 Special Effects Chapter 15 and Chapter 16 explain transition effects and SMIL animations respectively the two features that allow you to create special effects with clips
580. tter to use this method when you want to align many clips the same way Once you define the lt regPoint gt tag you just add the single regPoint ID attribute to each clip tag rather than both regPoint value and regAlign value Take care not to cut off or hide clips For example consider these registration point attributes left 0 top 100 regAlign topRight These left and top attributes place the registration point at the region s lower left corner The regAlign attribute places the clip s upper right corner on the point This locates the clip outside the region Because a clip cannot display outside its region the clip does not display at all CHAPTER 11 Layout Different sizes of regions and clips the use of registration points and the setting of a region s fit attribute can create many different outcomes for the placement and scaling of a visual clip For more information get the HTML 4Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page 5 and choose Clip Alignment from the pull down menu Defining How Clips Fit Regions Whereas a registration point determines where a clip displays in a region a fit attribute specifies what happens when a clip is larger or smaller than its allotted area The various fit values determine whether resizing distortion and cropping may occur The fit attribute is part of a lt region gt tag not a lt regPoint g
581. ttribute see Adjusting Transparency in a Clip s Background Color on page 158 Tip A semi transparent background is useful when overlaying a video with RealText subtitles To see an example of this get the HTML Javascript version of this guide as described in How to Download This Guide to Your Computer on page S and view the Sample Files page RealText Window Size and SMIL Region Size When you add RealText to a SMIL presentation you display your RealText clip in a SMIL region For best results create a SMIL region that is the same height and width as the RealText clip Displaying a RealText clip in a SMIL region that is larger or smaller than the clip may enlarge or shrink the text CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup depending on how you set the lt region gt tag s fit attribute The sections below explain which fit values are best to use Note that enlarging or shrinking a RealText clip through SMIL does not affect line breaks Line breaks are determined by the RealText window s width font and font size You could place a RealText window that is 200 pixels wide in a SMIL region that is 150 pixels wide for example and scale the clip s width down by adding fit fill to the SMIL lt region gt tag This simply makes all the text smaller It does not cause lines to break at different places within the text For More Information SMIL regions are described in Playback Regions on page 196 The section Definin
582. ttribute rn mediaOpacity in a clip source tag causes opaque areas in the clip to become transparent The attribute takes a percentage value in the range from 0 fully transparent to 100 fully opaque In the following example the opaque areas of a GIF image are rendered partially transparent making them blend with a region s background color or an underlying clip lt img src button gif rn mediaOpacity 50 gt Note Ifa clip is 50 percent or more transparent that is it has a value from 0 to 50 for rn mediaOpacity hyperlinks defined for the clip will not work Clicking the clip will open hyperlinks on clips beneath the partially transparent clip however Chapter 14 explains SMIL hyperlinks Adjusting Transparency in a Clip s Background Color Using the rn backgroundOpacity attribute you can modify the opacity of a clip s background making the background color more transparent or more opaque This attribute works only for clips that designate a specific background color such as GIF PNG or RealText clips It does not work for clips like JPEG images or RealVideo clips that do not explicitly specify a background color The rn backgroundOpacity attribute takes a percentage value in the range from 0 fully transparent to 100 fully opaque In the following example the background color specified in the image s palette which may be fully opaque or fully transparent is rendered partially opaque lt img src butt
583. tworks has attempted to make this guide as thorough and as accurate as possible but you may find discrepancies between the instructions in this guide and RealONE Player performance Known issues include the following Secondary windows which are described in the section Secondary Media Windows on page 197 are currently plain windows that do not include the standard RealONE Player skin Contrary to the information in Replacing the Source Presentation on page 301 a source clip stops rather than pauses when another clip replaces it in its media window Push wipe transitions described in Fade Push and Slide Transition Effects on page 329 are not yet functional The following aspects of RealONE Player functionality have not yet been documented How clip and presentation information displays in the RealONE Player user interface The section Managing Presentation Information on page 169 is a placeholder for this information Support for media markers The section Using Media Markers on page 274 is a placeholder for this information Support for wallclock timing The section Coordinating Clips to an External Clock on page 274 is a placeholder for this information RealSystem iQ Production Guide e The min and max timing attributes The section Setting Minimum and Maximum Times on page 274 is a placeholder for this information Time manipulations for animations The section
584. uction Guide e version 1 4 This RealText version provides support for the iso 2022 kr character set and the Korean language This version requires RealPlayer 7 or later so RealPlayer G2 will autoupdate to the latest version of RealONE Player before playing the clip e version 1 5 This RealText version supports hyperlinks in the format protocol path as explained in Issuing RealONE Player Commands on page 117 This version requires RealPlayer 8 or later so RealPlayer G2 and RealPlayer 7 will autoupdate to the latest version of RealONE Player before playing the clip Tip Because newer versions of RealText encompass all features from previous versions you can always specify a higher version than that required for a feature If a feature requires RealText version 1 2 for example you can use 1 5 as the version number Specifying Hyperlink Appearance The underline_hyperlinks true false attribute determines whether hyperlinks are underlined The default is true The link color attribute which defaults to blue sets the color of hyperlinks within the text Here is an example lt window underline_hyperlinks false link red gt For More Information See Specifying RealText Color Values on page 113 for color options Controlling Text Flow As described in the following sections several lt window gt tag attributes scrollrate crawlrate wordwrap loop and extraspaces affect how text dis
585. udio only or it displays just one clip you do not need to create a layout However if you want to play successive clips in the same area or if your presentation displays multiple clips together you need to define a layout The following sections provide an overview of the main layout features Root Layout Area You define a presentation s layout in a SMIL file s header section You first create one and only one root layout area which sets the size of the main media window when the presentation starts This size stays constant throughout the presentation unless the viewer manually resizes the window or you change the root layout size using a SMIL animation You cannot play any clips in the root layout area but you can set its color For More Information The section Defining the Main Media Window on page 203 explains how to set up the root layout area 195 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 196 Playback Regions Each clip plays in a rectangular region Within the main media window all regions lay within the root layout area You might define just one region that s the same size as the root layout area or you might set up multiple regions Although similar to HTML frames SMIL regions can overlap letting you play a clip in one region on top of a background image in another region for example SMIL Region Possibilities For More Information See Defining Playback Regions on page 206 for inform
586. uested clip It is like a commercial break on television ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network Technology that makes digital data connections at 64 or 112 Kbps possible over telephone lines ISP Internet Service Provider A company that provides access to the Internet Many ISPs have RealServer available to stream media clips kilobit Kb A common unit of data measurement equal to 1024 bits A kilobit is usually referred to in the context of bit rate per unit of time such as kilobits per second Kbps kilobyte KB A common unit of data measurement equal to 1024 bytes or 8 kilobits LAN Local Area Network A computer network confined to a local area such as a single building LANs vary in speed with bandwidth shared among all networked devices lossy A compression scheme that lowers clip size by discarding nonessential data from the source file Both RealAudio and RealVideo are lossy mouseover The action of moving a computer screen pointer over an interactive area An animated button may change appearance on a mouseover for example namespace An XML declaration that identifies the features used in a SMIL presentation For SMIL 2 0 and higher the lt smil gt tag must declare a namespace on demand A type of streaming in which a clip plays from start to finish when a user clicks a link Most clips are streamed this way Contrast to broadcast Glossary PNA A proprietary protocol RealServer uses for backward
587. up you can have RealONE Player choose clips based on combined criteria such as both available bandwidth and language preference There are two ways to do this e include multiple test attributes in each tag e nest lt switch gt groups Example 1 Multiple Test Attributes In the following example the first two RealAudio clips have two test attributes each one for language and one for bandwidth Both attributes must be viable for RealONE Player to choose the clip Because RealONE Player evaluates the lt switch gt choices from top to bottom selecting the first viable option the last two choices do not have language attributes This lets all RealONE Players other than those with French selected as their language preference choose between the two English language clips based on their available bandwidth lt switch gt lt French language choices gt lt audio src french2 rm systemLanguage fr systemBitrate 47000 gt lt audio src french1 rm systemLanguage fr systemBitrate 20000 gt lt English language choices default gt lt audio src english2 rm systemBitrate 47000 gt lt audio src englishi rm systemBitrate 20000 gt lt switch gt 377 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Example 2 Nested lt switch gt Groups The next example adds RealText clips in both French and English to the presentation possibilities Here lt switch gt groups are nested so that RealONE Pl
588. urce file or allow access to the source file but conceal the full paths of clips When access is allowed the Web page showing the SMIL syntax includes a hypertext link for each clip in the presentation Clicking a link displays a new Web page with information about the corresponding clip including its size buffer time and streaming bit rate Playback Differences from SMIL 1 0 142 If you have created SMIL 1 0 presentations for playback in RealPlayer G2 RealPlayer 7 or RealPlayer 8 this section will help bring you up to date with changes in SMIL 2 0 Behavioral Changes The SMIL 2 0 specification requires changes to RealONE Player s handling of some basic features that carry over from SMIL 1 0 RealONE Player now treats clips without internal timelines such as images as having an intrinsic duration of 0 seconds This means you must include a dur or end attribute to make these clips display at all For information on durations see Setting Durations on page 243 A clip without a fill attribute defaults to fill auto which can be equivalent to fill remove or fill freeze depending on the circumstance See Setting a Fill on page 251 In a lt par gt group a fill freeze attribute displays a clip only until the group ends If the presentation ends when the group ends the clip does not stay frozen on the screen as it did in SMIL 1 0 Instead it is removed once the group is no longer active To di
589. used When a begin attribute is present you need to calculate the end value relative to the begin value With a dur attribute however you just set the total duration you want This makes dur easier to use in some cases For example suppose that you want a video to play for exactly two minutes If a begin 20 5s value delays the video playback for 20 5 seconds you have to 243 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 244 calculate the end value by adding the begin value to the total playback time you want as shown in the following example 140 5 20 5 120 seconds lt video src videol rm begin 20 5s end 140 5s gt With a dur attribute on the other hand you just specify the total playback time as shown here lt video src videol rm begin 20 5s dur 2min gt As the preceding examples illustrate you can use either end or dur depending on how you want to measure time for clip playback For most simple timing needs you use either end or dur but not both If an element includes both end and dur the attribute that specifies the shorter playback time is used Setting a Duration for the Length of Media Playback Using an With clips that have internal timelines you can use dur media to set the clip s duration to the length of its internal timeline This is useful only when you include another timing value such as an end attribute Consider the following example lt video src videol rm end 10m
590. used as a background displays first Next a RealText clip and video play in parallel on top of the image Without the hold value the image would disappear as soon as its duration elapsed But the hold value keeps the clip visible until the entire sequence ends lt seq gt lt img src logo gif region bg_region dur 1s fill hold gt lt par gt lt textstream src titles rt region text_region fill freeze gt lt video src videol rm region video_region gt lt par gt lt seq gt 253 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 254 For the last clip in a sequence fill freeze and fill hold function similarly They have an effect only if the lt seq gt tag has a dur or end value that keeps it active after all clips have played If all clips finish playing after eight minutes but the lt seq gt tag has a dur 10min attribute for instance a fill freeze or fill hold attribute for the last clip keeps that clip visible for the final two minutes of the sequence Setting a Fill in Parallel Groups Use fill remove with a clip in a lt par gt group to make the clip disappear when it finishes playing In the following example the RealText clip disappears as soon as it finishes playing Assuming that the video clip has a longer timeline the parallel group ends when the video finishes playing lt par gt lt textstream src titles rt region text_region fill remove gt
591. ute 332 examples color fade 338 crossfade 339 fadeColor attribute 334 fades 329 colors 334 fill attribute Index parallel groups 337 sequences 336 horzRepeat attribute 333 id attribute 318 instantaneous effects 333 iris wipes 321 layout considerations 316 matrix wipes 326 multiple clips 317 overview 315 partial effects defining 332 fill attribute 333 push wipes 329 repeating 333 slide wipes 329 SMPTE code 318 startProgress attribute 332 subtype attribute 318 tag summary 317 timeline impact 316 transIn attribute 335 transOut attribute 335 type attribute 318 vertRepeat attribute 333 lt transition gt tag 317 see also transition effects transOut attribute 335 transparency clips color for transparency 162 for a specific opaque color 159 for all opaque colors 158 for background color 158 supported clip types 217 region backgrounds full 215 partial 216 two pass encoding 73 values attribute 352 variable bit rate encoding 73 VBScript with RealONE Player 10 vertRepeat attribute 333 VHS format 66 513 RealSystem iQ Production Guide video World Wide Web Consortium W3C 127 see also RealVideo capture X XMLnamespace 134 cards 26 xmlns attribute 134 disk space 69 Mesizelimis 63 Z z index attribute 214 formats 68 frame rates 68 requirements 69 screen size 68 editing programs 26 interlaced 72 lighting 67 minimizing movement 67 motion resolution
592. ute 376 tabindex attribute 294 511 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 512 target attribute 299 303 targetElement attribute 346 technical support 10 testing presentations 430 text 29 text streaming see RealText lt text gt tag 146 lt textstream gt tag 146 theater mode for RealONE Player 422 time manipulations 360 Timecast see RealGuide timing advanced 261 element repeat 268 element start or stop 266 interactive events 262 keyboard events 271 media markers 274 min and max values 274 mouse event 269 negative offset values 265 positive offset values 263 scheduled events 262 secondary window events 273 syntax 261 wallclock timing 274 animated GIF modification 249 basic 237 begin attribute 240 clipBegin attribute 242 clipEnd attribute 242 delaying clip playback 240 dur attribute 243 compared to end 243 durations 243 groups 245 images 245 indefinite 244 normal clip length 244 end attribute 241 compared to dur 243 exclusive groups 187 begin and end times 241 durations 245 fill attribute 251 fill period 251 automatic fill 252 default fills 258 exclusive group clips 254 groups 256 indefinitely visible clip 255 parallel group clips 254 sequential clips 253 SMIL 1 0 and 2 0 differences 142 summary 255 keyboard events case sensitivity 272 indicating keys 272 long description 272 usable keys 272 mediaRepeat attribute 249 multiple time values 266 ove
593. ute is available only in tickertape and marquee windows which have horizontal crawling motion In these window types the loop attribute defaults to true which tells RealONE Player to redisplay loop text under these circumstances In aclip that does not use lt time begin gt tags to set begin times on text blocks looping occurs if all text has moved out of the window but the clip s duration has not expired If the duration is two minutes but all text has moved out the window after one minute for example the text begins again In aclip that uses lt time begin gt tags to set begin times text blocks loop if they have scrolled out of the window and the next text block s begin time has not elapsed For example consider this markup first text block lt time begin 1 00 0 gt lt clear gt lt br gt second text block 101 RealSystem iQ Production Guide In this case the first text block loops as necessary for one minute At that time the lt clear gt tag erases the window and the lt br gt tag starts the second text block at the window s right hand side For More Information For information on timing and erasing text see Timing and Positioning Text on page 102 The lt br gt tag is described in Adding Space Between Text Blocks on page 113 In a RealText broadcast text loops as necessary until new text arrives If the text is looping as the new text arrives
594. utes A Web server cannot begin to download a clip at a certain point in its timeline With clipBegin 5min for example RealONE Player must wait until it has received the first 5 minutes of clip data before it can play the clip This results in an unacceptably long wait 429 RealSystem iQ Production Guide For More Information Setting Internal Clip Begin and End Times on page 242 describes these SMIL commands No Presentation Seeking Because a Web server cannot jump to a new position in a clip s timeline the RealONE Player position slider cannot fast forward the clip If the viewer moves the slider forward playback pauses as the clip continues to download at its normal rate RealONE Player resumes playback once the clip data reaches the specified timeline position No RTSP URLs Because Web servers do not support RTSP all URLs in presentations hosted by Web servers should begin with http This includes all URLs in a SMIL file or Ram file No Live Broadcasting Live broadcasting is not possible because Web servers can download only clips that are stored on disk Testin g Your Presentation Use the following guidelines to make sure your presentation works well and reaches its target audience Test your presentation in real world conditions If you target 56 Kbps connections for example request the presentation over a 56 Kbps modem Check that the presentation has a preroll initial buffering under 1
595. utes let you start or stop a clip or group when another element repeats You might target a specific repetition such as the third time the element repeats Or you can restart the clip or group on each of the element s repeating cycles e ID repeat n time_value This scheduled event occurs when the element with the given ID starts its specified repeating cycle plus or minus any offset time For example ID repeat 1 specifies the first iteration after the element has already played once e ID repeatEvent time_value This interactive event occurs when the element with the given ID starts its first repeated and any subsequent cycle Tip The beginEvent value occurs on every repeating cycle including the first See Defining an Element Start or Stop Event on page 266 for more information CHAPTER 13 Advanced Timing Sample Values The following are samples of begin and end values that start or stop an element relative to the repetitions of another element begin ID repeat 3 Start the element when the element with the given ID begins its third repetition that is when it starts to play for the fourth time end ID repeat 2 5s Stop the element five seconds before the element with the given ID begins its second repetition begin ID repeatEvent 10s Start the element ten seconds after the second and each subsequent time the element with the given ID repeats Example To use a repeat timing value you
596. values 50 75 150 100 calcMode discrete gt When the animation begins the region s width is set to 50 pixels At two seconds the width jumps up to 75 pixels At four seconds it jumps up to 150 pixels And at six seconds it jumps down to 100 pixels staying at that size for the remaining two seconds of the duration Note that the last value is reached 353 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 354 at six seconds rather than at the end of the eight second duration This makes each value active for an equal stretch 2 seconds of the 8 second duration The calcMode discrete value also works with the to and by attributes to make the animation jump to its ending point In the following example the region width stays at 160 pixels through the first three seconds of the animation then jumps to 320 pixels for the last three seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width from 160 to 320 calcMode discrete dur 6s Moving Linearly from Point to Point The following animation uses the default value calcMode Linear to animate a region s width between four points over the course of 9 seconds lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width dur 9s values 50 75 200 100 calcMode linear gt When the animation begins the region s width is set to 50 pixels It then begins to expand reaching 75 pixels at three seconds By six seconds the width has grown
597. ve Suppose that you want to expand the width of the following region lt region id video_region width 320 height 240 gt When it becomes active the following lt animate gt tag expands the region s width by 30 pixels to a final width of 350 pixels lt animate targetElement video_region attributeName width by 30 dur 3s gt Because no from value is specified the animation starts with the region s defined width If you specified a different from value the region would expand or contract to that size instantly when the animation became active 351 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Tips for Defining Simple Animation Values By default an animation flows smoothly over the course of its duration But you can use calcMode discrete to make the animation jump from its starting point to its stopping point See Controlling How an Animation Flows on page 353 for more information When animating a layout attribute you can use a pixel value for the to or by attribute even if the region or subregion is defined with percentages and vice versa You can use negative pixel or percentage values when animating a size ora position For example animating a region width with by 25 shrinks the region to three quarters of its normal size Specifying by 40 for a region s left attribute moves the region 40 pixels to the left whereas using by 40 moves the region 40 pixels to the right Not al
598. ve repetitions The dur attribute sets the repeating cycle to 15 seconds meaning the image animates as normal for 10 seconds then pauses for five seconds The repeatDur attribute makes this 15 second cycle repeat indefinitely Managing Bandwidth with Repeating Clips When you repeat a clip streamed with RTSP or HTTP each repetition consumes bandwidth because RealONE Player does not cache the clip Alternatively you can use CHTTP to cache a repeating clip on RealONE Player The clip then consumes bandwidth only the first time it plays You should use CHTTP only for small clips however because the clip cannot be larger than RealONE Player s cache size of a few Megabytes For More Information For more information on using CHTTP see Caching Clips on RealONE Player on page 154 Leaving Bandwidth Available for Repeating Cycles When you stream with RTSP or HTTP RealONE Player prebuffers each repetition to keep the presentation from pausing when the clip replays The presentation therefore needs spare bandwidth for buffering the repeating cycles To determine how much bandwidth to reserve divide the clip s preroll by the amount of time that the clip plays in each cycle Next multiple that number by the clip s streaming bandwidth Suppose that a RealAudio clip streams at 20 Kbps plays for 60 seconds and requires 8 seconds of prebuffering The reserve bandwidth is the following 8 60 x 20 2 7 Kbps The inclusion of the re
599. ve presentations for different monitor sizes or operating systems for example For a list of test attributes see Available Test Attributes on page 366 Inline Switching You can add any switching test attribute directly to a clip source tag or a group tag without using a lt switch gt tag RealONE Player then plays the clip or group only if it satisfies the attribute value Although not recommended for all situations in which switching is required inline switching can be useful in many cases For more information see Using Inline Switching on page 365 Prefetching Clip Data With lt prefetch gt tags you can download clip data before clips play This feature gives you a powerful way to manage your presentation s streaming bandwidth See Chapter 18 for information on prefetching Additions and Deletions to this Guide In addition to describing new features of RealSystem this version of the RealSystem iQ Production Guide includes several organizational changes from previous versions RealText Markup Described Chapter 6 of this guide includes the latest information about RealText including how to turn a RealText clip s background transparent or semi 21 22 RealSystem iQ Production Guide transparent For more on RealText transparency see Creating a Transparent Window Background on page 96 Note The RealText Authoring Guide is still available but it covers RealText only through RealSystem iQ Release
600. vesnteheeisgireosbeetse 75 RealSystem Software Versions for Flash sssssssssssssssssssissssesssssssssersssesrsssees 76 Flash Bandwidth Character istiCs ccccccccssseccccssecceesescceeuececeeuseeeeesaeecesaueees 76 Blash Glip Sizeis ceetsidessdeteeet sieves slenreiigien peovertepespons daduerd nations EN A 77 Flash CPU USES si aciec 5h Sic hacks coaches Tess E T eseu Soka Uc SasiesSbc ta devs Leveheatanvalereserne 78 Adding AU CIO CGH hashish fort teri deeA a den ce O A A A A 79 Bandwidth Division Between Flash and RealAudio cccccccesesceeeseeeeeeneeeees 80 Tips for Choosing RealAudio Codecs cccccccessceeeesseeeesssseeeesseeesenseeeeeeaes 82 Using Interactive Flash Commands ccccceccceeeececeneseeeeneeeeseeneeeesenseeeseeeeees 82 FlashzGClip Timeline Command set eseni an e E E E E 82 RealONE Player Commands GO TOsCOMmiandss eaha a e ag ie a aiea a ae EEES Load Movie COMMANAS ccccccesesccccseesccesseeeceeeeeeccesseeceeeeeeeeseeeeseesaeeeesaaeees Secure Transactions eenen eeri E an dy dette e a a a a ae Sa MOUSE Events mern nee eet aneas a AO EEE EA EE E EE EE A EEE a Streaming a Flash Cli Pesur nuien d pies RE Era E AER EEE E E S 6 REALTEXT MARKUP 91 Understanding RealText iste ii oe a aero lied ack Celie aie EE ESEE 91 RealText Language SUPpOrG enrii tigen ni i i ieiuno ie E eD E esas 92 vii RealSystem iQ Production Guide viii Structure ofa RealText Clip is c ccscs cents Ere iE PaE EIE
601. viewer s default Web browser The RealONE Player context window which appears to the right of the media window can display HTML pages that supplement the streaming presentation For more information see Linking to HTML Pages on page 294 Clip Transition Effects Chapter 15 explains how to define clip transition effects which are special effects that display when a clip starts or stops You can use transition effects to crossfade sequential clips for example or introduce a new clip with a slide a wipe or over a hundred other effects found in professional video production SMIL Animations Chapter 16 explains how to create SMIL animations which are special effects that occur as a clip plays You can use SMIL animations to shrink a clip move 20 CHAPTER 1 New Features it around the screen alter its background color and change its volume level for example Unlike Flash animation SMIL animations are not clips Rather they are instructions that tell RealONE Player how to alter the display of other clips whether videos still images audio clips or so on Powerful Content Control Capabilities SMIL 2 0 has sophisticated content control features that allow the advanced SMIL author to tailor presentations for different audiences and network conditions Additional Switching Test Attributes SMIL 2 0 includes several new test attributes that you can use in lt switch gt groups These attributes let you display alternati
602. viewer clicks a link to a SureStream clip RealONE Player and RealServer determine which stream to use based on the available bandwidth as shown in the following illustration SureStream Clip Encoded for Multiple Bandwidths RealPlayers e te e e e 28 8 Kbps amp a e SureStream 2e2eee0888 6 Clip 56 Kbps ip 112 Kbps RealServer and RealONE Player can even adjust this choice to compensate for network conditions If a fast connection becomes bogged down because of high network traffic RealServer switches to a lower bandwidth stream to prevent the presentation from stalling When the congestion clears RealServer 35 36 RealSystem iQ Production Guide switches back to the higher bandwidth stream RealONE Player doesn t need to rebuffer data during this shifting Switching Bandwidths During Network Congestion Timeline DECCCCRCCRCIAHIINI G emee es Network Congestion SureStream Clip RealPlayer Switching Between Multiple Clips with SMIL Only RealAudio and RealVideo clips can stream at multiple bandwidths You can create multiple versions of other clips though each for a different bandwidth RealONE Player then chooses which clip to play based on a SMIL bandwidth parameter The following illustration shows a SMIL file that lists separate high bandwidth and low bandwidth RealPix clips Each RealONE Player evaluates the SMIL file and chooses the RealPix clip appropriate for its connection speed Both presenta
603. w calcMode discrete begin 1s dur 12s fill freeze gt lt animateMotion gt The lt animateMotion gt tag can move an element both horizontally and vertically The targetElement attribute is generally required as well as one of the to by or values atttributes For more on this tag see Creating Horizontal and Vertical Motion on page 359 lt animateMotion gt Tag Attributes Attribute Value Default Function Reference accumulate none sum none Makes a repeating animation build with page 356 each iteration when set to sum additive replace sum replace Adds the animation value to the page 355 existing attribute value when set to sum begin time_value Os Delays normal playback time page 240 Table Page 1 of 2 APPENDIX C SMIL Tag Reference lt animateMotion gt Tag Attributes continued Attribute Value Default Function Reference by pixels percentage none Animates the element by a certain page 350 color_value amount Do not use with to calcMode discrete linear paced Controls the flow of an animation page 353 paced dur time_value indefinite media Sets the total time the animation or one page 243 of its repeating cycles plays end time_value none Sets the end time for the animation page 240 fill auto default freeze auto Determines the fill state when the page 251 hold remove default animation is no longer active
604. wer clicks a clip or presses a keyboard key New Linking Attributes Chapter 14 covers hyperlinking explaining how to link a SMIL presentation to a Web page or another SMIL presentation 19 RealSystem iQ Production Guide The lt area gt Tag Replaces lt anchor gt The SMIL 2 0 lt area gt tag replaces the SMIL 1 0 lt anchor gt tag The lt area gt tag lets you turn an entire clip into a link as well as create hot spots image maps over a clip You can now create hot spots as rectangles circles and polygons See Using the lt area gt Tag on page 283 New Ways to Open Links SMIL 2 0 includes new ways to specify when a link opens You can define a keyboard key that the viewer can press to open a link for instance or you can make links open automatically at any point in the presentation See Defining Basic Hyperlink Properties on page 290 for more information Ability to Control RealONE Player State The SMIL attribute sourcePlaystate in a link controls RealONE Player s state when a link is clicked You can make the RealONE Player presentation pause stop or continue playing when the link opens For more on sourcePlaystate see Linking to HTML Pages on page 294 or Linking to Streaming Media on page 301 RealONE Player Browsing Windows RealONE Player on Windows includes its own browsing windows which allow you to display HTML pages within the RealONE Player environment as well as in the
605. which overrides the value e clip_A set to canSlip e clip_B set to locked e group_Y set to locked group_Y sets its own behavior to locked However it inherits the default value of canSlip from master_group and passes that value to both clips it contains e clip_C set to canSlip e clip_D set to canSlip e group_Z set to canSlip group_Z inherits the default value of canSlip from master_group However it changes the default value for the elements it contains to locked One of the clips overrides that value e clip_E set to locked e clip_F set to canSlip 184 CHAPTER 10 Groups Loosening the Synchronization for Locked Elements When you use syncBehavior locked on elements within a group RealSystem keeps those elements whether clips or other groups tightly synchronized You can loosen the synchronization by adding syncTolerance time_value to the containing group A tolerance value is useful if the elements do not need to be highly synchronized the higher the tolerance the less likely that RealONE Player will have to halt the entire group to rebuffer data The following example adds a three second tolerance to the locked elements lt par syncTolerance 3s gt lt audio src soundtrack rm syncBehavior Locked gt lt ref src training swf syncBehavior canSlip gt lt textstream src translation rt syncBehavior Llocked gt lt par gt In the preceding example the locke
606. window The following values for the begin and end attributes allow you to start or stop an element when a secondary media window opens or closes e ID topLayoutOpenEvent time_value This event occurs when the secondary media window with the designated ID opens The event is scheduled if the lt topLayout gt tag for the secondary media window uses open onStart If the tag uses open whenActive the window event is scheduled if the element that plays in the window has a scheduled begin time The window event is interactive though if the element begins because of another interactive event If clicking a clip in the main media window begins a clip that launches and plays in the secondary media window for example topLayoutOpenEvent is interactive ID topLayoutCloseEvent time_value This event occurs when the window with the designated ID closes The event is interactive if the lt topLayout gt tag for the secondary media window uses close onRequest If the tag uses close whenNotActive the window event is scheduled if the element that plays in the window has a scheduled end time The window event is interactive though if the element ends because of another interactive event If clicking a clip in the main media window stops the clip or clips playing in the secondary media window for example topLayoutCloseEvent is interactive 273 RealSystem iQ Production Guide Sample Values The following are samples of
607. wrapping is not necessary because lt br gt tags force line breaks lt time gt tags need not appear after a lt br gt tag They can appear anywhere in the text The example could have used lt time end gt tags to make individual lines of text disappear before the lt clear gt tag cleared all the lines Tickertape Window The following example shows the RealText markup for a tickertape window This is the RealText rt source file lt window type tickertape duration 1 00 width 500 loop true underline_hyperlinks false link white gt lt br gt lt b gt lt tu gt lt a href http www dowjones com gt DJIA lt a gt lt tu gt CHAPTER 6 RealText Markup lt tl gt 7168 35 36 5 lt tl gt lt tu gt NIKEI 225 Index lt tu gt lt tl gt 20603 71 203 11 lt tl gt lt b gt lt window gt This source file produces the following window in RealONE Player NIKEI 225 Index 20603 71 203 11 Note the following about this sample clip The text crawls from right to left at 20 pixels per second the default crawlrate for a tickertape window The lt b gt tag at the start bolds all following text 2 lt a href http www dowjones com gt DJIA lt a gt makes DJIA a hyperlink that when clicked opens a browser to http www dowjones com DJIA is not underlined because underline_hyperlinks false is declared in the lt window gt tag It is drawn in whi
608. x The attribute is always defined against a namespace such as the RealNetworks extensions namespace xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions Within the lt smil gt tag you can declare each namespace on a separate line for easier reading SMIL ignores extra spaces carriage returns line breaks and tabs used simply to align text in a file Just make sure that the closing angle bracket of the lt smil gt tag appears after the last namespace It s OK to declare a namespace in the lt smil gt tag even if you don t use any customized attributes associated with that namespace Support for a customized attribute must be built into a media player Other SMIL based players may not support the same customized attributes as RealONE Player and vice versa But if a SMIL based media player does not support a customized attribute it simply ignores the attribute Viewing SMIL Source Markup RealONE Player has a View gt Clip Source command that shows the SMIL markup of the current presentation Using this command is a good way to learn how a SMIL presentation is put together The RealServer or Web server 141 RealSystem iQ Production Guide hosting the presentation sends the markup as an HTML page that opens in your default Web browser Access to SMIL source information is denied for secure presentations that require a user name and password The RealServer administrator may also disallow access to the SMIL so
609. xample A later version of this 360 CHAPTER 16 Animations guide will explain how to create time manipulations Currently you can learn about time manipulations in the SMIL 2 0 specification http www w3 org TR smil20 smil timemanip html 361 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 362 CHAPTER 17 SWITCHING SMIL switching gives you a powerful way to provide different clips that RealONE Player chooses between based on certain criteria For example you can have each RealONE Player select an audio track based on each viewer s language preference This chapter explains how to set up switch groups to stream different clips to different audiences Understanding Switching SMIL switching is a powerful means to tailor presentations for different audiences without making viewers choose which presentation they wish to view In cases such as language choice SMIL switching occurs automatically based on a preference the viewer has set in RealONE Player In other cases such as available bandwidth or monitor size switching is based on an attribute that the viewer does not control In all cases however RealONE Player automatically makes the choice without input from the viewer Tip When you want viewers to choose options themselves use an lt excl gt tag not a lt switch gt tag For more on the lt excl gt tag see Creating an Exclusive Group on page 186 Note The following sections demonstrate switching with clips rec
610. xtstream src translation rt syncBehavior default gt lt par gt In the preceding example the RealAudio clip does not specify a syncBehavior attribute and the RealText clip uses syncBehavior default Both clips CHAPTER 10 Groups therefore use the default value locked set in the group tag The Flash clip specifies a different synchronization behavior though which overrides the default setting Setting Groups to Inherit Synchronization Defaults A group tag s syncBehaviorDefault attribute can have the values locked canSlip or independent which are described in the table syncBehavior Attribute Values on page 180 The attribute s default value is inherit which you can also set explicitly in a group tag This inherit value is useful with nested groups as shown in the following abstract example lt par id master_group syncBehaviorDefault canSlip gt lt par id group_X syncBehaviorDefault inherit gt group_X clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par id group_Y gt group_Y clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par id group_Z syncBehaviorDefault locked gt group_Z clips played in parallel lt par gt lt par gt In this example group_X and group_Y both inherit the master group s syncBehaviorDefault value of canSlip Elements within these two groups will use the canSlip behavior unless another value is specified in their tags On the ot
611. y section uses lt par gt and lt par gt tags to define clips that play together Other chapters in this guide describe the tags that you can use within the header and body sections Tags Attributes and Values Both the header and body of a SMIL file contain tags that have the following form lt tag attribute value gt Aside from the angle brackets and a possible closing slash there are three basic parts to a SMIL tag tag The tag name comes just after a left angle bracket Some tags may consist of just the name as in the lt body gt tag Other tags may have attributes 135 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 136 attribute Each attribute defines one aspect of the tag If a tag has several attributes the order of attributes doesn t matter value Most SMIL attributes include an equals sign followed by a value in double quotation marks In some cases you choose from a list of predefined values In other cases you define your own value Values may be integers percentages names and so on depending on what type of value is appropriate for the attribute Rule 3 Lowercase or camel case text is required for most tags and attributes SMIL tags and attributes must be lowercase When an attribute or predefined value consists of a compound word the first letter of all words after the first word is generally capitalized as in soundLevel or whenNotActive This is referred to as camel case A few attribut
612. y until the clip plays Caching stores a copy of the clip on the computer s hard disk That copy may remain in the cache for several hours or even days 391 RealSystem iQ Production Guide 392 PART VII STREAMING YOUR CLIPS Your hard work doesn t pay off until you ve streamed your clips to others Chapter 19 explains the option of embedding your presentation in a Web page Chapter 20 provides step by step instructions for moving your streaming presentation to a server and linking your Web page to it CHAPTER 19 WEB PAGE EMBEDDING With embedded playback you can weave your clips through your Web page s text and graphics and add controls such as stop and start buttons It s as if you took RealONE Player apart and placed its pieces at different spots on your page This chapter explains how to add markup to a Web page so that people can view your streaming presentation directly through their Web browsers Understanding Web Page Embedding To embed streaming media in your Web page you first produce your clip or clips You can even use SMIL to put together an entire presentation containing multiple clips You then embed your presentation by adding lt EMBED gt tags to your Web page and using HTML commands to place your clips and various RealONE Player controls on your page lt EMBED gt Tags You add to your Web page one lt EMBED gt tag for each playback window you want in your page and one lt EMBED gt tag
613. yer To use these attributes you must declare the following namespace in the lt smil gt tag xmlns rn http features real com 2001 SMIL20 Extensions This manual always uses rn as the attribute prefix for RealNetworks extensions If you decide to use a different prefix it s best to use a short single word or just a few letters A Closer Look at Namespaces Namespaces and prefixes for customized attributes are not hard to declare and use but they can be confusing at first if you are not familiar with XML The following sections delve more deeply into namespaces and their associated prefixes for those who want a better understanding of this issue When in doubt though just follow the examples in this guide using the given prefixes when defining a namespace and a custom attribute Why does SMIL use namespaces Each customized attribute is defined in conjunction with a unique namespace so that SMIL based media players can use different attributes that happen to have the same name An attribute named find might perform one function when defined with one namespace and a different function when defined with another namespace This allows different parties to create customized SMIL attributes without being concerned about duplicate attribute names Why are prefixes used A prefix ties an attribute to a namespace Consider the example of two different find attributes in the same SMIL file When RealONE Player has to interpret w
614. yncBehaviorDefault yes page 182 SyncMaster no n a TimeContainerAttributes yes page 251 WallclockTiming yes page 274 Time TimeManipulations yes animations only page 360 Manipulations EEA BasicAnimation yes page 341 SplineAnimation no n a BasicContentControl yes page 363 en d CustomTestAttributes no n a PrefetchControl yes page 383 SkipContentControl yes tbd Table Page 1 of 2 130 CHAPTER 7 SMIL Basics SMIL 2 0 Supported Modules continued Functional Area Module Supported Reference AudioLayout yes page 218 Pout BasicLayout yes page 195 HierarchicalLayout yes page 221 MultiWindowLayout yes page 204 BasicLinking yes page 279 Linking LinkingAttributes yes page 290 ObjectLinking no n a BasicMedia yes page 145 BrushMedia yes page 148 MediaAccessibility yes page 169 Media Objects MediaClipping yes page 242 MediaClipMarkers yes page 274 MediaDescription yes page 168 MediaParam yes page 146 Metainformation Metainformation yes tbd Structure Structure yes page 134 BasicTransitions yes page 315 Transitions InlineTransitions no n a TransitionModifiers yes page 330 Table Page 2 of 2 SMIL 2 0 Profiles SMIL also defines profiles which are collections of modules that an application can support RealONE Player supports the SMIL 2 0 Language Profile which incorporates most of the SMIL modules listed in the preceding section The other main profile is the SMIL 2 0
615. you don t want to pull the camera back too far either You need to find a happy medium between close ups and panoramic shots Of course you don t want to eliminate all dynamic elements When you do include rapid movement allow enough time for objects to resolve Because of low frame rates and high compression objects coming to rest may appear blurry at first If you have a dialog box popping up on a computer screen for example have the box remain stationary for a few seconds so that the image resolves Tip RealPix makes a great companion to RealVideo When presenting a lecture for example use RealVideo to show the speaker and use a RealPix slideshow to present visual aids such as information written on a blackboard For more on RealPix see Images on page 28 Colors and Lighting Bright lighting at a constant exposure keeps the foreground detail crisp Use uniformly dark colors for backgrounds and uniformly light colors but not whites for clothing Complex textures such as paisley and stripes degrade the final image quality with unwanted visual effects Digitizing Video If you are not broadcasting RealVideo streams live you digitize the source video on your computer or video editing station You can then edit the file with your preferred editing software before encoding it as a RealVideo clip This section provides tips for digitizing video Tip Always keep copies of the video source files You cannot convert RealV
616. z index attribute The z index values can include negative integers such as 4 0 zero and positive integers such as 5 A region with a z index value of 4 for example displays behind a region with a value of 0 which displays behind a region with a value of S The default value of 0 zero applies if you don t specify z index Using strictly sequential values such as 0 1 2 3 4 helps you keep track of the layers but is not necessary A sequence such as 0 10 20 30 40 works just as well and leaving gaps in the sequence makes it easier to insert layers later Nonoverlapping clips can have the same values Side by side videos can both use z index 3 for example When overlapping clips have the same z index value the clip that starts later in the presentation displays in front If both clips start at the same time the clip with the source tag that appears later in the SMIL file displays in front Adding Background Colors By default lt root layout gt and lt topLayout gt areas have a black background All regions and subregions are transparent In a lt root layout gt lt topLayout gt or 215 RealSystem iQ Production Guide lt region gt tag you can specify a different background color with the backgroundColor attribute as shown in the following example lt layout gt lt root layout backgroundColor maroon gt lt region id region1 backgroundColor rgb 100 65 230 gt

RealSystem iQ Production Guide - Service & Support

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

RealSystem iQ Production Guide - Service &amp; Support

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

RealSystem iQ Production Guide - Service & Support